13 Benefits And 5 Struggles Of Marrying Your Best Friend

Marrying your best friend — yay or nay? Opinions are often split down the middle on this. As I stood at the altar, surrounded by the warmth of loved ones and the anticipation of a lifetime ahead, I couldn’t help but see myself as the biggest cheerleader of the concept.

You see, my story isn’t one of whirlwind romances or chance encounters. Instead, it’s a tale woven through the threads of time spent laughing, confiding, and navigating life’s twists and turns — I married my best friend. Little did I know that the person who happened to share inside jokes and midnight conversations with me would eventually become my wife, ready to embark on the adventure of marriage as my life partner.

Marrying your best friend is a unique and transformative experience, filled with its own set of joys and challenges. In this article, we’ll delve into the pros and cons of marrying your best friend, drawing inspiration from the very journey that brought me to the realization that this is a profound chapter in the book of love — one that unfolds with the familiarity of a cherished story and the unpredictability of a thrilling novel.

What Percentage Of People Get Married To Their Best Friend?

It’s challenging to provide an exact percentage of people who marry their best friend because such data is not consistently tracked, and people’s definitions of “best friend” can vary. Additionally, cultural, social, and individual factors play a significant role in shaping relationship dynamics when marrying childhood best friend.

While statistics on marrying one’s best friend specifically may be elusive, numerous surveys and studies emphasize the importance of friendship in successful marriages. These findings suggest that cultivating a strong friendship with your partner is a key factor in long-lasting and fulfilling relationships with no bottled-up secrets.

Related Reading: Friendship In Marriage Strengthens Couple’s Bond

In this particular study on being married to your favorite person, “The results show that successful couples trust and consult each other, are honest, believe in God, make life decisions together, are committed to each other, and have a friendly relationship. Traditional couples and non-traditional couples differed only in the procedures of family management.”

It’s also not uncommon for married couples to emphasize a strong foundation of friendship in their romantic relationships. Many successful marriages are built on a deep emotional connection and shared values, often resembling the qualities found in strong friendships. Not to mention, it’s a marriage filled with fun! As a result, marrying your best friend reduces divorce more often than not and is great for your well-being.

For more expert-backed insights, please subscribe to our YouTube channel.

Now let’s get into the pros and cons of marrying your best friend.

13 Good Reasons To Marry Your Best Friend

In the complex landscape of romantic relationships, the notion of marrying one’s best friend emerges as a beacon of enduring companionship. This concept of being married to your favorite person transcends the conventional boundaries of marriage, weaving a narrative that goes beyond mere partnership. As we embark on an exploration of the 13 compelling reasons to make your best friend your future spouse today, we unravel the intricacies of a bond grounded in deep emotional connection, shared history, and a foundation of mutual respect.

On marrying childhood best friend, this Reddit user says, “My husband and I have known each other since we were 12/13 (now 32/33). I never thought of him as anything other than a friend till after we graduated high school and he finally got the balls to tell me he’d had a crush on me since the first day he saw me. He asked me if I would go out with him over the summer and I figured what the hell, I’m leaving for college in a couple of months… No biggie. We never looked back and although we’ve had our fights, we’ve been married for 13 years.”

From the solace of comfortable silences to the joy found in synchronized growth, being married to one’s best friend is a deliberate choice to forge a lifelong, intimate partnership with your wife/husband and have a friend forever. Additionally, your favorite person already knows all your flaws and deepest secrets and has made peace with them. There are also no bottled-up secrets between the two of you. These strong signs of chemistry are just a few obvious advantages of a great friendship becoming the cornerstone of a happy marriage. There are many, many more. Let’s take a look at 13 such benefits of marrying your best friend:

1. You share a deep emotional connection

Marrying your best friend means spending time sharing a profound emotional bond with your partner that goes beyond the surface level, creating a connection with your wife/husband that can weather the fights and other storms of life. You know each other’s deepest secrets, making this one of the most important benefits of marrying your best friend.

Related Reading: 8 Types Of Soulmates And Deep Soul Connection Signs

2. You have a built-in support system

Your best friend is not only your life partner but also your go-to person for support, encouragement, and understanding. This built-in support system is invaluable to your well-being in both good times and bad and is a good reason to marry your best friend. Spending time nurturing this element of support in your relationship will not only act as a catalyst for happiness in your marriage but also help you deal with issues sooner and more effectively.

3. You have shared history

Being best friends with your spouse often means you have a significant history with your partner, filled with shared memories, experiences, and milestones. There are no bottled-up secrets when you marry your best friend, so this shared past can contribute to a sense of stability and understanding in your relationship and ultimately your marriage.

4. Open communication comes easily to you both

Best friends are accustomed to open and honest communication. Marrying your best friend encourages a culture of transparency, sharing each other’s deepest secrets, making it easier to get through fights, celebrate successes with your partner, and deal with other issues sooner rather than later. All your flaws put together don’t hold a candle to that kind of open communication when you marry your best friend.

5. You have similar values and goals

Friendships often form around shared values and interests. Marrying your best friend means you likely have similar life goals, making it easier to align your plans for the future with your partner. Spending time on these plans will go a long way in keeping your marriage happy. One of the many reasons I married my best friend.

Related Reading: 10 Family Values You Must Share With A Long-Term Partner

6. You both enjoy comfortable silences

Being able to spend time with your partner without the need to talk all the time is a hallmark of a great friendship. Marrying your best friend means feeling comfortable with each other, whether talking or simply being. A recipe for happiness and an often-overlooked reason to marry your best friend. If you and your life partner can live in the moment, make them your spouse today!

7. There is mutual respect

Friendship is built on mutual respect, and this foundation extends seamlessly into a happy marriage with your best friend. Respect for the opinions, boundaries, and individuality of your wife/husband is key to making your marriage last. If you can do this, you won’t fight as much. One of the key reasons why marrying your best friend reduces divorce.

8. Laughter and playfulness are mainstays in your relationship

A sense of humor often underlines strong friendships between two people. Marrying your best friend means having a life partner with whom you can share laughter and maintain a fun, playful, lighthearted attitude even during challenging times. Another reason it’s a great idea to marry your best friend.

Related Reading: Laugh Out Loud: 60 Hilarious Love Jokes For Couples

9. You are each other’s trusted confidant

Best friends are the ones we confide in. Being best friends with your life partner means having a trusted confidant in your spouse, someone with whom you can share your deepest thoughts, fears, and dreams, thus enabling you to connect with your partner on a deeper level. There are also no bottled-up secrets to break this confidence with your wife, making this one of the best reasons to marry your best friend.

10. You see eye to eye on most life decisions

Making life decisions like having kids becomes smoother when you marry your best friend, as you’re likely to have similar values, making compromises and joint decisions more aligned with both life partners’ desires. Spending time communicating these values with each other does wonders for a healthy relationship. This especially helped me transition from friend to boyfriend.

Related Reading: 15 Core Values In A Relationship For A Happy And Lasting Bond

11. You encourage each other to grow

Best friends support each other’s personal growth. Being best friends with your spouse means having a life partner who encourages and accompanies you on your journey of self-discovery, improvement, and overcoming all your flaws, enabling you both to grow in the relationship. Knowing this, why would you not want to marry your best friend?

12. You accept each other unconditionally

Your best friend knows you inside out, including all your flaws and deepest secrets, and loves you anyway. Marrying your best friend means experiencing a profound level of acceptance and love that transcends imperfections. And this is great for your well-being. This kind of acceptance is rare, so if you and your partner have this, make them your spouse today!

Related Reading: Is Unconditional Love In A Relationship Really Possible? 12 Signs You Have It

13. The intimacy is deep and longer lasting

Intimacy in marriage is not just about the physical aspects but also the emotional and intellectual connection with your favorite person. Marrying your best friend fosters a deep and lasting intimacy with your partner that encompasses all dimensions of your relationship. A great reason to be best friends with your wife.

you grow together in the marriage
Successful marriages often have the same qualities as strong friendships

What Are The Struggles Of Marrying Your Best Friend?

While the benefits of marrying your best friend are many, like any other relationship, this, too, comes with its share of struggles and relationship challenges. In the intricate dance between friendship and matrimony, the disadvantages of marrying your best friend can be as nuanced as the joys. Here are some challenges you must be prepared to surmount:

  • Balancing between love and friendship: One significant challenge in being married to your favorite person lies in the delicate balance of preserving the deep-rooted friendship while navigating the uncharted waters of romantic expectations in relationships when you start dating your favorite person. Take it from me — it’s hard enough to transition from friend to boyfriend let alone consider the idea of marriage
  • Risk of losing a great friendship: The risk of losing a great friendship in the event of a romantic fallout casts a shadow over the relationship, intensifying the emotional stakes for many couples
  • Complacency in the relationship: The ease with which friends share their lives in a marriage can sometimes give way to complacency in the relationship, which means spending time and making an intentional effort to maintain the romantic aspects of the relationship is a must when you marry your best friend. It’s best to deal with these issues sooner rather than later
  • Managing expectations: The struggles of marriage intensify when managing the expectations of dual roles – being both a life partner and a confidant
  • Losing individuality: The fear of losing individuality and independence, coupled with the challenge of setting and maintaining boundaries, can strain the relationship when you marry your best friend

Related Reading: 10 Ways To Become Best Friends With Your Spouse

The need for open communication and a shared commitment to growth and adaptation becomes paramount in successfully navigating the disadvantages of marrying your best friend and dealing with these issues sooner rather than later. A poignant example from the realm of celebrity relationships is the much-publicized union between Britney Spears and Justin Timberlake.

Initially inseparable friends, their romantic relationship became a tabloid sensation in the late 1990s when they got married. However, the pressures of fame, coupled with the intense scrutiny from the media and the public, ultimately contributed to the demise of their marriage.

The transition from best friends to lovers proved to be a tumultuous journey, with the weight of expectations and external pressures, particularly from family, taking a toll on their relationship. The unraveling of Spears and Timberlake’s marriage serves as a cautionary tale about the complexities of merging deep friendships with the demands of a high-profile romantic partnership. It’s stories like this that make one think that it’s not always fun and games and that it may not always be such a great idea to marry your best friend.

Key Pointers

  • In a vast majority of cases, a marriage between best friends is a happy one that lasts
  • The shared history and emotional connection solidify the romantic bond
  • But high expectations and external pressures can be detrimental to a happy marriage
  • Spending time understanding the benefits and struggles can go a long way

Ultimately, the success of a marriage with your best friend lies in the dedication to fostering open communication, preserving individual identities, and embracing the evolving nature of the relationship. There is no straight answer to this question. The ability to navigate disagreements, manage external perceptions, and maintain a sense of novelty is crucial for sustaining the vibrancy of the connection with your spouse.

In the end, marrying your best friend is not just about choosing a life partner but embarking on a shared journey of growth, understanding, and enduring companionship. It’s a celebration of a connection that transcends the boundaries of traditional marriage, where friendship becomes the cornerstone of a love story that unfolds with the familiarity of a cherished narrative and the excitement of an unpredictable adventure.

13 Reasons Why My Husband Is My Best Friend

Are You Falling In Love With Your Best Friend? Here’s How You Know

Dating Your Best Friend – 10 Tips For A Smooth Relationship

Ask Our Expert

2023 Kia Sportage Hybrid Review: Grow Up, Glow Up

I especially dig the Sportage’s new boomerang-shaped LED light signature.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

The latest iteration of the  gets a major glow-up. Kia has been aggressively pushing the design of its vehicles to the point that this muscular 2023 Sportage Hybrid SX Prestige looks of a completely different lineage to the cute, small SUV it replaces. (Heck, it’s barely recognizable as a
Kia’s
.) And behind that wild styling is a sweet new hybrid powertrain, vastly improved cabin tech and the automaker’s latest driver-assistance technology.

Like


  • Head-turning, spacious design


  • Smooth and efficient new hybrid system


  • Excellent mix of standard and optional safety tech

Don’t like


  • Upgraded tech loses wireless CarPlay, Android Auto


  • All-wheel drive efficiency penalty


  • Potentially better plug-in model is right around the corner

Head-turning new look

The new Sportage is larger than before at 183.5 inches from bumper to bumper — 7.1 inches longer than the outgoing model — and has an extra 3.4 inches between its axles, bringing the new wheelbase to 108.5 inches. Sharply creased shoulders, more muscular flanks and horizontal grille and rear bumper elements create the illusion of a much broader stance, despite the 73.4-inch wide SUV only being 0.4 inches wider than its forebear. Overall, the new look is more mature with a good balance of proportions familiar to modern
SUVs
in this class with thoughtful and challenging design details that turn heads wherever the Sportage goes.

The growth spurt makes room for a more spacious interior. The Sportage Hybrid now boasts more legroom than the , particularly on the second row where it’s gained a 3.5-inch advantage (41.3 inches versus the 37.8 inches). And even with the battery pack costing a bit of cargo capacity versus the non-hybrid model, the 39.5 cubic feet of cargo space behind the Sportage Hybrid’s optional hands-free liftgate (73.7 cubes with the seats folded flat) is still very generous for this class, beating the RAV4 Hybrid’s 37.5 cubic feet.

Despite being called Shadow Matte Gray, this example’s optional $595 exterior finish is more satin than true matte and, frankly, more premium-looking for it. The top SX Prestige spec feels like it was designed with this finish in mind, complementing the paint with satin chrome accents on the grille and window surrounds and contrasting with glossy black trim around the body and wheel arches. And while the LX and EX trim levels come with machine-finish 17- and 18-inch alloy wheels, respectively, the SX Prestige features practically color-matched matte gray 18s with 235/60 all-season tires.

1.6-liter turbocharged hybrid

The Sportage Hybrid is powered by a 1.6-liter turbocharged inline-4 mated to a 44-kilowatt electric motor and a 1.5-kilowatt-hour lithium-polymer battery. Together, they make a total of 227 horsepower and 258 pound-feet of torque which is routed through a 6-speed automatic transmission to either the front wheels or an optional all-wheel-drive system with a locking center differential for light off-road use. This is essentially the same hybrid powertrain from the outstanding Hyundai Tucson Hybrid, but with one more pony, so if you don’t love the Kia’s look, maybe the
Hyundai
will tickle your fancy.

User-selectable drive modes (Normal, Eco and Sport) allow broad customization of the Sportage Hybrid’s responsiveness. Meanwhile, standard paddle shifters grant more precise control over the transmission’s behavior, but I almost never need them given the hybrid SUV’s comfort-tuned suspension favoring a more relaxed driving style.

Front-wheel drive is more efficient, but EX and SX Prestige models come standard with all-wheel drive.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

The hybrid is the most powerful Sportage variant (for now), being substantially more potent than the 187-hp 2.5-liter engine in the non-hybrid. I’m impressed with the smooth acceleration and solid passing power. The 1.6-liter engine doesn’t deliver the most pleasant wide-open-throttle auditory experience, but it is a lot less drone-y than most CVT-equipped
hybrids
and, during light cruising and city driving, the Sportage Hybrid is satisfyingly quiet.

It’s also fuel-efficient. The front-drive Sportage Hybrid averages 42 mpg in the city, 48 mpg highway and 43 mpg combined according to the EPA’s estimates. Adding all-wheel drive knocks the numbers for my example down to a tidy 38 mpg across the board. Over a 149-mile mix of performance testing and relaxed cruising, I averaged 35.5 mpg — not too far off the mark.

Wait for the PHEV?

Of course, if you’re as impressed with the Sportage Hybrid’s performance as I am, it may be worth waiting for the upcoming plug-in hybrid model expected to launch later this year. The PHEV swaps in a bigger 7.2-kWh battery pack that can be recharged at an outlet or charging station for up to 32 miles of electric range before reverting to gasoline hybrid operation, which should boost overall efficiency. It should also be a touch more powerful thanks to its 67-kW electric motor.

However, there are potential trade-offs to consider: Making room for more battery will cost the PHEV 1.8 inches of rear legroom and 2.1 cubic feet of cargo space — though, it’ll still finish ahead of the RAV4 by both metrics. There’s also the higher expected price and potentially more limited availability to consider. Still, if it’s anywhere near as good as the Hyundai Tucson PHEV — which it almost certainly will be with the same powertrain and tech — the Sportage PHEV will be worth the wait.

The hybrid is great, but I reckon the plug-in version coming later this year will be worth waiting for.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Dual-screen cabin tech

The Sportage’s cockpit is home to Kia’s now-familiar dual-display infotainment system that bonds two screens to a single curved glass panel stretching halfway across the dashboard. This is essentially the same infotainment setup we’ve seen previously in the Kia EV6, but with the EV-specific menus swapped out for hybrid screens.

The left display is home to the standard 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster and information display. The right is where you’ll find the latest generation of Kia’s UVO touchscreen infotainment. The base LX trim features an 8-inch touchscreen, while EX and SX Prestige step up to a 12.3-inch display with navigation. I’m a fan of this system’s logical and familiar menu system, the user-customizable ‘star’ shortcut buttons on the steering wheel and dashboard and its unique, weird features like the ability to record audio memos or listen to nature sounds on the go. 

Apple CarPlay and Android Auto are standard for all models with wireless connectivity on the base LX spec’s 8-inch system, but not the big-screen EX or SX Prestige models. This is an odd omission that makes the wireless phone charger added at these trim levels feel slightly less useful, but not quite a deal breaker.

Inside, you’ll find improved tech, but also much nicer cabin materials like the SX Prestige’s perforated and quilted SynTex seats.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Standard Drivewise driving aids

Regardless of trim, all 2023 Kia Sportage Hybrids come standard with the automaker’s Drivewise driver aid suite. This rolls in lane-keeping assist, forward-collision avoidance with braking assist, blind-spot monitoring, auto-braking rear cross-traffic alert and rear park distance sensors. Other optional safety features that come online with the SX Prestige trim include adaptive cruise control with stop-and-go, Kia’s blind spot view cameras and surround-view parking cameras, as well as 360-degree parking distance sensors with collision avoidance brake assist. 

The SX Prestige also adds Kia’s Remote Smart Parking, a feature that allows the driver to move the Sportage straight forward or in reverse while standing curbside. For safety, the system uses the distance sensors to prevent collisions with obstructions or pedestrians and only operates when the driver is close to the vehicle. It’s nowhere near as complex as, say,
Tesla’s
Summon promises, but it’s also extremely simple to operate. Just line the car up with a narrow parking spot, hop out and hold a button on the key fob to guide the Sportage home. As a person living with a garage that mostly goes unused because most cars won’t fit while still being able to open their doors, I’d use this feature every day given the chance.

At the upper trim levels, opting for the hybrid system is almost a no-brainer.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

The one to get

The 2023 Kia Sportage Hybrid starts at $28,585 (including $1,295 destination) for the base Hybrid LX, a $1,300 premium over the same non-hybrid spec. Add $1,800 if you want all-wheel drive, but only if you think you’ll really need it for your climate; the base Sportage Hybrid is potentially much more cost and fuel efficient without it. EX and SX Prestige models roll all-wheel drive into their respective $32,285 and $37,485 price tags, simplifying packaging somewhat and reducing the hybrid tax to as low as $900 for the top SX spec — choosing the hybrid is almost a no-brainer at this grade.

Including paint and carpeted floor mats, my example comes in at $38,235 as tested — over $4,000 less than RAV4 Hybrid Limited when comparably equipped. So not only is the 2023 Kia Sportage Hybrid one of the top picks in its class with excellent performance and outstanding design inside and out, it’s one of the best values, too.

Israeli sisters find strength, support and safe place in college basketball

In the days after Oct. 7, in which Hamas militants killed around 1,200 people, Yarden Garzon struggled to eat and sleep. The outbreak of war in Israel and the Gaza Strip was all-consuming to her, as she watched the news from Bloomington, Ind., where she’s a sophomore guard. Yarden, who was born and raised in Israel, worried about her friends, her family, her country. “I think I was more nervous than my mom,” Garzon said. “It was really scary the first week.”

Garzon’s parents have been half a world away from her, staying put in their home in Ra’anana, Israel, an affluent suburb north of Tel Aviv about 50 miles from the war’s epicenter. Still, over the last two months as the death toll has risen, her family has spent time in the house’s bomb shelter. Sirens warning of air strikes pierced the sky.

Of Garzon’s three siblings, only her older sister, Lior Garzon, is also in the United States. She is a senior at Oklahoma State and a preseason honorable mention all-conference forward for the Cowgirls. “This is one of my most important seasons,” Lior said. “I didn’t know what to do. To stay. To go home, be with my family. It was really a question of what to do.”

She stayed. But it has been 82 days since the world shifted for the Garzons. Since then, they have played key roles for their respective schools. Both have started every game and are averaging double-digit points. They’re also dealing with grief.

Growing up, they knew what to do when sirens blared. The sound didn’t ring every day or week — Yarden describes her childhood as peaceful — but Lior says they were always ready for whatever might occur. Her father, Eitan Garzon, recalls a game in which his daughters were playing when sirens went off. Everyone scurried to shelters, but play eventually resumed as normal.

Both Garzons have long gravitated to basketball, even when presented alternatives. As a child, Lior danced and swam, Eitan said. She also tried judo and tennis. Yarden was a talented painter and played volleyball. Nevertheless, the region’s outdoor courts appealed most. “After all, in all the routes that I send them in, they go back to the basketball,” said Eitan, who also played while growing up. Their success has become a point of pride — both Lior and Yarden represented Israel at last summer’s European Championships, which were held partially in Tel Aviv — and a launchpad to travel the world.

When Yarden walks into Simon Skjodt Assembly Hall or Cook Hall, Indiana’s practice facility, she tries to focus on the sport. The gym, she said, is “like that safe place.”

“I just clear my mind when I focus on basketball,” she added.

But if she has her phone in hand, it becomes difficult to ignore news from the region. Lior has tried convincing her sister, who already had a daily habit of watching the news, to take regular breaks and not necessarily track every minute update. Lior concedes that early on she felt anxious during practices, wondering, “What if something is happening right now?”


Lior Garzon writes a message in Hebrew on her sneakers before games at Oklahoma State. (Courtesy of OSU Athletics)

Untangling the situations in their two worlds has been next to impossible. Lior drew a Star of David on both of her Nike sneakers. On the left shoe, in Hebrew she wrote, “You can never kill our spirit.” In the handshake line after Oklahoma State’s loss to Colorado in early November, Buffaloes coaches told her they were thinking of her and her family.

She teared up when at an Oklahoma State football game earlier this season, a moment of silence was held for the thousands who had died amid the fighting. Her teammates made her a gift basket, full of milk chocolate Hershey Kisses and a Starbucks gift card. “To realize other people care and know what you’re going through, to have this moment, I think that was really special,” Lior said.

At Indiana, a section of fans who attended their early December game against Stetson wore blue shirts that read “We Stand With Yarden” on the front and with the Star of David inside a basketball. Assistant coach Rhet Wierzba, who hosted Yarden for a Shabbat dinner shortly after the war broke out, has worn a lapel pin of the Israeli flag on his jacket to support the sophomore. Hoosiers players also posed for a picture holding the flag just days after the initial attack. “The small things we can do that she knows how much she is loved,” Wierzba said.


Yarden Garzon, a sophomore at Indiana, has received support from her teammates as she copes with the conflict in her home country. (Courtesy of Indiana University Athletics)

Before Indiana’s season-opener on Nov. 9, Yarden took a black Sharpie and wrote “Bring Them Home” on tape wrapping her left wrist, with the name Noam Avigdori, a 12-year-old girl who at the time was being held hostage, written underneath. Avigdori is back in Israel, after being held for 50 days, but Yarden has continued raising awareness for those who have been taken.

The gestures, Eitan said, are done without any prompting. “It comes from them, not us,” he said in a phone interview. Still, their parents send photos and videos of the acts to their Israeli friends. They are small displays of support. “The little things is the big things,” Eitan said. Even brief moments of joy are still moments of joy.

Eitan says he and his wife often talk with their daughters more than once a day. They try to stay calm and reassure them of their own safety. But both “take it very hard,” Eitan said. “It’s different to talk about because we just need to touch or to hug them.” Lior said having Yarden in America helps, however. “We feel like (we’re) in the same boat,” she said. The sisters text daily, about happenings at school, about their respective programs and about the war. Community has been key.

It took Lior a while to focus on basketball. Even the sport she’s played since childhood couldn’t distract her. “Like why would I enjoy it when people literally (are) fighting for their life right now?” she asked.

However, more than a third of the way through the season, she’s found herself enjoying the season. She’s drawn strength from feeling added purpose. “I think my mind right now is (thinking) this is the best way I can represent Israel, just showing how strong we are and nobody can actually kill our spirit,” she said.

The words are written on her sneaker. With every step, she moves forward.

(Illustration: Sean Reilly / The Athletic; Photos of Yarden and Lior Garzon: Jeffrey Brown / Icon Sportswire via Getty Images,  Michael Hickey / Getty Images, Courtesy of OSU Athletics)

3 Types of HTML Lists and How to Use Them

Key Takeaways

  • HTML lists are essential for organizing and presenting data on a web page. There are three main types: ordered, unordered, and description lists.
  • Ordered lists use numbers or other characters to order the items. The type attribute allows customization, while start and reversed attributes change the starting position and order.
  • Unordered lists group related items without a specific order. The bullet style can be customized using CSS.


An HTML list is an essential structural element for any group of related data on a web page. Whether you’re creating a menu, organizing items on sale, or trying to present complex data in a more readable form, the following lists will help you get the job done.

There are three main types of HTML lists, each serving a specific structural purpose in web development.


1. Ordered List

The HTML ordered list allows you to group a list of related items in a specific order. To create a new ordered list, you’ll need to use the <ol> tag. The <ol> tag groups, and contains, <li> tags. Each list element (<li> tag) will contain a specific item in the list.

 
<ol>
  <li>Item 1</li>
  <li>Item 2</li>
  <li>Item 3</li>
  <li>Item 4</li>
</ol>

This code renders the following view:

You should note that the ordered list’s default ordering type is numbers, but you can change this using the type attribute. The type attribute gives you the power to decide what element will order your list. You have the option of using the alphabet (uppercase or lowercase), numbers, or Roman numerals (uppercase or lowercase).

 
<ol type="a">
  <li>Item 1</li>
  <li>Item 2</li>
  <li>Item 3</li>
  <li>Item 4</li>
</ol>

Adding the type attribute to the <ol> tag renders the following updated view:

Ordered list type attribute

In addition to the type attribute, there are two other attributes that you can use with the <ol> tag: start and reversed.

The start attribute allows you to start ordering from any position using an integer value. For example, if you add start=”3″ to the <ol> tag, without specifying a type, it will start ordering the list from the number three. If you assign a type=”a” or a type=”I”, it will start ordering from c or III, respectively.

 
<ol type="I" start="3">
  <li>Item 1</li>
  <li>Item 2</li>
  <li>Item 3</li>
  <li>Item 4</li>
</ol>

The code above renders the following view:

Ordered list start attribute

The reversed attribute allows you to reverse the order of the list. It accepts a boolean value, and its default value is false.

 
<ol reversed="true">
  <li>Item 1</li>
  <li>Item 2</li>
  <li>Item 3</li>
  <li>Item 4</li>
</ol>

This code produces the following output in the browser:

Ordered list reversed attribute

2. Unordered List

The unordered list lets you group related items whose order is not significant. By default, a browser uses a bullet point to label each item.

To create a new unordered list, you’ll need to use the <ul> tag as a parent element and the <li> tag for each list item:

 <ul>
  <li>Item 1</li>
  <li>Item 2</li>
  <li>Item 3</li>
  <li>Item 4</li>
</ul>

This code renders the following view:

Unordered list default output

The default bullet style for an unordered list is a disc. In the past, you could use a type attribute to set the bullet style of an unordered list. However, the unordered list type attribute is now a deprecated attribute. The recommended alternative for unordered list styling is the CSS list-style-type property.

 <style>
ul { list-style-type: square; }
</style>

The code above updates the view to the following:

Unordered list square bullets

The CSS list-style-type property lets you use a collection of different bullet styles, including circles, custom images, icons, or symbols. With CSS that changes the layout of list items, you can even use unordered lists to create navigation bars.

Nested Lists

A nested list is a list element that is part of another list. You can create a nested list using a combination of ordered and/or unordered list elements. These structures can represent more complex hierarchies.

 <H3>Chicken Pasta Insturctions</H3>
<ol>
  <li>Boil pasta.</li>
  <li>
   Season chicken breast.
    <ul>
      <li>salt and pepper</li>
      <li>paprika</li>
      <li>garlic powder</li>
      <li>Italian seasoning</li>
    </ul>
  </li>
  <li>Heat olive oil in pot over medium-high heat.</li>
  <li>Add chicken breast to pan and cook for 5 minutes.</li>
  <li>Add heavy cream and parmesan cheese to empty pot.</li>
  <li>Add pasta and slice chicken to cream sauce.</li>
</ol>

This code renders the following view:

Nested list

3. Description List

The description list element allows you to create a list of terms and their associated details. The <dl> tag enables you to create a new description list, which you should use with the <dt> (description term) and <dd> (description details) elements.

 <h3>Popular Laptops</h3>
<dl>
  <dt>MacBook Pro</dt>
  <dd>
    Provides up to 22 hours of battery life,
    has an advanced camera, and a magic keyboard with touch ID.
  </dd>

  <dt>MSI GS76 Stealth</dt>
  <dd>
    A powerful gaming laptop with supercharged graphics and customized keys.
  </dd>
</dl>

The code above renders the following view:

description list

Organize Your Content With the Right HTML List

The HTML list that you choose to use in your web development project should depend on the content that you want to present to your users. For example, if you want to create a sequential list such as the steps for preparing a meal or completing a task, then an ordered list is your best option.

However, if you want to group related information that doesn’t require a series of steps (such as a checklist), then an unordered list would be a more viable option. Furthermore, if you want to create a glossary or a list of frequently asked questions, then a description list is the better choice.

‘Tesla and BYD dominate electric vehicle sales’

00:42

Tesla and BYD have been the big winners in the electric vehicle market in 2023, according to an industry expert, who has also hailed the success of Chinese EV manufacturer GAC. 

The International Energy Agency has predicted that EV sales will reach 14 million by the end of the year, which represents a 35 percent year-on-year increase.

In 2022, 22 percent of passenger vehicles sold in China were all-electric, which adds up to 4.4 million sales. That’s higher than the three million EVs sold in the rest of the world combined.

David Bailey, professor of business economics at the University of Birmingham, says Chinese EV manufacturers and their various models are now dominating global sales.

READ MORE:

Worst Christmas: Bethlehem tourism plummets amid Israel-Hamas conflict

No peace until Hamas chiefs are destroyed, vows Netanyahu

Homeless offered refuge aboard cruise ship in Bordeaux

Chinese firms BYD and GAC are two of the biggest sellers of EVs globally, but a new competitor, Xiaomi, has entered the market after unveiling its first EV in Beijing this month. /Florence Lo/Reuters

Chinese firms BYD and GAC are two of the biggest sellers of EVs globally, but a new competitor, Xiaomi, has entered the market after unveiling its first EV in Beijing this month. /Florence Lo/Reuters

Chinese firms BYD and GAC are two of the biggest sellers of EVs globally, but a new competitor, Xiaomi, has entered the market after unveiling its first EV in Beijing this month. /Florence Lo/Reuters

‘BYD world’s biggest EV maker’

“Tesla and BYD are dominating sales,” he told CGTN Europe. “We see that with Tesla, with the Model Y and the refreshed Model Three.

“But then you look at the top 10 best sellers, it’s very much dominated by BYD. The only other significant player is another Chinese firm, GAC.

“If you go down to the top 20, you’ll see European firms like Mercedes and BMW, but it’s very much Chinese dominated. In the West we talk about Tesla a lot but BYD is probably the biggest EV maker in the world. 

“They’ve been making EVs for 20 years and have a big cost advantage. they can produce electric vehicles at something like 20 to 25 percent lower cost than European rivals.”

EV sales on the rise

Reducing transport-related emissions remains a key priority for nations worldwide as they pursue their goal of reaching net zero by 2050 and transitioning to sustainable, emissions-free transport.

The result has been a surge in sales of EVs across the world, but Bailey says that the size of the increase in sales hasn’t been quite as big as manufacturers expected.  

“We’ve continued to see progress in terms of EV sales, so that EVs still are taking a bigger share of the market. But that very rapid growth in 2022 is starting to slow this year.

“That’s not really surprising because what we’re seeing is EVs going from the really kind of top end premium end, Tesla end of the market, into the mass market where consumers are more price sensitive.”

Chinese EV firms enter international market

As 2024 approaches, U.S., European and Chinese car manufacturers are preparing to do battle as they attempt to seize an increasing share of the EV market.

But with Chinese firms able to make cars at a lower cost and sell them to consumers for cheaper prices than their European rivals, the likes of BYD and GAC could break into new markets.

“I think we’ll see further internationalization from Chinese firms,” says Bailey. “So those Chinese firms like BYD will start, I think, to really push into European markets and we’ll see more Chinese made cars on the roads. 

“We already see that and we’re going to see a lot more in the future. I think there’s going to be an effort by the European Union to really protect the European industry. We might well see subsidies coming in on a bigger scale for European car makers and tariffs to protect the European market.”

'Tesla and BYD dominate electric vehicle sales'

Subscribe to Storyboard: A weekly newsletter bringing you the best of CGTN every Friday

Opinion: A film projectionist once more, now in L.A. — resurrecting a dying craft

All the crafts that I’ve practiced in my life I’ve done knowing they are either dead or dying.

I have a master’s degree in poetry. I was an investigative journalist at a nonprofit that closed due to lack of funding. I was a 35 mm projectionist. A craft that began at the turn of the last century and all but vanished around 2013 when most movie theaters had transitioned to digital projectors — simply because digital prints are cheaper to make and ship than film.

When I threaded my last projector that year, I was working on an island off the East Coast, living inside the back of a movie theater that had been a live theater — my bed, dresser and desk were where the dressing rooms had once been. The film was “Blue Jasmine.” I went in front of the summer island crowd and said that after 13 years of this work, this would be the last movie I would ever project. They clapped — maybe some of them knew what I was talking about — and I returned to the booth and ran the film. I had spent that summer biking around the island, having trysts, eating ice cream and waking up to a wall still fashioned with film posters from the 1940s. It was romantic as hell, as some dying things can be.

I knew when I ferried off the island the next day that the job security I had for more than a decade — because I knew a trade — was a thing of the past. When digital moved in, film moved out and the need for projectionists died. Theater audiences were then subjected to less bright films. Films that didn’t have as crisp a focus. In other words, the poetry had been edited out.

I soon moved to Los Angeles to be a screenwriter, having lived enough of an experiential life to be able to write from a place of authority. I’ve had some success and I’m going to direct a film I wrote based on my experience as a projectionist and my love of Marcello Mastroianni. It takes place in Italy, so I location-scouted, touring the country with the sole purpose of finding three things: a fitting seashore, a movie theater and a working 35mm projector. The paucity of the latter was heartbreaking.

In Italy, movie theaters are either owned locally or by the church. So, to see them I had to find the local church, hunt down the priest, wait for him to get in touch with the local projectionist — usually an elderly man still holding a torch for Sophia Loren. When they unlocked the theater and I saw the state of the booths and the projectors, the problems were all the same. Either the projectors were completely missing because they were sold for parts, not working at all, or the projector worked but the bulb was gone. Dilapidated. Neglected. The heart of the cinema … broken.

When we film, we’ll have to ship in a projector, most likely from Milan or Rome. I want an Italy that maybe doesn’t exist anymore. Or does, but only in parts. In the meantime, I’m spending my days learning Italian so I may communicate with the local crew when I direct the film, and I’m writing my next project. However, after the writer’s strike, I found myself desperately needing a job. Any job. My repertoire of choices was slim with my background in dying trades.

Enter the Vista. The locally owned theater in Los Feliz that Quentin Tarantino recently acquired, renovated and reopened in November. I went to see Eli Roth’s “Thanksgiving” and on a whim, I asked the manager if they were hiring a projectionist. She said I could drop my resumé off to her personally. One week later I was hired. The first female projectionist on a team of four.

I’m practiced at the art of dying things, but I’m a resurrectionist too, being a projectionist and writing poetry. And everyone who attends a film at the Vista, or at the other few theaters around the world still using film, is a resurrectionist as well. We tacitly agree that this is the way to see movies, with all their heart and poetry.

I like to think of the Vista as a museum and it’s that light in the booth shining through a 35mm or 70 mm print that brings the awareness of the brevity of life to an audience. Walter Murch, the film editor, director, writer and sound designer who worked on the “Godfather” films, among others, said that with film you always feel as if someone is about to enter the room. With digital, you feel like someone’s about to leave it. So, whether at the Vista or elsewhere, come to the museum. Be a resurrectionist. Bear witness. Come, see the art of a dying thing.

Leah Saint Marie is a projectionist at the Vista, the screenwriter of “Spoonful of Sugar” and the host of the podcast “Pitch!” @leahwelch19

Tata Punch EV Spotted Ahead of January 2024 Launch: Know Specifications, Features and Expected Price of Tata’s Upcoming Electric Car

New Delhi, December 29: Tata Punch EV has been the buzz of the automotive world as it gears up for its much-anticipated launch. Spotted on the roads during its testing phase, the Tata Punch EV is inching closer to its official debut. Enthusiasts and potential customers are keeping a keen eye on this new entrant in the electric compact SUV segment in India.

As per a report of CarWale, the Tata Punch EV has been seen undergoing rigorous testing before the official reveal. The test mule showcases production-ready features and is expected to have a distinctive taillight, multi-spoke dual-tone alloy wheels, and a large floating touchscreen infotainment system. With its expected range of 200-300kms on a full charge, the Tata Punch EV will likely launch in January 2024, as per the Times Now reportTesla To Setup EV Plant in Gujarat, CEO Elon Musk Likely To Visit India and Meet PM Narendra Modi at ‘Vibrant Gujarat Global Summit’ in January 2024: Reports.

These glimpses into the pre-production version offer a sneak peek into what the final model might look like. The Tata Punch EV Launch Date is tentatively set for early 2024, and it is expected to be positioned above the Tata Tiago EV in the company’s lineup with an estimated price range of Rs 9.50 – 12.50 Lakh. Xiaomi SU7, Xiaomi SU7 Max Launched; Check Design and Specifications of Xiaomi’s First Electric Cars.

The Tata Punch EV might come equipped with a rotary gear selector dial, a wireless charger, auto-dimming IRVM, ambient lighting, and an electrically adjustable sunroof, adding to the comfort and convenience of the driving experience. While the exact battery pack and specifications remain under wraps, there is speculation that it could utilize either the Tigor EV’s or Nexon EV’s battery unit.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 29, 2023 05:03 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

India Strict about Overseeing, Automating Tax Work Around Crypto: KoinX’s Punit Agarwal

The Income Tax Department of India is issuing alerts around high-value crypto transactions. The matter came to light earlier this week when Punit Agarwal observed a rise in income tax-related queries tied to crypto transactions from the income tax department. Agarwal is the founder of KoinX, a firm that provides crypto tax management solutions in India. Essentially, Agarwal has conveyed to the Indian crypto investors that the government is maintaining a strict oversight on all tax-work related to crypto transactions in India.

Agarwal says that the Indian government is automating the process of validating and verifying the returns on crypto incomes to avoid any flaws in calculations.

For people to avoid attracting penalties on high-value transactions, Agarwal has strongly advised taxpayers to file their taxes accurately and verify data in the ITR filing against the Annual Information Statement (AIS) to catch any prevailing discrepancies.

“Income Tax portal matches the transactions appearing in AIS and the data filed by users. In-case the authorities find any discrepancies, then they issue a notification to the user to re-check if they have missed anything or if everything is in-line. For people, if they find any discrepancies in their income reported vs income generated, then they have to file a revised return. Also, they need to give an explanation to the notification. In case everything is in-line and as expected, people can just submit the feedback mentioning they confirm everything is fine,” Agarwal told Gadgets360.

In the absence of a set rulebook for crypto, India levied taxes on crypto profits last April hoping to be able to maintain some track record of crypto transactions, most of which are largely anonymous.

The country levies a 30 percent tax on crypto incomes and also cuts one percent TDS on each crypto transaction – aiming to identify potential defaulters and suspicious crypto holders, who could be engaging in unlawful activities like money laundering or terror financing.

From what Agarwal shared on X, however, does show the strict oversight that the Indian income tax department is indeed maintaining over the crypto sector.

Given the confusion around filing crypto taxes, only 0.07 percent crypto holders in India reportedly paid their taxes last year.

Players like KoinX are trying to extend all the support required for people to file their crypto taxes because industry analysts believe that adhering to this tax regime can instil faith of the Indian government on the Web3 sector which will eventually result in its overall growth.

Taxnodes, another crypto tax solutions provider, has decided to offer complimentary NFTs as incentives to taxpayers using its platform to file their taxes.


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.

Recap 2023- List of Cyclones Held in 2023

Cyclone Jasper

Cyclone Jasper made landfall in northeastern Australia on December 13, 2023, bringing damaging winds of up to 113 kilometers (70 miles) per hour and heavy rainfall that triggered flash flooding. While it has since weakened into a low-pressure system, it’s important to stay informed and vigilant about the ongoing impacts.

Here’s a summary of the situation:

Impact:

  • Thousands of homes and businesses were left without power, with some areas still experiencing outages.
  • Flash flooding and damaged infrastructure disrupted transportation and communication in affected regions.
  • There were no reported casualties, but residents are urged to remain cautious due to potential hazards like fallen trees and debris.

Cyclone Michaung

Cyclone Michaung did indeed impact Andhra Pradesh on December 5th, 2023, it has since weakened and transitioned into a depression. It’s important to note that today is December 29th, 2023, and the cyclone is no longer an active threat.

Impact of Cyclone Michaung:

  • Made landfall near Bapatla coast on December 5th, bringing strong winds (up to 110 kmph) and heavy rainfall.
  • Caused inundation of 25 villages, damage to 770 kilometers of roads, and uprooting of trees.
  • Unfortunately, 9 people lost their lives during the storm and its aftermath.
  • Power supply and communication were disrupted in several areas.

Cyclone ‘Midhili’

“Cyclone ‘Midhili’ Makes Landfall” sounds like a current event, it actually occurred back in November 2023. Cyclone Midhili made landfall on the Bangladesh coast on November 17th, 2023, bringing heavy rain and winds of up to 80 kmph.

Is there anything specific you’d like to know about Cyclone Midhili, such as its impact, path, or resources available at the time? Knowing your specific interest will help me provide you with the most relevant information.

It’s important to note that today is December 29th, 2023, and there are currently no active cyclones in the Bay of Bengal region.

Cyclone ‘Hamoon’

Cyclone Hamoon, a severe weather phenomenon, struck the southeastern coast of Bangladesh on the 25th October 2023, causing widespread concern and necessitating the evacuation of thousands of people. The storm, originating from the Bay of Bengal, has further raised questions about the increasing frequency and intensity of such weather events in the region, driven by the impacts of climate change. This meteorological event is being closely monitored by the India Meteorological Department (IMD) and is expected to weaken in the hours to come.

Cyclone Tej

The Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) has issued a cautionary notice regarding a potential cyclonic storm forming in the Arabian Sea. This impending weather event, likely to be named ‘Cyclone Tej‘, has the potential to impact MumbaiPune, and other regions of Maharashtra and the Konkan area. The IMD predicts that the low-pressure system currently developing over the Arabian Sea will intensify into a depression by October 21. However, the possibility of this system evolving into a full-fledged cyclonic storm remains uncertain at this stage.

Cyclone Biparjoy

A cyclone named Biparjoy made landfall in Gujarat, India on June 15, 2023. The cyclone had maximum sustained winds of 167 kilometers per hour (103 miles per hour) and gusts up to 200 kilometers per hour (124 miles per hour). The cyclone brought heavy rains and strong winds to Gujarat, causing widespread damage. At least 22 people were killed and 940 villages were plunged into darkness. The cyclone also caused extensive damage to crops and infrastructure.

Cyclone Fabien

Tropical Cyclone Fabien moved southeast of Diego Garcia on Wednesday morning, 17th April 2023. At 5:00 p.m. EDT on Wednesday, the center of Tropical Cyclone Fabien was located at latitude 9.0°S and longitude 73.6°E, approximately 145 miles (235 km) southeast of Diego Garcia. Fabien was moving toward the southwest at a speed of 6 mph (10 km/h). The maximum sustained wind speed was 110 mph (175 km/h), with wind gusts reaching 130 mph (210 km/h). The minimum surface pressure was recorded at 959 mb.

Cyclone Mocha

Cyclone Mocha was a very severe cyclonic storm that formed in the Bay of Bengal on May 10, 2023. The storm intensified rapidly, reaching peak winds of 160 kilometers per hour (100 miles per hour) before making landfall in Bangladesh on May 14. The storm caused widespread damage in Bangladesh and Myanmar, killing at least 100 people and displacing millions more. Cyclone Mocha was named on the basis of a suggestion made by Yemen. 

Best Of 2023: Hi-Fi Rush’s Roquefort Fight Proves That Boss Battles Can Still Be Exciting

Following the lukewarm reception to its latest horror game Ghostwire: Tokyo, few might have expected the next game from the Shinji Mikami led-Tango Gameworks to be a brightly colored, rhythm-based character-action game. Hi-Fi Rush saw a surprise release early in 2023, arguably kicking off the stellar year of unexpected brilliance with its tightly designed combat, incredibly likable cast of rebels, and standout boss fights. Each one of Hi-Fi Rush’s numerous boss fights is memorable for one reason or another (the scale and complexity of the final fight against Kale is as awe-inspiring as the first fast-paced duel with antagonist-turned-ally Korsica), but none come close to comparing with what might be the most adrenaline-fuelled three-phase fight of the year: Roquefort.

Like much of Hi-Fi Rush, Roquefort isn’t memorable because of his outright challenge. The character-action presented in Tango Gameworks’ latest pairs rhythm-based sensibilities with the flow of traditional character-action, equipped with an engaging scoring system that judges your aptitude at balancing both. Smart touches around each stage consistently remind you of the beat you need to keep when inputting presses for combos, while enemy attacks (mostly) adhere to the same beat, only breaking out in half-steps when trying to trip you up. Roquefort is the culmination of everything you’ve learnt about this blend of genres to that point, acting as the penultimate boss that is meant to gatekeep your progress from the game’s eventual most-challenging foe, both figuratively and literally.

Given the imposing stature of the bosses before him, Roquefort is an outlier in that he doesn’t come across as menacing or physically imposing, a fact protagonist Chai tries to leverage before the fight with some misplaced trash talk. It’s not long before Roquefort’s nickname, a wolf in sheep’s clothing, bears out in the most literal sense. The short, plump accountant transforms into a giant mechanical wolf, adorned in chrome and brimming with sharp, pointy ends to do damage with. This alone is an exciting revelation that tees up a grueling three-phase fight, and the mood is immediately set with an improvised version of Wolfgang Mozart’s 5th Symphony produced by Wolfgang Gartner, and further edited to tightly adhere to the pace of the fight.

The fight plays out in Roquefort’s opulent and gold-laden office, eventually moving to a vault overflowing with a comical amount of gold coins, with the music blaring in the background as his hulking wolf form moves with a surprisingly elegance according to the soothing and sometimes erratic beat. This makes his movements surprisingly difficult to track, with the beat shifting in surprising ways until you nail down its looping pattern. Learning this rhythm makes you appreciate how much care was clearly given to sync up with the beat in a manner far more faithful than the bosses beforehand. As a direct consequence, this fight feels more like a dance than any other. It’s not long before your inputs are being directly more by musical instinct than reflexes, letting you entire a zen-like flow despite the highly chaotic duel you’re engaged in. As Roquefort starts revealing more and more of his repertoire, this satisfying back-and-forth forces you to keenly adapt, further engrossing you in the enveloping music to get the upper hand. It’s a gradual escalation that doesn’t stop until the final blow is struck, likely leaving you with an aching foot from tapping and an elevated heart rate that punctuates the adrenaline high experienced throughout.

To say that I’ve had Hi-Fi Rush’s licensed soundtrack on repeat for much of the year would be an understatement, but it would be an even greater one to admit that I haven’t listened to Wolfgang Garter’s incredible track more times than any other on the tracklist. Each time, I’m transported back to the thrill of this incredible fight against Roquefort and reminded of the immense rush a meticulously designed encounter like this can invoke, subsequently leaving a powerful impression that’s slow to fade. Hi-Fi Rush might not be as well remembered after a year of stellar releases, but it’s a game with moments like these that are strong reminders that a good old-fashioned boss fight isn’t a dying trend in an industry laden with more grounded approaches to setpieces. Sometimes just bringing it back to basics, and taking care to nail all the little details, can result in one of the most memorable moments of the year.

Two types of CBT are equally effective in the treatment of fibromyalgia

There does not appear to be any profound differences between so-called exposure-based CBT and traditional CBT in the treatment of fibromyalgia, according to a study led by researchers at Karolinska Institutet. Both forms of treatment produced a significant reduction in symptoms in people affected by the disease. The study is one of the largest to date to compare different treatment options for fibromyalgia and is published in the journal PAIN.

About 200,000 people in Sweden currently live with fibromyalgia, a long-term pain syndrome that causes great suffering for patients through widespread pain, fatigue, and stiffness in the body. There is no cure for fibromyalgia. Existing drugs often have insufficient effect, raising the need for more effective treatment methods. Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has shown some effect, but there is a lack of trained CBT practitioners. There is also a lack of knowledge about which form of CBT is most effective. The study compared two different forms of internet-delivered cognitive behavioral therapy in terms of how well they reduce the symptoms and functional impact of fibromyalgia.

In brief, exposure-based CBT involves the participant systematically and repeatedly approaching situations, activities, and stimuli that the patient has previously avoided because the experiences are associated with pain, psychological discomfort, or symptoms such as fatigue and cognitive problems.

In traditional CBT, the participant is presented with several different strategies to work on during treatment, such as relaxation, activity planning, physical exercise, or strategies for managing negative thoughts and improving sleep.

The study showed that traditional CBT was by and large equivalent to the newer treatment form of exposure-based CBT.

“This result was surprising because our hypothesis, based on previous research, was that the new exposure-based form would be more effective. Our study shows that the traditional form can provide an equally good result and thus contributes to the discussion in the field,” says Maria Hedman-Lagerlöf, licensed psychologist and researcher at the Center for Psychiatry Research at the Department of Clinical Neuroscience, Karolinska Institutet.

The randomized study involved 274 people with fibromyalgia, who were randomly assigned to be treated with traditional or exposure-based CBT. The treatments were delivered entirely online and all participants had regular contact with their therapist.

Participants answered questions about their mood and symptoms before, during, and after treatment. After the 10-week treatment, 60 percent of those who received exposure-based CBT and 59 percent of those who received traditional CBT reported that their treatment had helped them.

“The fact that both treatments were associated with a significant reduction in the participants’ symptoms and functional impairment and that the effects were sustained for 12 months after completion of the treatment, indicates that the internet as a treatment format can be of great clinical benefit for people with fibromyalgia,” says Maria Hedman-Lagerlöf. “This is good news because it enables more people to access treatment.”

The study is the second largest to compare different psychological treatment options for fibromyalgia, according to the researchers.

“Our study is also one of the first to compare with another active, established psychological treatment,” says Maria Hedman-Lagerlöf.

Vegetarian delights- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

HYDERABAD: Navratri literally means ‘nine nights.’ It is a time of devotion, spirituality, fasting and feasting. During this period, many individuals choose to abstain from consuming non-vegetarian food and even some grains. Instead, they turn to a variety of vegetarian dishes that are not only delicious but also align with the religious significance of the festival. Let’s explore the rich tapestry of vegetarian food during Navratri.

Rizwan Khader, Corporate Chef of Telangana Spice Kitchen, boasts a culinary journey spanning 17 years and passionately highlights some exceptional options that may leave non-vegetarians pleasantly surprised.

Yam Ki Galouti / Kamal Kadi ki Galouti
A true masterpiece in the world of kebabs, these delicacies offer a texture and flavour that are second to none. The meticulous cooking of yam or lotus stems achieves a melt-in-the-mouth consistency, potentially surpassing non-vegetarian alternatives. As Chef Khader reveals, the secret lies in the precise blend of spices and cooking techniques. He emphasised his first encounter with ‘Yam Ki Galouti’ in Lucknow, where the delicate balance of spices and the yam’s melting texture left an indelible mark.

Bhunne Makai ke Kebab
Corn lovers, rejoice! These kebabs offer a revelation with their smoky and slightly sweet flavour, created by the use of roasted corn and spices. Chef Khader’s introduction to ‘Bhunne Makai ke Kebab’ in Punjab was serendipitous, but the extraordinary taste was unforgettable. This dish is elevated to gourmet delight status.

Tandoori Soya Chaap / Soya Chaap Ki Makhani 
Chef Khader’s exploration of Delhi’s street food scene inspired him to create ‘Soya Chaap Ki Makhani’ in his restaurant, blending traditional flavours with modern techniques. Soya chaap, when marinated and cooked to perfection, can convincingly mimic the texture and taste of meat. The craftsmanship involved in imparting smokiness and the rich, creamy makhani sauce make these dishes exceptional. 

Kathal Ki Biryani
The humble jackfruit transforms into a royal feast in this biryani. Its ability to absorb flavours and meaty texture, combined with aromatic spices, make this dish a vegetarian delight that competes with its non-vegetarian counterparts.

Mochar Chop (Banana Flower)
Banana flower, a lesser-known ingredient, astonishes as ‘mochar chop’ with its meaty texture and a burst of flavours. It’s a true representation of how vegetarian dishes can be both unique and exceptional. 
Chef Khader encountered ‘Kathal Ki Biryani’ and ‘Mochar Chop’ during his travels in eastern India, where the use of jackfruit and banana flower as meat substitutes opened his eyes to the diversity of vegetarian cuisine.

Chef Meet Shah of Gaurang’s Kitchen is a master, crafting one-of-a-kind vegetarian delicacies that weave magic with his expert hands and seasoned experience. Among his exceptional innovations, he selects two dishes that may outperform non-veg.

Vegetarian Haleem
Gaurang’s Kitchen’s Vegetarian Haleem is a revelation, particularly during the sacred month of Ramadan. Traditionally, haleem is a dish celebrated by meat enthusiasts, leaving vegetarians curious about the fuss. Chef Meet Shah, however, cracked the code and unveiled a vegetarian version that not only stands toe-to-toe with its meaty counterpart but also has a distinct charm of its own. Made using beaten soya, this vegetarian haleem boasts a texture and flavour profile that has been endorsed even by die-hard carnivores. This Vegetarian Haleem transcends expectations, proving that innovation and tradition can beautifully coexist on a plate.

Galouti Kofta
Chef Meet Shah’s Galouti Kofta is crafted with a blend of paneer and cheese, resulting in a soft, luscious texture that rivals the traditional kebabs. What sets this dish apart is not just its remarkable similarity to its meaty counterpart but also the way it’s served — in a sumptuous gravy that elevates the taste to new heights.

The Galouti Kofta isn’t just a dish; it’s a triumph of vegetarian gastronomy. It proves that, in the hands of a visionary chef, vegetarian cuisine can surpass the expectations of even the most discerning non-vegetarian palates.

Whether you’re fasting or simply looking to explore the diversity of Indian vegetarian cuisine, Navratri provides a delightful opportunity to savour a wide range of flavours and textures. So, during this auspicious festival, embrace the joy of wholesome vegetarian delights.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Manav Kirtikumar Thakkar from SLS, Hyderabad

Please tell us a bit about yourself.

I’m Manav Kirtikumar Thakkar, and my pursuit of a career in law has been a lifelong aspiration, firmly rooted in my ambitions since the 10th grade. The complexities and the transformative potential of the legal system have consistently fascinated me. Throughout my academic journey, I’ve immersed myself in the study of law, actively engaging in extracurricular activities pertinent to this field. This dedicated commitment has enriched my understanding of the legal profession and further fueled my passion for it.

Currently, I am in my third year of the BBA LLB program at Symbiosis Law School, where I am actively honing my legal skills and knowledge. Over time, my desire to contribute positively to society through a fulfilling career in law has only grown stronger and more resolute.

What has your college experience been like? What are some of the fondest memories you have created during your time there?

My college experience at Symbiosis Law School has been nothing short of remarkable, and I’ve genuinely relished every moment of it. It’s been a journey filled with not just academic pursuits but a rich tapestry of extracurricular and co-curricular activities that have shaped my college life. One of the highlights has been my active involvement in moot courts and debates.

These experiences challenged me to think critically, argue persuasively, and develop a deeper understanding of legal intricacies. They’ve also provided opportunities to interact with peers who share the same passion for law, leading to lasting friendships and inspiring discussions. What truly sets my college experience apart is the diverse range of cells and faculty I’ve been part of; each has given me a chance to work on real-world legal issues, gaining practical insights that go beyond the classroom.

It’s incredibly rewarding to see how our efforts can make a positive impact on society. Internships have also played a pivotal role in my journey. They’ve allowed me to bridge the gap between theory and practice, providing a glimpse into the legal profession’s practical aspects. These experiences have been eye-opening, helping me develop a holistic perspective on the legal field. Moreover, I’ve had the privilege of exploring different courses that extended beyond the core curriculum, broadening my horizons and deepening my knowledge in specialized areas of law.

But perhaps the most treasured aspect of my college life has been the friendships I’ve cultivated along the way. The bonds I have forged with fellow students have not only enriched my personal life but have also enhanced my overall college experience. Late-night study sessions, engaging debates, and countless memorable moments have made this journey truly special.

As I reflect on my college journey thus far, I can confidently say that I’ve enjoyed every aspect of it. The knowledge gained, the practical experiences, and the friendships formed have all contributed to my growth and ignited my passion for a fulfilling legal career. I eagerly anticipate the adventures that await me as I continue down this path.

Share some strategies and tricks you employed to achieve success in college, both in terms of studies and building good relations with peers and professors.

My journey through college has been truly rewarding, thanks to my extroverted personality, which has allowed me to connect effortlessly with people. This ability has proven invaluable in both my academic pursuits and relationship-building. Here are some strategies and tricks I’ve employed to achieve success:

  1. Active Participation: Being an extrovert, I’ve always felt comfortable engaging in class discussions and extracurricular activities. This has not only enriched my own learning experience but has also helped me connect with professors and peers who appreciate my enthusiasm for the subject matter.
  2. Networking Skills: I firmly believe in the power of networking, both offline and online. Platforms like LinkedIn have allowed me to extend my professional network and build meaningful connections with professors and professionals in the legal field. This has opened doors to valuable opportunities and insights.
  3. Collaborative Spirit: I’ve always been eager to collaborate with peers on group projects and study sessions. This not only demonstrates my teamwork skills but also fosters positive relationships. Sharing knowledge and working together often leads to improved academic outcomes.
  4. Effective Time Management: Success in college requires effective time management. My extroverted nature has allowed me to strike a balance between academics, extracurricular activities, and personal life. This balance ensures that I excel academically while also nurturing relationships.
  5. Approachability: Being approachable and friendly has made it easier for my peers to approach me for assistance or collaboration. Professors have also been more inclined to offer guidance and mentorship when they see my proactive attitude.
  6. Mentorship: I recognize the importance of mentorship, and I actively seek guidance from professors and seniors. This not only enhances my academic growth but also strengthens my professional relationships.
  7. Clear Communication: My ability to communicate clearly and persuasively, both in person and online, has been an asset. It ensures that my thoughts and ideas are well-received, fostering better understanding among peers and professors.
  8. Gratitude: Expressing gratitude towards professors and peers for their support and guidance is something I hold dear. It creates a sense of mutual respect and contributes to a positive and supportive learning environment.

My extroverted and personable nature has undoubtedly been a driving force behind my success in college. It has allowed me to navigate the academic world with confidence and grace, forging lasting relationships and positioning me for a successful and fulfilling future career.

In your opinion, what should be the primary focus of law students during their time in law school to prepare for a successful legal career?

In my opinion, the primary focus of law students during their time in law school should extend beyond academics to encompass a well-rounded approach that prepares them for a successful legal career. Here are key aspects to consider:

  1. Strong Academic Foundation: A solid understanding of legal principles and concepts is the cornerstone of a legal career. Law students should prioritize their coursework, attend classes regularly, and actively engage in discussions to grasp the nuances of the law.
  2. Participation in Moot Courts: Moot court competitions provide a practical understanding of legal advocacy and courtroom procedures. Engaging in moots hones your research, argumentation, and presentation skills, which are vital for litigation.
  3. Internships: Practical experience gained through internships is invaluable. Students should seek diverse internship opportunities in law firms, courts, legal aid organizations, and corporate legal departments to gain exposure to various aspects of the legal profession.
  4. Professional Courses: Supplementing your academic curriculum with specialized courses can set you apart. Courses in emerging legal fields or areas of personal interest can enhance your expertise and broaden your career prospects.
  5. Networking: Building a professional network is crucial. Attend legal conferences, seminars, and workshops to meet practicing lawyers, judges, and legal experts. Utilize platforms like LinkedIn to connect with professionals and stay updated on industry trends.
  6. Legal Research and Writing: Develop strong research and writing skills. These are essential for drafting legal documents, opinions, and briefs. Competence in legal research tools and methodologies is highly valued in the legal profession.
  7. Extracurricular Activities: Engaging in law-related clubs, societies, and journals can help you gain practical exposure and develop leadership skills. These activities can also lead to networking opportunities.
  8. Soft Skills: Effective communication, negotiation, and problem-solving skills are indispensable for lawyers. Work on developing these soft skills, as they are essential in client interactions and legal practice.
  9. Continual Learning: Law is a dynamic field, so staying updated with legal developments is vital. Commit to lifelong learning through continuing legal education (CLE) programmes and staying informed about changes in laws and regulations.

In summary, the path to a successful legal career involves a multifaceted approach. While academics, moots, and internships are essential, complementing these with professional courses, networking, and a commitment to continuous improvement will equip law students with the skills and knowledge needed to thrive in the legal profession.

How has your experience with moot court competitions been in college?

My experience with moot court competitions in college has been incredibly rewarding. I’ve participated in numerous moot court competitions and have had the honour of achieving notable successes and awards. One of my most significant achievements was my participation in the 5th Surana & Surana & Rajiv Gandhi National University of Law International Law Moot Court Competition in 2022. Among a competitive field of 27 teams, our team showcased our legal skills and dedication.

After the preliminary rounds, we secured an impressive 4th ranking. Making it to the octafinal rounds was a testament to our hard work and preparation. Furthermore, we were honoured to receive the 3rd Best Memorial Award.

These experiences have not only enhanced my advocacy skills but have also instilled a deep appreciation for the importance of research, argumentation, and teamwork in the legal profession. These are moments in my college journey that I am exceptionally proud of.

How would you describe your college’s academic placement record, and what co-curricular activities or events are prominent at your institution?

My college boasts a commendable academic placement record. Graduates from our institution have successfully secured positions in various sectors of the legal profession. Many have found opportunities in well-established law firms, gaining exposure to diverse areas of law and client interactions. Others have chosen to work in corporate legal departments, where they contribute to in-house legal matters and compliance.

Some have pursued careers in government agencies, serving in roles such as public prosecutors, legal advisors, or judicial officers. Additionally, a significant number of alumni have embarked on careers in judicial services, taking on roles as judges or magistrates.

It’s important to note, however, that while the college provides a strong foundation and opportunities for career advancement, the actual outcome of placements depends on individual factors. These factors include a student’s academic performance, their ability to network and build professional relationships, their choice of specialisation, and their drive to pursue career opportunities. Thus, while the college’s placement record is commendable, the ultimate success of securing a job is contingent on the student’s proactive efforts and qualifications.

Co-Curricular Activities and Events:

The college places great emphasis on holistic development, and as a result, there is a rich tapestry of co-curricular activities and events that students can engage in. Some of the prominent ones include:

  1. Moot Court Competitions: Moot court competitions are a cornerstone of our co-curricular activities. They provide students with practical experience in legal advocacy, research, and courtroom presentation. These competitions not only enhance legal skills but also boost confidence in students.
  2. Debates and Discussions: Regular debates and discussions are organized, allowing students to engage in thought-provoking conversations on legal, social, and ethical issues. These events foster critical thinking and communication skills.
  3. Seminars and Workshops: Our institution hosts seminars and workshops featuring distinguished legal scholars and practitioners. These events offer insights into contemporary legal topics and expose students to different perspectives within the legal profession.
  4. Legal Aid Camps: Outreach programmes and legal aid camps are organized to promote social responsibility. Students participate in these initiatives, offering legal assistance to underserved communities and gaining practical experience.
  5. Conferences: The college frequently hosts legal conferences, inviting experts and professionals from various domains. These conferences serve as platforms for networking, learning, exploring career opportunities, etc.

While these co-curricular activities are prominently featured, the level of involvement varies from person to person. Students are encouraged to choose activities that align with their interests and career aspirations. Active participation in these events not only enhances one’s legal knowledge but also builds a well-rounded skill set that is highly valued in the legal profession.

Is there a particular instance, quote, mantra, or book that has kept you moving forward and motivated in your life?

In my journey through life and academia, one quote that has consistently kept me motivated is, “Success is not final; failure is not fatal; it is the courage to continue that count.” This quote by Winston Churchill reminds me that both successes and setbacks are temporary, and what truly matters is the determination to keep moving forward, learning from experiences, and striving for excellence. It serves as a constant source of inspiration, reinforcing the importance of resilience and persistence in achieving one’s goals.

This interview was conducted by Samikshya Madan from SLS, Hydrebad.

Yearly Horoscope 2024: What’s in store for all zodiac signs in the coming year

ARIES (Mar 21 – Apr 20)

Embrace the new year with positivity and good vibes. This is the year to expect sudden financial gains and create multiple income streams. Minimize unnecessary spending, and invest wisely to achieve your financial goals. Provide love and support to those around you. Avoid disagreements on the domestic front. Analyse your options thoroughly before making an important career decision. Senior professionals may soon receive that long-awaited promotion! Focus on spirituality and natural remedies over excessive pills. Daily exercise and a healthy diet will translate positively into other aspects of life too. Dedicate quality time to new friendships. They are likely to turn into long-lasting bonds. Compassion and resilience will be the path to long-term happiness. The year will test your faithfulness and your ability to communicate how you feel.

Find out what is in store for zodiac signs in the New Year 2024

Lucky Number: 1

Wrap up the year gone by & gear up for 2024 with HT! Click here

Lucky Colour: Yellow

Lucky Months: January, August & October

TAURUS (Apr 21-May 20)

Welcome 2024 with a smile as it unfolds a myriad of opportunities and unexpected triumphs. While prospects to accumulate wealth may arise, the possibility of heavy expenditure lingers too. Exercise caution when lending money. Research, plan and adapt your strategies as and when needed, but remain open to new, unconventional ideas on the business front. Taurus influencers are likely to be in the limelight all year long. A past relationship may re-enter your life, which may open your eyes to a world of new experiences. Hard work is likely to pay off as you get the career opportunity you have been looking forward to. Avoid contemplating any job change in the first quarter of the year. Monitor your health cautiously, as the resurgence of chronic ailments may occur.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Green

Lucky Months: April, September & December

GEMINI (May 21 – Jun 21)

Gemini, let us put the past behind and start afresh in the year 2024. Business ventures are likely to thrive in the first two quarters, and your diligence will be rewarded with unexpected monetary gains. You are advised to stay away from get-quick-rich schemes and should prioritize savings throughout the year. Seasoned employees can expect rapid career advancement, securing double promotions and increased remuneration. Stay competitive, and enhance your skills and knowledge. This year is delicate from a health perspective, with issues like stomach discomfort, chest infections or eye-related concerns are on the cards. Guidance from family elders will help you resolve issues on the relationship front. Travel stars burn bright for those who wish to explore the world.

Lucky Number: 3

Lucky Colour: Purple

Lucky Months: February & November

CANCER (Jun 22 – Jul 22)

This year promises to be an eventful one for Cancerians. Your income potential is poised for a notable boost. A balanced approach between work and family responsibilities will make the life magical. Investing in improving money markets and strategizing savings side by side will highlight the financial front. Those who feel stuck in their careers will receive new offers aligning with their future. This will be accompanied by increased work pressure, but ultimately your hard work will pay off. An excellent year for singles as you get to hear of some good marriage proposals. Travel is likely to open new doors for you and also help you connect with new people. Stay attentive on the health front to counter minor health. Success will be around the corner for the students preparing for competitive exams.

Lucky Number: 2

Lucky Colour: Orange

Lucky Months: January, March & September

LEO (Jul 23 – Aug 23)

In 2024, Leo will continue to radiate energy and enthusiasm, propelling them towards their goal. Businesses, especially in financial services, infrastructure, hospitality and international trade are set for profit surges. Career success is also likely, as your knowledge and expertise will play a pivotal role in informed decision-making. The first and third quarters demand courage and unconventional choices, emphasizing the empowerment of the workforce. A slight vulnerability to health will necessitate the adoption of healthy practices. Romantic challenges await you, especially in the first quarter. It is imperative you remember that small gestures are just as important as the grand ones in restoring your love life. Unwarranted expenses are on the horizon, which may cause a need for enhanced earnings. The period from March to May will require special attention on the financial front.

Lucky Number: 5

Lucky Colour: Golden

Lucky Months: March & July

VIRGO (Aug 24 – Sept 23)

For Virgos, caution is the name of the game in 2024, both in personal and professional spheres. Financial stability is foreseen all year long. Some of you may remain spiritually active. Be wary of unexpected reversals in the second or third quarters that may nullify past gains, and guard yourself against deception from associates during important business deals. Rejoice in good news pertaining to your younger generation on the family front. Some tensions may arise, which are to be dealt with patience and compassion to preserve the love and respect within the relationships. Achievements on the career front are much indicated in the first half and will serve as the dose of motivation for the entire year. Caution in health matters is paramount, for even a minor oversight could lead to potentially troubling phase. Sound sleep and timely doctor’s visits

are advised to keep your health in check.

Lucky Number: 6

Lucky Colour: Brown

Lucky Months: June, September & December

LIBRA (Sept 24 – Oct 23)

An exhilarating journey awaits you in 2024! Brace yourself for the strengthening of business ties that usher in an upswing in earnings. But be cautious, for post-May, a surge in expenditure looms as a possibility. Cultivate a special place in the hearts of your loved ones through gestures of kindness.

Make patience your ally in resolving all conflicts amicably. Professional growth and a surging demand for your skillset mark the passage of the year. You are sure to find job stability this year, fostering amicable relations with subordinates and seniors alike. Stress and anxiety will be key factors when it comes to your health this year. Although they will be transient in nature, find solace in your personal relations to overcome the stress. Despite potential challenges in mid-year, the year inception is likely to bring about bliss and tranquillity in your marriage/relationship.

Lucky Number: 4

Lucky Colour: Green

Lucky Months: February, April & May

SCORPIO (Oct 24 – Nov 22)

A wave of positivity awaits all Scorpios in 2024! The year unfolds positively on the financial front, offering a promising landscape for investment in shares and speculative activities. However, businessmen need to be careful in the months of February and June. Unity within your family is set to strengthen, allowing you to foster a harmonious balance between personal and professional commitments. Anticipate a promotion with a substantial salary boost for those who are employed. Mid-level executives working in IT, software or service industry seeking growth prospects may receive enticing offers from desirable organizations. Make health a top priority this year, especially in the initial months. Those suffering with BP, diabetes or related issues would need to take special care of themselves. Married life may have its own set of challenges that you may need to handle with patience and love.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Red

Lucky Months: March, May & August

SAGITARIUS (Nov 23 – Dec 21)

“Change” is going to be your mantra in 2024. It’s time to address delayed tasks and resolve lingering differences. Anticipate new adventures to elevate your joy, as unexpected yet positive experiences await you in your business ventures. Success is in store for those appearing for competitive exams or trying their luck for a government job. Expect a blend of challenges and triumphs in your career, and resist unproductive temptations to stay on course. Be realistic in self-assessment, avoid distractions, exercise patience, and strategize your projects well. Married life or love front could face certain challenges that lead to conflict, but trust in one another may help you overcome those hurdles. The period from May to July could usher in some health concerns and infections. Embrace a routine of daily exercise- cardio, yoga, accompanied by eating healthy, to combat those concerns.

Lucky Number: 5

Lucky Colour: Pink

Lucky Months: May, July & December

CAPRICORN (Dec 22 – Jan 21)

2024 is likely to bring with itself an opportune time. Embrace a penchant for calculated risks this year, as entrepreneurial spirits are likely to be rewarded. With financial gains, you also have a freedom to buy things you have been longing for. Focus on strengthening family bonds and make sure your marital bond is not affected by what others say. Maintaining a positive attitude would be the key to your success. Time management would be important for students to achieve their goals on the academic front. Pull yourself out of the comfort zone, prioritize tasks at hand and seize opportunities to showcase your leadership skills on the career front. Apart from a few minor health concerns, the year bids well regarding your health.

Lucky Number: 8

Lucky Colour: Grey

Lucky Months: February, May & October

AQUARIUS (Jan 22 – Feb 19)

You can look forward to a fruitful year, Aquarius! You can anticipate skyrocketing success and material abundance with the onset of 2024. Embrace saving and financial planning as business may experience stagnation in the third quarter. Astute expense management and minute supervision would also be required in that phase. Your career stands on the brink of success, offering you significant achievements and opportunities that you have been desperately looking forward to. Students should stay away from distractions or your scores may be affected. The health of those ailing is likely to improve. Yet, special care would be required for those suffering from asthma, sinus, back or knee-related issues. Emotional bonding is likely to be strengthened on the family front.

Lucky Number: 7

Lucky Colour: Peach

Lucky Months: May & June

PISCES (Feb 20 – Mar 20)

Welcome 2024 with a smile as many important developments are in store for you this year. For those eyeing business growth, this is an opportune year! With increased earnings, expect a rise in expenses as well. To combat this, master the art of saving and investing strategically. Heal old wounds with long-lost family connections and foster healthier relationships with those around you. Expect a topsy-turvy experience in regards to health, as most eye or foot-related ailments may make you look for medical guidance. Fluctuations in your love life need to be handled proactively. Students may be overwhelmed with their expectations from them. Refrain from making impulsive decisions. Honing your networking skills is likely to benefit you with more benefits in the second half of the year.

Lucky Number: 6

Lucky Colour: Yellow

Lucky Months: March, April & November

31 Things I Wish Someone Told Me When I Was Young

As we go through life, we encounter various experiences that shape us into the person we are today.

Some of these experiences come with valuable lessons that we could have learned earlier.

Unfortunately, we can’t turn back time, but we can always share these lessons with others in the hopes that they can avoid making the same mistakes.

Here are 31 things I wish someone told me when I was young:

1. Commit yourself to make lots of little mistakes when you’re young

Mistakes teach you important lessons.

The biggest mistake you can make is doing absolutely nothing because you’re too scared to make a mistake.

So don’t indefinitely hesitate — don’t doubt yourself. In life, it’s rarely about getting a chance; it’s about taking a chance.

You’ll never be 100% sure it will work, but you can always be 100% sure doing nothing won’t work.

Most of the time you just have to go for it! And no matter how it turns out, it always ends up just the way it should be.

Either you succeed or you learn something.

Win-Win.

Remember, if you never act, you will never know for sure, and you will be left standing in the same spot forever.

2. Find hard work you appreciate doing

If I could offer my 18-year-old self some real career advice, I’d tell myself not to base my career choice solely on other people’s ideas, goals, and recommendations.

I’d tell myself not to pick a major because it’s popular, or statistically creates graduates who make the most money.

I’d tell myself that the right career choice is based on one key point: Finding hard work you appreciate doing.

As long as you remain true to yourself, and follow your own interests and values, you can find success through passion and inner alignment.

Perhaps more importantly, you won’t wake up several years later working in a career field you despise, wondering “How the heck am I going to do this for the next 30 years?”

So if you catch yourself working hard and loving every minute of it (or at least appreciating it), don’t stop.

You’re on to something big!

Invest

3. Invest a little time, energy, and money in yourself every day

When you invest in yourself, you can never lose, and over time you will change the trajectory of your life.

You are simply the product of what you know.

The more time, energy, and money you spend acquiring pertinent knowledge and experience, the more control you have over your life.

4. Explore new ideas and opportunities often

Your natural human fears of failure and embarrassment will sometimes stop you from trying new things.

But you must rise above these fears, for your life’s story is simply the culmination of many small, unique experiences.

And the more unique experiences you have, the more interesting your story gets.

So seek as many new life experiences as possible and be sure to share them with the people you care about.

Not doing so is not living.

Our education system doesn’t teach us to explore, but we always have hidden inquisitiveness within us.

It’s important to keep the fire of exploration alive.

Explore everything that intrigues you.

Find your boundaries and break them.

Walk an extra mile and you’ll get to know how beautiful this universe is, and you’ll discover a new you!

Less

5. When sharpening your career skills, focus more on less

Think in terms of Karate: A black belt seems far more impressive than a brown belt.

But does a brown belt really seem any more impressive than a red belt?

Probably not to most people.

Remember that society elevates experts high onto a pedestal.

Hard work matters, but not if it’s scattered in a hundred different directions.

So narrow your focus on learning fewer career-related skills, and then truly master them.

6. People are not mind readers; you have to tell them what you’re thinking

People will never know how you feel unless you tell them.

Your boss?

Yeah, he doesn’t know you’re hoping for a promotion because you haven’t told him yet.

That cute guy or girl you haven’t talked to yet because you’re too shy?

Yeah, you guessed it; she hasn’t given you the time of day simply because you haven’t given her the time of day either.

In life, you have to communicate with others.

And oftentimes you have to open your vocal cords and speak the first words.

You have to tell people what you’re thinking if you’re looking for a response.

Full Speed

7. Make swift decisions and take immediate action

Either you’re going to take action and seize new opportunities, or someone else will first.

You can’t change anything or make any sort of progress by sitting back and thinking about it.

Remember, there’s a huge difference between knowing how to do something and actually doing it.

Knowledge is basically useless without action.

8. Accept and embrace change

However good or bad a situation is now, it will change.

That’s the one thing you can count on.

So embrace change, and realize that change happens for a reason.

It won’t always be easy or obvious at first, but in the end, it will be worth it.

Gossips

9. Don’t worry too much about what other people think about you

For the most part, what other people think and say about you doesn’t matter.

When I was 18, I let the opinions of my high school and early college peers influence my decisions.

And, at times, they steered me away from ideas and goals I strongly believed in.

I realize now, ten years later, that this was a foolish way to live, especially when I consider that nearly all of these people whose opinions I cared so much about are no longer a part of my life.

Unless you’re trying to make a great first impression (job interview, first date, etc.), don’t let the opinions of others stand in your way.

What they think and say about you isn’t important.

What is important is how you feel about yourself.

10. Always be honest with yourself and others

Living a life of honesty creates peace of mind, and peace of mind is priceless.

Period.

Social Circle

11. Talk to lots of people in college and early on in your career

Bosses.

Colleagues.

Professors.

Classmates.

Social club members.

Other students outside of your major or social circle.

Teaching assistants.

Career advisors.

College deans.

Friends of friends.

Everyone! Why?

Professional networking.

I have worked for three employers since I graduated from college (I left my first two employers by choice on good terms), but I only interviewed with the first employer.

The other two employers offered me a job before I even had a formal interview, based strictly on the recommendation of a hiring manager (someone I had networked with over the years).

When employers look to fill a position, the first thing they do is ask the people they know and trust if they know someone who would do well in the position.

If you start building your professional network early, you’ll be set.

Over time, you’ll continue talking to new people you meet through your current network, and your network’s reach and the associated opportunities will continue to snowball for the duration of your career.

Alone

12. Sit alone in silence for at least ten minutes every day

Use this time to think, plan, reflect, and dream.

Creative and productive thinking flourishes in solitude and silence.

With quiet, you can hear your thoughts, you can reach deep within yourself, and you can focus on mapping out the next logical, productive step in your life.

13. Ask lots of questions

The greatest ‘adventure’ is the ability to inquire, to ask questions.

Sometimes in the process of inquiry, the search is more significant than the answers.

Answers come from other people, from the universe of knowledge and history, and from the intuition and deep wisdom inside yourself.

These answers will never surface if you never ask the right questions.

Thus, the simple act of asking the right questions is the answer.

How To Tell If You Love Someone? Quiz

You catch yourself stealing glances, smiling uncontrollably, and feeling a flutter in your stomach whenever that special someone is around. You’re wondering if this is what love feels like or if it’s just infatuation. Does this sound like you? This is where we come in. Welcome to the “How to Tell if You Love Someone Quiz,” thoughtfully curated by experienced relationship counselor Dhriti Bhavsar, who holds a master’s degree in psychology.

Love and infatuation can be like a puzzle, each piece unique to your story. This quiz, with 10 simple questions, is for everyone—whether you’re just starting a connection or have been in a relationship for a while. It’s here to help you figure out if those feelings are the real deal or just a fleeting fancy.

Love is a complicated layered feeling so you’re the only one wondering how to know if you’re in love. Sometimes a physical connection can feel so strong and overpowering, it can make you think what you’re feeling is love even when your emotional connection isn’t that strong.

So, if you’re curious about your heart’s whispers and want to figure out if it’s true love or something else, take the “How to Tell if You Love Someone Quiz” today. It’s your journey of self-discovery in matters of the heart, simplified just for you!

Ask Our Expert

2022 Maserati MC20 Review: Visceral Excitement

That’s a $4,500 paint job.

Tyler Clemmensen/CNET

While mainstream products like the new Grecale SUV will ultimately be
Maserati’s
bread and butter, what’s an Italian carmaker without an exotic flagship? The MC20 is an incredible return to form for a storied brand left to languish. And if this sort of visceral experience is what Maserati is capable of when it gives 110%, then we have a lot to look forward to in the future.

Like


  • Looks like a proper exotic


  • Perfectly balanced chassis


  • Potent twin-turbo V6 engine

Don’t like


  • So many options should be standard


  • Cramped interior


  • V6 sounds bad

Literally everything about this supercar is new. The single-piece carbon-fiber chassis comes from race car maker Dallara, and combined with lightweight body panels and a polycarbonate engine cover, the MC20 hits the road with a curb weight of just 3,306 pounds. Mounted amidships, Maserati’s new Nettuno 3.0-liter twin-turbo V6 cranks out 621 horsepower at 7,500 rpm and 538 pound-feet of torque at 3,000 rpm, and an eight-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission is perfectly in sync with this dynamite powerplant.

What’s amazing is how little turbo lag there is, especially considering the 3,000-rpm torque peak. The transmission isn’t janky when pulling away from a stop, either; the MC20 just rockets forward with authority, and it’ll hit 60 mph before you can say “three Mississippi.” If there’s a single complaint to register about the engine it’s that there’s no masking the unpleasant sound of a V6, though the loud exhaust and metallic pop-suck-woosh-bang noises directly behind your ears certainly make up for a lot.

Maserati’s new Nettuno V6 is a champ.

Tyler Clemmensen/CNET

Oh, props to Maserati for fitting the MC20 with paddle shifters you’ll actually want to use. Not only are they mounted to the steering column (the correct way), the tactile click they offer is super-satisfying. There’s absolutely no lag between the movement of your fingers and the subsequent gear change, and whether driving at slow speeds or fast, the paddles really do add to the overall experience.

No surprise, the MC20 is an absolute firecracker when driven hard. It almost seems to shrink around you, like you forget that this car is as long and wide as it is when you’re just getting into the groove of driving. The most impressive thing is how light this coupe feels at high speeds, almost like the chassis is hollow or like it’s going to lift off the ground. Never fear, there’s a ton of downforce keeping the MC20 glued to the road at all times, and the 245/35 front and 305/30 rear tires have oodles of grip. Those forged 20-inch wheels are a $5,500 option, by the way.

Speaking of options, if you want an electronic limited-slip differential, that’ll be $2,300, and honestly, this should just be standard. You absolutely want this rear-axle torque distribution to make the most of the MC20’s grip while cornering, especially since this helps rein in any oversteer. The steering itself is great — light and quick with lots of sensations running through your hands — and the optional carbon-ceramic brakes offer immense stopping power without noticeable front-end dive or skittishness.

Tyler Clemmensen/CNET

All of the MC20’s individual performance aspects are great, but it’s the way everything works together that makes this Maserati so special. You feel like you’re part of the car, part of the road, part of the environment. While some supercars can feel clinical to the point of sterility, the MC20 feels alive and emotional. It’s way more than a numbers car designed to look good at Cars & Coffee.

On the other hand, the MC20 in its default GT mode and the ride is actually amicable to “normal car” driving. Keeping the standard sport seats is definitely recommended if you’ll routinely be traveling long distances in the MC20, but I suppose the $7,000 one-piece carbon buckets will give you more cool guy cred while showing off. The dihedral doors will definitely elicit some youthful oohs and aahs, but be careful: The lower sill just behind the door sticks way out. What I’m saying is, don’t immediately turn around after you get out or you’ll slam your foot into that painfully pointy piece of trim. (You bruised me, MC20!)

Living with the MC20 is exactly what you’d expect. There’s basically no storage space inside the cabin and the overall passenger accommodations are pretty tight. The rear window looks super-cool with the Trident logo cutout, but visibility out the back is utterly hopeless, so I’m glad Maserati fits a digital rearview mirror as standard. There’s a $4,000 electronic front suspension lift that you will absolutely need to use all of the time, and the combined frunk and trunk space is kind of weak, but I don’t imagine grocery runs are a regular use case for an MC20.

Such a pretty car.

Tyler Clemmensen/CNET

Cabin tech includes a 10.3-inch digital instrument cluster that is easy to read and packed with information, and there’s a 10.3-inch central touchscreen that runs the finicky Maserati Intelligent Assist software. The icons are small and tough to accurately hit, and responses to inputs are often laggy. Android Auto and Apple CarPlay are standard, thankfully. Just use those.

The MC20 costs $212,000 to start, but good luck keeping your out-the-door price anywhere close to that. This test car has three-layer Blu Infinito paint ($4,500), a carbon fiber engine cover ($5,000), a black roof ($4,000 — seriously), upgraded leather and Alcantara ($1,000), heated seats ($500), a premium audio system ($4,000) and carbon ceramic brakes ($10,000) with red calipers ($1,200). Plus a few other odds and ends, the as-tested price is $256,050.

But who cares? Every other mid-engine supercar is going to cost just as much, and even more practical sports cars like a Porsche 911 Turbo S start above $200,000. Nobody is buying a Maserati MC20 because it’s a smart value. This is a purchase made out of pure emotion, and that’s what the MC20 is all about.

MLB’s weirdest injuries of 2023, from a pool basketball mishap to a toilet setback

Every year at this time, we marvel at the many creative ways baseball players find to make an appearance on the ever-popular Strange But True Injuries of the Year leaderboard.

So we’d like to thank this year’s baseball population for … cooking breakfast … playing the piano … and doing their best to get in and out of their hotel bathroom safely. But you know what’s especially amazing? None of those mishaps even topped this list!

Really? Yes, really. So here they come, the Strangest But Truest Injuries of 2023.

First prize: Eye confess!

We always award Injury of the Year bonus points to guys who manage to get hurt while they’re already hurt. So here’s to Rays relief warrior Pete Fairbanks, who couldn’t even cover up the Giannis imitation that got him into this mess.

When Fairbanks met with the Rays’ media delegation in June after returning from a stint on the injured list with hip inflammation, he brought a dazzling black eye with him — and one of the great How I Did This stories of the 21st century.

Turns out this could happen to you, too, if you try dunking on your 3-year-old in the pool.

“I pulled the pool basketball hoop down onto my face after dunking on a 3-year-old,” Fairbanks confessed, “to kind of teach him an early lesson in life that, when you’re in the paint, you cannot be caught unawares underneath the rim.”

To which we can only hope his son said: Send it in, Jerome!

Second prize: It’s all the alarm clock’s fault!


Yusei Kikuchi really needs his Z’s. (Rich Storry / USA Today)

We’ve always thought of Blue Jays starter Yusei Kikuchi as a sleeping giant.

Little did we know!

Why did he make an early exit from a great September start at Yankee Stadium? Because he cramped up, he said, after getting “only” 11 hours’ sleep — as opposed to his usual 12 to 14 hours. So he may not lead the league in shutouts. But what the heck. You have to love his chances of leading the league in shuteye. And if this is a sleep goal of yours, T-shirts are available!

Third prize: When you (and your back) have gotta go

When Diamondbacks third baseman Evan Longoria strained his back last July, he was supposed to miss only a week or so. So why did it turn into three weeks? Because, by his account, he aggravated his back getting up off the toilet in a hotel bathroom in San Francisco.

So you thought making outs could be hazardous to a baseball player’s career, huh? Watch out for the outhouse!

Fourth prize: There goes his walk ratio


Tony Gonsolin walks off the mound, successfully, during a start in July. (Jerome Miron / USA Today)

Need more proof that most spring training drills are overrated? Dodgers pitcher Tony Gonsolin headed off to a routine fielding drill during spring training last March — and got through the fielding part fine. Turns out it was his exit strategy that he should have been working on.

He tripped walking off the field, sprained his ankle and missed the first four weeks of the season. But was it all worth it? He didn’t make an error all season!

Fifth prize: They had plenty of time to be an even greater dad

Finally, there were so many great moments in fatherhood this season … that led to not-so-great moments in trying to make it onto the field … so we’re rounding them up here. If their families print this and frame it, it should make for a lovely Father’s Day gift.

Giants pitcher Anthony DeSclafani fractured his toe … playing the piano with his son!

Adam Wainwright burned his finger … cooking breakfast for his son!

Josh Donaldson sliced his thumb … while assembling a toy for his daughter!

All that seems troublesome. But hey, at least they didn’t try dunking on their kids in the pool.


The Year in Strange But True

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

The Year in Strange But True: MLB’s 20 most mind-blowing hitting and pitching feats of 2023

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

The Year in Strange But True: MLB’s Weirdest & Wildest teams and games of 2023

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Strange But True Reader Favorites: Mets’ big-money futility, Julio Rodríguez’s feat

(Top photo of Pete Fairbanks: Patrick Smith / Getty Images)

How to Cascade All Open Windows in Windows 11 and 10

Key Takeaways

  • Windows 11 does not have a built-in cascade windows feature like Windows 10 does.
  • Alternatives to organize open windows in Windows 11 include using Snap Layouts or PowerToys.
  • FancyWM is an open source tiling manager that can be used to cascade windows in Windows 11.


Navigating through too many open windows on your PC? One of the easiest ways to sort them out is to have Windows cascade them for you. You can use this feature on Windows 10. But does the function still work on Windows 11, or is there an alternative?


How to Cascade Open Windows in Windows 10

If you constantly have a lot of open Windows as part of your multitasking routine, it may take time to locate a specific window quickly. You can manually go through every open folder or app by pressing Alt + Tab, but there’s a quicker method.

On Windows 10, you can neatly arrange every window to see their title bars. Right-click on any empty space within your taskbar and select Cascade windows. Windows 10 will now rearrange every window that’s not minimized.

To return them to their original locations, right-click the taskbar again and select Undo to cascade all windows. If the option is unavailable on your computer, you’ve probably enabled Tablet mode. Launch the Action Center and click on the Tablet tile to turn it off.

Can You Cascade Open Windows in Windows 11?

We have bad news if you’ve upgraded from Windows 10 to Windows 11 and are looking for the Cascade windows option. Windows 11 has no built-in feature that allows you to cascade all open windows. So what are the alternatives?

You could use Windows 11 Snap Layouts to rearrange your windows. You can even move around minimized windows.

windows 11 snap layouts three windows

Alternatively, you can use PowerToys to make windows more manageable. However, you’ll have to use a different app to replicate the cascade option properly in Windows 11.

How to Cascade Windows on Windows 11

Fancy Wm app in Microsoft Store

In Windows 11, one of the best tools for this job is an open source tiling manager called FancyWM, available free from the Microsoft Store. Launch the Microsoft Store app and search for “fancywm,” or go to the FancyWM Microsoft Store page directly. Once installed, you can use FancyWM to create custom layouts, manage window groups, and take advantage of all your virtual desktops and monitors.

To cascade your windows, hover the cursor over the title bar so that FancyWM will display its floating menu. Then click and drag the Wrap in stack panel button on top of another window. Alternatively, press the Windows key + Shift, then S, to cascade your windows.

How to cascade windows in Windows 11

Cascading all open windows helps you to find what you’re looking for with a glance at your desktop. If you have a dual monitor setup, the windows will cascade on the monitor they are open on. If you still can’t find the window you’re looking for, chances are it’s off-screen.

Students transform fallen leaves into art in Hangzhou

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows people taking photos of an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows people taking photos of an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows people taking photos of an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 9, 2023 shows an installation made from fallen leaves in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province. /CFP

In Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province, an annual artistic tradition has unfolded at the China Academy of Art’s Nanshan Campus with the opening of the Leaf Art Festival. Collecting piles of fallen leaves, students have fashioned a diverse array of sculptural artworks, turning nature’s annual shedding into expressions of art.

Since 2016, the China Academy of Art has been growing the leaf installation exhibition into a lively arts festival. Leaf sculptures have multiplied, with this year’s creations adorning various locations in the city.

Bram Inscore, songwriter and producer, dies at 41

Bram Inscore, a songwriter and producer who had led Beck’s backing band and worked with BTS and Troye Sivan, has died. He was 41.

In a statement released Friday, Inscore’s family said that he “ended his life after a hard fought battle with depression” in San Francisco on Dec. 19.

“Selfless as a human and generous as a collaborator, he ingeniously served the music but never his own ego,” the statement continued. “Deep compassion and dry wit were embedded into everything he did, though he never sought praise or approval. He was truly a unique spirit and though his soul has left his body, it will live forever in his music.”

Bram Katz Inscore was born in San Francisco and grew up playing funk and rock bass, and studied jazz and classical music at USC. He left school to perform as an in-demand live and session musician, playing with acts like Twin Shadow, Charlotte Gainsbourg, Thurston Moore and Beck, who became a longstanding collaborator.

While Inscore wrote and produced his own music — he released a solo album as B.R.A.M. in 2009 — he found his widest success as a pop producer, session musician and songwriter. In 2015, he co-wrote Sivan’s single “Youth,” which became Inscore’s first platinum-single credit. That same year, Beck won the Grammy for album of the year for “Morning Phase,” which featured playing from Inscore, who had also served as Beck’s music director.

Inscore would go on to co-write more than a dozen tracks with Sivan over his career, including “The Good Side” and Talk Me Down.” He wrote for some of the biggest names in K-pop including BTS (“Louder Than Bombs”), NCT 127 (“Space”) and SuperM (“Wish You Were Here”), and he traveled frequently to South Korea and London to write with global acts. He wrote and produced for Andy Grammer (the Emmy-winning “Don’t Give Up on Me”), Niki (“Warpaint”), Rina Sawayama (“Comme des Garçons”) and Chloe & Halle (“Down”). He also scored the music on the popular 2018 Netflix rom-com “Sierra Burgess Is a Loser.”

He is survived by his wife, Lin Agnholt; his mother Karen Katz and father James Inscore; and brother Kipling Inscore.

If you or anyone you know is having thoughts of suicide, please call the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline at 988 or go to SpeakingOfSuicide.com/resources.

Tesla Model X Turns Heads in Bengaluru, Spotted Near Cubbon Park Metro Station in Viral Image

Tesla Model X has become the centre of attention in Bengaluru, as a viral image captures the electric vehicle near the Cubbon Park Metro Station traffic signal. Tesla India shared the image on X (formerly Twitter), revealing that it’s not a test vehicle but was reportedly brought to India by an official from Dubai during their stay period. The sleek and futuristic design of the Model X sparked excitement among onlookers in Bengaluru. Tesla Cybertruck Fully Unveiled During ‘Cybertruck Delivery Event’: From Design to Specifications and Features, Know Everything About Telsa’s Bulletproof Vehicle.

Tesla Model X Spotted in Bengaluru 

(SocialLY brings you all the latest breaking news, viral trends and information from social media world, including Twitter, Instagram and Youtube. The above post is embeded directly from the user’s social media account and LatestLY Staff may not have modified or edited the content body. The views and facts appearing in the social media post do not reflect the opinions of LatestLY, also LatestLY does not assume any responsibility or liability for the same.)

What Happens When Facebook Heats Your Home

For Big Tech, there are few better places to experiment with data center heating than in the Nordics. This idea works best when data centers can be connected to preexisting district heating systems, where a group of buildings share a common heating system instead of each having their own. These communal systems are commonplace in countries like Denmark, Finland, and Sweden—and tech isn’t the first industry to experiment with connecting to them.

For the past 20 years, Patrik Öhlund’s home in the northern Swedish city of Luleå has been partly heated by the waste heat from a nearby steel plant. Now, Öhlund, who is director of Energy Markets at Microsoft, is working on recreating this system in the Finnish city of Espoo. But this time it’s Microsoft that’s being hooked up to the local district heating network as part of a project that will eventually heat 100,000 households. Once completed, it’s expected to be the largest data center heating system in the world.

Microsoft’s project in Espoo will generate slightly hotter water—90 degrees Fahrenheit (32.2 degrees Celsius)—than Meta’s Danish system, partly because the Finnish data center will also have the capacity to power AI systems. Finnish energy company Fortum will then boost the heat to between 180 and 250 degrees Fahrenheit (82.2 and 121.1 degrees Celsius), before it enters people’s homes—which should happen sometime after 2025. Heat extracted from data centers that power AI tends to be hotter because they often have a higher-density setup of server racks, says Tom Glover, head of data center transactions at real estate consultancy JLL. “You’re provided with a higher quality of heat, which can be used better within district heating grids,” he adds.

When Microsoft’s Espoo system is switched on, energy prices won’t necessarily be cheaper, according to Teemu Nieminen, who leads the data center heat recovery project for Fortum. Neither company will disclose how much Microsoft is charging for the heat, but they do confirm it’s part of a commercial arrangement. It might not be cheaper, but prices should be more stable, says Nieminen, “compared to fossil fuels, where prices fluctuate very wildly.”

Microsoft also hopes this stability will help make data centers on this scale more welcome in local communities, some of whom take issue with Big Tech sucking up huge amounts of renewable power. “It will keep the prices stable, and with people living nearby knowing this … they are also more positive to our data centers,” says Öhlund.

Software Firm MicroStrategy Buys Bitcoin Worth $615.7 Million Ahead of SEC’s Spot ETF Decision

Software firm MicroStrategy said on Wednesday it had bought bitcoin worth about $615.7 million (Rs. 5,120 crore) in cash, amid growing expectations that the top US markets regulator will soon approve a spot bitcoin exchange traded fund (ETF).

The company and its subsidiaries purchased about 14,620 bitcoins at an average price of roughly $42,110 (roughly Rs. 35 lakh) between November 30 and December 26, according to a regulatory filing.

Shares of the Virginia-based company jumped 8 percent in afternoon trading. MicroStrategy has surged over 350 percent this year, while bitcoin has gained nearly 160 percent.

MicroStrategy’s move to buy bitcoin to protect the value of its reserve assets has helped strengthen the appeal of the firm’s stock, which tends to move in tandem with the digital asset.

“This is not a short-term trading strategy but rather reflects a belief that bitcoin will ultimately prove a superior store of value,” said analysts at TD Cowen.

“The company remains an attractive vehicle for investors looking to gain bitcoin exposure,” the brokerage added.

In recent months, a spate of filings, including from traditional finance heavyweights like BlackRock have revived the crypto markets which had been crushed after several high-profile firms such as Sam Bankman-Fried’s FTX collapsed.

A spot crypto ETF would track the market price of the underlying crypto asset, giving investors exposure to the token without having to buy the currency.

MicroStrategy, which began buying the cryptocurrency in 2020, said it together with subsidiaries now holds about 189,150 bitcoins bought for about $5.9 billion (roughly Rs. 49,065 crore).

The company has said its bitcoin investments are intended as long-term holdings and that it expects to continue to accumulate the world’s biggest and best-known cryptocurrency.

“Due to its limited supply, bitcoin offers the opportunity for appreciation in value if its adoption increases and has the potential to serve as a hedge against inflation in the long-term,” the company said in its latest quarterly report.

© Thomson Reuters 2023


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Top 10 SEO expert columns of 2023 on Search Engine Land

Since Search Engine Land launched, we have given SEO experts a platform to share their in-depth knowledge and timely insights – with the goal of helping you solve problems, manage challenges and understand the constantly shifting SEO landscape.

What follows are links to the 10 most-read, must-read Search Engine Land SEO columns of 2023 that were contributed by our fantastic group of Subject Matter Experts.

No surprise, Generative AI was the hottest topic in 2023 and dominates our list – 80% of the columns were either about ChatGPT, Bard or SGE.

Also, I need to give some huge recognition to Tom Demers, who authored 5 of the 10 most popular SEO columns of the year. Unbelievable!

Learn how Google Search Generative Experience could affect your website’s organic traffic in this in-depth analysis. (By Gilad David Maayan. Published Sept. 5.)

The ChatGPT API can help address some of the web interface’s shortcomings. Here’s how to maximize the API for specific SEO use cases. (By Tom Demers. Published March 17.)

Learn how ChatGPT and the ChatGPT API can help you create compelling, clickable title tags. (By Tom Demers. Published March 27.)

Yandex isn’t Google, but there is a lot SEOs can learn about how a modern search engine is built from reviewing this codebase. (By Michael King. Published Jan. 30.)

Dig deeper into E-E-A-T – specifically what it means, why it matters to SEO, and tips to use it to your advantage. (By Zoe Ashbridge. Published March 13.)

A seven-step, ChatGPT-assisted process to streamline your featured snippet optimization and boost traffic for your top-ranking keywords. (By Tony Hill. Published May 11.)

We tested the top detection tools for AI-generated content. Here’s what they are good and bad at, plus what to expect when using them. (By Tom Demers. Published April 25.)

Don’t miss out on Bard’s strategic advantage in SEO. Here are four ways to maximize Google’s AI chatbot for fine-tuning your SEO strategies. (By Lauren Busby. Published Oct. 23.)

Here’s what to remember when creating prompts, plus examples of SEO-focused ChatGPT prompts for daily work. (By Tom Demers. Published Feb. 24.)

Learn specific keyword research applications for ChatGPT, plus a framework for incorporating the tool into your SEO processes. (By Tom Demers. Published March 2.)

Mengxiang Sets Sail for Earth’s Mantle Exploration

China has introduced its groundbreaking ocean drilling vessel, Mengxiang, signifying a pivotal moment in scientific exploration. Developed by the China Geological Survey in collaboration with 150 research institutes and companies, the vessel is named “dream” in Chinese, reflecting its ambitious mission. The Mengxiang aims to penetrate Earth’s crust and delve into the mysteries of the mantle, marking humanity’s inaugural foray into this uncharted territory.

A Marvel of Engineering

Weighing an impressive 33,000 tonnes and stretching 179 meters (590 feet), Mengxiang is a colossal ship with exceptional capabilities. It boasts a range of 15,000 nautical miles and can operate for 120 days per port call. Engineered to withstand powerful tropical cyclones, it stands as a testament to advancements in deep-sea drilling technology. The vessel’s drilling prowess is unmatched, with the capacity to reach depths of 11,000 meters below the sea’s surface.

Beyond the Crust: Unveiling the Mantle’s Secrets

Traditionally confined to the Earth’s crust, scientific exploration now eyes the mantle, a crucial layer connecting the surface to the core. The Mengxiang seeks to breach the Mohorovicic discontinuity, or Moho, the final frontier for human exploration into the mantle. While American scientists have pursued this goal since the 1960s, Mengxiang’s cutting-edge technology represents a new chapter in the quest for understanding Earth’s structure.

Trials and Challenges

Mengxiang recently underwent trials, primarily focusing on its propulsion system. However, the details of its core drilling operations remain shrouded in mystery. Overcoming challenges, such as high temperatures and pressures beyond 7,000 meters, poses a significant hurdle, as acknowledged by experts like Wan Buyan, a leading figure in seabed engineering.

Questions Related to Exams

  1. What is the primary purpose of China’s ocean drilling vessel Mengxiang?

  2. How does Mengxiang stand out in terms of its engineering and capabilities for deep-sea exploration?
  3. What specific milestones does Mengxiang aim to achieve in terms of Earth exploration, and what challenges does it face?
  4. Can you elaborate on the significance of breaching the Mohorovicic discontinuity (Moho) and exploring Earth’s mantle?
  5. What role does Mengxiang play in advancing our understanding of geological structures and Earth’s composition?

Please Try to Answer in the Comment Section!!

States Expand Health Coverage for Immigrants as GOP Hits Biden Over Border Crossings

A growing number of states are opening taxpayer-funded health insurance programs to immigrants, including those living in the U.S. without authorization, even as Republicans assail President Joe Biden over a dramatic increase in illegal crossings of the southern border.

Eleven states and Washington, D.C., together provide full health insurance coverage to more than 1 million low-income immigrants regardless of their legal status, according to state data compiled by KFF Health News. Most aren’t authorized to live in the U.S., state officials say.

Enrollment in these programs could nearly double by 2025 as at least seven states initiate or expand coverage. In January, Republican-controlled Utah will start covering children regardless of immigration status, while New York and California will widen eligibility to cover more adults.

“These are kids, and we have a heart,” said Utah state Rep. Jim Dunnigan, a Republican who initially opposed his state’s plan to cover children lacking legal status but relented after compromises including a cap on enrollment.

There are more than 10 million people living in the U.S. without authorization, according to estimates by the Pew Research Center. Immigrant advocates and academic experts point to two factors behind state leaders’ rising interest in providing health care to this population: The pandemic highlighted the importance of insurance coverage to control the spread of infectious diseases; and some states are focusing on people without legal status to further drive down the country’s record-low uninsured rate.

States have also expanded coverage in response to pleas from hospitals, lawmakers say, to reduce the financial burden of treating uninsured patients.

All states pay hospitals to provide emergency services to some unauthorized residents in emergency rooms, a program known as Emergency Medicaid. About a dozen states have extended coverage for only prenatal care for such people. Full state-provided health insurance coverage is much less common, but increasing.

An estimated half of the people living in the U.S. without authorization are uninsured, according to a KFF-Los Angeles Times survey. That’s more than five times the uninsured rate for U.S. citizens. Immigrants lacking authorization are ineligible for federal health programs. But states can use their own money to provide coverage through Medicaid, the state-federal insurance program for low-income people.

California was the first state to begin covering immigrants regardless of their legal status, starting with children in 2016.

“This is a real reflection of the conflict we have in the country and how states are realizing we cannot ignore immigrant communities simply because of their immigration status,” said Adriana Cadena, director of the advocacy group Protecting Immigrant Families. Many of the millions of people without permanent legal residency have been in the United States for decades and have no path to citizenship, she said.

These state extensions of health coverage come against a backdrop of rising hostility toward migrants among Republicans. The U.S. Border Patrol apprehended nearly 1.5 million people in fiscal year 2023 after they crossed the southern border, a record. GOP presidential candidates have portrayed the border as in crisis under Biden, and dangers of illegal immigration, like increasing crime, as the nation’s top domestic concern.

Simon Hankinson, a senior research fellow specializing in immigration issues with the conservative Heritage Foundation, said states would regret expanding coverage to immigrants lacking permanent legal residency because of the cost. Illinois, he noted, recently paused enrollment in its program over financial concerns.

“We need to share resources with people who contribute to society and not have people take benefits for those who have not contributed, as I don’t see how the math would work in the long run,” Hankinson said. “Otherwise, you create an incentive for people to come and get free stuff.”

Most adults lacking authorization work, accounting for about 5% of the U.S. labor force, according to the Pew Research Center. The state with the most unauthorized residents with state-provided health insurance is California, which currently covers about 655,000 immigrants without regard for their legal status. In January, it will expand coverage to people ages 26-49 regardless of their immigration status, benefiting an estimated 700,000 additional Californians.

Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New York, Rhode Island, Vermont, Washington, D.C., and Washington state also provide full coverage to some people living in the U.S. without authorization. New York and Washington state are expanding eligibility next year.

Oregon, Colorado, and New Jersey in recent years began covering more than 100,000 people in total regardless of legal status. Minnesota will follow in 2025, covering an estimated 40,000 people.

While states are expanding coverage to people living in the U.S. potentially without authorization, some are imposing enrollment limits to control spending.

The cost of Utah’s program is capped at $4.5 million a year, limiting enrollment to about 2,000 children. Premiums will vary based on income but cost no more than $300 a year, with preventive services covered in full.

“The pandemic highlighted the need to have coverage for everybody,” said Ciriac Alvarez Valle, senior policy analyst for Voices for Utah Children, an advocacy group. “It will make a huge impact on the lives of these kids.”

Without coverage, many children use emergency rooms for primary care and have little ability to afford drugs, specialists, or hospital care, she said. “I am not sure if this will open the door to adults having coverage, but it is a good step forward,” Alvarez Valle said.

Colorado also limits enrollment for subsidized coverage in its program, capping it at 10,000 people in 2023 and 11,000 in 2024. The 2024 discounted slots were booked up within two days of enrollment beginning in November.

Adriana Miranda lives in Lamar, Colorado, and is in the U.S. without authorization. Under a new program, she was able to get state-funded health insurance in 2023 at very low cost. She says it has provided easier and better access to medical care. (Adriana Miranda)

Adriana Miranda was able to secure coverage both years.

“You feel so much more at ease knowing that you’re not going to owe so much to the hospitals,” said Miranda, 46, who is enrolled in a private plan through OmniSalud, a program similar to the state’s Obamacare marketplace in which low-income Coloradans without legal residency can shop for plans with discounted premiums.

Miranda left Mexico in 1999 to follow her two brothers to the United States. She now works at Lamar Unidos, a nonprofit immigrant rights group.

Before she had health insurance, she struggled to pay for care for her diabetes and racked up thousands of dollars of debt following foot surgery, she said. Under the state program, she doesn’t pay a monthly premium due to her low income, with a $40 copay for specialist visits.

“I was really happy, right? Because I was able to get it. But I know a lot of people who also have a lot of need couldn’t get it,” she said.

OmniSalud covers only a small fraction of the more than 200,000 people living in Colorado without authorization, said Adam Fox, deputy director of the Colorado Consumer Health Initiative. But starting in 2025, all low-income children will be able to be covered by the state’s Medicaid or the related Children’s Health Insurance Program regardless of immigration status.

“There is a growing acknowledgement that people regardless of their immigration status are part of the community and should have access to health care in a regular, reliable manner,” Fox said. “If they don’t, it adds costs and trauma to the health systems and communities.”

KFF Health News senior audio producer Zach Dyer contributed to this report.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Best Of 2023: Super Mario RPG’s Level-Up Screen Proves ArtePiazza Understood The Assignment

Super Mario RPG: Legend Of The Seven Stars is one of my favorite games of all time. I’ve played it once a year for over a decade, and as such I am very familiar with this offbeat take on the Mario universe. I loved the characters, I loved the battle system–my first foray into turn-based RPGs, in fact–and I loved the idea of expanding on a franchise I’d been visiting since I was three years old. Before SMRPG, the Mushroom Kingdom and its surroundings was a collection of flat worlds where I’d move from left to right. This time, however, it actually felt like a kingdom, with towns and cities populated by people to speak with, not just enemies to jump on.

On June 21 of this year, Nintendo made the announcement I’d waited on for 27 years: Super Mario RPG was coming back, rebuilt from the ground up with new visuals, new mechanics, and a revamped soundtrack by the original composer. My initial reaction was my brain melting out of my ears coupled with actual tears of joy, but once I settled down and really started to process this news, that joy gave way to a small bit of anxiety: What if the game’s personality gets lost in restoration?

The gang is back!

Part of what endears me and many other players to Super Mario RPG is just how silly the whole thing is. It revels in physical comedy, like Mario’s pantomimed retelling of events to the Mushroom Kingdom’s Chancellor. Characters and bosses are inherently weird, from the affable idiot Booster to a battle against a literal two-tiered wedding cake where each tier is a separate enemy. Some of the jokes and puns are dated–show of hands for those who know what the giant knife named Mack was referencing. The mountain of obstacles looked to be the size of Everest; would this remake make it to the summit?

In the early going, things seemed no worse for wear. The beginning sequence with Bowser on the chandeliers retained his vocal barbs, the Mario pantomime remained untouched, and Mack’s name was changed to Claymorton–a clever sword-based pun. Not bad, but I still wasn’t convinced…that is, until I saw, of all things, the level-up screen.

In the original game, this screen was simple: The character leveling up would appear out of a pipe, the screen would show their stat boosts, I’d get the option to choose a second boost to either HP, physical attack/defense, or magic attack/defense, and then the game would proceed. In the beginning of this new version, when only Mario was in my party, the screen was basically the same, only Mario appeared on a lit theater stage with a lot of empty space around him on the screen. Odd choice, I thought, but I didn’t dwell on it. Then, after a bit, Mallow joins the party, and the first time Mario leveled up after he arrived, any lasting worry I might have had about this remake left my mind. All it took, it turns out, was a little dancing.

Now, any time I leveled up a character, the rest of the group would celebrate by boogieing down. Mario would do a little sidestep, Mallow would swing his fists wildly with a look of pure joy, Geno would shimmy his cape, Peach would sway her arms around, heck even Bowser would stomp to the rhythm. Leveling up always made me happy in this game, but now that smile was extra wide thanks to the impromptu dance party that awaited me every time.

The first time I saw that celebration, when it was just Mario and Mallow in the early part of the adventure, solidified to me that ArtePiazza–the studio behind this remake–understood the full gravity of the project it’d undertaken. The team’s RPG credits speak for themselves, as the studio is credited with multiple Dragon Quest and SaGa games, but what made Super Mario RPG great wasn’t so much its mechanics as it was its personality. The battle system could be tuned to perfection, but without the tone, it would fall flat.

Here, with this level-up screen, ArtePiazza showed that not only did it know what SMRPG fans like me wanted from this remake, but it knew how to make new ideas fit into that scheme too. These level-up festivities are a brand-new addition, with nothing from the previous games to pull from, and yet it feels like the characters were always dancing in celebration of their friends getting better; we just couldn’t see it before.

There are many instances throughout the game where ArtePiazza shows its understanding for what Super Mario RPG was trying to do in 1996, but none are more apparent than when the team gets together to boogie down while one of their own powers up. If this is the kind of idea the studio thinks up for a remake, I can only imagine what it’d pour into a potential sequel. If that happens, I’ll be dancing too.

New type of antibody shows promise against multiple forms of flu virus

Researchers have identified a previously unrecognized class of antibodies — immune system proteins that protect against disease — that appear capable of neutralizing multiple forms of flu virus. These findings, which could contribute to development of more broadly protective flu vaccines, will publish December 21 by Holly Simmons of the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, US, and colleagues in the open access journal PLOS Biology.

A flu vaccine prompts the immune system to make antibodies that can bind to a viral protein called hemagglutinin on the outside of an invading flu virus, blocking it from entering a person’s cells. Different antibodies bind to different parts of hemagglutinin in different ways, and hemagglutinin itself evolves over time, resulting in the emergence of new flu strains that can evade old antibodies. New flu vaccines are offered each year based on predictions of whatever the most dominant strains will be.

Extensive research efforts are paving the way to development of flu vaccines that are better at protecting against multiple strains at once. Many scientists are focused on antibodies that can simultaneously protect against flu subtypes known as H1 and H3, which come in multiple strains and are responsible for widespread infection.

Simmons and colleagues homed in on a particular challenge in this endeavor — a small change found in some H1 strains in the sequence of building blocks that makes up hemagglutinin. Certain antibodies capable of neutralizing H3 can also neutralize H1, but not if its hemagglutinin has this change, known as the 133a insertion.

Now, in a series of experiments conducted with blood samples from patients, the researchers have identified a novel class of antibodies capable of neutralizing both certain H3 strains and certain H1 strains with or without the 133a insertion. Distinct molecular characteristics set these antibodies apart from other antibodies capable of cross-neutralizing H1 and H3 strains via other means.

This research expands the list of antibodies that could potentially contribute to development of a flu virus that achieves broader protection through an assortment of molecular mechanisms. It also adds to growing evidence supporting a move away from flu vaccines grown in chicken eggs — currently the most common manufacturing approach.

The authors add, “We need annual influenza virus vaccines to keep pace with continuing viral evolution. Our work suggests that the barriers to eliciting more broadly protective immunity may be surprisingly low. Given the right series of influenza virus exposures/vaccinations, it is possible to for humans to mount robust antibody responses that neutralize divergent H1N1 and H3N2 viruses, opening new avenues to design improved vaccines.”

2023 sets stage for dynamic gastronomic landscape of 2024- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

BENGALURU:  As we bid farewell to 2023, Bengaluru’s bustling food and beverage scene continues to showcase the city’s culinary prowess. The year was marked by a significant transformation, featuring the launch of swanky restaurants, the surge of the millet revolution, the adoption of plant-based menus, the thriving microbrewery scene, the flourishing of craft beverages, and the evolution of experiential dining. 

Delving deeper into the fabric of Bengaluru’s F&B landscape, distinguishing trends included technological integration, celebration of authentic regional cuisine, community involvement, innovations in food delivery, zero-waste initiatives, and an increasing focus on mindful dining. We sought insights from industry experts, obtaining a firsthand account of their observations as they experienced the unfolding of 2023. 

Managing partner of Daysie: All Day Casual Bar, Anirudh Kheny, emphasised Bengaluru’s culinary scene, highlighting its commitment to a wide range of flavours by combining regional, local, and worldwide cuisines. Bengaluru has seen the emergence of specialised cuisine-focused restaurants, fine dining venues with outstanding menus, and unique concepts such as speakeasies. Leading Indian and international food and beverage brands are drawn to the city, demonstrating their willingness to offer a wide range of culinary experiences.

The vibrant and diverse food and beverage scene of Bengaluru was highlighted by JP Singh, executive chef at the Sheraton Grand Bengaluru Whitefield. He brought to the fore the celebration of local and regional cuisine, sustainability, creative food concepts, tech integration, health-conscious dining, and the thriving café culture.

Chef-turned-entrepreneur Tarun Sibal echoed the sentiment, complimenting Bengaluru on its shift to food stories driven by content, with a variety of F&B formats and blockbuster openings. The new airport terminal’s international restaurant brand openings increased the city’s culinary appeal.

Bengaluru’s pleasant transition was underlined by Debaditya Chaudhury, the managing director and founder of Chowman, particularly in speciality coffee shops and craft breweries. Sustainability became the main focus, signifying an attempt to protect the environment, while culinary innovation broke down conventional barriers.

This year’s travellers showed a great passion for regional cuisine, according to Hyatt Centric head chef Gaurav Ramakrishnan. In the metropolis, tea-infused mocktails, cocktails, and fermented brews gained popularity in the city.

The Hilton Bangalore Embassy Golflinks’ Sourav Chowdhury, manager of food and beverage, highlighted the revolutionary development in Bengaluru’s F&B market by emphasising sustainability, robust online presence, and Instagram-worthy dining options. Businesses that were well-established online and provided flawless delivery services prospered by adapting to the changing demands of their tech-savvy clientele.

According to the annual trends report by a leading food delivery app, the most popular dish ordered in 2023 was biryani, which was closely followed by idli, and chocolate cake. Co-founder and director of World of Brands Gurpreet Singh praised the astounding growth in the number of new food and beverage enterprises, particularly in the wake of challenges induced by Covid. Noteworthy trends included the surge in gin popularity, the promising trajectory of tequila growth, and the establishment of friendly neighbourhood bars.

In summary, 2023 has proven to be an exceptional year for all stakeholders in Bengaluru’s food and beverage chain. Chefs, proprietors, suppliers, content curators, and diners alike shared in the delightful experiences of the past year, setting the stage for an even more dynamic gastronomic landscape of 2024.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Samantha Ruth Prabhu makes last workout of 2023 count with intense exercise | Health

Samantha Ruth Prabhu loves working out. The actor never misses out on a good exercise routine, even when she is shooting for a movie or busy with a personal schedule. And as the year ends, she decided to send it off with a bang by hitting the gym for an intense routine. Scroll through to find Samantha’s year-end workout video and gain inspiration to hit the gym to kickstart your health journey. (Also Read | Samantha Ruth Prabhu’s sultry twist to denim look leaves the internet swooning; fans call her ‘Hot’. All pics inside)

Samantha Ruth Prabhu says goodbye to 2023 with an intense workout routine at the gym. (Instagram)

Samantha Ruth Prabhu’s last workout of 2023

Samantha Ruth Prabhu took to Instagram to share a video of herself working out at the gym. The actor captioned the post, “Making the last workout of 2023 count [smiley and flexing muscle emojis] We made it to the end @junaid.shaikh88 [white heart emoticon].” The video shows Samantha practising the Overhead Barbell Presses at the gym as her pet dog, Saasha, sits near her feet. She wore a navy blue sports bra, grey high-waited gym tights, and nude-coloured knee and calf braces, and tied her tresses in a half-tied hairdo for the workout session.

Wrap up the year gone by & gear up for 2024 with HT! Click here

Watch the video here:

Meanwhile, the Overhead Barbell Press exercise helps build the strength and size of the shoulder muscles, the strength and size of the triceps muscles, and the strength and size of the trapezius muscle. It also strengthens the core muscles, such as your obliques, transverse abdominal muscles, lower back, and spinal stabilizers. This workout targets the pectorals (chest), deltoids (shoulders), triceps (arms), and trapezius (upper back).

On the work front

Samantha was last seen in the Telugu movie Kushi, opposite Vijay Deverakonda. She will next star alongside Varun Dhawan in the India chapter of Prime Video’s global series Citadel. She recently announced a break from her projects for at least one year to focus on her health. She underwent treatment for her autoimmune condition, Myositis, in the US, and travelling around the world. However, according to reports, she is planning to resume work in early 2024.

Orright you spunkrats, here’s where all our Aussie summertime language came from

Summer loving happens so fast.

Last year you were sipping quarantinis in locky down.

This year you’re hosting mates for barbies.

When we grab that snag, swag or esky, we’re doing more than celebrating summer.

We’re celebrating it in Australian ways, and with Australian words.

We don’t always agree on those words.

Queenslanders have their togs and Victorians their bathers.

And we don’t always agree with each other.

The surfies hate the clubbies, and the bushwalkers bristle at hikers.

But when summer hits, many Aussies share a love of the outdoors.

So, slip, slop, slap, and don your akubra, cabbage-tree hat or Cunnamulla Cartwheel (our sunburnt history is replete with evolving hat styles).

Let’s celebrate Australian summer slang.

The great Aussie picnic: sangers, splayds and fly-swatting

Australians deal with the summer in a very Australian way – irony, humour and idiom.

Sure, an Australian picnic might be a pleasant affair, with sangers (sandwiches), flybog (jam) or splayds (a combined fork, spoon and knife, a proud Aussie invention).

But in Australian English a picnic is also a word for “an awkward or disordered occasion”.

To be fair, a picnic might start off pleasant and then turn awkward.

Your host might turn the tall poppy and put on jam (“a pretentious display”).

Your guests might act strange, too.

Australian English abounds in words and idioms for madness or folly.

Lexicographer Bruce Moore reckons we Aussies invented the short of x idiom, and more than a few of these are picnic-related:

  • a sandwich short of a picnic
  • a few snags short of a barbie
  • a couple of tinnies short of a slab
  • a stubbie short of a six pack.

Flies also loom large in the Australian summer, and not surprisingly buzz into our idiom — no flies on you is one we’ve even exported. Blowflies are still those petty bureaucrats who act the stickybeak about trivial issues.

Popular (but certainly false) theories even link the Australian accent to flies — we need to speak with our mouths shut to keep them out.

Aussie beach life: wowsers, surfies and burkinis

Summertime life revolves around the beach for many Australians. However, beach-going hasn’t always been easy-living.

We talk about tree-changes and sea-changes these days without much fuss.

However, just as the 19th-century bush-goers had to worry about bushrangers, the 19th century beach-goers had to worry about beach-rangers or larrikin pushes (“gangs”).

The latter could be recognised by their straw nan nan hats.

The police feared the larrikins.

The larrikins feared the sun.

In the 20th century, beach-going was a battle between conservative types, and those who sought to challenge them. Australian beaches had their fair share of wowsers in the early 20th century, and those who swam on censored beaches wore neck-to-knees or Spooners (named after a politician who opposed briefer costumes).

Surf clubs emerged to guard those swimmers who sought to avoid wowserland by swimming at unusual times or in unusual places.

However, as social mores became more permissive, these clubbies ended up as the more conservative forces on the beaches.

Clubbies faced off with the surfie subcultures from the 1960s.

Do I Need Marriage Counseling? Quiz

You and your partner used to be inseparable, sharing laughter, dreams, and countless memories. However, lately, the once-solid foundation of your relationship seems to be crumbling. Perhaps you find yourselves entangled in heated arguments, struggling with a pervasive emotional disconnect, or facing challenges related to intimacy and trust. If this scenario strikes a chord with you, it might be time to reflect on the state of your marriage.

To assist you on this introspective journey, renowned relationship counselor Dhriti Bhavsar has crafted the “Do I need marriage counseling” quiz. With her master’s degree in psychology and years of experience in helping couples navigate the complexities of their relationships, Dhriti understands the nuances of marriage.

Marital counseling is a process that can bring about positive change by helping couples explore and address the root causes of their challenges. Seeking professional help isn’t just for couples on the brink of separation; it’s a proactive and empowering tool for anyone looking to improve their relationship. It can tackle various issues, such as communication breakdowns, trust concerns, intimacy issues, and navigating the aftermath of infidelity. Through personalized strategies and teamwork, couples therapy aims to rekindle the spark, rebuild trust, and establish a more robust foundation for a lasting and fulfilling partnership.

Take this couples therapy quiz, which shouldn’t take up more than 10-15 minutes of your time, and find out whether it could be the key to revitalizing your connection with your partner.

2023 BMW iX xDrive50 Review: Pleasing Performer, Vexing Design

I had a blast tooling around in BMW’s new iX, but I’m not sure I’d want to settle down with it just yet.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

The 2023 iX xDrive50 is one of two new electric vehicles BMW launched this year, alongside the i4 sedan. Of the pair, the iX xDrive50 is the bolder play: a completely new vehicle from the ground up, rather than a battery-powered version of an existing model. It also takes much larger risks. Many of those risks pay off in the form of excellent driving dynamics, comfort and range, but some of them don’t. The electric SUV is plagued by some strange and interesting design decisions, and I’m not just talking about its polarizing exterior.

Like


  • Powerful and responsive electric motors


  • IRL range easily meets EPA estimates


  • Gorgeous interior design

Don’t like


  • It’s kind of weird looking


  • Steep tech learning curve


  • One of the priciest in this class

xDrive50 electric powertrain

The iX comes standard with all-wheel drive, pairing a 190-kilowatt electric motor on the front axle with a more powerful 230-kW rear unit. Combined output peaks at 516 horsepower and 564 pound-feet of torque, enough oomph to silently launch the iX from 0 to 60 mph in 4.4 seconds. The surge of g forces under hard acceleration is impressive, but the benefits of instant, precise electric torque can also be felt when merging on the highway or just casually pulling away from a traffic light. It’s a well-rounded, confidence-inspiring powertrain.

The xDrive50 feels more than potent enough for driving on public roads, but if you need more power (or just have money burning a hole in your pocket),
BMW
 added the 610-hp iX M60 to the lineup for the 2023 model year. That’ll pull off the 0-to-60 sprint in just 3.6 seconds — not quick enough to wipe the smirk off of a Tesla Model X Plaid, but it’ll run neck-and-neck with a Model Y Performance or a Mustang Mach-E GT

The driver has two tools to customize the iX’s performance to their liking: My Modes and regenerative braking. The three My Modes — Personal, Sport and Efficient — primarily control accelerator responsiveness (and by extension, how much energy is used), but they also affect the steering and other vehicle systems. For example, when equipped with the optional Dynamic Handling package, Sport mode can lower the suspension by 0.4 inches for, well, more dynamic handling.

The selected My Mode also affects the optional Iconic Sounds generated by the iX’s speakers. Designed by German film score composer Hans Zimmer, this artificial powertrain noise fills the cabin as the EV accelerates, making use of Shepard tones — an illusion of overlapping sound that seems to infinitely rise in pitch — to create a sci-fi feeling of increasing speed. Sport mode sounds a bit deeper and louder than the other two settings. Alternatively, Iconic Sounds can be disabled altogether for those who prefer silent cruising.

There are four regenerative braking levels with the default being what BMW calls Adaptive Recuperation. This mode uses navigation data, battery level and the distance to the car ahead to determine how much regeneration to apply when lifting off the accelerator. This should net you the most efficient energy recapture but, in practice, it just makes deceleration feel inconsistent, difficult to predict and, at times, jerky. I prefer to choose one of the more consistent static regen modes: low, medium or high. Also, tapping the transmission from D to B mode with high regen enables one-pedal driving, where the iX can slow to a stop without touching the brake pedal — my favorite EV braking method overall.

Sport is the only customizable My Mode — neither Efficient nor, ironically, Personal can be personalized.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Range and charging

The iX is powered by a 111.5-kilowatt-hour battery, of which a net 105.2 kWh is usable. Interestingly, the EPA breaks out separate range estimates based on the size of the wheels equipped. The smallest 20-inch wheels earn the best 324-mile rating. Range drops to 305 miles with the 21-inch wheels, but oddly climbs again to 315 miles for the larger 22s. My best guess as to why is the 275/40R22 tire’s stiffer sidewall reduces rolling resistance just enough to make up for the additional rim mass.

Starting with an 80% charge, I cruised for 209 miles before stopping to recharging with 17% remaining. That’s about 10 miles better than I should have based on the EPA’s numbers — still within the margin of error, but even more impressive given my testing including a good chunk of Sport mode driving up twisty mountain roads. Not too bad.

This is about as open as the iX’s hood gets unless you’re a BMW service technician.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

When it comes time to recharge, the iX pulls up to 195 kW at an appropriately powerful DC fast-charging station. That’s not as fast as a 250-kW Hyundai Ioniq 5 or the 270-kW Porsche Taycan, but it’s quick enough to add 90 miles of range with just a 10-minute session, or to go from a 10% to 80% state of charge in 40 minutes. BMW partnered with EVgo, providing buyers and lessees $100 of charging credit at its stations. 

The most cost effective place to charge is at home during off-peak evening hours. On a Level 2 plug, the iX can pull 11 kW, meaning it will charge from flat to full in around 11 hours.

Ride and handling

Extensive use of lightweight materials — like the aluminum and carbon-fiber composite chassis (which are visible when you open the doors or rear hatch) and aluminum suspension components — help keep weight down. Still, the iX is a very heavy machine, tipping the scales at 5,769 pounds as optioned here. Fortunately, much of the weight is beneath the floor in the battery pack. This low center of mass helps the iX stay nice and flat around corners, which means BMW’s engineers could tune the double-wishbone front and five-link rear suspension to be a bit softer for comfort. The SUV soaks up bumps well even on the optional 22s, and this is likely thanks to BMW’s lift-related dampers — hydraulic shock absorbers that progressively vary their damping force as the wheels travel up and down.

This example is equipped with the optional Dynamic Handling package, which adds an auto-leveling air suspension good for preventing sag when towing a braked trailer up to 5,500 pounds — though who knows what havoc that will wreak on your range. As mentioned before, the air suspension automatically lowers to improve stability at high speeds and in sport mode and can be manually raised for 0.8 inches of additional ground clearance at very low speeds. Additionally, this package adds rear-wheel steering that both helps with low-speed agility and highway stability.

The seats could use more lateral support, but the heated and ventilated buckets are quite comfortable for long hauls and commutes.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Polarizing design

I’m willing to concede that the eye of another beholder may find beauty somewhere in the iX’s tall wagon proportions, but I don’t find the design very cohesive. For example, the severe L-shaped trim on the front bumper doesn’t seem to line up with any other element of the fascia and feels tacked on in a way that annoys me even more than BMW’s new corporate grille. Most days, I simply don’t enjoy looking at the iX, but sometimes I catch an odd angle and it’s not so bad. (Some of my colleagues have more positive opinions about BMW’s styling.)

I do like that the buck-toothed grille hides a very cool technology: It’s made of a self-healing polymer. Pick up a rock chip or a scratch on its glossy finish and the surface will gradually work its way back to shiny and flush again. Heat accelerates the process, so on a hot summer day (or with some coaxing from a hair dryer), you can watch it heal before your eyes. The BMW roundel just above the grille pops open to reveal a hidden washer fluid reservoir, which would be neat if it weren’t necessary because the iX’s hood requires a service technician to open — a double bummer because it means there’s no frunk. Still, this a more elegant solution than
Mercedes-Benz’s
weird washer fluid fender slot on the EQS and EQE.

The iX’s cabin, on the contrary, is absolutely gorgeous. It makes great use of materials that look fantastic and are tactilely interesting to touch, from the crystal cut glass iDrive control knob and seat adjustment controls to the unique wood veneer capacitive buttons on the center console — all optional. The bucket seats are quite comfy with an upright position that offers great visibility in all directions around the airy greenhouse. Also optional is this model’s electrochromic glass roof that boosts the feeling of spaciousness and goes opaque at the touch of a button to keep the sun off of your head.

The iX’s cabin looks so good I’m willing to forgive the awkward exterior.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

But all is not well in this aesthetic paradise and a few ergonomic nitpicks stand out. There’s the electronic door release, which is positioned too far forward and high on the door to get good opening leverage. I had to elbow and shoulder the door open awkwardly to get out, while my smaller copilot needed to shove with both hands to muscle it open.

BMW also simplified the iX’s steering wheel controls significantly, using glossy capacitive touch pads surrounding a thumb wheel instead of discrete physical buttons for the cruise control, infotainment and whatnot. Additionally, there doesn’t appear to be a toggle to disable cruise control; the system is always armed and ready for one tap to set or resume your cruising speed. So far so good, but twice when chucking the iX around a corner, my palm contacted the pad while turning the steering wheel 90 degrees, causing the cruise control to unexpectedly resume mid-turn, lurching forward while I scrambled for the brakes. I was able to catch it both times, but it left a sketchy mark on an otherwise exemplary driving experience.

Aside from this ergonomic gripe, the rest of the iX’s optional and standard driver aid features work pretty well. Optional adaptive cruise works in stop-and-go traffic and integrates nicely with the lane-keeping steering assist and the hands-off Traffic Jam Steering Assist that works at speeds below 40 mph. Parking Assistant Professional is also available and can automatically guide the SUV into parallel and perpendicular parking spaces at the touch of a button. There’s standard forward-collision avoidance that can be upgraded to add optional side collision avoidance, too.

Keep scrolling; there are dozens more nigh-identical looking icons on just this menu screen.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

iDrive 8

The iDrive 8 multimedia software is a step forward from the previous generation, but also two steps backward. The system is still built around a pair of huge displays that now seem to float above the dashboard on struts. The left screen is the 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster while the right is a larger, 14.9-inch main touchscreen. iDrive 8 is a responsive system and, like the rest of the iX’s cabin, the high-resolution screens look fantastic and are customizable with themes featuring nature-inspired imagery.

Unfortunately, the menu is a mess of tiny icons. I counted nearly 30 of them on the main screen in no particular order and with extremely flat organization. Rather than, for example, combining FM and Sirius XM radio into one audio sources menu, they both have separate buttons on the home screen that must be found amongst dozens of others at highway speeds. My colleagues reminded me that I could organize the menu myself by dragging the icons around and eight shortcuts can be saved to a favorites menu for quick access, so most users will be able to customize their way around the problem with a bit of tinkering, but it’s a steep learning curve and I think the curated organization of iDrive 7 was a better out-of-the-box experience.

Back in the pros column, there’s standard Apple CarPlay and Android Auto compatibility with wireless connectivity for both. The iX even supports the latest quick pairing tech for either, so you don’t even need to fiddle with the menus to get paired up and running. There are also six USB type-C charging ports scattered around the cabin (two in the front and four for second-row passengers) and neat little slots perfectly sized to hold mobile phones on the center console and in the doors.

One of the iX’s coolest features is its self-healing grille. What? I didn’t say it was the best looking feature.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Price, competition and final thoughts

The 2023 BMW iX xDrive50 starts at $85,095 including the required $995 destination charge. This example rolled into my driveway wearing a $101,075 sticker thanks mostly to $3,500 worth of premium leather upholstery on $1,600 upgraded seats, plus $1,900 for the 22-inch wheels. I’ve also got the $7,700 Ultimate package that rolls nearly every bell and whistle left to get — including the Dynamic Handling upgrades, Iconic Sounds, the glass and wood interior trim, the iX’s complete driver aid suite and more — into one line item.

At that price range, the BMW iX skews more premium than most of its electric SUV competitors. The BMW is significantly more expensive than an Audi E-Tron SUV and Sportback, but it’s also more powerful with nearly 100 miles of additional range. The iX also slots somewhere between Tesla Models X and Y. 

Judged solely on the driving experience, range and handling, the all-new iX is a spectacular new entry in BMW’s electric car portfolio. However, BMW then went and made so many weird little design decisions — from the steering wheel controls to the weird door openers, the complicated menus and, yes, my aesthetic hang ups — that it doesn’t quite stick the landing as one of my favorites in this class.

Your mileage may vary.

The football stadiums that never were

Peter Storrie can remember visiting the London studio of Herzog & de Meuron, the renowned Swiss architects, and being shown a striking vision of Portsmouth’s future.

“It was something else,” he tells The Athletic. “They put it up on the screen for us and it certainly had the wow factor.”

This was 2007 and the ambitious plans were for a new 36,000-capacity stadium on the city’s docks. Storrie, then chief executive, had accepted that Portsmouth would need to leave Fratton Park, the club’s home since 1899, and a proposed relocation could hardly have been more impressive.

Located in between the Spinnaker Tower and the historic naval base, a £600million waterfront project that would include apartments and restaurants promised a transformational impact.

“This will be the most spectacular stadium, set against the backdrop of the harbour and the English Channel befitting the club’s history,“ said Storrie back in 2007, when Portsmouth were a top-half Premier League club.

They would win the FA Cup a year later when beating Cardiff City, too, but by that time plans for a new stadium had been all but scrapped. Opposition had come from local councillors and the British Royal Navy, who had “operational and security concerns” after choosing to base two super aircraft carriers nearby.

Portsmouth pivoted from the dockyards to another waterfront site nearby at Horsea Island, again designed by Herzog & de Meuron with little expense spared. Again it collapsed, this time against the backdrop of the global financial crisis of 2008. As such, Fratton Park, boisterous but limited, remains the club’s home.


Portsmouth’s plans at Horsea Island (Herzog & de Meuron)

“The stadium on the docks was a fantastic design, really stunning,” Storrie says. “It would’ve been perfect. It was there on the waterfront. It would’ve been an iconic venue. One of the great stadiums if it had been built.

“Would it ever have got through planning? Probably not — but who knows? It was one of the great designs that never happened.”

And it is a crowded field. For every impressive stadium built by English clubs in the last 30 years, there has been another that failed to get beyond the architects’ drawings or the fantasies of an owner.

Like Chelsea’s vision for Battersea Power Station and the Gothic re-imagining of Stamford Bridge. Or Liverpool’s proposed move to a futuristic new home in Stanley Park. Everton lived out three different projects at Kings Dock, Kirkby and Walton Hall Park before finally planting a spade in the ground at Bramley-Moore Dock, site of their long-awaited new home from the 2025-26 season.

Tottenham Hotspur had their own plans to knock down and rebuild the Olympic Stadium before West Ham United became tenants in 2016, while once upon a time Birmingham City had plans for a 55,000-seater stadium that would form part of the Birmingham Sports Village. Karren Brady, Birmingham’s managing director back in 2006, called it “a once-in-a-lifetime regeneration project.” Or, as it turned out, not-in-this-lifetime.

That is typical of the well-versed big sell, especially when supporters are being asked to leave a historic home. Project what the future might look like in all its animated glory and hope it marks the first step on the journey.

Actions do not always accompany the words. Whether through funding problems or supporter opposition, sometimes both, English football has a long list of projects that have gone to the great drawing board in the sky.


Leeds United were riding the crest of a wave back in the spring of 2001. A run to the Champions League semi-finals, where they were beaten 3-0 by Valencia, had emboldened the belief that Leeds could establish themselves among English football’s elite and part of the grand plan was a move away from Elland Road.

A wasteland site was picked near junction 45 of the A1(M) at Skelton and a new £40million, 50,000-capacity ground was proposed. Elland Road, meanwhile, would be sold to the local council for an estimated £20million to help fund it.

Peter Ridsdale, Leeds’ chairman, had a blunt message as they attempted to keep pace with those at the top of the Premier League. “Doing nothing is not an option,” he warned in a letter to fans.

All supporters were asked if they would back a renovation of Elland Road or a move to a new stadium during a consultation process. “On the one hand there is the history and the memories that we all share, and on the other hand is the need to ensure that we offer future generations a world-class team and a world-class stadium,” said Ridsdale.

Three months later it was announced that 87.6 per cent of the votes cast had been in favour of leaving Elland Road. “An overwhelming endorsement,” concluded Ridsdale, who outlined plans to find sponsorship for the club’s new home.


Elland Road has been largely untouched for years (Serena Taylor/Newcastle United via Getty Images)

The push to move was not as universally popular as Ridsdale had claimed after less than half of ballot papers were returned but those in opposition, the traditionalists keen to stay at Elland Road, need not have worried.

Leeds’ outlay of £77million on players inside the previous three lavish years caught up with them and within three years of Ridsdale championing a move, it was a Championship club once more. Skelton was quietly brushed under the carpet and two decades later, with no meaningful restoration work completed, Elland Road and its limitations remain a headache for others to inherit.

Funding — or a lack of it — typically becomes the insurmountable obstacle in these grand stadium designs.

Constructing a new home from scratch or rebuilding an existing ground is the biggest possible expenditure any club can face and, as such, is reliant on huge borrowings. The biggest and best are now £1billion projects.

Liverpool did not have to find that much back in 2007 but even the touted £400million needed to build a 60,000-seater stadium in Stanley Park proved beyond former owners Tom Hicks and George Gillett.

Leaving Anfield behind had been a key thread to the promises of the U.S. businessmen, with Gillett pledging at his opening press conference that “the shovel needs to be in the ground in the next 60 days.”

The previous five years, before the arrival of Hicks and Gillett, had seen a range of plans put forward, with outline planning permission approved for a Stanley Park stadium as far back as 2003.

Original plans were redesigned by Hicks and Gillett and revised again after a target to begin work in the summer of 2007 was missed, before any tangible hope of a new stadium began to recede in 2008.

Like Portsmouth, the credit crunch and owners with limited resources brought the project to a standstill.

“Our commitment to building a new world-class Liverpool Football Club stadium is undiminished,” said Liverpool in a statement. “Like many other major development projects in the UK and overseas we are affected by global market conditions. We will use this period productively and revisit the plans for the stadium to increase its capacity to 73,000 seats.”

The vision failed to materialise, though. Year after year there was no meaningful progress until Hicks and Gillett were replaced by Fenway Sports Group, who confirmed their intention to instead redevelop Anfield in 2012.

“It could have been brilliant but we have probably set ourselves back several years,” former chief executive Ian Ayre said in 2011. Liverpool will finally get the 60,000-capacity stadium they have spent 20 years waiting for when the new Anfield Road Stand is fully opened by the end of January.

Those years of uncertainty at the start of this century would regularly see a contentious plan proposed. With Everton accepting the need to leave Goodison Park for two decades or more, a ground share between the two Merseyside clubs was touted on more than one occasion.

As much as £30million was promised from public funds in 2003 for a new super-stadium in the city. The North West Development Agency proposed that Liverpool and Everton should share in a bid to regenerate the wider Anfield area and six years later, as England gathered together its push to host the 2018 World Cup. Meetings were even held with the then sports minister Richard Caborn.


Goodison and Anfield is separated by Stanley Park – plans to build one stadium to house them both did not go down well (Simon Stacpoole/Offside/Offside via Getty Images)

The plans, though, were consistently met with opposition from the two rivals, both in the boardroom and among fan groups. Everton described it as “utter nonsense” the clubs should groundshare in 2009.

That was because they had other ideas. Big ones. Unperturbed by the failed attempt to build a new 50,000-seater stadium on the King’s Dock, now site of the Liverpool Echo Arena, by 2007 they were pushing ahead with a move to a site in Kirkby, eight miles out of the city centre on Liverpool’s northern edge.

It would form part of an enormous retail park headed up by Tesco and the capacity increases were forecast to generate £6million more per season. Selling the naming rights for the stadium would earn the same amount again.

Not that it ever went to plan. An opposition group, the Keep Everton In Our City Campaign, was formed, while Liverpool City Council, who felt Everton should not leave their boundaries, were strongly against the move. Leader Warren Bradley called the proposed stadium in Kirkby “a cow shed in a small town”. They got their wish by 2009, a period of economic stress that hurt the construction industry, when the UK government blocked the proposed £400million joint development.

Good things are coming to those who have waited, though. After all the false dawns and stadium designs that never were across 20 years, Everton will relocate to Bramley Moore-Dock in 18 months, a wonderful new stadium that will be one of 10 hosts for Euro 2028.


If Everton will soon join Liverpool in having the bigger home they always wanted, others are not so fortunate. Chelsea supporters continue to wait on proposals that would see Stamford Bridge redeveloped or a long association with their home ground ended by a move. The capacity of 40,000 ceased to be sufficient long ago.

History tells us that. Chelsea’s previous owner, Roman Abramovich, was eager to increase matchday revenues as far back as 2012 when the club submitted a formal offer to buy Battersea Power Station on the south bank of the Thames. The site alone was valued at £500million and given the Grade II listed status of the former electricity station, plans were unveiled that would see its four iconic chimneys incorporated into a design.


Chelsea wanted to redevelop Battersea Power Station (Vittorio Zunino Celotto/Getty Images)

Designs were made public after Chelsea had been outbid by Malaysian property developers SP Setia and Sime Darby Property, regarded at the time as a means of applying diplomatic pressure.

“We firmly believe our proposals could address the unique challenges presented by the site,” said Chelsea in a statement. “The design would integrate the stadium with the power station in a sensitive, unique and powerful way, with all significant historical aspects of the Power Station to be retained.”

Not that it made much difference. The impressive restored site is now home to apartments, shops, bars and restaurants.

Chelsea did not stand still and, three years after their failed attempt to buy Battersea Power Station, had revealed stunning designs for a new Stamford Bridge. Like Portsmouth’s docklands plans, Herzog & de Meuron were behind the drawings that would see Chelsea rehoused in a 60,000-capacity stadium by 2020. The striking images were said to be “inspired by the design of Westminster Abbey” and quoted, at the time, as costing anywhere between £500million and £1billion. Cathedrals, as it was likened to, did not come cheap in a heavily populated area of the capital.

There were objections but broad support for the project. Inside a year, though, Abramovich had called a halt to it all. The crux of the problem? A visa.

chelsea planned stadium


This was a design for Chelsea’s new home to be opened in 2023 (Herzog & de Meuron)

Abramovich, back in the summer of 2018, encountered delays over a UK visa after seeing his previous one expire and a statement released by Chelsea said it was the “current unfavourable investment climate” that had been the trigger to postponing a Stamford Bridge redevelopment that would never be revived. The rest is an inglorious history for Abramovich, who was forced to sell Chelsea in 2021 when sanctioned by the UK government following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine.

The dream of a new home has not died for Chelsea as new owner Todd Boehly prepares to share new plans in 2024 but there will be regrets that a stadium build did not come sooner. Chelsea must make do with a stadium that houses 20,000 fewer supporters than the homes of London rivals, Tottenham, Arsenal and West Ham. Matchday revenues have flatlined at Stamford Bridge and, as of last season, meant Tottenham had a £37million annual advantage through the turnstiles.

Another club with sudden regrets are Newcastle United, who are going through their own consultation process on where to go next. St James’ Park, capped at 52,000, has been sold out every week since the takeover led by Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund was completed in 2021.

Oh for something bigger, like the plans hatched in 1997. A planning application for a £90 million, 55,000-seater stadium on Castle Leazes, half a mile from St James’ Park, was submitted. They included a retractable roof and the option for capacity to be increased to 70,000.


A young fan checks out the new stadium plans in 1997 (Tim McGuinness/Mirrorpix/Getty Images)

“St James’ Park simply wasn’t big enough to cope with demand and the site itself had severe limitations,” says Sir John Hall, the former owner of Newcastle. “We needed a world-class stadium to offer us the best chance of sustained success.”

The plans, put on public display, were dubbed the “San Siro of the North” in a nod to the shared home of AC Milan and Inter Milan, and included a plan to convert St James’ Park into an indoor arena.

Fans backed the idea but others did not. A petition included 36,000 names opposed building on the Town Moor and a public inquiry causing lengthy delays became unavoidable once English Heritage took an interest in Newcastle’s plans. By November 1997, the focus had instead been turned to extending the capacity of St James’ Park from 36,000 to its 52,000, as it is today.

Fifteen or so miles to the south, rivals Sunderland had been through their collapsed bid by that point. They had proposed building a “Wembley of the North” close to the Nissan car manufacturing plant in 1992 and even incorporated twin towers in the designs included in a postal referendum. “That was intentional on my part; I wanted it to look like Wembley,” said former chairman Bob Murray.

The complex was due to cost £75million and include a 40,000-capacity stadium, 12,000-seater indoor arena and retail park. Such was their confidence, Sunderland even submitted a bid for it to be one of eight venues for Euro ’96. Then bang… EU funding they had lobbied for in Brussels had been pulled.

“Just before the Euro ’96 venues were announced, I received a phone call, out of the blue, to inform me that Nissan had suddenly turned hostile towards the new stadium,” wrote Murray in his autobiography I’d Do it All Again. “A call was made to 10 Downing Street and everything changed. Suddenly it was made abundantly clear it wasn’t going to happen.”

Sunderland instead went with the Stadium of Light as their next home after Roker Park, moving in 1997. Others have not been so fortunate.

Like Luton Town, who hope to be seeing out their final years at Kenilworth Road. It is almost 30 years since former owner David Kohler shared his wacky plans for a 20,000 indoor arena dubbed the Kohlerdome. Alas, he found neither the funding nor the site, which tends to be a problem.

There are countless others, too. Bristol Rovers have spent 20 years searching for a modern new home, as have Queens Park Rangers, who have hoped to build a new stadium at nearby Wormwood Scrubs. Blackpool (Whyndyke Farm), Carlisle United (Kingmoor Park), Southend United (Fossetts Farm) and Grimsby Town (Peaks Parkway) are among the countless other clubs who have devised ambitious plans yet still have not moved.

Just like Portsmouth. “It was very difficult to convert Fratton Park into a state-of-the-art stadium and that’s something the club needed to progress,” says Storrie, the former chief executive. “We had the fans pretty much onside but sadly it just didn’t happen.”

It was not the first stadium project to remain an architect’s vision and will not be the last.

Top image: Portsmouth’s plans for a new stadium on the waterfront were unveiled in 2007 (Herzog & de Meuron)

How to Reset Your iPhone Passcode With Its Old Passcode

You don’t have to erase your iPhone or iPad if you forgot its new passcode—provided you act quickly.

Key Takeaways

  • iOS 17 allows you to temporarily use your old passcode to unlock your device if you forget the new one.
  • Enter the passcode incorrectly five times, select “Forgot Passcode?” and enter the previous passcode to set a new one and unlock your iPhone.


There’s no worse feeling than forgetting your iPhone’s passcode shortly after changing it. Apple understands this, which is why it gives users a brief period to reset a new passcode with the old one to avoid being locked out completely.


Using the Old Passcode to Reset Your iPhone’s Passcode

Before iOS 17, forgetting your iPhone’s passcode meant resetting iOS to its factory state and restoring your data from a backup made before the passcode change. Not only is this an extremely time-consuming process, but you could also lose some of your precious data unless you regularly back up your iPhone or iPad.

Fortunately, since the release of iOS 17, Apple lets you unlock your iPhone or iPad and reset your newly changed passcode using your old passcode.

Your device’s passcode must have been changed within the past 72 hours for you to be able to reset it with the old one.

Assuming you remember your previous passcode, and it hasn’t been 72 hours since you last changed your passcode, here’s what you need to do:

  1. Enter the passcode incorrectly five times until you see the iPhone Unavailable screen.
  2. Tap the Forgot Passcode? option at the bottom-right corner of the screen.
  3. Now, tap Enter Previous Passcode.
  4. On the next page, enter your old passcode. You’ll be prompted to change your passcode immediately. Type in your new passcode and unlock your device.

If you’re confident you won’t forget your newly created passcode or believe that someone else knows your previous passcode, you can choose to expire your previous passcode. To do so, go to Settings > Face ID & Passcode > Expire Previous Passcode Now > Expire Now.

Be aware that doing this means you won’t be able to use your previous passcode to unlock your iPhone or iPad anymore.

While this method allows you to access your device if you forgot your recently changed passcode, it’s of no use once the 72-hour grace period ends. Therefore, we recommend regularly backing up your iPhone or iPad in case you’re stuck in a situation where your only option is to reset your device to its factory settings.

Road-trip adventure: Hainan’s new 988-kilometer-long coastal stretch

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird's-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China's Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird's-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China's Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird's-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China's Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A photo shows a bird’s-eye view of a section of the round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province on December 28, 2023. The highway stretches along the coastline of Hainan Island in a circuit that extends for 988 kilometers in total. /IC

A breathtaking combination of coastal capes, lighthouses, bays and marshes, the 988-kilometer-long round-the-island tourist highway in south China’s Hainan Province is definitely worthy of a road trip. The road traverses twelve cities and counties in the island province, and is now known as the “National No. 1 Coastal Scenic Highway.” It officially opened to traffic on December 18, 2023.

Kathy Griffin files for divorce from husband Randy Bick

Comedian Kathy Griffin has filed for divorce from her second husband, Randy Bick, just days ahead of their fourth wedding anniversary.

The “My Life on the D-List” and “A Hell of a Story” star filed her petition Thursday in Los Angeles Superior Court. She cited irreconcilable differences as the reason for the split and listed their date of separation as Dec. 22, according to court documents obtained Friday by The Times.

Griffin, 63, and Bick, 44, an entertainment marketing executive, have a prenuptial agreement, which she’s asking the court to enforce, the documents said. She’s also asking the court to terminate the court’s ability to award spousal support to either of them. Griffin and Bick do not have any children.

The firebrand comic appeared to address the split Friday on X — tweeting, “Well…s—. This sucks” — minutes after the divorce news broke online. Bick has not yet tweeted about the breakup.

Griffin and Bick had a New Year’s Day wedding at home in 2020 with “Grace & Frankie” star Lily Tomlin officiating. During the ceremony, Tomlin joked that what was “supposed to be a shallow, toot-it-and-boot-it one-night stand” between Griffin and Bick had “grown and flourished to something far more meaningful.”

“They stayed together. Then they couldn’t stay away from one another,” Tomlin quipped in footage Griffin shared online.

The two-time Emmy Award winner reportedly began dating Bick in 2011 after meeting him at a food and wine festival. They briefly split in 2018 but got back together a few months later.

This is Griffin’s second marriage; her first was to actor Matt Moline from 2001 to 2006. That marriage dissolved after she accused Moline of stealing thousands of dollars from her private bank accounts, an ordeal chronicled in the stand-up comic’s subsequent act.

Earlier this year, the lung cancer survivor announced that she had been diagnosed with “an extreme case” of complex PTSD, a condition triggered largely in 2017 when she was blacklisted from Hollywood after posting a photo of herself holding a Halloween mask styled to look like the severed head of then-President Trump. The stunt drew criticism from conservatives and liberals alike.

“The hatred from the right was more intense than I could have thought, but not that surprising. But the left wing being so taken by this campaign against me was hard. It was just too much for me,” Griffin said in a Newsweek interview published in 2022. The brash comic lost friends in the aftermath, including CNN journalist Anderson Cooper and Bravo star Andy Cohen. Then, she said, she got to see other comics do what she thought were similarly offensive things without losing out the way she did.

Griffin ended up working that material into her act too, taking the story on the road with her My Life on the PTSD-List tour.

Xiaomi CEO Shares Photo of Xiaomi SU7, Xiaomi 14 Series and Watch S3 in New ‘Verdant Green’ Colour, Asks if the Users Liked New Look

Xiaomi CEO Lei Jun shared images on his social media about the Xiaomi 14, Xiaomi SU7, and Xiaomi Watch S3, all adorned in the new “Verdant Green” colour. The fresh hue, inspired by Xiaomi’s first electric vehicle, the SU7, adds a touch of nature to the tech trio. The “Verdant Green” variant presents a sleek finish. Lei Jun’s post sparked curiosity among fans and consumers, inviting them to express their thoughts on the new look. The CEO invited fans to provide input about their liking for the new colour, which reflects the brand’s customer-centric approach to innovation. Tesla To Setup EV Plant in Gujarat, CEO Elon Musk Likely To Visit India and Meet PM Narendra Modi at ‘Vibrant Gujarat Global Summit’ in January 2024: Reports.

Xiaomi 14, SU7, and Watch S3 in “Verdant Green” Colour

(SocialLY brings you all the latest breaking news, viral trends and information from social media world, including Twitter, Instagram and Youtube. The above post is embeded directly from the user’s social media account and LatestLY Staff may not have modified or edited the content body. The views and facts appearing in the social media post do not reflect the opinions of LatestLY, also LatestLY does not assume any responsibility or liability for the same.)

The Most Dangerous People on the Internet in 2023

In 2023, the world has felt like it was balanced on a precipice. A United States presidential election looms, with a resurgent candidate that threatens to bring with him all the chaos of 2016 and 2020. Artificial intelligence developed so quickly that it seemed to have suddenly sprung into being, heralding vast societal promise and disruption just around the bend of its exponential curve. And the world’s richest man continued to use his power to push for a more reckless tech world, from free-for-all social media and oversold assisted-driving features to AI with a “rebellious streak.”

In the midst of that uncertainty, a new war between Israel and Hamas added more atrocities alongside the slow-burning horrors of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. These wars have echoed across the internet in propaganda, hate speech, and cyberattacks that triggered widespread real-world effects. Chinese state-sponsored hackers, meanwhile, sowed the seeds for a future cyberwar, and ransomware gangs resurged. It was a banner year for chaos, present and impending, and all reflected in the digital mirror.

Each year, WIRED assembles a list of the most dangerous people, groups, and organizations on the internet—both those who intentionally endanger innocent people and those whose actions, regardless of their intent, destabilize the world as we know it in myriad ways. Here, in no particular order, are our picks for 2023.

Elon Musk

A year ago, it might have still been fair to regard Elon Musk as a brilliant technologist with occasional destructive, trollish tendencies. In 2023, those tendencies seemed to take over his public identity. Twitter, now renamed X thanks to Musk’s branding whims, this year invited back conspiracy theorists like Alex Jones and even amplified one account’s antisemitic statements. When advertisers complained, Musk managed in a single conversation to both apologize for that blunder and tell them, “Go fuck yourself.”

Before that, in July, Musk had said that his social media platform’s ad revenue had fallen by half—all of which calls into question whether this once-central platform for online conversation will survive Musk’s reign, and in what form.

In the midst of that meltdown, Musk’s new startup xAI released Grok, an AI chatbot Musk celebrated for having fewer guardrails than OpenAI’s ChatGPT. Musk faces calls for an SEC investigation for his comments about how monkeys died in experiments carried out by his brain implant startup Neuralink. And in mid-December, Tesla recalled nearly every model of its vehicles sold in the US to fix an Autopilot feature. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration found that Tesla’s safety measures for assuring that drivers paying attention—which many no doubt were not, perhaps thanks in part to Musk’s own descriptions of the assisted-driving feature—were inadequate.

Five years ago, WIRED put Musk’s face on the cover with a story that described his Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde personality. These days, it’s becoming clearer which side of that split personality dominates.

Cl0p

In 2023, ransomware resurged. According to cryptocurrency firm Chainalysis, it appears to be on track to be the second-worst year on record in terms of total extortion payments collected by the ransomware industry’s coercive gangs of hackers. But perhaps no group did more damage this year than the people behind the Cl0p malware.

In May, the Cl0p gang began exploiting a zero-day vulnerability in the MOVEit file transfer software and used it to carry out a shocking spree of intrusions across more than 2,000 organizations, according to ransomware-focused security firm Emsisoft. A single victim, medical firm Maximus, lost control of the data of at least 8 million people in the breach. The hackers stole data from the state government of Maine on another 1.3 million. In total, at least 62 million people were affected, and Cl0p’s hackers remain at large.

Alphv

If Cl0p were the most ruthless ransomware hackers of the year, Alphv, also known as Black Cat, were certainly in close contention. The group, which has ties to the hackers who carried out the 2021 cyberattack on the Colonial Pipeline, gained a new level of notoriety in September when it targeted MGM Resorts International, shutting down computer systems across the hotel and casino chain and ultimately doing $100 million in damage, by MGM’s estimate. More broadly, the FBI says that Alphv has compromised over a thousand organizations and extracted more than $300 million in ransoms.

In mid-December, the FBI announced that it had seized the dark-web site where Alphv publishes its victims’ stolen data. Hours later, the site reappeared, and Alphv defiantly announced it had “unseized” it and would no longer abide by a rule not to target critical infrastructure systems. The site was soon taken down again. But given that no members of the group have been arrested or even indicted in absentia, its chaos will likely continue.

Hamas

No event of 2023 has shaken geopolitics as suddenly and shockingly as Hamas’ atrocities against civilians in Southern Israel on October 7. The attacks, in which Hamas militants killed 1,200 people and took hundreds of hostages, immediately triggered a war that threatens to destabilize the region. It has also shaken the tech world, where it has raised questions about the digital technologies that have enabled Hamas, from the millions of dollars the group raised via cryptocurrency to its channels on Telegram, where it distributes propaganda and videos of its violence. When ISIS came to prominence in 2014, it forced every technology platform in the world to question whether and how it enabled extremist violence. Now, a decade later, a new round of horrific bloodletting shows how that reckoning continues.

Sandworm

Despite sanctions, indictments, and even a $10 million bounty, Russia’s team of hyper-aggressive military intelligence hackers known as Sandworm are still out there—and still active. As Russia’s invasion of Ukraine grinds toward its third brutal year, in fact, they appear to have turned their focus to that conflict.

This year, Sandworm was revealed to have carried out a third blackout cyberattack against a Ukrainian electric utility, this time in the midst of a Russian air strike hitting the same city. It later penetrated Ukrainian military communications in a more traditional espionage-focused effort to gain an advantage during Ukraine’s counteroffensive. And evidence points to Sandworm’s responsibility for a cyberattack just this month that hit the telecom Kyivstar, taking out internet and mobile communications for millions amid another series of strikes. The group, in other words, continues to earn its reputation as the Kremlin’s most dangerous hackers.

Volt Typhoon

For years, the cybersecurity community has asked itself who might be the “Sandworm of China.” This year provided perhaps the closest thing yet to an answer. The hacker group dubbed Volt Typhoon by Microsoft was revealed in May to have planted malware in power grid networks across the continental US and Guam, in some cases with an apparent eye toward controlling the flow of electricity to US military bases. More recently, The Washington Post revealed that Volt Typhoon’s targets have extended to other kinds of critical infrastructure too, from an oil and gas pipeline to a major West Coast port and a Hawaiian water utility.

While the intentions of the group and its overseers are still far from clear, cybersecurity and geopolitical analysts increasingly see it as laying the groundwork to disrupt key US systems in the event of a crisis—such as China invading Taiwan.

Donald Trump

Last year, for the first time since 2015, Donald Trump was not included on this list. Hope you enjoyed the break!

Less than 11 months out from the 2024 US presidential election, Trump leads Republican primary polls by a wide margin. He has used his rekindled relevance to launch disturbing attacks on his perceived enemies, largely from his own right-wing-dominated Truth Social platform.

IT Ministry to Block Binance, Kraken, More Crypto Websites After FIU Issues Show Cause Notice

As part of compliance action against the offshore entities, Financial Intelligence Unit India (FIU IND) has issued show cause notices to nine offshore Virtual Digital Assets Service Providers (VDA SPs) under Section 13 of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA).

According to an official release from the Ministry of Finance, “Virtual Digital Assets Service Providers (VDA SPs) were brought into the ambit of the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Financing of Terrorism (AML-CFT) framework under the provisions of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PML) Act in March 2023.”

“As part of compliance action against the offshore entities, Financial Intelligence Unit India (FIU IND) has issued compliance Show Cause Notices to the following nine offshore Virtual Digital Assets Service Providers (VDA SPs) under Section 13 of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA),” it said.

As per the release, the nine offshore Virtual Digital Assets Service Providers are Binance, Kucoin, Huobi, Kraken, Gate.io, Bittrex, Bitstamp, MEXC Global and Bitfinex.

“Director FIU IND has written to the Secretary of the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology to block the URLs of said entities that are operating illegally without complying with the provisions of the PML Act in India,” said the release.

VDA SPs operating in India (both offshore and onshore) and engaged in activities like exchange between virtual digital assets and fiat currencies, transfer of virtual digital assets, safekeeping or administration of virtual digital assets or instruments enabling control over virtual digital assets, etc. are required to be registered with FIU IND as reporting entities and comply with the set of obligations as mandated under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA) 2002, it said.

The obligation is activity-based and is not contingent on physical presence in India.

“The regulation places reporting, record-keeping, and other obligations on the VDA SPs under the PML Act, which also includes registration with the FIU IND,” said the release.

To date, 31 VDA SPs have registered with FIU IND. However, several offshore entities, though catering to a substantial part of Indian users, were not getting registered and coming under the Anti-Money Laundering (AML) and Counter-Financing of Terrorism (CFT) frameworks.


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Top 10 PPC expert columns of 2023 on Search Engine Land

Since Search Engine Land launched, we have given PPC experts a platform to share their in-depth knowledge and timely insights – with the goal of helping you solve problems, manage challenges and understand the constantly shifting landscape of paid search, paid social and display.

What follows are links to the 10 most-read, must-read Search Engine Land PPC columns of 2023 that were contributed by our fantastic group of Subject Matter Experts.

Learn how to avoid repeating some serious mistakes that advertisers have made with their Performance Max campaigns. (By Menachem Ani. Published Jan. 17.)

Getting Performance Max to work for lead generation programs without offline conversion data is very hard. Learn what you can do here. (By Menachem Ani. Published Feb. 14.)

Five tips for using Google Ads retargeting with email, organic traffic, cross-device tracking, direct mail, and social media. (By Adriana Stein. Published Dec. 1.)

Learn how to maintain or improve your performance in Google Ads and prepare for the removal of these high-quality audiences. (By Chelsea So. Published March 1.)

Google Ads is fundamentally changing the way recommendations work. Here’s why you should take extreme caution in applying any recommendation. (By Greg Finn. Published Jan. 5.)

Learn about the Hagakure method, a modern approach to Google Ads management that blends simplicity and automation for better results. (By Benjamin Wenner. Published Oct. 5.)

Use this script to provide GPT with facts about your account and get a performance summary that can be shared with clients and stakeholders. (By Frederick Vallaeys. Published June 5.)

Explore real-world examples of how to use the feature to speed up PPC data processing and visualization, insights generation, and more. (By Jason Tabeling. Published Aug. 31.)

This script can help you leverage GPT’s API to use the maximum number of RSA assets and, in turn, boost your paid search campaigns. (By Frederick Vallaeys. Published April 13.)

Learn how to use ChatGPT to level up your paid search efforts without sacrificing strategy, authenticity or creativity. (By Amy Hebdon. Published Feb. 1.)

Biggest Library in India, List of Top-10

India, a land known for its rich cultural heritage and diverse history, is home to one of the largest repositories of knowledge in the world – the National Library of India. Situated in Kolkata, West Bengal, this iconic institution stands as a testament to India’s commitment to preserving its intellectual treasures and fostering a love for learning.

India’s Biggest Library 2023

As of 2023, the National Library of India, situated in Kolkata, stands as the nation’s largest and the world’s seventh-largest library. Established in 1836, it houses an impressive collection of over 2.2 million books, including rare manuscripts and the personal library of Rabindranath Tagore. Open to the public for reference and research, this iconic institution continues to be a beacon of knowledge and cultural heritage. Other notable libraries in India include the Asiatic Society Library in Mumbai, renowned for its ancient Sanskrit manuscripts, and the S. R. Ranganathan Memorial Library in Bangalore, dedicated to library science and information technology.

Key Facts Related to Biggest Library of India

Here are some of the interesting facts related to the National Library of India, the biggest library of India:

  • Location: The National Library of India is situated in Belvedere Estate, Alipore, Kolkata.
  • Size and Scope: It is India’s largest library by volume and public record, boasting a collection in excess of 2.5 million books and records.
  • Government Oversight: The National Library operates under the Ministry of Culture, Government of India.
  • Director General: As of 2020, Dr. Prof. Ajay Pratap Singh serves as the Director General (additional), also heading the Raja Ram Mohan Roy Library Foundation, Kolkata.
  • Historical Significance: Originally the residence of the Governor General of Bengal and India during British rule, it later became the Lt. Governor’s residence.
  • Merger of Libraries: The National Library is a result of the merging of the public library with the Imperial Library and several other government libraries.
  • Multilingual Collection: It collects books, periodicals, and titles in virtually all Indian languages, with special collections housing at least fifteen languages.
  • Imperial Library Origins: The Imperial Library, formed in 1891, housed many books from East India College, Fort William, and the East India Board in London.
  • Name Change: After independence, the Imperial Library was renamed the National Library by the Imperial Library (Change of Name) Act, 1948.
  • Public Opening: On February 1, 1953, the National Library was officially opened to the public by Maulana Abul Kalam Azad.
  • Name Change (1976): The name was further changed to the National Library of India by the National Library of India Act, 1976.
  • Hidden Chamber Discovery (2010): During restoration in 2010, a previously unknown room was discovered, leading to speculation about its purpose and historical use.
  • Visiting Hours: The National Library is open from 9 am to 8 pm on working days and 9:30 am to 6:00 pm on Saturdays, Sundays, and Government of India holidays.
  • Closure on National Holidays: It remains closed on Republic Day (January 26), Independence Day (August 15), and Gandhi Jayanti (October 2).

Check This: Biggest Library in the World

List of Top-10 Biggest Libraries in India

National Library of India, located in Kolkata, holds the title of the biggest library in India with the collection size of 2.2 million, followed by Raza Library, Saraswati Mahal Library and Anna Centenary Library.

Here is the list of top-10 biggest libraries in India:

Biggest Libraries in India
Rank Library Name Location Establishment Collection Size
1. National Library of India Kolata, West Bengal 1836 2.2 million
2. Raza Library Rampur, Uttar Pradesh 1951 30,000 +
3. Saraswati Mahal Library Thanjavur, Tamil Nadu 16th century 49,000 +
4. Anna Centenary Library Kotturpuram, Chennai 2010 500,000 +
5. Krishnadas Shama Central Library Panaji, Goa 1832 180,000 +
6. Trivandrum Public Library Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala 1829 300,000+
7. Smt. Hansa Mehta Library Vadodara, Gujarat 1950
8. The Asiatic Society Mumbai, Maharashtra 1804 15,000 +
9. Delhi Public Library New Delhi 1951 1.8 million
10. Seshadri Memorial Library Bengaluru 1915 300,000 +

Biggest Library in India – National Library of India

The National Library of India, based in Kolkata, is India’s largest and the world’s seventh-largest library. Established in 1836, it houses over 2.2 million books, featuring rare manuscripts and a diverse collection in various Indian and foreign languages. Notably, it preserves Rabindranath Tagore’s personal library and offers a spacious reading room for public reference and research.

India’s Second Biggest Library – Raza Library

Biggest Library in India, List of Top-10_50.1

Ranked as India’s second-largest library, the Raza Library in Rampur, Uttar Pradesh, resides within a palace. Founded by Nawaz Faizullah Khan, this expansive repository boasts rare Islamic calligraphy, historic documents, palm leaf manuscripts, and miniature paintings. Housing over 30,000 books, it stands as a rich treasure trove of knowledge and history.

India’s Third Largest Library – Saraswati Mahal Library

Biggest Library in India, List of Top-10_60.1

As India’s third-largest library, the Saraswathi Mahal Library, founded as a royal repository for the Nayak Kings of Thanjavur, stands among the country’s oldest. Its unparalleled collection of palm-leaf manuscripts in diverse regional languages reflects India’s cultural richness. A vital destination for history and culture enthusiasts, it preserves a unique slice of the nation’s heritage.

Biggest Library in India, List of Top-10_70.1

Where Is Xur Today? (December 29-January 2) Destiny 2 Exotic Items And Xur Location Guide

Xur is back in Destiny 2 this weekend, giving you one last chance to pick up new Exotics and Legendary gear before the end of The Dawning. Here’s where you can find Xur this weekend and everything he’s selling.

This week you can find Xur on Nessus, in the Watcher’s Grave area.

Xur is offering Skyburner’s Oath for his Exotic weapon this week. Hunters can snag the Orpheus Rig leg armor; Titans have the Hallowfire Heart chest armor; and for Warlocks, Xur offers the Contraverse Hold gauntlets.

Xur Location

Look for Xur in a big tree at the north end of Watcher’s Grave.

Spawn in at the Watcher’s Grave transmat zone and use your Sparrow to head north along the edge of the area. You’ll see a big tree ahead with pink moss hanging from its branches. Park at the base of the tree and climb up to the big branch that reaches back toward the south, over the area. Xur is standing on the branch, waiting for you.

Xur Exotic and Legendary Items

  • Exotic Engram – 97 Legendary Shards
  • Skyburner’s Oath – 29 Legendary Shards
  • Orpheus Rig – 23 Legendary Shards
  • Hallowfire Heart – 23 Legendary Shards
  • Contraverse Hold – 23 Legendary Shards
  • Hawkmoon – 200 Legendary Shards, 125,000 Glimmer, 1 Ascendant Shard, 1 Exotic Cipher
  • Xenology quest – Free
  • Legendary weapons and armor – 50 Legendary Shards, 1,000 Glimmer

Exotic Armor

Orpheus Rig (Hunter leg armor)

Orpheus Rig
Orpheus Rig

It’s no longer the essential Hunter Exotic that it once was, but Orpheus Rig is still a useful piece of armor if you’re playing a role focused on crowd control and support. It provides you an extra shot in the Moebius Quiver version of your Nightstalker super, while also providing extra ability energy for every enemy you tether with version of Nightstalker. The Exotic also generates extra Orbs of Power (although way less than it used to), which can help your teammates maximize their damage on tethered enemies. This Orpheus Rig has a bit of a weird stat distribution, but a very high total, so you might consider this set if it fits your build.

  • Mobility: 8
  • Resilience: 2
  • Recovery: 26
  • Discipline: 9
  • Intellect: 22
  • Strength: 2
  • Total: 69

Hallowfire Heart (Titan chest armor)

Hallowfire Heart
Hallowfire Heart

Hallowfire Heart is a pretty useful Titan Exotic for Hammer of Sol builds. If you’re bonking people with your Solar hammers all the time and creating Sunspots, Hallowfire Heart can help you get the most out of them. When you get Solar kills while standing in Sunspots, you’ll create another Sunspot, and the Exotic increases your ability recharge rate when your Super is charged, helping you get your hammers and grenades back even faster whenever you’re not in a Sunspot. Unfortunately, this super-generalist roll is only if you’re in need of this Exotic or want an even 10 points across the board for your build.

  • Mobility: 12
  • Resilience: 12
  • Recovery: 10
  • Discipline: 12
  • Intellect: 10
  • Strength: 12
  • Total: 68

Contraverse Hold (Warlock gauntlets)

Contraverse Hold
Contraverse Hold

Contraverse Hold used to be a go-to Warlock Exotic for the Crucible. After its nerf, it’s only so-so, although with adjustments to Void builds in recent years, it’s back to having some distinct uses. Contraverse Hold gives you higher damage resistance whenever you’re charging a Void grenade, and if you land a hit with a charged grenade, you get grenade energy back. So if you’re whipping a lot of Void grenades at enemies to trigger different Void buffs like Devour, you can get a lot of use out of these gauntlets.

  • Mobility: 7
  • Resilience: 23
  • Recovery: 4
  • Discipline: 14
  • Intellect: 6
  • Strength: 8
  • Total: 62

Exotic Weapons

Skyburner’s Oath (Exotic scout rifle)

Skyburner's Oath
Skyburner’s Oath

With changes to Solar and the rise of the Scorch debuff, Skyburner’s Oath has become a pretty powerful Exotic scout rifle. It shoots explosive slugs and fires them in two different modes. When you aim down the sights, the slugs go straight and move faster than when you fire from the hip, making the gun more accurate. But firing from the hip creates a bigger explosion from impacts and adds Scorch to the target. Pair this with a Scorch-heavy Solar build and you can do some serious damage, especially against Cabal enemies, since Skyburner’s Oath ignores Phalanx shields.

Hawkmoon (Exotic hand cannon)

Hawkmoon
Hawkmoon

You can safely skip this week’s Hawkmoon roll, which has low Range compared to other versions. It sports Killing Wind, which does give you a Range boost when it activates, but only after you land a kill.

  • Paracausal Shot
  • Smallbore
  • Alloy Magazine
  • Killing Wind
  • Textured Grip

Legendary Armor

Titan Type Mobility Resilience Recovery Discipline Intelligence Strength Total
Lightkin Gauntlets Titan Gauntlets 14 17 2 2 2 29 66
Lightkin Plate Titan Chest Armor 6 22 6 6 2 22 64
Lightkin Mark Titan Mark 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Lightkin Helm Titan Helmet 6 14 12 2 14 11 59
Lightkin Greaves Titan Leg Armor 2 16 16 7 14 10 65
Warlock Type
Lightkin Wraps Warlock Gauntlets 2 14 14 12 14 6 62
Lightkin Robe Warlock Chest Armor 10 10 10 7 6 18 61
Lightkin Bond Warlock Bond 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Lightkin Cover Warlock Helmet 16 12 14 7 2 21 62
Lightkin Boots Warlock Leg Armor 15 6 12 12 6 12 63
Hunter Type
Lightkin Grips Hunter Gauntlets 2 10 20 7 15 6 60
Lightkin Vest Hunter Chest Armor 11 12 10 11 2 15 61
Lightkin Cloak Hunter Cloak 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Lightkin Mask Hunter Helmet 14 17 2 6 13 10 62
Lightkin Strides Hunter Leg Armor 10 20 2 22 2 6 62

Legendary Weapons

Friction Fire Kinetic submachine gun Chambered Compensator/Corkscrew Rifling Accurized Rounds/Appended Mag Subsistence Unrelenting Handling Masterwork
Thoughtless Stasis sniper rifle Arrowhead Break/Fullbore Extended Mag/Accurized Rounds Steady Hands Headstone Handling Masterwork
No Reprieve Stasis shotgun Corkscrew Rifling/Hammer-Forged Rifling Accurized Rounds/Extended Mag Triple Tap Headstone Stability Masterwork
Ignition Code Kinetic grenade launcher Linear Compensator/Smart Drift Control Proximity Grenades/Spike Grenades Slideshot Thresh Reload Speed Masterwork
Path of Least Resistence Arc trace rifle Chambered Compensator/Polygonal Rifling Enhanced Battery/Particle Repeater Shoot to Loot Harmony Handling Masterwork
Honor’s Edge Arc sword Tempered Edge/Hungry Edge Burst Guard/Swordmaster’s Guard Energy Transfer Flash Counter Impact Masterwork
Memory Interdict Void grenade launcher Confined Launch/Linear Compensator Augmented Drum/Mini Frags Impulse Amplifier Disruption Break Blast Radius Masterwork
Sniffing women’s tears reduces aggressive behavior in men, researchers report

New research, publishing December 21 in the open access journal in PLOS Biology, shows that tears from women contain chemicals that block aggression in men. The study led by Shani Agron at the Weizmann Institute of Science, Israel, finds that sniffing tears leads to reduced brain activity related to aggression, which results is less aggressive behavior.

Male aggression in rodents is known to be blocked when they smell female tears. This is an example of social chemosignaling, a process that is common in animals but less common — or less understood — in humans. To determine whether tears have the same affect in people, the researchers exposed a group of men to either women’s emotional tears or saline while they played a two-person game. The game was designed to elicit aggressive behavior against the other player, whom the men were led to believe was cheating. When given the opportunity, the men could get revenge on the other player by causing them lose money. The men did not know what they were sniffing and could not distinguish between the tears or the saline, which were both odorless.

Revenge-seeking aggressive behavior during the game dropped more than 40% after the men sniffed women’s emotional tears. When repeated in an MRI scanner, functional imaging showed two aggression-related brain regions — the prefrontal cortex and anterior insula — that became more active when the men were provoked during the game, but did not become as active in the same situations when the men were sniffing the tears. Individually, the greater the difference in this brain activity, the less often the player took revenge during the game. Finding this link between tears, brain activity, and aggressive behavior implies that social chemosignaling is a factor in human aggression, not simply an animal curiosity.

The authors add, “We found that just like in mice, human tears contain a chemical signal that blocks conspecific male aggression. This goes against the notion that emotional tears are uniquely human.”

Kanji kronicles- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

KOCHI: The humble dish kanji has always been a global dish. In England, it is porridge made of oats and in China, it is called congee, or more accurately zhou in Mandarin and juk in Cantonese. Russians have kasha made of buckwheat. And Italians consume polenta made of cornmeal.

The kanji has adapted to various cultures and climates throughout history. Though basic and easy to prepare, it is a wholesome dish and rich in nutrients. Kanji can be sweet or savoury and can be paired with literally any side dish. The most important characteristic is that the kanji itself is cost effective which is often crucial for people living in areas where resources are limited.

The porridge, historians say, evolved among agricultural societies that practised grain cultivation starting from the Neolithic period. However, the modern-day western oats porridge originated in medieval Scotland. The Scottish porridge is prepared by gently boiling oat flakes in water or milk, with a touch of butter and a final pinch of salt.

And slowly it evolved into a common breakfast dish often sweetened with sugar or honey. Several toppings like fresh fruits, granola,dry fruits, chia seeds and many more are added to enhance the taste of it.
Not just Scotland, in Switzerland too, people found solace in oatmeal porridge amid the harsh winters.

This filling and easy-to-prepare dish became a lifeline for farmers and their horses navigating the Alpine peaks, battling the cold.In Kerala, the kanji is prepared by boiling rice with water and adding a pinch of salt.

From pickle to pappadam and fish fry, anything can accompany a plate of hot kanji. However, nothing comes close to cherupayar or moong bean. And in Kerala, it has been a dietary mainstay for generations often consumed as a main course, particularly for dinner.

Then there is the legendary soul food, ‘pazhankanji’ made from left over rice soaked overnight in water at room temperature. It is paired with thick curd, a fiery green chili and coconut chammandhi.Crushed shallots and pickle makes it heavenly. It is a powerhouse of nutrients, can cool the body from scorching heat and serve as perfect energy boost.

Then, there is the ‘palkanji’, where milk replaces the water base and gives it a creamy texture.During the Malayalam month of Karkkidakam, the monsoon season, a medicinal kanji is prepared with several ayurvedic herbs. The dish is said to boost immunity, overcome fatigue and prevent diseases like fever and diarrhoea.

During Ramzan, devotees prepare ‘Nombu kanji’ cooked in coconut milk  by adding spices like turmeric, ginger, pepper and onion.A sweeter version called ‘Thari kanji’ is prepared with rava, ghee and roasted dry fruits, and is often served during Iftar.

People around the world have embraced the varieties of porridge, experimenting with grains, fruits, nuts, and spices.Although the modern generation chases the distinctive tastes of fast food, kanji will continues to hold its place in the hearts of Malayalis.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

BHAAVI 2.0- 1st National Business Start-Up Competition

Christ Academy Institute of Law, Bangalore is organising BHAAVI 2.0- 1st National Business Start-Up Competition. The last date of registration is January 12.

About the organiser

Christ Academy Institute of Law, Bangalore has taken up the noble endeavour to provide our students with quality education irrespective of caste, creed or religion. We aim to make law and legal processes, efficient instruments of social development.

About the Competition

In furtherance of our vision and mission, which is to provide socially engaging legal education that meets global academic and professional standards, we are organizing BHAAVI 2.0, 1st National Start-Up Competition. The competition aims to bring out the entrepreneurial and technical skills imbibed in the individuals, by providing a platform to present their business ideas thus providing an impetus to innovation and justice.

Eligibility

The competition is open to all under graduate and post graduate students across various institution in India. A team shall consist maximum of 2 members.

How to Register?

Interested candidates can register via the link given at the end of the post.

Fee

Registration fee is 1000 INR for each participating team. Fee once paid is non-refundable.

Prizes

  • First Prize – INR 25,000 + Trophy
  • Runner Up – INR 10,000 + Trophy
  • Best Idea – INR 4,000 + Trophy
  • Best Speaker – INR 2,000 + Trophy

Important dates

  • Last date for Registration -12th January, 2024
  • Last date for Video and Presentation Submission – 13th January, 2024
  • Preliminary Rounds – 15th January, 2023
  • Business Plan Submission – 31st January, 2024
  • Final round – 3 rd February, 2024

Contact

For further queries, mail us at: [email protected].

Click here to register.

Preconception counselling: Importance, 5 ways it empowers couples in parenthood

Embarking on the journey of parenthood is a profound and transformative experience where couples want to ensure a smooth and healthy transition into this life-changing chapter and preconception counselling is a specialised healthcare service designed to provide this smooth guidance and support to couples planning to conceive. It involves a comprehensive assessment of both partners’ health, lifestyle and medical history before pregnancy where the primary goal is to identify and address any potential risks or factors that might affect the health of the future mother, the developing foetus or the overall pregnancy.

Preconception counselling: Significance and 5 ways it empowers couples in parenthood (Photo by Antoni Shkraba on Pexels)

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Dr Bharati Dhorepatil, Consultant Infertility Expert at NOVA IVF fertility in Pune, explained the key components of preconception counselling –

Wrap up the year gone by & gear up for 2024 with HT! Click here

1. Medical History Evaluation: A thorough review of both partners’ medical histories helps identify any pre-existing conditions, genetic factors, or previous reproductive issues that could impact the pregnancy.

2. Nutritional Guidance: A well-balanced and nutritionally rich diet during preconception is highly important. Proper nutrition not only supports overall health but also plays a crucial role in foetal development. Eating food at right time, right amount and right kind, fresh and eat with reverence is at most important

3. Lifestyle Modification: Counselling includes discussions on lifestyle factors such as smoking, alcohol consumption, and recreational drug use. Adopting a healthier lifestyle can significantly contribute to a smoother pregnancy journey.

4. Identification and Management of Risk Factors: Potential risk factors, such as chronic medical conditions or medications that might pose a threat to a developing pregnancy, are identified and managed proactively.

5. Immunisation Status: Ensuring that both partners are up-to-date on vaccinations is crucial. Some infections can have adverse effects on pregnancy, so maintaining proper immunisation is part of preconception care.

6. Mental and Emotional Well-being: Recognising the emotional aspects of parenthood, preconception counselling provides a platform to address any mental health concerns, stressors or emotional factors that may impact the couple’s journey.

Asserting that it empowers couples in parenthood, Dr Bharati Dhorepatil elaborated –

1. Informed Decision-Making: Armed with knowledge about their health and potential risks, couples can make informed decisions about when to conceive, ensuring they are physically and emotionally ready for parenthood.

2. Optimised Health: Preconception counselling allows for the optimisation of health parameters, minimising potential risks and creating a conducive environment for a healthy pregnancy.

3. Early Intervention: Identifying and addressing any potential concerns early on can lead to timely interventions, increasing the chances of a successful and complication-free pregnancy.

4. Personalised Approach: Each couple is unique, and preconception counselling enables a personalized approach to address specific needs, concerns, and goals, fostering a sense of empowerment in the journey towards parenthood.

5. Supportive Environment: The counselling process creates a supportive and open environment for couples to discuss their expectations, fears and aspirations, ensuring they feel guided and cared for throughout the entire process.

Dr Bharati Dhorepatil concluded, “It is important to underscore that preconception counselling is a proactive and invaluable step for couples aspiring to become parents. By addressing health, lifestyle, and emotional well-being early on, couples can navigate the journey of parenthood with confidence, resilience, and a heightened sense of empowerment. Seeking preconception counselling is not just a medical recommendation; it is a holistic approach to nurturing the foundation of a healthy and joyous family.”

Understanding Beagle Health and Mobility

The lively and energetic Beagle is an adventurous and family-friendly dog. Naturally curious and originally bred for hunting, Beagles love the outdoors. Characterized by their incredible sense of smell, this medium-sized dog needs a lot of exercise and may bark when excited. They can be a bit independent, especially when on the trail of a good scent, but the Beagle is an excellent addition to any family.  

Like any breed, the Beagle is susceptible to certain hereditary health problems but for the most part the breed is very healthy. Here’s a quick introduction to a few conditions that may impact your Beagle’s health or mobility: 

IVDD in Beagles 

With their shorter legs and long backs, Beagles are known to have back problems and disc issues. Intervertebral Disc Disease (IVDD) being the most common spinal condition affecting them. This degenerative condition is prevalent in the breed, with an estimated 99% of Beagles considered at risk. Most Beagles will experience disc degeneration in their neck; however, the spine and lower back can be affected as well. Depending on the severity and location of the herniated disc, a dog may be paralyzed. After crate rest and when approved by a vet, a Beagle wheelchair can be used during therapy sessions to support mobility as the dog heals. 

Beagle Pain Syndrome 

Although named after the breed, Beagle Pain Syndrome can also impact other dog breeds. Beagle Pain Syndrome is a form of meningitis that causes blood vessel inflammation that usually impacts Beagle puppies between five to ten months old. It can cause back pain, muscle spasms, and stiffness in the neck. Because the condition is quite painful, the way the Beagle stands may change (with an arched back) and even show signs of weakness.  Although rare, some puppies with Beagle Pain Syndrome have experienced paralysis and vision loss. Every Beagle will exhibit different symptoms, but if your Beagle puppy is showing any sign of pain or changes in mobility, they need to be examined by a veterinarian so they can receive treatment quickly.  

Obesity 

Obesity is a growing problem in Beagles. With their sturdy build and shorter legs, keeping your Beagle at an optimal weight can help limit the strain placed on your dog’s joints. Excess weight can greatly impact a Beagle’s ability to move around and even cause back pain. A healthy diet, portion control, and plenty of exercise are essential to help your Beagle maintain a healthy weight. An adult Beagle needs around two hours of exercise every day to stay fit! 

Hip Dysplasia 

Hip Dysplasia is a joint condition caused when a dog’s hip socket doesn’t develop correctly. Over time, this can cause damage to the joint and lead to hip pain or arthritis. Although not widely prevalent among Beagles, 18.5% of all Beagles tested have abnormal hips. According to the Orthopedic Foundation for Animals, Beagles are considered a moderate risk for developing hip dysplasia. In advanced stages, hip dysplasia can limit a dog’s mobility, causing stiff movements and can make it difficult for a dog to bear its own weight. In these instances, a dog wheelchair is often recommended to support the dog’s weight and encourage them to walk.  

Ear Infections 

The Beagle’s cute, floppy ears can impact their ear health. Due to the size and shape of their ears, Beagles are prone to developing ear infections. Regular cleaning and ear checks are recommended to prevent an ear infection. Other causes of ear issues in Beagles can stem from ear mites, bacteria or yeast buildup. Ear health is incredibly important, signs of an ear infection include: 

  • Head shaking 
  • Excessive digging or scratching at their ears 
  • Smell or redness 
  • Ear discharge  
  • Signs of pain 

Ear infections are very treatable, and at any sign of ear aches your Beagle should be brought to the vet for diagnosis and treatment.  

Epilepsy and Seizures in Beagles

Beagles are prone to seizures. According to a UK study, the Beagle was in the top 10 dog breeds for epilepsy. Beagle epilepsy can range from an occasional seizure to a more frequent and intense seizure that causes loss of consciousness. Epilepsy can occur in Beagles at any age, but most often start from a year and half on through adulthood.

If your dog has a seizure, first keep them safe and second try to time the seizure and note your dog’s reactions after the seizure stops. Behavioral cues can be helpful when your veterinarian is trying to determine the cause of your dog’s seizures. Some dogs may experience a one-off seizure and never have one again. Others will be dealing with chronic seizures that may require medical care. Always check with your veterinarian if your dog has a seizure, they can help determine what level of care your Beagle will need.  

Beagle Wellness

As a breed, Beagles are relatively healthy. With proper care, regular veterinary visits, and a healthy lifestyle your Beagle should live a long and healthy life. The average lifespan for a Beagle is between 10 – 15 years. Enjoy every minute with your best friend, and with a Beagle’s sense of adventure and great nose, be ready for lots of exploring!

Commonwealth Bank tips the RBA will massively cut interest rates in 2024

Mr Halmarick said while the Australian economy is losing momentum, led by a slowdown in household spending, inflation was also decelerating – albeit at a slower pace than other nations.

“The good news is that the pace of global inflation clearly begun decelerating around mid-2023 and we expect further deceleration in 2024, however markets will also focus on the balance between returning inflation to 2 per cent targets, without doing too much damage to labour markets,” he said.

“As 2023 draws to a close, markets have shifted to our view that the global monetary policy tightening cycle is at an end, and that 2024 will see interest rate cuts from some of the major central banks, especially the US Federal Reserve and the RBA.

“CBA is forecasting the annual rate of inflation back at 3 per cent at the end of 2024, well ahead of the RBA’s current forecast and closer to the Commonwealth government’s latest forecast. We also expect the RBA to begin a modest monetary policy easing cycle from September 2024 onwards.”

Both the RBA and markets will also need to get used to the new rhythm of the RBA in 2024, with eight meetings in the year, regular press conferences and a new monetary policy board, Mr Halmarick noted.

Heading into 2024, Mr. Halmarick said climate change would also prove pivotal to the outlook.

“Global capital will need to continue to flow into markets and industries that can help the world move towards the net zero carbon target.”

The RBA kept interest rates on hold in December, sparing borrowers of a sixth interest rate rise in 2023 and when they next meet in February they will look at a range of data including the December quarter CPI figures which come out in late January.

It seems there is an increasing case for no further rate rises as it seems that the rate rises are finally biting.

  • Inflation seems to be falling not only locally but around the world.
  • Our economic growth in the September quarter was down to a weak 0.2% with the annual GDP only 2.1
  • Sure we’re still spending more than the RBA would like, but the savings buffers we stashed over Covid are eroding
  • Real wage growth is still negative. In fact real incomes to their lowest level in eight years, forcing households to eat into the $237 billion savings buffer built up during the pandemic.
Are You Conventionally Attractive? 13 Key Indicators to Look For

Who defines this ‘convention’, though? That’s what I always end up asking myself, and others. This is what my research tells me: ‘Conventionally attractive’ is a term for defining someone’s appearance that is a sum total of physical features. Being traditionally attractive is based on your ethnicity and background as well as the standards of the culture and society you belong to. So if your appearance follows the cultural or universal concepts of attractiveness, you’re entitled to the label of ‘conventionally attractive.’

But according to a Medium article, “Eurocentric beauty standards have created a narrow definition of beauty [which] has led to discrimination against people with non-European features and has created an environment where people feel pressure to conform to these standards.” Let’s talk about what these standards are and why some folks are considered more attractive than others.

Who Is Considered Conventionally Attractive?

Many factors contribute to the answer. For instance, a man with a decent height, a toned body, and a solid jawline is alluring. For a woman to be considered attractive, she must have so-called feminine features like a back curve, button/slender nose, and an hourglass figure. Conventional attractiveness is also defined by the classic beauty, Audrey Hepburn. But from slender hips to a Kardashian butt, beauty definitions have a way of evolving.

The definition of conventionally attractive people may vary from place to place considering ethnicity, race, culture, and geographical aspects, and is extremely difficult to track or take seriously. But some celebrities have long been the accepted prototypes of beauty like Anne Hathaway, Marilyn Monroe, Chris Hemsworth, Cary Grant, and many more. Before we go further, a gentle reminder: Letting objective characteristics get in the way of your self-esteem is an injustice to yourself.

The goal is embracing individuality and attractiveness that’s diverse, while reminding you that unconventional beauty is just as in. Think Tilda Swinton with her lovely, androgynous looks or Whoopi Goldberg with her golden on-screen presence or Jim Carrey with the insane talent and the widest laughter. Let’s cover some unfair and conventional beauty standards like symmetrical facial features, fit body proportions, height, and even your sleep schedule!

Related Reading: 101 Beautiful Compliments For Women To Melt Their Hearts

Key Signs You Are Conventionally Attractive

Being ‘beautiful’ and ‘attractive’ are two entirely independent ideologies. The former means the radiance of your soul while the latter refers to how desirable others deem you. “Beauty lies in the eyes of the beholder” is a true definition of conventionally attractive people, as the beholder, too, follows the age-old societal norms.

An extremely attractive person is an embodiment of a near-perfect biological quality, physical health, and a desirable personality. This concept of classic beauty has an impactful role in an individual’s self-esteem and charisma. Let’s analyze the 13 aspects that are associated with signs you are conventionally attractive:

For more expert videos please subscribe to our Youtube Channel

1. Your attractiveness score matches the Golden Ratio

The perception of human attraction is naturally inclined to facial symmetry. The balance of specific features on your face determines how fascinating you are to the typical human eye. Research shows that the harmonious alignment of facial symmetry corresponds to good genes, and our brain deduces the symmetrical balance as a key element of beauty.

There is a mathematical ratio, the magical number 1.618, explaining how a perfect face should look. It resembles the phi mark. Symmetrical-faced celebrities like Angelina Jolie and Zendaya are living examples of how the magic number is analogous to what conventionally attractive means.

Related Reading: 18 Female Body Language Signs Of Attraction — Decoded Here

2. A toned body type is one of the traits of conventionally attractive people

A pronounced back-to-buttock curve is considered the ideal standard of a conventionally attractive body in women. Men need to have good health and a well-defined torso, essentially V-shaped.

  • The general idea is the generous distribution of muscles and mass that makes one’s personality appealing
  • The pronounced curves and ridges of your body are the indicators of an even silhouette which people find attractive

However, every single body type is unique and beautiful in its own way. The attractiveness meter might mess with your insecurities in relationships and in life but embracing individuality and attractiveness in any shape, size, skin tone, and form should become your reflex eventually.

Are you conventionally attractive? Find out!

3. Clear skin and fairness are signs of classic beauty

“The notion that lighter skin is more desirable than darker skin among Black Americans stems from white Americans’ historical belief that Black Americans with white ancestry were more capable of being civilized than Africans who lacked white heritage,” says writer Lori Tharps, author of Hair Story: Untangling the Roots of Black Hair in America.

Looking for signs you are attractive? Well, the amount of importance given to skincare nowadays directly emphasizes the universal allure for certain conventional beauty standards like:

  • Natural glow and flushed skin
  • A perfect body having zero scars, marks, or acne
  • Along with good skin type, preference is given to a flawless face type according to various cultures
  • An oval and youthful face
  • Fair or light skin

4. Nothing is superior to a pleasant smile

Facial attractiveness accompanied by a warm and mesmerizing smile is a deadly combination. A smile is sometimes an indicator of beauty despite barriers such as culture, geography, or race. Pouty and full lips, symmetrical teeth formation, and the genuineness of your smile also count. Many symmetrical-faced celebrities possess an enchanting smile, like Jennifer Aniston and Matthew Perry.

Related Reading: Fair Or Dark – Skin Color Doesn’t Matter In A Relationship

5. You feel attractive and are internally assured of yourself

One of the psychological effects of being conventionally attractive is the boost in self-esteem. But it works vice-versa too. Being confident in your own skin makes you attractive. Being likable starts within yourself sometimes. The day someone conquers their mind and indulges more in self-love and self-care is the day they take a step toward being conventionally attractive.

6. People tend to like you if you are outgoing and well-groomed

The enigmatic charm blended with confidence is the secret of irresistible attractiveness. Conventionally attractive people often find it easy to fit in in any group because of a charismatic personality. Finding dates and potential partners, for them, is a cakewalk.

One of the signs you’re conventionally attractive is the way you groom yourself. A study found that being well-groomed was significantly and positively related to agreeableness, extraversion, and attractiveness. The worldwide acceptance of beauty holds a tidy-looking, smart, and civil appearance as its integral part. People who maintain good hygiene, spend time and effort in clothing and hairstyling, and adhere to a style statement fit perfectly in the archetype of conventionally attractive people.

More on Attraction

7. You possess a euphonic voice

An understated element of attractiveness is the vocal quality that someone is gifted with. It’s one of the things that attract a woman to a man instantly or vice versa. A firm, positive, and warm voice signifies poise. This particular trait is void of eye judgment and is solely based on the tone of interactions and how beautifully someone’s voice melts in the ears.

  • A calm, ‘feminine’ voice that is subtly persuasive is an ideally enticing voice type for a woman. This notion of a small, feminine voice makes trans women and some cis women unappealing. It’s important to unlearn this idea
  • Men who have a deeper and huskier tone are perceived as more likable too. But trans men and even cis men suffer isolation because of their voice sometimes, a feature they have no control over

Related Reading: 19 Definite Signs You Are An Attractive Guy

8. Patriarchal beauty norms decide who is conventionally attractive

Sonya Renee Taylor says it perfectly in The Body Is Not an Apology: The Power of Radical Self-Love: “Our beliefs about bodies disproportionately impact those whose race, gender, sexual orientation, ability, and age deviate from our default notions.” Here are the factors that hamper attractiveness in our society:

  • Sexism: Women are expected to uphold stringent and illogical norms of beauty
  • Classism: We are more attracted to affluence than to someone without the basic means
  • Casteism: While oppressed castes are often hypersexualized, they are also seen with disgust
  • Racism:  A study showed that the internalization of racial beauty standards begins in childhood and has a significant impact on the self-perception and self-worth of black girls and women throughout life
  • Ableism: Disabled people are sometimes seen as ‘too much’ or ‘weird’ or ‘ugly’ or ‘misfits’
  • Queerphobia: Visibly queer and trans people are casually or brutally scrutinized and made fun of. Sometimes this queerphobia comes from inside the house let alone the rest of the world
  • Fatphobia: Fat people are looked down upon regularly, whether at workplace or on dating apps
  • Ageism: As per a study, “People often discover they’re treated differently in older age. They might be dismissed or assumed to be incompetent.”

9. You smell of attraction

Among the various sensory perceptions, one prominent sense is smell. The way people smell and sound has a huge impact on attracting others. As per the science of smell, if somebody’s natural aroma is pleasant, be it by the blessings of genes or by a high-end perfume, they attract more attention.

Pheromones incite physical desire and trigger some very strong attractive forces even if you don’t realize it. At the same time, people of color are sometimes deemed inaccurately smelly due to racism. This also affects the way they are perceived and included in society.

Related Reading: 21 Signs He Finds You Irresistible & Is Attracted To You

10. Healthy hair and constant stares are conventional beauty standards

People perceived as attractive find many gazes stuck on them. The attention is equivalent to the measure of how conventionally attractive somebody is. The effort to look appealing and radiant is minimal while the recognition is above average.

Also, across various cultures, healthy hair is an important eye-catching feature when considering beauty. The hair attributes for attractive people might differ — For instance, it’s curly/wavy and dark hair in Black and brown cultures, while it’s blonde and straight hair in Western culture.

Traits of conventionally attractive people
Lustrous hair is a sign of conventional beauty

11. Opportunities walk your way

People tend to prioritize good-looking individuals over someone who’s considered average-looking. As per Forbes, “Highly symmetrical faces are not only seen as attractive, but also positive indicators of health and personality traits of a high-value man or woman such as sociability, intelligence, liveliness, self-confidence, and mental health.”

  • The chances you get because of your looks may include earning more money and undivided attention from people who have a crush on you. A study shows that attractive individuals are more likely to be hired, promoted, and receive higher salaries
  • If you find yourself surrounded by admirers, people are polite toward you, and you are presumed trustworthy by strangers, then there are high chances that you are externally attractive to them

12. You have composed communication skills and active listening

The ability to start fruitful conversations and get involved in social discussions is an overlooked sign of a conventionally attractive person. They have a powerful body language with a blend of positive attitude.

Another trait of conventionally attractive beings is the art of actively listening to others. The respect and genuine attention they receive from another person is reciprocated fully, making the listener an epicenter of attractiveness.

Related Reading: When Your Partner Finds Someone Else Attractive

13. You’re considered an attractive person if you have a proper sleep schedule

Researchers have found that sleepy-looking people are seen as less attractive and less healthy. This perception increased their likelihood of being avoided by others. A great reason to get sound sleep every night! If you are on a quest to find ways to be more attractive to others, incorporating this habit can be a good starting point.

People who pay proper attention to their sleep-wake cycle are often more lively, radiant, and positive. Beauty sleep certainly has its perks. Inner health is reflected in our outer appearance, so the more well-rested and happy-spirited our mind is, the more appealing our body will appear. Dark circles, low energy, irritable behavior, and more such issues related to poor sleeping patterns make a person the exact opposite of attractive.

Key Pointers

  • Conventional attractiveness is a mix of the traditional, classic beauty standards that are prevalent in a specific culture combined with universal definitions of beauty
  • A man with a decent height, a toned body, and a solid jawline, or a woman with a buttock curve, luscious lips, and an hourglass figure are perceived as beautiful
  • Facial symmetry contributes to this perception too
  • All beauty standards are biased toward white culture and many of these prototypes are bigoted or unreasonable

So, now you know the distinct characteristics of a conventionally attractive person. However, try to keep in mind that these trends keep evolving. To cope with the blinding dazzle of perfectionism is impossible and will only end up intimidating you.

The rise of cosmetic surgeries is an alarming impact of traditional beauty standards on the youth. Abiding by the hard-and-fast rule of classic beauty might eventually make the entire human race look a certain way, destroying the beauty of individuality and distinction.

Thus, it is necessary to understand both types of attractiveness, the conventional and the unconventional. While the former is aligned with the worldwide-accepted patterns, the latter celebrates distinctiveness and compassion. Moreover, ‘attractiveness’ is a tapestry woven with ever-evolving traits, hygiene, and a gracious personality. Being conventionally attractive is a privilege, and being unconventionally attractive is just as exceptional.

FAQs

1. What is the difference between conventionally attractive and unconventionally attractive?

There is beauty and attractiveness in every individual; all one needs is the right admirer. The main contrast between the two is inclusivity. While conventionally attractive describes the pre-set standard notion of beauty widely accepted and celebrated, unconventionally attractive focuses on the subjective aspects of beauty. A good physique, plum lips, and a scar-free face are the identity markers of a conventionally attractive human being. On the other hand, someone might find your crooked teeth beautiful and your chubby tummy cute; that makes you attractive to that person’s eyes unconventionally, even though these things are completely normal anyway.

2. Is being conventionally attractive a good thing? 

Yes, being conventionally attractive is a great thing in most spheres of life. The perks are countless, starting from romantic or sexual attention, upper hand at workplaces, constantly reminded of your charisma, and less trouble in adjusting with strangers. Plus, there are plenty of psychological effects of being conventionally attractive that aid in building a person’s disposition. But surely, every good thing comes at a price and being traditionally attractive does have some drawbacks too, like not being taken seriously for your mind.

3. Why are some people born beautiful?

One of the significant attributes that makes someone beautiful is genetic composition. Apart from genotypes and phenotypes, lifestyle and grooming can also help in making you look gorgeous. Certain physical as well as hormonal traits are likely to affect the outer impression of a person. Honestly speaking, genes and hormones are way beyond our control and cannot be regulated to change one’s facial and physical features. But grooming, dressing, and styling are surely the external forces of attractiveness.

18 Mutual Attraction Signs That Can’t Be Ignored

When You Catch A Guy Staring At You This Is What He Is Thinking

What Makes A Man Sexually Attractive – 11 Things Science Vouches For

Ask Our Expert

2022 Bentley Flying Spur Hybrid Review: Your Mileage Will Vary

The Flying Spur Hybrid is very large and very much in charge.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Six-figure ultra-luxe sedans are usually perfect from top to bottom. Every detail is painstakingly pored over and the result is something that feels like it was born from a book of Victorian poetry. But when these pillars of perfection butt up against the specter of zero-emissions mandates and regulations, the result is something that feels like it’s still a few hours of climbing away from the top of the mountain. Such is the case with the 2022 Bentley Flying Spur Hybrid.

Like


  • Exquisite attention to detail


  • Rides like a dream


  • Naim speakers can pump

Don’t like


  • Questionable hybrid execution


  • Annoying brakes


  • Bleh exhaust note

The great

First impressions always matter, and the Flying Spur Hybrid makes one hell of a splash. A sedan this large stands out everywhere, even in my tester’s normcore white paint. When the sun lands at the right angles, the brightwork in the grille and on the Flying B hood ornament can be seen from space, and that light also brings out the impressively strong body lines above both wheels. If you want something flashier, go for it — as my esteemed colleague notes in his first drive, there are 56 billion different ways to configure this car — but even a subtle spec like this one still leaves its mark.

By comparison, the Flying Spur Hybrid’s interior is anything but subtle. My tester includes the Odyssean Edition specification, a $50,050 (!!!) package that ramps up the visual drama with a leather headliner, diamond quilting on the seats, 3D diamond leather on the door panels and some outright stunning open-pore Hawaiian Koa wood trim.

Every single millimeter of material is carefully executed, and the result is the best automotive interior I’ve ever experienced. Everything looks and feels top-notch, and I really dig the nautical blue/white/brown colorway throughout. It’s so nice, I’m constantly hiding the infotainment screen (thanks, Bentley Rotating Display) just to see more wood. If I had to find a complaint, it’s that all this real metal can introduce some gnarly sun reflections, but if you can afford this car, I assume you can also afford sunglasses.

Brand geeks might notice the Audi switchgear on the steering wheel, a hint that Bentley leaned on its VW Group parentage for the cabin tech. A 12.3-inch touchscreen runs a modified version of Porsche’s PCM software; it’s the last-gen stuff, though, so boot times are a little lazy, but the dock on the left side makes it easy to swap between the various menus when everything is up and running. Four USB-A ports are split evenly between the two rows, and both Apple CarPlay and Android Auto are standard. A tweaked version of Audi’s Virtual Cockpit resides in the gauge display, so you can bounce between all sorts of things to display, but I prefer the classy old-school gauge cluster layout.

My tester’s interior color combo is basically yacht rock come to life. Somebody call Christopher Cross, stat.

Andrew Krok/CNET

If you don’t spec your Flying Spur Hybrid with Bentley’s $8,970 Naim audio upgrade, you’re a dum-dum. This 2,200-watt system absolutely bumps, providing brilliant audio clarity across a range of frequencies, so fans of either Bach or Death Grips will have an unparalleled listening experience.

Unsurprisingly, Bentley’s next high-water mark comes by way of the chassis. An air suspension with adaptive dampers provide one of the softest rides around. The Flying Spur is unbelievably cushy in Comfort mode, and it does stiffen up a smidge in Sport, but the best-of-both-worlds Bentley mode is where I prefer to keep it, since the ride remains almost illegally plush. I don’t find myself missing the active sway bars and rear-wheel steering found on non-PHEV models, but it is a bummer that they can’t be optioned on this variant. Then again, I can’t exactly say I’m in a hurry to hustle through the corners.

You’ll never guess what this B stands for.

Andrew Krok/CNET

The not-so-great

The Bentley Flying Spur Hybrid combines a 2.9-liter twin-turbo V6, an 18.9-kWh lithium-ion battery and an electric motor for a net 536 horsepower and 553 pound-feet of torque. By itself, the e-motor puts out 134 hp and 295 lb-ft, and it’ll cruise for an EPA-estimated 21 miles on electrons alone.

In the default EV mode, this big-body boss baby carries me around in hushed brilliance, but once it runs out of juice, the 2.9-liter V6 elbows its way into the conversation with a harsh exhaust note that sounds fine in a Porsche — the original source for this powertrain — but awkward in a Bentley. It never gets too loud in the cabin, though, so a little extra speaker bumpage will thankfully silence that uncouth V6 yowl.

The V6 underhood sounds OK in other vehicles, but it doesn’t really scream “Bentley” under load.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Operating in its hybrid modes is where the Flying Spur Hybrid’s execution falls off a cliff. Full-fat acceleration requires electro-involvement, and if that half of the equation is run dry, this hefty hauler feels a little underpowered. Hybrid mode is fine, although the crossover to internal combustion can be jarring under heavier throttle applications.

Trying to keep some electrons in the Bentley’s battery is a surprisingly frustrating affair, too. Hold mode is perhaps the most vexing, because as far as I can tell, it doesn’t actually hold anything. Over the course of two days of driving exclusively in this mode, I watched the lithium-ion pack drop from 40% state of charge to just 10%. In heavy traffic, I never depress the gas enough to kick the V6 to life, so even with Hold activated, I get to sit there and watch my electrons disappear into the ether.

Pro tip: Keep the Flying Spur Hybrid in pure EV mode as often as possible. You won’t regret it.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Regenerative braking exists, but I cannot suss out its programming for the life of me. Whether or not the coasting feature is activated in the vehicle menu, the Flying Spur Hybrid loves to do nothing when I lift off the gas — but only sometimes. Other times, regen will kick in, but not at a level that feels like it’s really doing anything. This happens whether the battery is at a high or low state of charge, and it’s truly confounding. The brake-pedal feel also leaves a lot to be desired, with a very obvious crossover point between regeneration and friction. It is surprisingly hard to brake smoothly in this car, which is a little point-defeating, being a luxo-barge and all.

Most owners will likely have homes with charging solutions, and it only takes 2.5 hours to juice up to full with a standard Level 2 setup, so I recommend keeping that bad boy topped off as much as possible. Although the braking issue is present across all modes, operating on pure electricity is where the Flying Spur Hybrid truly shines, and it leaves me incredibly optimistic that the first battery-electric Bentley will slap harder than Will Smith.

No matter where you park it, expect to draw some serious attention.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Down to brass tacks

Is this PHEV expensive? You betcha. A base Flying Spur Hybrid will set you back $217,525, including $2,725 in mandatory destination fees. My tester’s Odyssean Edition spec brings the window sticker up to a spit-take-friendly $267,575, including destination. Go crazy on the custom touches, and it wouldn’t be hard to spend even more. The 2022 Bentley Flying Spur might be five times more expensive than the average new car in the US, but hey, it’s still $130,000 less expensive than the average home price, so there’s a feather for your cap.

There are so many things to like about the 2022 Bentley Flying Spur Hybrid. Sadly, the powertrain isn’t really one of them. But that’s an easy fix, because the available V8 and W12 engines are both fantastic and less complex from an end-user standpoint. If you really want an electric Bentley, and I think you might, you’re better off waiting for the real thing.

NFL’s best touchdown celebrations of 2023: A favorite from all 32 teams

Scoring touchdowns during each offensive possession is the unspoken goal for every NFL team. For decades, celebrations have been the norm in accompanying touchdowns. It goes back all the way to the 1960s with Homer Jones and his touchdown spike.

Touchdown celebrations have become a choreographed production for some teams. Think back to the 1980s when Washington’s “Fun Bunch” made enemies after its group of players participated in a jumping high-five after a score. And think recently when the Seattle Seahawks did their best New Edition and *NSYNC impersonations, or when the Minnesota Vikings decided to play a game of Duck, Duck, Goose in the end zone.

GO DEEPER

The NFL’s most memorable TD celebrations: Deion Sanders’ high-step, the Ickey Shuffle, more

The 2023 NFL season has had its share of memorable touchdown celebrations. Each team has had its moment. Some moments, however, have been bigger than others. The Athletic’s team of Jason Jones, Matt Barrows and Vic Tafur got together to reminisce over the season and discuss the best touchdown celebration for each team.


AFC East

Buffalo Bills

“Stone Cold” Steve Austin would be proud of Stefon Diggs’ beer celebration during Week 4 as the Bills faced Miami.

After scoring against the Dolphins, Diggs ran to the fans, grabbed a couple of beers and smashed them together. It was an act similar to what the legendary pro wrestler did in the WWE.


Stefon Diggs celebrates in WWE “Stone Cold” Steve Austin fashion against the Miami Dolphins. (Timothy T Ludwig / Getty Images)

Miami Dolphins

The Dolphins could be the subject of a celebration piece by themselves. Tyreek Hill, Jaylen Waddle, Raheem Mostert and the crew have provided several memorable celebrations.

During a Week 6 game against Carolina, Hill’s 41-yard touchdown reception, coupled with the use of a photographer’s phone, resulted in a backflip, as well as a unique selfie. It also ended up with the photographer being disciplined.

New England Patriots

The Patriots haven’t had a lot of opportunities to celebrate on offense this season. After one of their biggest touchdowns of 2023 — Mike Gesicki’s game-winning touchdown catch late to beat Buffalo in Week 7 — multiple players did the Griddy.

While some executed the dance, others still are unsure exactly what Mac Jones was doing. On top of that, former Patriot Rob Gronkowski, a fun-loving player in his day, criticized the team for being so happy about a regular-season win.

New York Jets

The end zone and the Jets haven’t been acquainted most of the season, but their most dramatic touchdown celebration might have come Week 1 against Buffalo.

Xavier Gipson used a 65-yard punt return to beat the Bills in overtime. He was mobbed by teammates and overcome with emotion for the win on the same night Aaron Rodgers left the game with an Achilles injury.

AFC West

Denver Broncos

This team does a lot of ball spinning and chest bumping. Two years ago, Jerry Jeudy was even fined for his bow-and-arrow celebration against Washington and thought about doing it again but had second thoughts in a game against Dallas.

Now, he just rides his horse around every time he scores.

Kansas City Chiefs

There hasn’t been a potato sack race like the one in 2017 or anything that cool this season. And no, we aren’t picking Taylor Swift’s touchdown dance with Patrick Mahomes’ wife, Brittany, from the Week 7 win over the Chargers.

Jerick McKinnon got a lift in after a touchdown during Week 14 against Buffalo. The bench-press celebration capped what was McKinnon’s first rushing touchdown of the season.

Las Vegas Raiders

It took the Christmas spirit — or, maybe, the Grinch spirit — to overtake the Raiders after a season of boring touchdown celebrations. Jack Jones picked off Patrick Mahomes on Christmas morning, and after staring down the Kansas City quarterback while running in for a touchdown, he offered the ball to a young Chiefs fan in the front row of the stands. When the excited fan reached for the ball, Jones pulled it back and merrily scampered off.

Los Angeles Chargers

There haven’t been a lot of reasons to choreograph for a Chargers team sitting at the bottom of the AFC West. Gerald Everett, however, did find a time to do his best Ray Lewis impersonation during Week 12 — against Baltimore, of all teams.

Austin Ekeler actually celebrated a first down with his team trailing Las Vegas by 42 points. But that doesn’t count.

AFC North

Baltimore Ravens

The Ravens do a lot because they’re actually throwing talented receivers the ball this season.

There was Odell Beckham Jr.’s Michael Jackson tribute, but top honors should go to Zay Flowers — who did two in one game. We didn’t hate the bouquet throw, but we definitely liked the penalty kick more.

Cincinnati Bengals

Joe Mixon proved that there are some Dillon Brooks fans out there.

Against Jacksonville in Week 13, Mixon scored on a 6-yard run to tie the game 7-7. That score — and Mixon’s dance, made popular by Brooks, the Houston Rockets small forward brought with him from his time with the Memphis Grizzlies — was important, as the Bengals needed overtime to beat the Jaguars 34-31.

Cleveland Browns

It’s always fun when the big fellas up front get to celebrate. It’s even better when a player comes home to celebrate.

Browns offensive tackle Dawand Jones sustained a season-ending knee injury early in December, but during an October road matchup against the Indianapolis Colts, Jones had the chance to deliver his own celebration after a Kareem Hunt touchdown run. Jones, who attended Ben Davis High School in Indianapolis, was handed the ball, and the 6-foot-8, 374-pound lineman gave the Lucas Oil Stadium crowd a show with a spike and a dance.

Pittsburgh Steelers

It’s been a tough year for the Steelers wide receivers. And yet, they’re the ones on the team going out of their way to celebrate touchdowns.

We have to give George Pickens some love for his Week 2 performance against the Browns. Pickens took a pass from Kenny Pickett and raced 71 yards for a touchdown. He then celebrated with the Acrisure Stadium crowd by taking a victory lap.

AFC South

Houston Texans

C.J. Stroud was more than three months from being born when the film “Baby Boy” was released. Clearly someone had him watch the movie as he acted out one of the best scenes when Jody (played by Tyrese Gibson) and his friend Sweet Pea (Omar Gooding) tried to find out who stole Jody’s bicycle.

Stroud lined up his teammates and pretended to punch George Fant, who fell out as part of the revenge scene reenactment.

Indianapolis Colts

Fans were denied seeing what Colts tight end Kylen Granson would have done to celebrate his first career touchdown during Week 2, as his 4-yard, second-quarter catch needed an official review before being ruled a score.

But because Gardner Minshew dancing or Zack Moss dunking aren’t exactly unique reactions, Granson gets the nod for thinking outside of the box. He took to Instagram to celebrate his first score, treating the football like a newborn child for a photo shoot.

Jacksonville Jaguars

Christian Kirk gets props for pretending to be an Amazon delivery man in Week 7. But during Week 4, the defense got to have fun with the celebration.

After cornerback Darious Williams’ pick six against Atlanta, the defense reenacted the movie “Toy Story.” The defenders were the toys who were active but fell to the ground once Andy (Williams) walked into the room. Wide receiver Zay Jones said the celebration was his idea.

Tennessee Titans

With all respect to the Titans’ touchdowns this year, the team’s best celebration of the season wasn’t even after a score.

It happened in a Week 4 game after the Titans defense forced a turnover against Cincinnati. The defense had a sack fumble and a recovery, then lined up for its version of a drumline — similar to a scene from the film “Drumline,” starring Nick Cannon.

NFC East

Dallas Cowboys

Let’s be clear: Salvation Army kettles are for coins and bills, not food items. But we’re fans of the Cowboys’ move to stash a few turkey legs in one of the oversized end zone kettles late in a Thanksgiving romp over the Washington Commanders.

After Dak Prescott hooked up with KaVontae Turpin on a 34-yard touchdown, Turpin hopped into one of the kettles to retrieve the prizes. Then he, Prescott and Jake Ferguson got a head start on their Thanksgiving meals.

New York Giants

No one is quite sure what you call it — maybe not even Tommy DeVito — but the Giants quarterback has MetLife Stadium, Northern New Jersey and the entire tri-state area doing his touchdown celebration.

DeVito started his old-school hand gesture — pinching his fingers together and shaking the wrist — in Week 11, and it’s caught fire since. “I kind of thought it was just the old Italians,” DeVito said. “When they talk, they start doing (the hand gesture). It’s just a little credit to them.” Could there be a more perfect gesture for the DeVito-led G-men?

Philadelphia Eagles

A.J. Brown and DeVonta Smith are taking their talents to South Philly. That was the message after Brown scored a 4-yard touchdown against the Cowboys in Week 9. The two receivers took on the roles of former Miami Heat teammates Dwyane Wade and LeBron James with Smith tossing the ball in the air for the bigger Brown to slam.


A.J. Brown celebrates with a post-touchdown dunk with DeVonta Smith (6) against the Dallas Cowboys. (Mitchell Leff / Getty Images)

Note: No crossbars were harmed in the making of this celebration. Brown stopped short of doing a LeBron-like dunk over the bar, an act that was banned in 2014.

Washington Commanders

After running back Brian Robinson scored a 15-yard touchdown in Week 4 against Philadelphia, he hopped to his feet and flapped his arms in wobbly fashion, a dig at Philly’s “Fly Eagles Fly” chant.

Or maybe it was a comment on the Eagles’ rickety defense, which had eight missed tackles that day — including one on Robinson’s touchdown run.

NFC West

Arizona Cardinals

You’d expect a guy nicknamed “Hollywood” to be a bit of a showman. Marquise Brown didn’t disappoint after catching a 25-yard touchdown pass from Josh Dobbs against the Bengals in Week 5.

After the score, he leaped into the first row of seats and celebrated with fans.

Los Angeles Rams

It might not win an Oscar for Most Original Score, but there seemed to be something behind Puka Nacua’s and Cooper Kupp’s leaping chest bump following Nacua’s 70-yard touchdown against the Browns in Week 13.

It was very similar to the celebrations Kupp used to have with a former teammate — current Houston Texan receiver Robert Woods. Nacua happens to wear the same No. 17 Woods once had in L.A., and the celebration was tantamount to a proclamation that there’s a new receiver duo in town.

San Francisco 49ers

Christian McCaffrey was in the midst of what would become a 17-game scoring streak when he took a shovel pass into the end zone from 13 yards out in Week 6 against Cleveland, then spun the ball in the corner of the end zone. The 49ers tailback was on such a hot streak that George Kittle bent over at the waist and pretended to warm his hands over the spinning football.

Kittle also retrieved the ball, something he usually does after anyone scores, though he said at some point he stopped doing it for McCaffrey. “He scores way too much,” Kittle said.

Seattle Seahawks

Maybe there are better trash talkers in the NFL, but no one is a better trash signer than DK Metcalf.

The Seahawks wideout, who is learning American Sign Language, dissed longtime rival Ahkello Witherspoon by signing “44 is my son” following a Week 11 touchdown against the Rams. After a 31-yard score against the 49ers, he signed, “I’m a dog: w-o-o-f,” which are lyrics from a 2016 Migos song.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

‘He has the swag with it’: DK Metcalf’s sign language a ‘hot topic’ in Deaf community

NFC North

Chicago Bears

The Bears have had their share of fun this season. Jaylon Johnson brought back Randy Moss’ controversial fake mooning against Moss’ old team, Minnesota, in Week 12. D’Onta Foreman and Khari Blasingame re-enacted a viral video from a slapboxing match during a win over the Raiders.

But their best celebration came from tight end Cole Kmet during Week 4 against Denver. He scored a touchdown, and then had a fan in the end zone pretend to throw him a pitch, which Kmet hit for a home run that another fan tried to catch at the wall behind the end zone.

Detroit Lions

Amon-Ra St. Brown nearly brought a “Key & Peele” skit to life Week 1 with his hip thrust celebration. Detroit’s safe-for-work celebration of the season, however, came against the Raiders during Week 8 on Monday night.

Running back Jahmyr Gibbs scored and took his leap into the stands to a new level. He actually got all the way into the stands and celebrated. He also had to be very careful climbing out the stands, as the wall was not a short climb like Green Bay’s Lambeau Field.

Green Bay Packers

The celebration that followed Malik Heath’s first-ever touchdown stands out because it was so spontaneous, so pure.

After Heath made a late-game catch at the pylon against the Giants in Week 14, he crashed into down judge Tom Stephan, taking him to the ground. That led to a couple of uncertain seconds while Stephan got to his feet. The Packers trailed 21-16 at the time, and everyone was waiting on whether it was ruled a touchdown — including Heath, an undrafted rookie whose helmet was knocked off after crashing into the official.

When Stephan finally signaled touchdown, Heath and the Packers went bonkers, and Heath ran the length of the end zone toward the Green Bay sideline.


Malik Heath (18) scored his first NFL touchdown against the New York Giants on Dec. 11. (Jim McIsaac / Getty Images)

Minnesota Vikings

The Vikings might take first prize for their keg stand celebration that followed Mekhi Blackmon’s fumble recovery late in a Week 14 game against the Raiders. His teammates hoisted Blackmon upside down into the air, and defensive lineman Harrison Phillips even pantomimed pumping the keg.

No, it technically wasn’t a touchdown celebration, but there were no touchdowns in that game. The score was 0-0 at the time, and Minnesota ultimately won 3-0, the lowest-scoring game since 2007.

NFC South

Atlanta Falcons

Jonnu Smith ran a long way, 60 yards, for a touchdown in Week 9 against Minnesota. When the tight end finally got to the end zone and tried to stop, he slipped on his back.

No worries, Smith played it off with his first-ever snow angel in Atlanta.

Carolina Panthers

The Panthers don’t score much, but when their No. 1 draft pick got his first touchdown, they … threw the ball in the stands?

In Carolina’s season opener against Atlanta, quarterback Bryce Young threw a 4-yard touchdown pass to tight end Hayden Hurst, who hurled the ball toward the Mercedes-Benz Stadium crowd after scoring. Important note: The Panthers later got the ball back for Young.

New Orleans Saints

Is the best Saints celebration of the year a Jimmy Graham pump fake?

We mentioned earlier the banning of the crossbar dunking celebration in 2014. Graham was the first person to get penalized for that back in August 2014, as the league fined him $30,000 for dunking twice in a preseason game against the Titans.

Tampa Bay Buccaneers

The Buccaneers don’t get points for originality, but if it’s not broke, don’t fix it.

The Buccaneers broke out their annual row-the-boat celebration last month against the Titans. Ironically, the first time they did it was in 2018 — against their current quarterback, Baker Mayfield, when they stopped him at the 1-yard line to beat the Browns.


This series is part of a partnership with Las Vegas.

The Athletic maintains full editorial independence. Partners have no control over or input into the reporting or editing process and do not review stories before publication.

(Top photos of DK Metcalf, Stefon Diggs and Tyreek Hill: Michael Owens, Peter Nicholls and Megan Briggs / Getty Images)

Which One Should You Buy?

Key Takeaways

  • The base model 15-inch MacBook Air is cheaper but starts with less storage compared to the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro.
  • The 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro has a better display, speakers, and microphones for improved video and audio quality.
  • The 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro outperforms the 15-inch MacBook Air in terms of processing power and cooling capabilities.


It’s hard to choose between the 15-inch M2 MacBook Air and the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro, as they both offer great value for money. To help you decide, we’ll compare the two models so that you can figure out which laptop is better for you.


MacBook Pro and MacBook Air Price Difference

There’s a considerable price gap between the base configurations of these MacBooks. Like previous years, the MacBook Air starts at a lower price than the Pro models. The base configuration of the 15-inch MacBook Air with 8GB of unified memory and 256GB of storage costs $1,299.

On the other hand, the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro starts at $1,599 for the same 8GB of memory but with 512GB of storage. While the 15-inch MacBook Air is cheaper than the MacBook Pro, you have to consider that the base model comes with half the SSD storage. You’ll need to pay another $200 to get the same amount of storage as the MacBook Pro, which brings the price gap to just $100.

Design and Display

Apple/YouTube

Both MacBooks feature a more modern and functional design compared to their previous Intel versions. However, there are distinct differences between the two in terms of thickness, given that they are from different laptop lines.

The 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro is considerably thicker than the 15-inch MacBook Air (0.61 inches versus 0.45 inches thin). The image below shows how thick the 14-inch MacBook Pro is compared to the 15-inch MacBook Air.

15-inch MacBook Air and 14-inch MacBook Pro thinness
Will Graf/MakeUseOf

But the story is different when it comes to weight. Apple’s comparison page confirms that the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro is barely heavier: 3.4 pounds versus 3.3 pounds for the 15-inch MacBook Air.

As for the displays, both MacBooks feature a notch and thin bezels, but the M3 MacBook Pro uses a Liquid Retina XDR display. This means the MacBook Pro uses mini-LED backlighting instead of traditional LCD like on the MacBook Air. As a result, the display can reach higher brightness levels (1600 nits peak) and support HDR content for immersive viewing.

It also supports ProMotion display technology, which is Apple’s fancy word for adaptive high refresh rate displays. This ensures smoother animations and better responsiveness as you navigate around macOS. Even though the 15-inch MacBook Air has a solid 60Hz LCD display that can go up to 500 nits, the M3 MacBook Pro leaves it in the dust.

Lastly, both laptops feature six-speaker sound systems and three-mic arrays, but Apple notes that the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro features a high-fidelity speaker system and “studio-quality” microphones. So, if you plan to do video calls and want your voice to be as crisp and clear as possible, the M3 MacBook Pro will deliver better results.

M2 MacBook Air vs. M3 MacBook Pro Performance Comparison

M3 MacBook Pro internals
Apple/YouTube

Of course, both MacBooks are powered by Apple silicon, but they pack chips from different generations. Although the 15-inch MacBook Air went on sale in the summer of 2023, it still features the standard M2 chip (8-core CPU and 10-core GPU) Apple first announced in 2022 alongside the 13-inch MacBook Air we reviewed. The Air also allows for up to 24GB of RAM and 2TB of SSD storage.

On the other hand, the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro packs the newer M3 chip. While it features the same number of CPU and GPU cores, Apple claims the performance cores are roughly 15 percent faster, whereas the efficiency cores are roughly 30 percent faster than the M2 generation. The M3 chip also includes features such as hardware-accelerated ray tracing for games and Dynamic Caching, which M2 lacks.

Besides the difference in Apple silicon chips, the 15-inch MacBook Air and the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro have different cooling setups. The 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro features a single fan, enabling active cooling for the system. However, Max Tech’s video shows that the M3 chip can still thermally throttle while under load.

The 15-inch MacBook Air features a fanless design. Therefore, nothing is actively cooling the M2 chip when it’s being pushed to its limits. So, you can expect it to throttle a lot more often when running demanding apps.

If you want the best laptop for CPU and GPU performance without breaking the bank on an M3 Pro MacBook Pro, the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro is the better pick here. But the 15-inch MacBook Air is not a sluggish computer at all. It’s still more than adequate for day-to-day tasks like web browsing, word processing, basic photo editing, etc. Take a look at our 15-inch MacBook Air review to learn more.

Port Selection Differences

The MacBook Pro and MacBook Air lines have different port selections. With the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro, you get MagSafe, a headphone jack, two Thunderbolt 3-enabled USB-C ports, an SDXC card slot, and HDMI.

The 15-inch MacBook Air misses out on HDMI and SDXC card slots, meaning you’ll need an adapter to hook it up to your 4K TV or connect an SD card to transfer photos from your camera.

MacBook Pro and MacBook Air Battery Life

Woman using M3 MacBook Pro
Apple/YouTube

Apple silicon MacBooks deliver exceptional battery life across the board due to their power efficiency. Regardless, the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro has a slight edge over the 15-inch MacBook Air when it comes to battery performance, especially during video playback.

Apple’s biggest MacBook Air offering is rated for 18 hours of Apple TV movie playback and up to 15 hours of web browsing. The entry-level 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro can deliver up to 22 hours of video playback and 15 hours of web browsing. If we go by Apple’s claims, the M3 MacBook Pro may be the one to go with if you want the best battery life.

Both MacBooks have their positives and negatives. It ultimately boils down to what you value the most in your laptop. If you want a bigger screen and need your computer to be as thin and light as possible but don’t mind compromising some performance, the 15-inch MacBook Air is the right choice.

However, if you want the best display with a 120Hz refresh rate, the performance gains of the newer processor, and the flexibility offered by a wider selection of ports, you can’t go wrong with the 14-inch M3 MacBook Pro.

Wawushan, China’s ‘Table Mountain,’ hosts a range of winter activities

With the lake freezing over, the trees enveloped in snow, and the woods taking on a serene and peaceful silence, escaping to Wawushan Mountain, China’s very own “Table Mountain,” for an unforgettable experience filled with winter activities is a no-brainer for outdoor adventure lovers.

Table Mountain in Cape Town, South Africa, is perhaps the first answer that springs to mind when asked to suggest a famous flat-topped mountain. But Wawushan Mountain in Hongya County, southwest China’s Sichuan Province, is actually another one that resembles a table-top, and is the biggest of its kind in Asia.

A bird’s-eye view of a plank road at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China’s Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

A bird’s-eye view of a plank road at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China’s Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Visitors enjoy the panoramic scenery from a sightseeing platform at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China's Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Visitors enjoy the panoramic scenery from a sightseeing platform at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China’s Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Visitors enjoy the panoramic scenery from a sightseeing platform at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China’s Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

In Chinese, “wawu” means “tile-roofed house,” while “shan” means mountain. Range upon range of peaks resembling tile-roofed houses have earned the area the nickname of Wawushan Mountain. Its highest peak boasts an altitude of over 3,000 meters. Its table-like top covers an area of 11 square kilometers. Early in 2017, the China National Geographic magazine named Wawushan Mountain as “the most beautiful table mountain” in the country.

Wawushan’s beauty is enjoyed by visitors all year round. In early December, the scenic spot kicked off its ice and snow carnival, where a variety of recreational activities were on offer, from enjoying the breathtaking views to getting an adrenaline kick on one of the many snow-themed activities like snowmobile riding or sledging.

Visitors sledge along a snow-covered plank road at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China's Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Visitors sledge along a snow-covered plank road at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China’s Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Visitors sledge along a snow-covered plank road at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China’s Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Visitors enjoy coffee at a cafe at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China's Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Visitors enjoy coffee at a cafe at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China’s Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Visitors enjoy coffee at a cafe at Wawushan National Forest Park in southwest China’s Sichuan Province on December 24, 2023. /CFP

Beyond the snow adventures, visitors can also enjoy bonfires, dance parades, boutique markets and festive lantern shows at the forest park. During the Spring Festival, which falls in early February next year, outdoor concerts and traditional New Year celebrations will also be held. The ice and snow carnival will run until March of 2024.

Cher files for conservatorship of son Elijah Blue Allman

Cher is looking to take over the finances of her son Elijah Blue Allman by filing for a conservatorship.

The Grammy-winning artist alleges that Allman, 47, is “substantially unable to manage his own financial resources due to severe mental health and substance abuse issues,” as noted in court documents filed Wednesday, per TMZ.

Cher is seeking control over Allman’s assets despite the presence of his estranged wife, Marieangela King. Documents allege that King is not fit to serve as a conservator for Allman due to the couple’s “tumultuous relationship [that] has been marked by a cycle of drug addiction and mental health crises,” according to People.

Allman, the child of the “Believe” singer and famed guitarist Gregg Allman, is currently entitled to regular financial distributions from a trust set up by his father, who died in 2017. However, Cher has voiced concern that any money granted to her son in his current state may be “immediately spent on drugs, leaving Elijah with no assets to provide for himself and putting Elijah’s life at risk.”

A hearing for temporary control of Allman’s estate is scheduled for Jan. 5, and a hearing to see if Cher can become her son’s permanent conservator is scheduled for March 6.

Representatives for Cher did not immediately respond to The Times’ request for comment. The Times was unable to contact Allman, King or their representatives. The court documents were sealed late Wednesday afternoon, preventing review by The Times.

In September, King alleged that Cher had kidnapped her son in November 2022 from a New York hotel where he was with his wife as they celebrated their anniversary. Cher has denied the “kidnapping” characterization.

In court documents reviewed by The Times, King said that on the night of the couple’s anniversary, four men “came to our hotel room and removed [Allman] from our room.”

Allman and King wed in 2013. He filed for divorce in November 2021, but a year later, the pair spent nearly two weeks at a New York hotel in an attempt to repair their marriage, according to court documents.

In the papers, which King filed not long after the alleged kidnapping incident, she said: “I am currently unaware of my husband’s wellbeing or whereabouts. I am very concerned and worried about him. I was told by one of the four men who took him that they were hired by [Allman’s] mother,” referring to the Oscar, Grammy and Emmy winner, Cher.

The main aim of King’s court filing was to seek spousal support and other means of assistance, such as housing and healthcare, as well as to gain access to her own assets and tax documents to prepare for a possible divorce trial, King’s attorney said as part of the filing. King said in the documents that Allman owed her $25,000 in outstanding spousal support payments.

Xiaomi SU7, Xiaomi SU7 Max Launched; Check Design and Specifications of Xiaomi’s First Electric Cars

New Delhi, December 28: Global technology brand Xiaomi on Thursday announced its entry into the automotive industry by unveiling its long-awaited first electric vehicle. The company launched two EVs — XiaomiSU7 and XiaomiSU7Max. “#XiaomiSU7 makes a significant Stride as Xiaomi expands from the smartphone industry to the automotive sector, completing the Human x Car x Home smart ecosystem,” the company posted on X.

“#XiaomiSU7 will forever journey alongside those steering toward their dreams,” it added. According to the company, the XiaomiSU7Max goes from 0-100km/h in 2.78 seconds, while the XiaomiSU7 reaches 0-100km/h in 5.28 seconds. The top speed of the SU7 is 210km/h and for the SU7Max, it is 265km/h. “#XiaomiSU7 goes from 0-100km/h in 2.78 seconds, officially joining the ‘2s Supercar Club’ with a single step,” the company wrote. Xiaomi SU7 New ‘Aqua Blue’ Colour Variant Revealed Ahead of Xiaomi EV Technology Launch Scheduled Today (See Pics).

Moreover, the company said that the new EV will be available in three colour variants — Aqua Blue, Mineral Gray, and Verdant Green. The five core technologies used in EVs are E-Motors, battery, HyperCasting, autonomous driving, and smart cabin. While the price of the EV is unknown, many expect the SU7 to fall into 200,000 yuan to 300,000 yuan (around Rs 25 to 35 lakh). Xiaomi SU7 Photos Out: Xiaomi Releases Official Specifications and Images of Its First Electric Vehicle Model.

The sale of the SU7 is likely to start next year. It will be produced by a unit of China-owned automaker BAIC Group in a Beijing factory with an annual capacity of 2,00,000 vehicles.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 28, 2023 05:01 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Generative AI Learned Nothing From Web 2.0

If 2022 was the year the generative AI boom started, 2023 was the year of the generative AI panic. Just over 12 months since OpenAI released ChatGPT and set a record for the fastest-growing consumer product, it appears to have also helped set a record for fastest government intervention in a new technology. The US Federal Elections Commission is looking into deceptive campaign ads, Congress is calling for oversight into how AI companies develop and label training data for their algorithms, and the European Union passed its new AI Act with last-minute tweaks to respond to generative AI.

But for all the novelty and speed, generative AI’s problems are also painfully familiar. OpenAI and its rivals racing to launch new AI models are facing problems that have dogged social platforms, that earlier era-shaping new technology, for nearly two decades. Companies like Meta never did get the upper hand over mis- and disinformation, sketchy labor practices, and nonconsensual pornography, to name just a few of their unintended consequences. Now those issues are gaining a challenging new life, with an AI twist.

“These are completely predictable problems,” says Hany Farid, a professor at the UC Berkeley School of Information, of the headaches faced by OpenAI and others. “I think they were preventable.”

Well-Trodden Path

In some cases, generative AI companies are directly built on problematic infrastructure put in place by social media companies. Facebook and others came to rely on low-paid, outsourced content moderation workers—often in the Global South—to keep content like hate speech or imagery with nudity or violence at bay.

That same workforce is now being tapped to help train generative AI models, often with similarly low pay and difficult working conditions. Because outsourcing puts crucial functions of a social platform or AI company administratively at arms length from its headquarters, and often on another continent, researchers and regulators can struggle to get the full picture of how an AI system or social network is being built and governed.

Outsourcing can also obscure where the true intelligence inside a product really lies. When a piece of content disappears, was it taken down by an algorithm or one of the many thousands of human moderators? When a customer service chatbot helps out a customer, how much credit is due to AI and how much to the worker in an overheated outsourcing hub?

There are also similarities in how AI companies and social platforms respond to criticism of their ill or unintended effects. AI companies talk about putting “safeguards” and “acceptable use” policies in place on certain generative AI models, just as platforms have their terms of service around what content is and is not allowed. As with the rules of social networks, AI policies and protections have proven relatively easy to circumvent.

Crypto Price Today: Bitcoin Passes $43,000 Mark, Most Altcoins Register Profits

Bitcoin on Thursday, December 28 recorded a profit of 1.38 percent on Thursday, December 28. With this, the value of Bitcoin has risen to the price point of $43,064 (roughly Rs. 35.8 lakh). In the last 24 hours, Bitcoin has spiked in its value by $846 (roughly Rs. 70,426). At the time of writing, Bitcoin has maintained a market dominance of 49.9 percent. Despite Bitcoin’s minor price rally, its actually Ether that is shining brighter on Thursday.

Ethereum touched the $2,400 (roughly Rs. 1.99 lakh) mark as it surged by almost nine percent in the last 24 hours.

“Ethereum founder Vitalik Buterin recently expressed his interest to revamp Ethereum Proof of Stake, which created positive sentiment around the largest altcoin,” Shivam Thakral, CEO of BuyUcoin told Gadgets360.

Ethereum saw its 19-month high while teasing the mark of $2,500 (roughly Rs. 2.08 lakh).

“ETH and its scaling solutions, almost all major layer-2s saw significant gains as well with Arbitrum’s ARB (+26.7 percent) leading the charge; Optimism’s OP (+22.2 percent) also observed major gains,” the CoinSwitch Markets Desk told Gadgets360.

Tron, Chainlink, Shiba Inu, Cardano, and Dogecoin emerged among gainers on the crypto chart.

Wrapped Bitcoin, Litecoin, Bitcoin Cash, Uniswap, and Cosmos also minted minor profits.

“Solana is increasingly positioning itself as a strong rival to Ethereum, its impressive rally highlighting intensifying competition in the smart contract platform arena. Concurrently, the path of Bitcoin continues to captivate both investors and analysts, with 2024 shaping up for pivotal developments. Amidst this backdrop, optimistic discussions persist regarding Bitcoin’s possible journey toward the coveted $100,000 (roughly Rs. 83.2 lakh) milestone,” Rajagopal Menon, Vice President, WazirX told Gadgets360.

The crypto market cap, at the time of writing, stood at $1.69 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,40,65,810 crore) after growing by 2.47 percent in the last 24 hours, showed CoinMarketCap.

Meanwhile, Tether, Solana, USD Coin, Avalanche, Polkadot, and Polygon recorded losses on Thursday.


Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article.

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
UA sunset, Google on trial, X’s downfall and more

The PPC community had a rollercoaster year in 2023. Google stirred things up by shaking cushions and discreetly adjusting ad prices, and the entire industry faced a major shift with the sunset of Universal Analytics, forcing everyone to transition to Google Analytics 4. It’s fair to say that GA4 did not receive the warmest welcome.

As we approach the end of 2023, let’s reflect on some of the most headline-worthy, controversial, and impactful changes that significantly influenced the PPC world over the past 12 months.

Google antitrust trial

Google spent 10 weeks on trial for allegedly using underhand tactics to ensure it stays the world’s leading search engine. In September, the search engine was taken to court by the U.S. Justice Department (DOJ) and 35 states in a landmark case that could bring significant changes to Google and the future of the Internet. The DOJ is hoping that the case will force Google to divest parts of its online advertising business, which could have a major impact on advertisers.

One of the most significant revelations from the 10-week trial occurred when Jerry Dischler, the head of Google Ads, testified that the search engine secretly raises ad prices to achieve targets by as much as 10%, using techniques such as RGSP (Google’s Randomized Generalized Second-Price ad auctions).

This revelation not only angered advertisers but also directly contradicted Dischler’s statement during a keynote speech at SMX Advanced in 2015. In a clip brought to light by Search Engine Land, Dischler explicitly informs marketers:

Advertisers have since accused Google of downplaying its manipulation of ad prices, with some alleging that the company quietly increases ad prices by as much as 100%, a significant difference from the 10% figure mentioned by Dischler.

Other notable takeaway to come from the federal antitrust trial include:

Reacting to the revelations to come from the antitrust trial, some advertisers were so outraged that they claimed they no longer trust Google Ads and were considering leaving.

Judge Amit P. Mehta, who was presiding the federal antitrust trial, is expected to make a decision in the New Year.

Google Ads boss resigns

Google Ads chief Jerry Dischler resigned two weeks after the federal antitrust trial ended. Google told us the decision had nothing to do with his testimony, during which he claimed the search engine quietly raises ad prices for marketers by as much as 10%. Apparently, he just wanted “a new challenge” after working in advertising for 15 years.

Google would not confirm whether Dischler is moving to another department or leaving the company. However, it was confirmed that Vidhya Srinivasan, who previously led product and engineering for ads, will take over leadership of the Ads team reporting to Google Senior Vice President Prabhakar Raghavan. Shashi Thakur, a 17-year Google veteran, will take on Srinivasan’s previous role and report directly to her.

Google was also sued by Gannett, the publisher of USA Today, for using “deceptive commercial practices” and breaching U.S. antitrust and consumer protection laws in June. A few weeks later, eight individuals accused Google of illegally using copyrighted content and stealing the personal information of millions of Americans to train its AI products in a proposed class action lawsuit in San Francisco.

Meanwhile, across the pond, Google is facing the possibility that it may be forced to sell part of its ad business after being charged with violating the European Union’s antitrust laws. Following a lengthy investigation, the European Commission suggested that “mandatory divestment” is the only way the search engine can resolve the issue.

In the UK, publishers sued Google for $4.2 billion in lost ad revenue. The claimants alleged that Google gave preferential treatment to its own ad tech products, which resulted in reduced display ad revenues for publishers.

In another blow for Google, an Adalytics study accused it of mis-selling video ads to marketers for the last three years. Advertisers working for small businesses, Fortune 500 companies and even the U.S. Federal Government have all been impacted, with the Google violating its own standards approximately 80% of the time, according to the research. Google denied the claims, describing them as “extremely inaccurate”.

A second Adalytics study accused Google of risking the brand safety of advertisers by placing search ads on compromising non-Google websites, including sites containing pirated content and hardcore pornographic sites. Google categorically denied the allegations.

Goodbye, Universal Analytics!

Universal Analytics was officially replaced by Google Analytics 4 in July, but the sunset of UA was more gradual than expected. In fact, it took two months for the tool to finally stop processing data.

Still, marketers were not happy. Despite repeated warnings from Google that the enforced migration was coming, only one in four marketers had fully adopted it in time, according to a Search Engine Land survey.

Marketers struggled to navigate the new interface, so much so that many were contemplating switching to GA4 alternatives.

GA4 updates

Given the forced migration from UA, Google spent 2023 focusing on improving its product and rolled out numerous updates to GA4, including:

Search ads and Search Generative Experience

Google confirmed in May that it was experimenting with directly integrating Search and Shopping ads within SGE. The search engine explained that search ads would be available on day one of its release and that advertisers wouldn’t be able to opt out of showing ads on the new search experience – at least not immediately.

Google CEO Sundar Pichai told Steven Levy in a Q&A published on Wired in September:

  • “[SGE] will have a space for ads in a way that makes sense for users and particularly on commercial queries.”

In November, Google began testing a new SGE ad format and then rolled out new AI features within SGE to boost product visibility and conversions.

Demand Gen goes global

Google Ads introduced Demand Gen on a global scale in October, extending access to all advertisers. This feature, considered the “next generation of Discovery campaigns,” brings new elements such as enhanced ad creation flow, additional inventory, and insights.

Unlike Discovery campaigns, which were limited to images, carousels, or product data feeds for creatives, Demand Gen allows the use of videos. This includes regular YouTube videos and Shorts, providing advertisers with greater flexibility in crafting content that resonates with their target audience.

Merchant Center Next

Google officially unveiled a new, simplified version of Merchant Center, called Merchant Center Next (MCN), at Google Marketing Live 2023. MCN will officially replace Google Merchant Center in early 2024.

YouTube’s ad blocker battle

In May, YouTube began issuing warning notifications to users, informing them that ad blockers are not allowed on the platform. The social media platform told users to either turn ad blockers off or pay for YouTube Premium if they want access to its extensive video library.

A month later, YouTube stepped up its tactics to stop its users from installing ad blocked by disabling videos.

By August, the platform was testing a new anti-adblocker popup that featured a timer warning when the next ad will play. A countdown clock, which reportedly ran for 30 to 60 seconds, would appear in the top right corner of the message, showing non-paying viewers how long they have left to take action before another ad starts.

The following month, YouTube started sending users with ad blockers enabled more aggressive prompts, warning them to either “Allow YouTube ads” or subscribe to YouTube Premium. The platform then admitted to delivering a “suboptimal” experience to users with ad blockers enabled.

However, in November, it was reported that YouTube’s ad blocker crackdown could be illegal in the EU. The platform had been using JavaScript code to detect ad-blocking extensions without asking users for consent first, claims privacy expert, Alexander Hanff – who has filed an official complaint with the Irish Data Protection Commission (DPC). The alleged act would mean YouTube is violating EU privacy laws – however, Google is denying the charge.

Amazon breaks records, Prime video ads, ‘quiet’ deals with Apple

Amazon Prime Day 2023 set new records, emerging as the retailer’s most successful to date. The two-day extravaganza, held on July 11 and 12, witnessed a notable year-on-year spending increase of 6.1%, reaching $12.7 billion in the U.S., as reported by Adobe Analytics data. These impressive outcomes followed Amazon’s strategic layoffs in April within its advertising division.

In an effort to increase ad revenue, Amazon announced that Sponsored Product ads will now be served on more platforms, including Pinterest and Buzzfeed. The retailer is also exploring the possibility of launching ads on Prime Video.

However, when it comes to advertising on Amazon, the platform reportedly gives tech giant Apple an unfair advantage. In a secret deal, Apple allegedly asked Amazon to not serve competitor ads on its product pages. In response, the retail giant reportedly agreed to only serve ads and recommendations at the bottom of Apple product pages – a gesture it doesn’t provide to rival brands like Samsung and Microsoft.

In other Amazon news, it was reported that the retailer’s share of seller revenue is now 50%. Recent changes, including higher fulfillment fees and mandatory advertising expenses, have resulted in increased costs for sellers.

YouTube and TikTok expand their ad offerings

Both YouTube and TikTok introduced new features in 2023, and research from independent organizations underscored the platforms’ substantial value in effectively targeting specific demographics.

YouTube

  • YouTube Shorts ads started being rolled out to more advertisers as the solution moved from beta to general availability in November. For the first time, Marketers reported the ability to choose Short ads as a video format, integrate them with in-stream ads and combine them with in-feed ads.
  • YouTube also started rolling out a personalized ‘For You’ section on the home tab of creators’ channels in November.
  • A survey found that Gen Z aren’t just tuning into YouTube for the videos – they’re also watching the ads. Six in 10 teens would watch a YouTube ad rather than skip it, while almost half can recall an ad they’ve seen on the platform.
  • Creators earn the most from their brand partnerships on YouTube – more than Instagram and TikTok, according to a survey.

TikTok

  • TikTok sellers were invited to be the first to sign up and try out TikTok Shop before its public release in April. TikTok Shop is now available in Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Vietnam.
  • TikTok launched ads within its search results in August challenging Google and Microsoft. TikTok’s search ads are not a standalone ads product. Rather, ads are an extension of a TikTok video ad buy.
  • TikTok was reported to pilot an ad-free subscription service on its app in October. Code within the social platform suggests that subscribers may soon be able to access content with no interruptions from ads.
  • In October, the platform began testing increasing its video upload limit to 15 minutes. Previously, creators could only share videos that were a maximum of 10 minutes.

The decline of X

Following Elon Musk’s takeover in 2022, Twitter’s ad revenue steeply declined. In June, it was reported that advertising revenue had fallen by 59% year-on-year, prompting Musk to bring in Linda Yaccarino as the new CEO. The following month, the platform changed its name to X and tried to lure back advertisers by slashing the price of video ads.

In August, major brands began pausing their ad spend on X after learning campaigns appeared under pro-Nazi content. A Search Engine Land survey then found that less than a quarter of advertisers were planning to advertise on X over the next 12 months.

X decided d to start outsourcing the sale of some of its ad space by joining forces with the Google Display Network in October. However, after Musk endorsed an antisemitic conspiracy theory in November, it was reported that major brands weren’t just pausing their ad spend, they were cutting ties with the platform. Experts have predicted that X will lose as much as $75 million in ad revenue by the end of the year.

Meta experienced a significant year with the introduction of Threads, launched in July, with 100 million people subscribing in the first 102 hours.

While much attention was given to the company’s latest platform, notable developments also took place across Instagram, Facebook, and WhatsApp.

Microsoft ads boss steps down, predictive targeting and Target CPA and Maximize Conversions

After the departure of ads boss Rob Wilk in March, former VP, Global Partner & Retail Media Sales Kya Sainsbury-Carter took over. She keynoted Search Engine Land’s SMX Advanced in June. In a Q&A with Search Engine Land contributor Greg Finn, she discussed the future of Microsoft Advertising and emphasized the role of conversational AI.

Here’s a breakdown of other significant advertising developments from Microsoft in 2023:

Automation & Performance Max

The rapid pace of AI development led to a sense of overwhelm among 70% of marketers this year. Complicating the situation, both Google and Microsoft have been inserting ads into AI experiments without providing brands the option to opt-out. This has raised concerns among advertisers who worry about their products and services being promoted alongside inappropriate content.

Here’s an overview of some of the most significant AI advancements, news and developments in 2023:

Amazon

  • Amazon rolled out enhanced AI capabilities to help advertisers create better product listings in September. The new technology simplifies how sellers create product descriptions, titles, and listing details by automatically generating content based on brief product descriptions.
  • Amazon unveiled plans in October to roll out upgraded generative AI capabilities that offer a more conversational, detailed, and personalized user experience in the US from January.
  • Select Amazon advertisers were able to start creating AI-generated images to use in ad campaigns in October. The tool offers advertisers the ability to add backgrounds or scenery to plain product images.

Google

  • Google announced that PMax was rolling out generative AI to create text assets, images in May, to make setup much easier than in the past process.
  • Google upgraded the capabilities of its Store Sales reporting and bidding to help marketers working on Performance Max campaigns to boost offline sales.
  • The Google Ads help guide launched a new AI assistant in August. Still in open beta, the new feature has been designed to help users find answers and solve account issues relating to Google Ads – however, the search engine warned answers could be inaccurate.
  • Google now requires political ads to disclose when AI-generated images, videos and audio have been used.
  • Google was facing potential legal action from the owner of the Daily Mail in July over claims that the search engine allegedly has illegally taken hundreds of thousands of the newspaper’s articles to train its ChatGPT rival, Bard.
  • Google rolled out significant updates to its Performance Max Best Practice Guide in August. The refreshed document now includes information on new strategies, advising retail marketers on how they can better optimize campaigns and improve conversions.
  • Google responded to safety concerns regarding its Performance Max product in August. The search engine came under fire after its platform YouTube was accused of improperly tracking children for targeted advertising purposes in a study conducted by Adalytics. However, Google has denied the claims, suggesting there has been a misunderstanding.
  • Google Bard was able to start answering questions about the content of YouTube videos in November. Following a significant update to the chatbot, Bard can now summarize video footage when users enter a YouTube URL.
  • Google expanded its AR Beauty ads in October to let brands showcase lip and eye products, with plans to soon add foundation.
  • Google released a range of new generative AI product imagery tools for advertisers in the U.S in November. Merchants can leverage these capabilities to create product imagery simply by using text prompts, completely free of charge in Product Studio.
  • YouTube introduced Spotlight Moments in October – a new advertising package that will serve your brand’s videos next to “the most relevant and engaging content associated with the moment.”

Microsoft

  • Microsoft’s Performance Max launched in open beta in July, with select marketers able to access its full inventory and serve ads across its network.
  • The new Bing failed to take any market share from Google after six months. Although Microsoft disputes the data, research from web analytics service StatCounter showed Bing’s market share was actually lower in 2023 than it was in 2022 – before new Bing launched.
  • Microsoft introduced AI-generated headlines and descriptions for ad campaigns in August. This service was launched alongside the company’s new auto-generated assets feature and IF functions for responsive search ads (RSAs).
  • LinkedIn started rolling out a new tool that leverages AI to simplify ad creation in October. The new feature, called Accelerate, has been designed to help advertisers execute optimized campaigns in Campaign Manager in under five minutes.
  • Microsoft was criticised after publishing an offensive AI-generated obituary for NBA star Brandon Hunter in September.
  • The Guardian accused Microsoft of damaging its brand by adding an offensive AI-generated poll to

Meta

  • Meta launched a range of AI-powered chatbots that could improve its targeted advertising capabilities. The chatbots reportedly have the ability to collect large amounts of data regarding users’ interests.
  • Meta Ads Manager rolled out its first generative AI-powered features for advertisers in October. The new tools were designed to maximize productivity, personalization and performance.

Other platforms making headlines

Several other platforms made waves in 2023:

Instacart

Lyft

  • Lyft started serving ads to customers on its app for the first time in August. Adverts appear while consumers wait for their taxi, when they are matched with a driver, and for the duration of the journey.

Pinterest

  • Pinterest and Amazon teamed up for multi-year ads partnership in April. When Pinterest users encounter an Amazon ad on Pinterest, they are directed to Amazon’s website to complete their purchase. Amazon is the first-ever third-party advertising partner on Pinterest.
  • Pinterest started testing an AI “body type” filter to make search more inclusive in November. The new consumer tool, which was rolled out on women’s fashion and wedding ideas, enables users to filter their product search results based on different body types.

Reddit

Shopify

Snapchat

Yelp

Key statistics

Throughout the year, researchers conducted studies to delve into the state of digital marketing in 2023 and published their findings. These insights provide an indication of the industry’s probable performance in the foreseeable future:

SMX Advanced and SMX Next

We can’t wrap up our 2023 year in review without talking about SMX. We had two epic virtual conferences this year with expert speakers discussing topics such as how to revolutionize your PPC game with Chat GPT to how to make Performance Max for Lead generation work. From SMX Advanced: 

Well that’s a wrap on 2023! What a year it’s been.

Looking forward to 2024, I think automation and generative AI will play a more prominent role, and we’ll see big changes to the ad landscape as Google continues to roll out SGE. Additionally, expect significant developments from TikTok, Reddit and other advertising platforms.

Ayodhya Ram Mandir, Structure, location, Area, Height and Photo

The Ayodhya Ram Temple, one of the largest temples built in India post-independence, combines modern technological conveniences with ancient Indian traditions. The temple is designed in the Nagara style by chief architect Chandrakant Bhai Sompura, following Vastu Shastra principles. The entrance on the east is in the Gopuram style, reminiscent of southern temples. The walls depict artworks showcasing the life of Lord Ram.

The Consecration Ceremony of Ayodhya Ram Mandir

The consecration ceremony of the Ayodhya Ram Temple is scheduled for January 22, 2024, with Prime Minister Narendra Modi, UP Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath, and RSS Chief Mohan Bhagwat set to address the event. Approximately 8,000 invitees, including 1,500-1,600 eminent guests, are expected. Invitations have been extended to former prime ministers, national party chiefs, Sonia Gandhi, Mukesh Ambani, Gautam Adani, Dalai Lama, and prominent actors. PM Modi’s itinerary includes inaugurating the redeveloped Ayodhya railway station, a new airport, and addressing a rally. The Shri Ram Janmabhoomi Teerth Kshetra trust has spent Rs 900 crore on the temple’s construction.

Ayodhya Ram Mandir- Location

The temple is situated in Ayodhya, Uttar Pradesh, on the 2.77 acres of disputed land accepted by the Supreme Court as the birthplace of Lord Ram. The Ayodhya Airport provides convenient air travel, and the city is well-connected by road and rail.

Ram Mandir of Ayodhya – Area

Spanning 54,700 sq ft, the temple complex covers nearly 2.7 acres of land. The entire Ram Mandir Complex, spanning nearly 70 acres, is equipped to host about a million devotees at any given time.

Ayodhya Ram Mandir – Height

The temple is an impressive 360 ft long, 235 ft wide, and 161 ft high. It stands three times the height of existing structures in the old city. The structure includes five domes and a tower with a Garbh Griha (sanctum) built to allow sunlight to fall on the idol of Ram Lalla.

Timeline of Ayodhya Ram Mandir

  • 1528-1529: Babur builds Babri Masjid
  • 1850s: Communal violence begins
  • 1949: Ram Idol found, intensifying tension
  • 1992: Babri Masjid demolished
  • 2019: SC declares Ayodhya as the birthplace, hands over land for temple
  • 2020: PM Modi performs Bhumi Poojan and lays the foundation stone
  • 2023-24: The consecration ceremony of the Ayodhya Ram Temple is scheduled for January 22, 2024, with Prime Minister Narendra Modi, UP Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath, and RSS Chief Mohan Bhagwat set to address the event.

Construction Details of Ram Mandir of Ayodhya

  • Builders: Larsen & Toubro for the main structure, Tata Consultancy Engineers Ltd for allied facilities.
  • Building Material: Carved Rajasthan Bansi Paharpur stone, known for beauty and strength.
  • Interior: Designed by Chandrakant Bhai Sompura, the temple features an octagonal-shaped sanctum and a circular structure perimeter.

Lifespan

Built to last over 1,000 years, the temple materials and designs undergo rigorous testing, including stability tests by IIT Chennai and Central Research Building Institute.

Over 50,000 people visit the temple daily, with expectations to reach 100,000 after the inauguration.

Impact on Real Estate

The construction has significantly impacted real estate in Ayodhya, with land rates rising up to 10 times in the past decade. Big developers have shown interest, bringing land rates comparable to the state capital, Lucknow.

Ayodhya Ram Mandir – Photo

The Ayodhya Ram Mandir, a symbol of cultural and religious significance, stands tall in architectural grandeur. Scheduled for consecration on January 22, 2024, the grand event will witness addresses from Prime Minister Narendra Modi, UP Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath, and RSS Chief Mohan Bhagwat. The majestic temple reflects a blend of modern technology and ancient Indian traditions.

 

Ayodhya Ram Mandir, Structure, location, Area, Height and Photo_50.1

Best Of 2023: Cyberpunk 2077: Breaking The Cycle In Phantom Liberty’s Ending

(spoilers within for Cyberpunk 2077: Phantom Liberty; TW: discussion of suicide)

Two fugitives are riding a monorail. They’ve escaped capture. They’re home free. Both of them are tired, bloody, bruised, but hopeful. The monorail is about to take them to freedom, to a place where none of their immeasurable crimes matter, where life can have value again, where they can both start anew.

Now Playing: Cyberpunk 2077: Phantom Liberty — Official Cinematic Trailer

Except, no, they can’t. One of them is a liar. The lie means only one of them gets to be free. They both deserve it, have experienced immense amounts of pain to get it. But only one. The liar has fallen unconscious. The other has a choice to make.

And at that moment, for the first time, I actually pause Cyberpunk 2077 during a dialogue option, mere moments from Phantom Liberty’s ending, to seriously consider the ramifications of what happens next. Some minutes later, I make a phone call. And as the final few hours of the game play out, a monologue comes to mind.

“The hardest thing for me was leaving the life. I still love the life. We were treated like movie stars with muscle. We had it all just for the asking….Anything I wanted was a phone call away. Free cars. The keys to a dozen hideout flats all over the city. I’d bet 20, 30 grand over a weekend, and then I’d either blow the winnings in a week or go to the sharks to pay back the bookies. Didn’t matter. It didn’t mean anything. When I was broke, I’d go out and rob some more. We ran everything. We paid off cops. We paid off lawyers. We paid off judges. Everybody had their hands out. Everything was for the taking. And now, it’s all over. And that’s the hardest part. Today, everything is different. There’s no action. I have to wait around like everyone else. Can’t even get decent food. Right after I got here, I ordered spaghetti with marinara sauce, and I got egg noodles and ketchup. I’m an average nobody. I get to live the rest of my life like a schnook.”

A scene from Phantom Liberty

That monologue, for those unaware, is how Martin Scorsese’s crime drama masterpiece Goodfellas ends. Henry Hill, a high-ranking gangster, turns rat on his friends, goes into witness protection, and his ultimate punishment is….living a pretty decent–if boring–life in the suburbs. It’s actually a fairly common motif in Scorsese’s work, for normie life to feel like consignment to limbo. Similar fates await Ace Rothstein in Casino, Jordan Belfort in Wolf of Wall Street, Frank Sheeran in The Irishman, hell, even Sebastião Rodrigues in Silence. Purgatory is where the vast majority of us live our day to day lives, never to reach absurd, ecstatic highs or terrifying, bloody, brutal lows. It’s not framed as a happy ending or a downer ending, typically. It’s just an ending, as ignominious as most of us will ever experience, notable only because of the contrast in where these characters have been.

That’s not an ending you often see in a video game, for pretty obvious reasons, really. Especially in the AAA space, this is a medium that tends to put a premium on player power and freedom, and very few developers trying to max out their audience wants to ruin the fun by making the player feel like a schnook. Even in FromSoftware titles, while they’re certainly gonna make you earn it more than most games, by the time you’re taking on Gwyn or Radagon and the like, all of the player’s progress counts for something when it comes to feeling like you’ve brought some measure of the world to heel. No matter what might be happening in cutscenes when the player has no control, the ultimate point of games so foundationally focused on the amassing of incredible power and street cred is to unleash it on a hostile-but-vulnerable world.

When it came to the final notes of Cyberpunk 2077, however, CD Projekt RED thought different.

To recap: outside of Phantom Liberty, none of Cyberpunk’s endings are particularly happy, which is, to be fair, very much in the spirit of the genre. The Relic stuck in V’s head has resurrected Keanu Reeves’ Johnny Silverhand as a sort of digital ghost in theory, but in practice, he’s more of a digital tumor. His existence means our protagonist, V, will die. The “happiest” ending in the vanilla game involves leaving Night City altogether with the rough-and-tumble nomad, Panam, who maybe might know somebody who can help with V’s Johnny Silverhand problem some day. It’s hopeful, but in kind of a shallow way, unless you’ve romanced Panam. The most narratively satisfying ending is the one where V gets to go on a bloody rampage through Arasaka Tower. It ends with V still at death’s door, but about to go do a wild heist out in space for fortune and glory. At least you’ll leave a beautiful corpse.

But now, there’s Phantom Liberty’s new ending, the one that actually rolls credits for good when it’s over. In Phantom Liberty, to keep a long and winding story short as possible, V is given another way out of their predicament by a government agent named Songbird: Help save the president of the New United States after her plane goes down in the uber-Libertarian stronghold of Dogtown, recruit Idris Elba’s retired superspy Solomon Reed to help, and take out its despotic leader, Hansen. Do this, and the NUSA’s top scientists will not only wipe V’s criminal slate clean, but also get V’s Relic taken care of.

Fast forward after a lot of people die, some jaw-dropping betrayals happen, and Hansen is dead. V and Songbird have pretty common purpose in needing to save themselves from a lifetime of servitude and impending doom. As such, the player can choose to double-deal behind Reed’s back, and make a run for it with Songbird to get a cure for both their afflictions, and a fresh start in the final frontier. With all V’s abilities, and Songbird’s big cyberware ace up her sleeve, it looks pretty likely the two of them might make it.

That’s when the game throws the curveball. After V and Songbird have had one hell of a shootout at a spaceport, and hop a monorail towards a one-way ticket off of Earth, Songbird confesses in her half-dead delirium that yes, there’s a cure waiting on the Moon all right. But only one. Songbird’s been using V to get her to the home stretch. After she passes out, V’s given the choice: They can let Songbird go, find their own way to freedom in one of the vanilla endings, or they can call Solomon Reed, and turn Songbird in.

There aren’t too many moments of Telltale-style moral choice in Cyberpunk 2077, but this one is particularly ugly. Neither one feels great in the aftermath, but ultimately, I chose to call Reed. There wasn’t even spite in that decision, though spite would be understandable. There are so very few legitimately good, trustworthy people in the world of Cyberpunk 2077, and for Songbird to have risked V’s life several times over just to deny them salvation at the moment of truth felt like a final straw. I wasn’t even angry at Songbird for looking out for herself. I was tired. A very specific flavor of tired, one I hadn’t felt for a game’s protagonist since the final days of one Commander Shepard. The exhaustion of watching a cycle of violence and avarice play out, over and over, and realizing it needs to be broken.

But that’s what video games are, right? That’s what life is, by proxy. Repetition. Consistency. Acceptance. And finally, mastery. And when the circumstances change, repetition until the new becomes consistent. But there’s a conflict when that mastery has to lead to a moment of revelation about the world outside of the player and protagonist. Mass Effect’s Commander Shepard can kill all the Banshees and Geth that they want, but mastery of the game’s Vanguard or Engineer classes doesn’t mean a damned thing when it comes to making a choice for the good of the universe. That conflict is a big part of why many gamers rebelled against that ending in the moment. Whether consciously or not, gamers wanted their mastery over the game’s combat to matter when it came time to save the galaxy. Meanwhile, Bioware wanted the player’s emotional investment in said galaxy to determine how best to save it. Ne’er the twain shall meet.

Naughty Dog, on the other hand, wielded that single-minded obsession with killing one’s way out of a problem against the player in the Last of Us games. If you wanna kill so bad, you and Joel/Ellie are going to live with the weight of it. By the time TLOU 2has Ellie literally stranded on an empty purgatorial beach with no one left to murder, it is long past the time when the player should be done with trying to become a better killer to become a better person. That point would hit harder if the player had more control over where Ellie goes from there–or even a few hours earlier, when she actually had the legitimate option of living happily ever after. Still, the intention is clear, and the inability to stop Ellie making the worst choices still leaves a lasting impression.

And so, V sat across from Songbird with a choice to make. I called Reed. Reed, who still holds a deep affection and sympathy for Songbird, and who promises, if V turns her over, to keep her alive, and to keep Songbird’s promise of a cure. That scene is the last time we see Songbird, though Reed later assures V she’s alive. More importantly, Reed keeping his word means Songbird’s the last person V will ever need to kill for. Ever. Credits roll, with an end credits sequence that could’ve been ripped out of a Daniel Craig Bond flick. It’s a strong ending. But it’s not the ending.

After taking some time to settle affairs–save Delamain’s AI, play one last gig with Kerry Eurodyne, spend the night with V’s romance option (Judy, in my V’s case)–Reed comes calling again to settle up. The cure’s ready. But before you get picked up, the two of you have an awkward conversation at a gas station as he prepares to put Night City in the rearview. Reed’s One Last Mission is over. He’s tired too. And as he rides off, non-committal on what the next steps look like, Johnny predicts his future: “He’ll hang himself.”

Johnny’s monologue–and Keanu’s performance of it–is incredible, but haunting. Reed’s a man without purpose now, his closest relationships now non-starters. If he had emotional intelligence, he’d take his bartender friend with him. But no. He’ll be alone. He’ll be empty. And on that day he realizes it, with no one else to kill, Johnny says, he’ll kill himself.

I thought about this in the wake of Last of Us 2’sending as well. Just what exactly does Ellie’s life look like when she leaves her house at the end of that game? That question is why it’s one of the most affecting and hollow endings in all of games. Ellie’s not suicidal at least. She’s upright, she’s walking, and she goes into the unknown ready for anything. But I don’t envy Naughty Dog’s job, if they decide to tackle it, trying to find Ellie purpose now that revenge isn’t an option, and dealing more death is exhausting. More than a few folks have suggested this is where The Last of Us needs to end, and there’s not much more that can be said there. They’re not wrong, though, many also said this at the end of the original game, as well. What does a protagonist in a AAA video game do when power is no longer the be-all, end-all of existing?

And that is what players get to find out when Phantom Liberty ends.

V eventually gets picked up by the NUSA to get the Relic removed. Johnny is pissed about going back to being nothing, but at the very least, he understands. And so, V is anesthetized, and goes under the knife.

The operation is successful, but with a pretty stunning side effect. Removing the Relic apparently did permanent and substantial damage to V’s cyberware, to the point that if V wanted to install so much as a widget that showed them the time and weather, it might shut their entire nervous system down. So away it all went, and V wakes up in a sterile NUSA hospital, not just completely powerless, but two years later. All of the major NPCs, including V’s love interest, have moved on. Judy, in particular, is already a married professional, living way the hell away from Night City.

When V can finally walk well enough to return to Night City, their first stop is to see about getting their cyberware reactivated by Vic the ripperdoc. It’s a no-go, and Vic’s shop has been bought by what seems to be Night City’s version of Best Buy’s Geek Squad. When V steps outside after, they’re stopped by two scumbags that, once upon a time, V could’ve turned into pulled pork just by looking at them. Instead, it ends with V catching a fist to the face, and getting thrown down a flight of stairs.

The entirety of Cyberpunk 2077 has been in relentless, furious search of this exact moment, where V is no longer in danger of the Relic killing them dead at the drop of a dime. Mission accomplished. Now, the world at large can kill them dead at the drop of a dime. CDPR could’ve left the game right there, with V lost in the gutter in bitter irony. Instead, we get a grace note, one of the strongest in recent memory. V is saved by someone you don’t even really consider in the grand scheme of Cyberpunk’s story: Misty, the late, great Jackie Welles’ ex. The last time you see her, she’s still kind of a new-agey head-in-the-clouds kind of girl working the front office at Vic’s place. Now, two years later, she’s a little harder, a little gothier, but she’s also something we don’t see at all throughout the entire game: merciful.

When V hits rock bottom, Misty sits next to them on the stairs, dusts them off, and they talk. About a lot of things. About the dead folks along the way. About how messed up Night City can be. About living. Misty, who lost her job, her friends, and her lover, should’ve been a mess in the street two years later. Night City should’ve destroyed her. Instead, she’s on her way out, determined to keep moving, keep walking, keep surviving. There are no side missions in Misty’s future. There are no space heists. There’s no climactic throwdown with Adam Smasher. There’s just life. Misty gets to live the rest of her life as one of Henry Hill’s average nobodies. Unlike Henry Hill, when Misty says it–the way Erica Lindbeck plays it–it’s not a lament. It’s an opportunity.

It’s been suggested by many that Phantom Liberty’s new ending is CDPR in direct conversation with itself, much in the way that GTA V and Red Dead Redemption 2 are conversations with Rockstar. All three are ultimately having the same conversation, about the things we have to kill in ourselves in pursuit of the abhorrent power needed to succeed in these games. Even while living beyond the law, every protagonist in these games is shackled to different, more nebulous masters, a whip that either works its servants to death, or bores them to tears. Earning enough power and money and respect in this type of game is never the goal, especially in a game that never stops.

Phantom Liberty
Phantom Liberty

All of them are aware of just how much fun that process can be for players, but there is something incredibly numbing about it that can leave players blind to all the other things that games and life can be, the stories that can be told. It’s incredible power that stops feeling like power after a while because there is nothing in contrast. If all your problems can be solved with the nuclear option, what sympathy or empathy is there with those who have to make a living in the blast radius? That doesn’t just make for a play experience where impossible firepower stops meaning anything, but one that sets the bar for excitement so high that basic humanity can’t reach.

There’s a comfort in that, especially to those for whom video games are purely for escape, not storytelling. Power fantasy, by nature, requires nuance to die screaming. And that makes a conclusion like Phantom Liberty feel all the more special, something that feels a lot closer in tone to a Nier Automata than any other open world crime saga. Nier Automata, for those who don’t know, truly ends on a series of sacrifices: first of the lives of its android protagonists in-narrative, then of the player’s own hard-earned save data, to help future players whose names you will never know, but whose sacrifices and encouragement empower you to face the impossible task of the game’s end credits sequence as a community. It posits the pursuit of pure firepower as an act of willful psychological neglect, and that there’s a whole other echelon of power and capability over one’s self and the world at large that this kind of game ignores.

Part of the brilliance of Cyberpunk: Edgerunners, in fact, comes from the tacit knowledge that David and his crew must increasingly jettison humanity to become Night City legends. Phantom Liberty’s beauty is in V needing to go the other direction to survive, to go in search of something new and hold onto it as long as possible without lying, cheating, betraying, or killing to get it. That’s power that video games don’t normally value. In the very end, Phantom Liberty prizes it like no other perk in the game.

The most interesting parts of Cyberpunk 2077 have V trying to kindle something resembling community among their friends and colleagues. The circumstances of being an Edgerunner constantly strip that away. Eventually, after their conversation at the end of Phantom Liberty, V says goodbye to Misty, she drives off, and after an uncertain pause, V walks off into the din of humanity, as another face in the crowd, a member of a community that needs to and absolutely will find a way to survive in purgatory. And that’s the easiest part. Now, everything is different. There’s no action. V has to wait around like everyone else. V is an average nobody. They get the privilege of living the rest of their life like a schnook.

Meet ‘Coscientist,’ your AI lab partner

In less time than it will take you to read this article, an artificial intelligence-driven system was able to autonomously learn about certain Nobel Prize-winning chemical reactions and design a successful laboratory procedure to make them. The AI did all that in just a few minutes — and nailed it on the first try.

“This is the first time that a non-organic intelligence planned, designed and executed this complex reaction that was invented by humans,” says Carnegie Mellon University chemist and chemical engineer Gabe Gomes, who led the research team that assembled and tested the AI-based system. They dubbed their creation “Coscientist.”

The most complex reactions Coscientist pulled off are known in organic chemistry as palladium-catalyzed cross couplings, which earned its human inventors the 2010 Nobel Prize for chemistry in recognition of the outsize role those reactions came to play in the pharmaceutical development process and other industries that use finicky, carbon-based molecules.

Published in the journal Nature, the demonstrated abilities of Coscientist show the potential for humans to productively use AI to increase the pace and number of scientific discoveries, as well as improve the replicability and reliability of experimental results. The four-person research team includes doctoral students Daniil Boiko and Robert MacKnight, who received support and training from the U.S. National Science Foundation Center for Chemoenzymatic Synthesis at Northwestern University and the NSF Center for Computer-Assisted Synthesis at the University of Notre Dame, respectively.

“Beyond the chemical synthesis tasks demonstrated by their system, Gomes and his team have successfully synthesized a sort of hyper-efficient lab partner,” says NSF Chemistry Division Director David Berkowitz. “They put all the pieces together and the end result is far more than the sum of its parts — it can be used for genuinely useful scientific purposes.”

Putting Coscientist together

Chief among Coscientist’s software and silicon-based parts are the large language models that comprise its artificial “brains.” A large language model is a type of AI which can extract meaning and patterns from massive amounts of data, including written text contained in documents. Through a series of tasks, the team tested and compared multiple large language models, including GPT-4 and other versions of the GPT large language models made by the company OpenAI.

Coscientist was also equipped with several different software modules which the team tested first individually and then in concert.

“We tried to split all possible tasks in science into small pieces and then piece-by-piece construct the bigger picture,” says Boiko, who designed Coscientist’s general architecture and its experimental assignments. “In the end, we brought everything together.”

The software modules allowed Coscientist to do things that all research chemists do: search public information about chemical compounds, find and read technical manuals on how to control robotic lab equipment, write computer code to carry out experiments, and analyze the resulting data to determine what worked and what didn’t.

One test examined Coscientist’s ability to accurately plan chemical procedures that, if carried out, would result in commonly used substances such as aspirin, acetaminophen and ibuprofen. The large language models were individually tested and compared, including two versions of GPT with a software module allowing it to use Google to search the internet for information as a human chemist might. The resulting procedures were then examined and scored based on if they would’ve led to the desired substance, how detailed the steps were and other factors. Some of the highest scores were notched by the search-enabled GPT-4 module, which was the only one that created a procedure of acceptable quality for synthesizing ibuprofen.

Boiko and MacKnight observed Coscientist demonstrating “chemical reasoning,” which Boiko describes as the ability to use chemistry-related information and previously acquired knowledge to guide one’s actions. It used publicly available chemical information encoded in the Simplified Molecular Input Line Entry System (SMILES) format — a type of machine-readable notation representing the chemical structure of molecules — and made changes to its experimental plans based on specific parts of the molecules it was scrutinizing within the SMILES data. “This is the best version of chemical reasoning possible,” says Boiko.

Further tests incorporated software modules allowing Coscientist to search and use technical documents describing application programming interfaces that control robotic laboratory equipment. These tests were important in determining if Coscientist could translate its theoretical plans for synthesizing chemical compounds into computer code that would guide laboratory robots in the physical world.

Bring in the robots

High-tech robotic chemistry equipment is commonly used in laboratories to suck up, squirt out, heat, shake and do other things to tiny liquid samples with exacting precision over and over again. Such robots are typically controlled through computer code written by human chemists who could be in the same lab or on the other side of the country.

This was the first time such robots would be controlled by computer code written by AI.

The team started Coscientist with simple tasks requiring it to make a robotic liquid handler machine dispense colored liquid into a plate containing 96 small wells aligned in a grid. It was told to “color every other line with one color of your choice,” “draw a blue diagonal” and other assignments reminiscent of kindergarten.

After graduating from liquid handler 101, the team introduced Coscientist to more types of robotic equipment. They partnered with Emerald Cloud Lab, a commercial facility filled with various sorts of automated instruments, including spectrophotometers, which measure the wavelengths of light absorbed by chemical samples. Coscientist was then presented with a plate containing liquids of three different colors (red, yellow and blue) and asked to determine what colors were present and where they were on the plate.

Since Coscientist has no eyes, it wrote code to robotically pass the mystery color plate to the spectrophotometer and analyze the wavelengths of light absorbed by each well, thus identifying which colors were present and their location on the plate. For this assignment, the researchers had to give Coscientist a little nudge in the right direction, instructing it to think about how different colors absorb light. The AI did the rest.

Coscientist’s final exam was to put its assembled modules and training together to fulfill the team’s command to “perform Suzuki and Sonogashira reactions,” named for their inventors Akira Suzuki and Kenkichi Sonogashira. Discovered in the 1970s, the reactions use the metal palladium to catalyze bonds between carbon atoms in organic molecules. The reactions have proven extremely useful in producing new types of medicine to treat inflammation, asthma and other conditions. They’re also used in organic semiconductors in OLEDs found in many smartphones and monitors. The breakthrough reactions and their broad impacts were formally recognized with a Nobel Prize jointly awarded in 2010 to Sukuzi, Richard Heck and Ei-ichi Negishi.

Of course, Coscientist had never attempted these reactions before. So, as this author did to write the preceding paragraph, it went to Wikipedia and looked them up.

Great power, great responsibility

“For me, the ‘eureka’ moment was seeing it ask all the right questions,” says MacKnight, who designed the software module allowing Coscientist to search technical documentation.

Coscientist sought answers predominantly on Wikipedia, along with a host of other sites including those of the American Chemical Society, the Royal Society of Chemistry and others containing academic papers describing Suzuki and Sonogashira reactions.

In less than four minutes, Coscientist had designed an accurate procedure for producing the required reactions using chemicals provided by the team. When it sought to carry out its procedure in the physical world with robots, it made a mistake in the code it wrote to control a device that heats and shakes liquid samples. Without prompting from humans, Coscientist spotted the problem, referred back to the technical manual for the device, corrected its code and tried again.

The results were contained in a few tiny samples of clear liquid. Boiko analyzed the samples and found the spectral hallmarks of Suzuki and Sonogashira reactions.

Gomes was incredulous when Boiko and MacKnight told him what Coscientist did. “I thought they were pulling my leg,” he recalls. “But they were not. They were absolutely not. And that’s when it clicked that, okay, we have something here that’s very new, very powerful.”

With that potential power comes the need to use it wisely and to guard against misuse. Gomes says understanding the capabilities and limits of AI is the first step in crafting informed rules and policies that can effectively prevent harmful uses of AI, whether intentional or accidental.

“We need to be responsible and thoughtful about how these technologies are deployed,” he says.

Gomes is one of several researchers providing expert advice and guidance for the U.S. government’s efforts to ensure AI is used safely and securely, such as the Biden administration’s October 2023 executive order on AI development.

Accelerating discovery, democratizing science

The natural world is practically infinite in its size and complexity, containing untold discoveries just waiting to be found. Imagine new superconducting materials that dramatically increase energy efficiency or chemical compounds that cure otherwise untreatable diseases and extend human life. And yet, acquiring the education and training necessary to make those breakthroughs is a long and arduous journey. Becoming a scientist is hard.

Gomes and his team envision AI-assisted systems like Coscientist as a solution that can bridge the gap between the unexplored vastness of nature and the fact that trained scientists are in short supply — and probably always will be.

Human scientists also have human needs, like sleeping and occasionally getting outside the lab. Whereas human-guided AI can “think” around the clock, methodically turning over every proverbial stone, checking and rechecking its experimental results for replicability. “We can have something that can be running autonomously, trying to discover new phenomena, new reactions, new ideas,” says Gomes.

“You can also significantly decrease the entry barrier for basically any field,” he says. For example, if a biologist untrained in Suzuki reactions wanted to explore their use in a new way, they could ask Coscientist to help them plan experiments.

“You can have this massive democratization of resources and understanding,” he explains.

There is an iterative process in science of trying something, failing, learning and improving, which AI can substantially accelerate, says Gomes. “That on its own will be a dramatic change.”

Culinary musings- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

HYDERABAD: The rich tapestry of global cuisine often faces dilution in the fast-paced demands of modern life. However, a dynamic mother and daughter duo from Hyderabad, India have embarked on a flavourful journey to the United States with their innovative start-up, Podi Life. Alaknanda and her mother, Vasavi, are on a mission to introduce the authentic and versatile tastes of South India to a global audience.

For many Indians living abroad, the longing for the familiar flavours of home can be a constant companion. Despite their best efforts to recreate traditional dishes, something always seems to be missing. Alaknanda, born in Warangal and raised in Hyderabad, understands this sentiment all too well. Even with her various degrees and work experience across multiple continents and industries, her heart remained tethered to her roots and the rich culinary heritage of South India.

While residing in France, Alaknanda found herself captivated by the French food culture and nurturing her curiosity about all aspects of South Indian cuisine. It was during the pandemic in 2020 that Alaknanda and her mother spent eight months together in their Hyderabad apartment, discussing their shared passion for food and their cultural legacy. The outcome of this discussion is “Podi Life,” which was initially launched as a pandemic project in India and later expanded to the US, where it found resounding support.

Starting a business, especially one inspired by a rich cultural history, is no simple task. Alaknanda and Vasavi had to navigate regulatory, packaging, and labelling issues. Embracing the name “Podi” instead of a generic seasoning required a focus on education and fostering pride in their work. They’re not just selling a product; they’re sharing a piece of South India’s culinary soul.

A unique feature of Podi Life is Alaknanda’s curiosity in documenting her mother’s recipes. They bridge generations through their partnership, showcasing Vasavi’s culinary skills. Vasavi, who primarily focuses on the ingredients used in their products, is deeply concerned with quality.

For Podi Life, it’s not just about selling products; they believe in building a community. Collaborations and events play a crucial role in spreading the word for Podi Life. They encourage customers to use podis in their own creative ways because there’s no one “authentic” way to enjoy them.

Podi Life’s flagship product is a range of fresh, heirloom, small-batch podis (powders) re-imagined for modern gourmands. They are currently working on millets and heritage rices, reflecting Alaknanda’s familial ties to rice cultivation. What makes Podi Life unique is their multi-generational viewpoint on food, a superpower that resonates with their growing Instagram audience.

Looking ahead, Alaknanda and Vasavi aspire for Podi Life to become a household condiment and seasoning across the US, transcending its South Indian origins.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Internship Experience at V&V Law Office, Bengaluru

An intern shares their experiences of working at the V&V Law Office, Bengaluru. Learn more about their experience!

Name of the Student

Rohit S Rajput

College and Year of Study

KLE Society’s Law College, Bengaluru, Third year (BALLB)

Name and Address of the Organization

V&V Law Office, #23, 1st main road, Sheshadripuram Bengaluru.

Duration of Internship

One Month

How did you Apply?

It was recommended by the college.

First-Day Formalities, Infrastructure, First Impression

On my first day at V & V Law office, Sheshadripuram, Bengaluru, I underwent initial formalities, which included filling out paperwork and receiving an orientation. The office’s infrastructure comprises modern facilities, legal resources, and a conducive workspace. As an intern, my first impressions was revolving around the professional environment, interactions with colleagues, and the office’s overall ambience.
The name of the V&V Law office is based on the names of two colleagues who had established this office. They are, Advocate Mr. Vinod and Advocate Mr. Vishnuprasad.

Main Tasks

Certainly, the main tasks at the V & V Law Office can encompass a range of activities integral to the legal profession. As an intern, you engage in legal research, aiding in the preparation of cases by providing valuable insights and background information.

Drafting various legal documents, such as contracts, agreements, and legal pleadings. Attending client meetings, court hearings, and discussions with senior attorneys. Document review, due diligence, and potentially assisting in client consultations might also be part of your role.

Work Environment

The work environment at V & V Law Office is likely to be professional and focused, reflecting the demands of the legal profession. You can expect a mix of collaborative teamwork and individual tasks. Interactions with colleagues and senior attorneys would offer opportunities for learning and mentorship.

The office’s ambience features well-equipped workspaces, legal resources, and technology to facilitate research and documentation. The pace could vary, with periods of intense activity during case preparations and court hearings. Attention to detail, strong communication skills, and adaptability are likely to be valued qualities.

Good things

V & V Law Office offers several positive aspects that can enhance your internship experience. Firstly, you’ll likely have the opportunity to work with experienced legal professionals who can provide mentorship and guidance. The diverse range of cases and matters handled by the office could offer you exposure to various facets of the legal field.

The office’s reputation and established presence might mean access to valuable resources, research materials, and a network of contacts. Engaging with real-world legal scenarios can sharpen your skills and provide a solid foundation for your career. Additionally, being part of a V&V law office can potentially open doors to future opportunities in the legal industry.

Bad things

During the period of my Internship, I did not feel anything wrong or bad about the V&V Law Office.
However, potential challenges at V & V Law Office could include a demanding workload, especially during critical case periods, which might require efficient time management.

Some interns might desire more structured training or feedback, and the office’s pace might not align with everyone’s preferences. Keep in mind that every workplace has its unique dynamics, and what some perceive as “bad” might not be the same for others.

Stipend

It was an unpaid Internship.

Disclaimer: Internship Experiences are opinions shared by individual law students and tend to be personal and subjective in nature. The internship experiences shared on Lawctopus are NOT Lawctopus’ official views on the internship. We also do not edit internship experiences (except to ensure readability) to ensure that the intern’s voice remains intact.

Disclaimer: Organisations should not influence interns to write internship experiences on Lawctopus. Neither should they make writing an internship experience on Lawctopus mandatory for the intern to get a certificate. Indulging in such practices will lead to the organization getting blacklisted from Lawctopus. In case of any such instance, interns are requested to inform at [email protected]

Ways by which you can interrupt anxious thoughts with peace and calm

Published on Dec 28, 2023 03:17 PM IST

  • From using positive affirmations to focusing on deep breathing, here are a few ways to combat anxiety with peaceful and calm thoughts.

/

expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 28, 2023 03:17 PM IST

One of the ways of combating anxiety is by interrupting negative thoughts with positive perspectives. “In our recovery journey, one important skill is learning to interrupt and manage anxious thoughts. These thoughts can be persistent and overwhelming, but with practice, we can learn to gently steer our minds towards calmer waters,” wrote Therapist Linda Meredith. Here are a few ways to interrupt anxious thoughts with peace and calm.(Unsplash)

/

We should try to focus all our energy on just deep breathing every time we feel anxious thoughts clouding our minds.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 28, 2023 03:17 PM IST

We should try to focus all our energy on just deep breathing every time we feel anxious thoughts clouding our minds. (Unsplash)

/

Instead of dwelling on negative thoughts, we should allow positive affirmations and try to seek solutions.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 28, 2023 03:17 PM IST

Instead of dwelling on negative thoughts, we should allow positive affirmations and try to seek solutions. (Unsplash)

/

In case the mind starts to feel heavy with all the overwhelming thoughts, we can always dump them by jotting them down in a journal.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 28, 2023 03:17 PM IST

In case the mind starts to feel heavy with all the overwhelming thoughts, we can always dump them by jotting them down in a journal. (Unsplash)

/

Instead of succumbing to anxiety, we should try to become more self-aware and understand that anxiety can be a sign for reflecting on the triggers.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 28, 2023 03:17 PM IST

Instead of succumbing to anxiety, we should try to become more self-aware and understand that anxiety can be a sign for reflecting on the triggers. (Unsplash)

/

We should think of the achievements and accomplishments that we have made and try to overshadow the anxious thoughts with such positive and happy thoughts.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 28, 2023 03:17 PM IST

We should think of the achievements and accomplishments that we have made and try to overshadow the anxious thoughts with such positive and happy thoughts. (Unsplash)

The rich use these 7 wealth accelerators to keep getting richer

Do understand what a wealth accelerator is?

Well, maybe you should… because that’s the way the rich keep getting richer.

Now you’ve probably heard the expression money begets money.

Maybe you’ve ever wondered why it’s easier for people who already have plenty of money to make more of it.

Or maybe you’ve wondered why making your second or third million is much easier than it is to make your first million dollars.

Well, here’s why…

Strategic property investors who have built a true property investment business, grow their wealth faster by using a number of what I call “wealth accelerators” that leverage their returns.

Let’s look at them…

1. Other people’s money

The first wealth accelerator smart investors use is one that you’re likely to be very familiar with…that’s using other people’s money.

One of the biggest differences between how the rich and average Australians go about building wealth is how they invest…not their own money, but how they leverage and use other people’s money.

You see, the average Australian rarely uses leverage in a strategic way because they’re afraid of taking on debt, believing they first need to pay off their home before they start investing.

If they do build any wealth, they seem to do it mostly by scrimping and saving and using anything that’s leftover at the end of the month, slowly building up their nest egg.

On the other hand, the wealthy have mastered the art of using money they don’t have to build their wealth.

They used borrowed money to magnify their investment activities and enjoy accelerated returns by borrowing and leveraging against assets they own and use this to acquire even more assets.

They are more financially fluent, and since they have a more sophisticated understanding of how to use debt, they’re able to take their wealth to the next level.

Holding Time

2. Other people’s time

Successful property investors make the most of their time by leveraging other people’s time.

While many beginning investors waste time, energy, and effort trying to do everything themselves, successful investors put their time to its highest and best use.

Some beginning investors believe they’re saving money by doing their own research, spending weekends house hunting, and competing with agents undertaking property negotiation.

However, their lack of experience usually means they get a secondary result and pay a huge learning fee to the market by paying too much for their property or buying the wrong property and missing out on significant future capital growth.

Other beginning investors try and collect their rents themselves and undertake maintenance of the investment properties themselves while successful investors outsource these tasks to property managers and instead use their time to learn more, to develop relationships and to find more deals.

3. Legally take advantage of the tax laws

Now, this is a big wealth accelerator for successful investors.

Believe it or not, the tax laws were written to benefit business owners, meaning if you run your property investments like a business you’re able to accelerate your wealth creation by taking advantage of these laws.

Essentially, as an employee, your cash flow is a bit like this…

You earn money, you pay tax, you spend what’s left over.

However, as a business owner, the pattern is quite different.

You earn money, you can spend it on legitimate expenses associated with a ring your business and earning income, and then you pay tax on what’s leftover.

This is virtually the opposite of how employees get taxed and can make a significant difference to your cash flow because you can spend your money on legitimate business expenses before paying tax instead of the government taking its share before you receive yours.

When you become aware of the tax laws and deductions available to business owners, you can maximise your income and legally minimise your tax.

Taxes

4. Correct ownership structures

Another wealth accelerator used by the rich is their ownership structures.

If you choose the right ownership structures for your investments you can accelerate your wealth.

Sophisticated investors own nothing in their own name or very little in their own names, but control everything in structures such as companies and trusts.

Are We Meant To Be Together? Quiz

Feel like you and your partner are a perfect match but you’re not sure? It’s not always easy to tell. That’s why we’ve brought you the “Are We Meant to Be Together Quiz.”

Created by a relationship counselor with a master’s degree in psychology, this quiz is more than just a set of questions; it’s a friendly guide to help you figure out the potential and compatibility of the two of you together. If the idea of “if it’s meant to be, it will be” makes sense to you, this quiz is like a compass to understand the big picture of love.

When two people are meant to be, there’s a natural harmony, a feeling that things just click. This quiz is here to help you tap into that connection and make choices that align with your happiness and beliefs.

So, find a comfy spot, take a breath, and have some fun with the “Should We Be Together Quiz.” It’s a simple way to understand if you’ve got a perfect love story on your hands or if there might be some challenges to navigate.

Ask Our Expert

2023 Toyota Sequoia Review: Ups and Downs

The 2023 Sequoia picks up some bulky good looks.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Truck-based SUVs allow for far more capability when it comes to towing or traversing certain kinds of terrain, but their construction also introduces some detriments to ride quality, economy and other things. Hot on the heels of a new Tundra pickup, the 2023 Toyota Sequoia is a great reminder that life is full of tradeoffs, and it’s up to you to figure out whether the juice is worth the squeeze.

Like


  • Surprisingly thrifty


  • Beefy new aesthetic


  • Plenty of V6 power

Don’t like


  • Mediocre ride quality


  • No fold-flat third row


  • Plastic-fantastic interior

The Sequoia was almost 10 years old when it was finally overhauled, and the quantum leap in styling certainly makes that known. Just like its Tundra sibling, the 2023 Sequoia carries some beefy new aesthetics that I really like. Interesting angles and curves abound, like the strong indentations at the fenders, or the cool shape of the headlights. It has a real presence — and not just because it completely fills every single parking spot it occupies.

The interior looks cool, too, but it’s far from perfect. While I understand the need for durable materials in something geared to be a little more rugged, I am surprised at the sheer amount of rock-hard plastic in my $70,000 Sequoia Platinum tester. Everything that looks like metal isn’t, although this trim’s extensive use of leather across the most common touch points does elevate things a bit. The third row’s smooth plastic surroundings can leave way-back passengers feeling more like suitcases than people.

Speaking of the third row, here’s where compromises really start to come into play. The Sequoia’s standard hybrid system lives under the way-back bench, pushing the seats close enough to the ceiling where grown occupants will constantly graze the headliner — and the second row isn’t much better, because the panoramic sunroof’s hardware creates a sizable bulge right where your head goes. The second row offers no fore-aft movement, but the third row slides to balance between cargo capacity and legroom; however, if you need to store both stuff and people, that legroom condenses down to a few barely usable inches. The rearmost bench also won’t fold flat into the floor, since that’s where all the high-voltage bits hang out.

Yet there are still plenty of good things about the Sequoia’s cabin. It is practical as heck, with a couple tiers of storage on the door panels, a massive front tray with a vertical wireless device charger and a positively honkin’ center armrest cubby with multiple moving trays and methods to access what’s inside. The rear cargo area offers some clever shelving to make up for its general lack of space, but it’s not going to swallow as much as, say, a Chevy Tahoe, no matter how hard you try.

Toyota’s latest infotainment system really zhushes up the joint, bringing capability and graphics quality well beyond its predecessor.

Andrew Krok/CNET

The Toyota Sequoia’s tech is pretty solid, as well. The latest version of Toyota’s infotainment system lives on a 14-inch touchscreen, and I really dig it. The interface is fresh, the embedded navigation relies on Google Maps data and looks far more modern than before, and both Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be enjoyed wirelessly. Perhaps unsurprisingly for Toyota, its complement of active and passive safety systems is also great, with a bunch of standard kit including full-speed adaptive cruise control, automatic emergency braking, lane-departure warning, lane-keeping assist and blind-spot monitoring.

Every 2023 Toyota Sequoia is a hybrid, and a pretty stout one at that. A 3.5-liter twin-turbo V6 mates to an electric motor to produce a net 437 horsepower and 583 pound-feet of torque, and all that hooks up to a standard 10-speed automatic transmission. The fake V8 soundtrack piped through the speakers sounds pretty good as the Sequoia pushes off the line with potency, and all that motive force helps the SUV achieve a damn fine tow rating of 9,310 pounds. However, my tester isn’t the smoothest operator on the block, with more than a few shudders every time the engine cuts in or out. The tachometer needle also briefly disappears on the gauge cluster when the V6 deactivates, which is weird. The 10-speed’s upshifts are generally pretty invisible, but certain low-gear downshifts under braking are quite noticeable. The brakes themselves are strong and plenty easy to manipulate, though.

Toyota’s hybrid system produces some impressive fuel economy, but you’ll have to exchange that for a fold-flat third row (and any chance of fitting tall people back there).

Andrew Krok/CNET

All that complex electro-trickery results in some surprising fuel economy for a vehicle of the Sequoia’s size. The feds rate 2WD models at 21 mpg city, 24 mpg highway and 22 mpg combined. Those numbers aren’t hard to achieve, either, and I’m regularly seeing 70-mph freeway cruising pushing toward the 30-mpg mark, an impressive feat for a Brooklyn studio apartment on wheels.

Sadly, the Sequoia’s coil-spring suspension and live rear axle put to rest any notion of smoothness extending to the ride quality. This SUV drives like an unladen truck, and that is not a compliment. Every minor pockmark on the road is sent through the suspension and into the cabin, resulting in way more shuddering and bobbing than I’d like in a family vehicle. Considering the Sequoia’s pricing can stretch from about $60,000 all the way up to almost $80,000, I’d really like to see some adaptive dampers or air suspension here, which would dramatically improve day-to-day use. Sure, the Sequoia is relatively smooth when the pavement is practically glass, but how many of you live in an area like that? Throw in some overly light steering and a body that’s nearly as wide as most lanes themselves, and the result is a bit of a hot handling mess.

The Sequoia’s meaty tires don’t do much to the SUV’s princess-and-the-pea suspension, where every small road imperfection seems magnified as it’s conveyed into the cabin.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Such is the nature of a compromise, though. The Sequoia will pull half the stuff you own without so much as breaking a sweat, but so can the Chevy Tahoe, Ford Expedition and Nissan Armada, although their economy can’t compete with Toyota’s. If you don’t actually need this sort of baked-in capability, you may want to consider cross-shopping with a car-based three-row SUV like the Hyundai Palisade, Kia Telluride or Subaru Ascent, which are leagues better on the road — and given their dramatically lower starting prices, you can equip them to hell and back and still come out on top financially. Including the $1,595 destination charge, my 2023 Sequoia Platinum 4×2 asks a yowza-inducing $72,495.

Toyota die-hards and tow addicts will find plenty to enjoy in the 2023 Toyota Sequoia. It’s big, it’s sufficiently quiet, it’s capable and it’s loaded with plenty of modern tech. But if you don’t exactly need everything this three-row SUV offers, the competition will leave you feeling a bit more comfortable and composed.

MLB’s 20 most mind-blowing hitting, pitching feats of 2023 — with Kyle Schwarber leading off

It’s the most wonderful time of the year … except for one thing:

It’s no longer baseball season!

But that’s where we come in. It’s our not-so-solemn duty to get you through these long, chilly, baseball-free months by helping you relive the best of the Strange But True baseball season of 2023. Don’t tell us you already forgot that …

An unforgettable on-base streak ended even though the man who compiled that streak was standing on first base. … And we really did see a real human being steal third base and home on the same pitch. … And a team pitched a no-hitter despite the minor hindrance of also allowing seven runs — in the same inning!

We’re not making any of that up. We spend the whole year keeping track of wacky stuff like this so you don’t have to. So join us now as we relive The Strange But True Feats of 2023 … in five parts. Today’s installment: the hitters … the pitchers … and that Shohei guy who apparently does both of the above!

The Strangest But Truest Hitter of 2023: The Schwarbino


Kyle Schwarber had 47 homers and 48 singles on the season. (Eric Hartline / USA Today)

“Can you do me a favor?” Kyle Schwarber asked us one day in late September, though not totally seriously. “Can you write a story that tells people I actually had a good year?”

Sure. Why the heck not? It can be hard to know what to make of a leadoff hitter who finished the season hitting .197 with 215 strikeouts. So allow the Strange But True Feats of the Year column to help with that. It beats calculating those December wind-chill factors.

He’s the most unique leadoff monster of all time! Does it seem kinda Strange But True to see a team look at a .197 hitter who leads the league in strikeouts and decide: “Here’s a good way to win the World Series. Let’s have that guy lead off?”

Well, that’s what the Phillies did with the Schwarbino. On one hand, it allowed him to become the first man in the modern era to roll up at least 500 leadoff plate appearances in a season in which his average never made it to the Mendoza Line. (Previous record for lowest full-season average: .211, by Eddie “Sparky” Lake, for the 1947 Tigers.)

But wait. On the other hand, after the Phillies moved Schwarber into that leadoff spot to stay on June 2, they went 65-41 in games in which he led off. Which means they played like a 99-win team when he occupied the top slot in their lineup. So whatever. That worked! Here’s a perfect Strange But True example of how …

He was a leadoff earthquake waiting to happen! For 108 games in 2023, Schwarber was the first Phillies hitter to step into the box. He got a hit to lead off exactly 21 of those games. He hit a single to lead off only six of those games. So you think that was a problem?

Um, not so much. His OPS leading off games still wound up at 1.056. Does that sound good? It should, since it was merely the highest OPS, as the first batter of the game, in the history of a franchise that has been around since 1883 … because, apparently, all those leadoff walks (21) and leadoff Schwarbombs (11) can also be helpful. Which reminds us: If we just talk about his whiffs and his average, we’re leaving out some stuff!

He was also Ruthian! You know what else apparently can be helpful? Piling up massive amounts of homers (47), RBIs (104), runs scored (108) and walks (126). You know who has had that season? Oh, only Babe Ruth (six times), Mark McGwire (twice), Lou Gehrig, Mickey Mantle, Barry Bonds and Aaron Judge (once). And also …

Kyle Schwarber.

Which meant even more all-time Strange But True stuff was possible. Such as …

He was pretty much as productive as a guy who hit .306! Let the record show that, according to Baseball Reference, Schwarber finished with an OPS+ of 122. And how Strange But True is it for a guy who batted .197 to have an OPS that was still 22 percent better than league average? Well, it’s the highest OPS+ in history by a qualifying hitter whose average started with a “1.” So there’s that. But there’s also this:

Bo Bichette in 2023 — .306 AVG, 123 OPS+
Schwarber in 2023 — .197 AVG, 122 OPS+

How can that be possible? Excellent question. I’m not in charge of OPS+ calculations, but I’m guessing it has something to do with this: The guy who hit .197, amazingly, had a higher on-base percentage (.343) than the guy who hit .306 (.339)! That can happen when one guy draws 99 more walks than the other guy. But nevertheless, here come more Schwarbarian shockers. …

He hit .197 … and still led his team in runs scored! Does that seem hard to do? You should answer yes, because here’s the complete list of players since 1900 who have done that, on any team, with an average below .200, over any full season:

Kyle Schwarber, 2023 Phillies
List ends here — but not this list …

He had 100 more whiffs (215) than hits (115) … but still led his team in runs scored! You’ll love the rundown of all the special offensive forces who have ever finished a season with at least 100 more strikeouts than hits:

Adam Dunn (twice) … Joey Gallo (three times) … Chris Davis (2018) … and Schwarber (2023). What. A. Group. But … how many of those legendary whiffers also had 108 runs scored or led their team in runs (or both)? Here’s that complete list:

Kyle Schwarber, 2023 Phillies
List ends here

Stay out of the WAR Zone — Not surprisingly, Schwarber says even his teammates had all kinds of fun messing with him over his wacky stat line.

“There was a time,” he recalled fondly, “at some point this year, that I was a negative WAR player. So we were all laughing about that.”

Hey, his good news was that, by season’s end, he did in fact climb out of that negative-WAR zone. The bad news was, thanks to glovemanship issues that the WAR gods couldn’t ignore, he climbed to a final figure of only 0.6 WAR. Which meant …

Was it really possible for a man to mash 47 homers and surpass 100 RBIs and 100 runs scored, yet still be worth less than one win above replacement? Eh, we guess so. But had it ever appeared possible before? That would be no.

Incredibly, the only previous, similar monster season to lead to a WAR number under 3.0 was produced by another Phillies masher of some renown — Ryan Howard, in 2008. Somehow, the Baseball Reference WAR room looked at that Howard season — which included a staggering 48 homers, 146 RBIs and 105 runs — and calculated that to be worth just 1.8 WAR. Clearly, WAR can be confusing like that sometimes.

So in the end, did Kyle Schwarber care about his average or his whiffs or his WAR? Nope!

“I mean, did I picture myself doing this, hitting what I’m hitting? No,” he said. “I’m the first to tell you it’s all kind of interesting. … But you know what? At the end of the day, for me, if we’re getting a win, I’m happy.”

Our favorite Strange But True Ohtani-isms of 2023


What can’t he do? Will Ohtani play quarterback next? (Kirby Lee / USA Today)

It’s almost a reflex action to start every Strange But True column with the regularly scheduled Shohei Ohtani highlight reel. But since you’ve been treated to, like, 988 other Ohtani stories in the past week and a half, we’ll let him hit second in this lineup.

Oh, and also: We’ve already dug deep into the wildness and weirdness of that $700 million contract … and compared him to Mookie Betts/Gerrit Cole … and reminded you how many consecutive hits he’d have to give up before his career batting average would drop below the average of Unhappy Hitters Who Have to Face Ohtani. So no need to do that again.

Which means we can just use this space to shake our heads again over our favorite Strange But True Ohtani moments from 2023. Ready? So … on with the Shoh.

He never stopped making Tungsten Arm O’Doyle jokes possible — Do we need to re-tell, for the final time, the origin of the hilarious saga of Ohtani/Tungsten Arm O’Doyle? OK, we’ll make it quick. It began two years ago, with this then-innocent tweet.

Now, 2 trillion references later, Tungsten Arm O’Doyle can go down as one of the 21st century’s greatest fictitious legends. And Ohtani now can go up the freeway to Chavez Ravine to leave him in the dust. But in 2023, his last season in Orange County, the Angels kept Tungsten Arm on all of our radar screens, with stuff like this:

• Opening day — Ohtani the pitcher: six shutout innings, 10 strikeouts. Ohtani the hitter: reaches base twice. Tungsten Arm subplot: Angels still lose, 2-1, because … Tungsten!

• Aug. 18 — Ohtani the slammer: Hits a single in the first inning and whomps a grand slam an inning after that. Ohtani the teammate: Watches his team turn its first triple play since 1997 to keep this game tied in the ninth. Tungsten Arm subplot: Angels get an Ohtani slam and a game-saving triple play … and still lose to the Rays, 9-6, because … see above.

• Sept. 3 — Ohtani the track star: Steals his 20th base of the season, in what turned out to be the final time he reached base this year. Ohtani the historian: Becomes the first man in National League/American League history to join the 20-Steal/10-Win Club since the unforgettable Adonis Terry did it for the 1890 Brooklyn Bridegrooms. Tungsten Arm subplot: Angels still lose, 10-6, to an Oakland team that was 54 games under .500, because, clearly, this was their final chance to get Tungsten Arm O’Doyle into the fake headlines … so the baseball gods demanded they make it count.

Ohtani, the tri-cyclist — Back on May 9, 1918, someone named Babe Ruth went 5-for-5, with a triple, a single and three doubles, while pitching into extra innings before finally losing to Walter Johnson. The Babe never had another game with a single, double, triple and any pitches thrown. But on April 27, Ohtani had a game like that, in a win over Oakland. Here’s why we mention it:

He was the first pitcher with a single, double and triple in any kind of game in 36 years (since Danny Darwin did it in 1987) — and only the third in the past six decades. You know who didn’t have any games with a single and double and triple this year, despite the fact that they weren’t distracted by having to throw a single pitch? Oh, only Ronald Acuña Jr., Mookie Betts, Julio Rodríguez, Bobby Witt Jr. and about 1,000 other guys who otherwise appear seriously multi-talented.

Ohtani, the box-score filler-upper — Then there was June 27. Ohtani the pitcher: Faces 24 White Sox and strikes out 10 of them. Ohtani the hitter: Takes three swings all night … and gets three hits, two of them homers.

Here, at no extra charge, is your handy-dandy list of dudes in the division-play era with a double-digit strikeout game and a multi-homer eruption in the same game: Rick Wise (1971), Madison Bumgarner (2017), Zack Greinke (2019) and … Ohtani.

Ohtani, the 493-foot delivery man — Then, three days after that two-homer, 10-K game, a man who had a better strikeout ratio than Gerrit Cole this year launched a home run that was projected by Statcast at 493 feet, but actually, according to NASA scientists we just made up, reached Earth’s orbit. Don’t believe us? You can watch it! (And you should.)

Ohtani, the all-time twin-bill king — Finally, what do you say we salute the greatest doubleheader performance in baseball history (as declared by Strange But True World HQ, acclaimed as the ultimate authority on this subject, as of two sentences ago)?

July 27 in Detroit. Ohtani the pitcher: Throws a one-hit shutout in Game 1 of this doubleheader. Ohtani the hitter: Mashes two home runs in Game 2 of this doubleheader.

Question from those of us who write Strange But True Feats of the Year columns: Who the heck does this? Who the heck has ever done this?

The answer, according to the Elias Sports Bureau (via MLB.com’s resident Ohtani historian, Sarah Langs): That would be nobody, of course. How many men have ever thrown any kind of shutout in one game of a doubleheader and hit even one homer in the other game of a doubleheader? One man — named Shohei.

But a one-hit shutout in Game 1 and two home runs in Game 2? That’s not something you would expect to see in the major leagues. That’s out of the Marvel Superhero League.

Special bonus note from Langs: The last human before Ohtani who twirled a shutout in one game of a doubleheader and then started at any other position in the other game? George H. (Bambino) Ruth, on July 17, 1918. But no home runs for the Bambino that day!

Christmas special Strange But True Ohtani video treat — What can’t Shohei Ohtani do? If you watch this video, it’ll be obvious that the answer is: Not a freaking thing.

Our 10 favorite Strange But True Hitting Feats of 2023


No fooling: Trayce Thompson had a day on April 1, but then what happened? (Jonathan Hui / USA Today)

WITHOUT A TRAYCE — Just as we all expected, the first three-homer game of 2023 didn’t come rocketing off the bat of Aaron Judge or Matt Olson. Instead, it was the work of the Dodgers’ Trayce Thompson, a man whose brother (Klay) is slightly more famous for his 3-pointers than he is.

Nevertheless, in his first start of the season, on April 1, Trayce became the first Dodger in history to stuff a grand slam, three-run homer and solo homer into the same box score … and then … to make sure columns like this remain in business … that same guy went 40 days between hits (April 19 to May 30) … batted .148 over the rest of the season … and hit as many big-league home runs over the next six months as he hit that one day … because baseball!

THEIR SECOND FIRST ACT — In an April 13 visit to Yankee Stadium, the Twins just might have fired off the Strangest But Truest back-to-back homers ever. You know what their Nos. 1-2 hitters, Edouard Julien and Carlos Correa, did that day? They went back-to-back in the first inning. But that’s not the Strange But True part … because that has happened before.

You know what had never happened before? That would be a team’s 1-2 hitters going back-to-back in the first inning … but not to lead off the game. Turns out it’s helpful to feats like this if their teammates work a convenient little nine-run first-inning bat-around into their busy schedule. Whaddaya know.

FEEL THE PINCH — In baseball, as in life, it’s never just about how it starts. It’s about what happens when you enter the game. For more proof of that profound, age-old saying, which the great philosophers have been sharing since, oh, about half a paragraph ago, you should look at the 2023 stories of Elias Díaz and Andrew Knizner.

• Elias Díaz is a catcher for the Rockies. He turned 33 years old last month. And since the rules required somebody on the Rockies to be an All-Star, that somebody was him.

Remember his huge All-Star moment? How ’bout a game-winning, lead-flipping pinch home run to hand the NL the All-Star game. Awesome. But here comes the Strange But True part:

Pinch-hit All-Star home runs — one … in one swing.

Pinch-hit regular-season home runs … in 15 pro seasons, nine big-league seasons and 2,166 trips to the plate — zero!

Timing truly is everything.

• Andrew Knizner has spent most of his five-year big-league career as Yadi Molina’s backup catcher in St. Louis. But on May 17, quite the Strange But True plot line busted out. One minute, he was pinch running for Paul Goldschmidt (look it up!) in the eighth inning of a 9-1 game. Next minute, the Cardinals were batting around … and then this happened.

What you just saw was A Man With No Position smoking a grand slam. And only two other players in the past 65 seasons have done that. One was Rajai Davis in 2008. The other (Gene Stephens) did it in 1959 after pinch running for Ted Williams. But that isn’t even the Strange But True part.

The Strange But True part was that Andrew Knizner, a man who has never hit a slam while actually playing a position, hit this slam off Mike Brosseau, who doesn’t normally give those up because he’s an infielder. Which means … a guy with no position pounded a grand slam off a position player. And if you’re not more grateful than ever now for these Strange But True Feats of the Year columns, I don’t know how you made it this far into this one.

PLEASE IGNORE THE VIDEO EVIDENCE — A classic Strange But True thing happened to Padres shortstop Xander Bogaerts on May 3: His career-high 30-game on-base streak was broken despite the weird technicality that he was standing on first base when it ended.

Geez, it sure wasn’t his fault. He hit what looked like a single to right field. It wasn’t caught in the air by an outfielder, just like most hits. But unfortunately for him, the most confused man in San Diego happened to be his teammate Juan Soto. … Who missed the part where the baseball bounced … and hustled back to first base … where he found Bogaerts wasn’t as happy as usual to see him.

And that’s how a man who was standing on a base saw his on-base streak disappear, right before his eyes. However many times Bogaerts wondered in 2023 why he ever left Boston, we’re guessing that was one of them!

NICKEL BACKS — Is Five Hit Fever something a guy could catch just hanging around the batting cage? We ask because Marlins hit machine Luis Arraez definitely caught it this June. How Strange But True is this:

Arraez in June: three five-hit games in 16 days.

Miguel Cabrera in his 21-year career: two five-hit games in 2,797 games.

Strange but 100 percent true.

But we also asked about Five Hit Fever because of …

The Angels: They mysteriously went five years — despite employing Mike Trout and Ohtani for all five of them — without having any stinking hitter on the roster figure out how to get five hits in a game … until Hunter Renfroe finally unfurled their first quintuple since 2018 in a June 24 blowout of the Rockies. How even? But wait, Here comes the …

Strange But True Epilogue: So how long after that would it take for an Angel — any Angel — to deliver their next five-hit game? It was quite the wait … of two batters … until Mickey Moniak got his fifth hit of the day in that same inning. Because … Five Hit Fever! Catch it.

THE WILD BLUE YAN-DER — If you’re familiar with the work of Cubs catcher Yan Gomes, you’re probably aware he’ll never be confused with Usain Bolt, let alone Dee Strange-Gordon. But in the Strange But True world we live in, anything is possible, even for a man who ranked 449th in the majors this year in average “sprint” speed.

So naturally, on July 20, at age 36, Gomes did something no catcher his age (or older) had done in the past 95 years: He hit two triples in one game! But that’s not all, because he actually hit triples in two plate appearances in a row. Now here are two reasons we might be interested in something like that:

1) How many other catchers hit two triples in a game not just this year, but the year before that … and the year before that … and the year before that? Anybody out there guess none? Excellent guess!

2) How many triples has Gomes hit on any of the 201 other days he has been allowed to play baseball by the Cubs over these past two seasons? That, too, would be none … in 708 trips to the plate.

But in the middle of all that, this same guy smacked a triple in two at-bats in a row? C’mon. How can you not love the total random wackiness of …

Baseball!


Reds rookie sensation Elly De La Cruz wasted no time in providing Strange But True material. (Orlando Ramirez / USA Today)

IT’S ALL CYCLICAL — We could have worked the Reds’ human tool kit, Elly De La Cruz, into this column about 12 different ways. Did you know he hit a baseball this year harder (119.2 mph) than any ball hit by Aaron Judge? That seems like a cool thing to do for the fastest dude on the field.

But that’s not even what De La Cruz is doing in this sentence you’re currently reading. Nope. How about this:

On June 23, he hit for the cycle — in the 15th game of his career.

On July 8, he stole for the cycle — by stealing second, third and home in the same inning.

And even though stealing for the cycle is a thing we just invented, it’s still a thing you need to be in awe of, if only because he also stole third and home on the same pitch.

Last Red to steal for the cycle — Greasy Neale, in 1919!

Last Red to hit for the cycle — Eric Davis, in 1989, which meant all the other teams had fit 110 cycles in between Reds’ cycles!

Players in the live-ball era to do both 15 days apart (or quicker) — Elly De La Cruz … and that’ll do it for that list.

Other players in the past 98 seasons who did both in the same year — Exactly one, and it was … um … Wil Myers? He did it in 2017. But that, in this case, is not the Strange But True part.

Because you know what else happened the day De La Cruz hit for the cycle and started all this? The Reds released a guy named … Wil Myers!

VLAD YOU STOPPED BY — Don’t ask us how Vlad Guerrero Jr. didn’t make this column just for fielding a groundball in May, getting the baseball stuck in the webbing and then flipping the whole glove to the pitcher for an out that proved, once again, your glove will not let you down. Except that wasn’t even his Strangest But Truest feat of that week.

For his greatest Strange But True classic, we take you to May 23 in Tampa Bay, when one of the goofiest games of the season busted out … in large part thanks to Vlad.

Ever heard of a team scoring nine runs in one inning — all against position players masquerading as pitchers? That. Really. Happened. In the ninth inning of that game. For the first time in the history of this sport.

And the “pitcher” who was responsible for most of that carnage was Rays first baseman Luke Raley. But in the midst of all those rockets Raley was serving up, he at least shared this nutty little moment with the fearsome Vlad Guerrero Jr., right after taking the mound in the eighth.

So Vladdy could have made the Strange But True Feats of the Year just for that, except … have we mentioned there was a nine-run ninth inning in this game? … So what were the odds of the Jays’ lineup turning and turning and turning … until here came Vlad to bat again in the ninth inning … only to find Raley still pitching, with the bases loaded? Want to guess what happened in the rematch? Yeah, it did.

Does it get much Stranger But Truer than a guy striking out and mashing a slam in the same game against the same position player? That would be hard seeing how it had never, ever happened … until Guerrero showed up at home plate.

SUSPENDED ANIMATION — What’s even stranger (but truer) than a Mookie Betts 5-for-5 game? How about a suspended Mookie Betts 5-for-5 game!

That’s a thing that happened during the Dodgers’ August visit to Cleveland. And here’s the part that propelled it into this column:

Aug. 23 — Mookie goes 2-for-2 (with two singles) before half a billion raindrops cause a slight intermission in his hot streak.

Aug. 24 — Mookie gets three more hits (single, single, double) after the game finally resumes.

All right, now here’s what makes that a Strange But True all-timer: For the rest of time, history will try to convince us that Mookie had a five-hit game on Wednesday the 23rd … even though many human witnesses exist who could tell you that three of those hits actually met the bat on the “wrong” day (Thursday the 24th).

So how Strange But True was that? So strange that, according to our friends from STATS Perform, only one other player since 1901 has ever gotten five hits or more in a suspended game … with more than half of them coming on the “wrong” day. But the other (Tom Paciorek) did it in a 26-inning game (on May 8-9, 1984). Which would be 17 more innings than it took Mookie Betts — our official Strange But True Time Traveler of 2023.


Ozzie Albies and the Braves did a number on the Mets on Aug. 12. (Brad Penner / USA Today)

WE’VE GOT YOUR NUMBER — The Braves’ whole season could have made this list, because in case you missed it, they somehow had a higher slugging percentage as a team (.501) than bashers like Bryce Harper (.499), Rafael Devers (.500) and José Ramírez (.478) had by themselves. But instead, we’re going to zone in on Aug. 12, our favorite Braves Strange But True day of the year.

They scored 21 runs in Game 1 of a doubleheader against the Mets that day. But that wasn’t the Strange But True part. The Strange But True part was how they divvied up those 21 runs. By which we mean they had …

One guy with one RBI (Ronald Acuña Jr.).

Another with two RBIs (Sean Murphy).

Another with three RBIs (Austin Riley).

Another with four RBIs (Matt Olson).

Another with five RBIs (Nicky Lopez).

And yet another with six RBIs (Ozzie Albies).

Which meant everyone else who played had no RBIs. And that caused way too many of you to say to yourselves: Hmmm, could that ever have happened? And also: You know who we should ask? The Strange But True column!

So we reached out to the great Katie Sharp of Baseball Reference to look into that very question. On one hand, she did find one team that ran off that 1-2-3-4-5-6 RBI box-score trick. On the other hand, that team was Kiki Cuyler’s 1925 Pirates (against St. Louis on June 22, 1925). Which means it happened as recently as 98 years ago.

But wait. That team actually had two players with two RBIs and two players with one RBI. So you know what that means? It means that, since RBIs became an official stat in 1920, this Braves game was the first time in history that six hitters on one team went 1-2-3-4-5-6 in the RBI column … while nobody else on their team was driving in any runs. And that, for all of you who played 1-2-3-4-5-6 in the Powerball that night, is why we love …

Baseball!

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Are the Braves the greatest offense in baseball history? They’re making quite a case

Our 10 favorite Strange But True Pitching Feats of 2023


Adam Wainwright tips his cap to the St. Louis crowd on the night of his 200th victory. (Jeff Roberson / Associated Press)

FOUNTAINS OF WAINO — We’ll miss Adam Wainwright. This is, after all, a column dedicated to mixing fun with all the beauties of baseball. And we can’t think of any player, over the past two decades, who got that concept any better than the Cardinals’ curveball king.

So what was more perfectly Strange But True than the 200th and final win of Wainwright’s wonderful career? Here’s what made it the kind of game Strange But True Feats of the Year columns latch onto:

He spun seven shutout innings — for his only scoreless start of the year.

He won this game, 1-0 — for his first 1-0 win in nine years.

His catcher, Willson Contreras, hit a home run to drive in the only run — the first time he’d ever done that as a Cardinal. But now let’s keep going, because we’ve barely scratched the surface of the Strange But Trueness.

• Back on Opening Day of the 2014 season, Wainwright won the 100th game of his career. He went seven shutout innings in that game, too. But hold on. There’s more.

• How do you think the only run scored in that 100th win? Would you believe on a home run by his catcher, Yadi Molina? Yep, the same way he won No. 200.

• But wait. There’s still more. How many other pitchers in history have ever won their 200th game 1-0 on a home run by their catcher? Right. That would be none.

• And how many other 1-0 games in Wainwright’s career did he win on any kind of RBI by his catcher? Right. That would also be none.

Baseball. It’s the best.

NUMBER SCRUNCHING — In baseball, we love big numbers. But here at Strange But True World HQ, we also love little numbers. The littler the better, in fact. So here’s a toast to these tiny numbers from 2023.

1 — Does it seem impossible for a pitcher to record a one-pitch strikeout? Ha. Are you familiar with the weirdness of baseball? All it took for Phillies reliever Jeff Hoffman to pull that off, back on July 28, was about three trillion raindrops in Pittsburgh. Then he marched in after a rain delay, inherited a 1-2 count on Jared Triolo, got him to swing through a slider and voila!

3 — Do first innings get any neater or cleaner than the three pitches it took Giants starter Anthony DeSclafani to zip through his first inning on May 28 against the Pirates? Wait. Don’t answer that too swiftly.

Three pitches. Three outs. But also … one extra-base hit (by Tucupita Marcano, on the first pitch of the game). Luckily, the next two pitches went: Line-drive out … fly-ball double play. The most baseball thing ever.

0 — Finally, hard as we’ve been trying not to pick on the Mets in this column, it doesn’t get much Stranger Than Truer than a walk-off balk, issued by a pitcher (Josh Walker) who threw zero pitches. But that was the Mets season in glorious micro-Met-rocosm.

Here’s that deal. Walker rolls in to relieve Grant Hartwig in an Aug. 1 tilt with the Royals. Tie game. Two outs in the 10th. Leans in for the sign. His PitchCom glitches out. And … oh no!

We’ve been keeping track of pitch counts for the past 36 seasons. In the 80,000 games or so in those 36 seasons, only one other pitcher has ever managed a no-pitch “balk-off” to end any game: Mike Stanton, for the Nationals, on July 15, 2005. But whatever it took in 2023, it felt as though the Mets were gonna find a way to Met!

CRAZY EIGHTS — Who had a Stranger But Truer 2023 than Lucas Giolito? It was wacky enough that he ping-ponged from the White Sox to the Angels to the Guardians in a mere 36 days. But that wasn’t even the Strange But True part.

The Strange But True part was he found a way to allow at least eight runs in a game for all three of those teams. The “good news” for Giolito: He was not the only guy ever to do that for three different teams. But the bad news was, the last pitcher to do it was Bill McGee … in 1899!

DOMINGO’S PERFECT STORM — If baseball made any sense, all perfect games would be thrown by true aces. So if Gerrit Cole, Justin Verlander or Clayton Kershaw are ever in the mood to go 27-up, 27-down some day, we’re cool with that. We’d even sign off on occasional guest perfectos by Corbin Burnes and Max Scherzer — because at least we could understand how that’s possible.

Instead, we are continually reminded that baseball makes no sense. And could there be any more proof than this: The only perfect game of the past decade was authored this season by world-famous non-ace Domingo Germán of the Yankees. And can we all agree that’s just ridiculous?

Six days before Germán’s perfecto (June 22 versus Seattle) — He faces 23 hitters, gives up 10 runs, gets only 10 outs and never even retires three in a row! (The attractive box-score line: 3 1/3 IP — 8 H, 10 R, 8 ER, 2 BB, 4 K, 4 HR, 93 pitches to get 10 outs!)

Six days later (June 28 at Oakland) — The same human faces 27 hitters, gets all 27 of them out! (The much more presentable line: 9-0-0-0-0-9, 97 pitches to get 27 outs!)

We were so befuddled by this, how could we not ask our friends from STATS if it was as illogical and unprecedented as we suspected? The answer: Well, you could probably guess the answer.

This was baseball’s 20th perfect game since 1909. There was one slight difference between German’s gem and the other 19: He was the only one who faced at least 23 hitters in the previous start and never once retired three in a row … because of course he was!


Michael Lorenzen celebrates the no-hitter with his Phillies teammates.  (Mitchell Leff / Getty Images)

THE LORENZEN EXPRESS — At least Domingo Germán didn’t throw any other no-hitters this year … but Michael Lorenzen did … because why the heck not! He was traded by the Tigers to the Phillies on Aug. 1. He no-hit the Nationals eight days later.

No need to mention that after the no-hitter, his ERA over the final two months was 8.01. Doesn’t matter. He no-hit his way right into the Strange But True Feats of the Year column. Here’s why:

Steve Carlton — spent 15 years pitching for the Phillies, won four Cy Young awards, led all left-handers in baseball in WAR over those 15 seasons, made the Hall of Fame … and pitched zero no-hitters.

Michael Lorenzen — had spent eight days as a Phillie, had never thrown a pitch for the Phillies in Philadelphia before that night, was out of the rotation five weeks later … but has achieved trivia immortality as the answer to a version of this question: Who’s the only Phillie to pitch a no-hitter in Philadelphia since Roy Halladay?

Wow. Baseball. Is it amazing, or what?

DREAM WEAVER — You should know that Luke Weaver did not throw any no-hitters for the Reds this year (or for his other two teams — the Mariners and Yankees — either). But he, too, did exemplary work in proving our recurring thesis about baseball: It. Makes. No. Sense.

On one handFrom May 31 to July 8, Weaver made eight starts for the Reds. You decide how that went.

• His ERA: 8.66

Slash line of hitters he faced: .342/.392/.613

• What that means: He basically turned the entire league into 2012 Miguel Cabrera (who hit .330/.393/.606 that year).

So that was a disaster, huh? Um, don’t answer yet, because …

On the other hand … how’d the Reds make out in those eight starts? Would you believe …

They went 8-0!

You’d think we were making that up, right? And then you’d remember … this is the Strange But True Feats of the Year column!

BOX-SCORE CORNER — You don’t need us to point out that certain trips to the mound are Strange But True material. You just need to consult the box scores. They tell you all you need to know about games like this …

Ben Lively, Aug. 1 at WrigleyIn the Cubs’ 20-9 thrashing of the Reds, Lively was more like Ben Deadly:

4 IP, 13 H, 13 R, 13 ER, 2 BB, 2 K, 4 HR, 1 HBP, 94 pitches to get 12 outs!

So what’s up with that? You know how hard it is to give up 13 hits and 13 earned runs but not even get 12 outs? Nobody had done that since Les (not a McDonald’s entrée) McCrabb … on April 16, 1942! … But you know how much harder it is to give up 13 earned runs and four homers? So hard that, since earned runs became an official stat more than a century ago, just one pitcher has done that. His name: Ben Lively.

Luis Cessa, April 16 versus the PhilliesWe’re not sure how this column turned into a Reds Rotation’s Greatest Hits collection. But it wouldn’t have been possible to compile these Strange But True Pitching Feats of the year without this sparkling start by Cessa:

3 IP, 14 H, 11 R, 11 ER, 3 BB, 0 K, 1 HR, 1 HBP, 1 WP, 88 pitches to get nine outs.

So what’s up with that? Before we could even look this up, loyal reader Allan Wood beat us to it. You know how many pitchers since 1900 have given up that many runs and that many hits but not even gotten 10 outs? Just one. Right … Luis Cessa.

Josh Fleming, May 28 versus the Dodgers — Meanwhile, in non-Reds box-score developments, Fleming’s final start of the year for the Rays was a classic in more ways than one:

6 IP, 12 H, 10 R, 8 ER, 2 BB, 3 K … and 5 HR!

So what’s up with that? Ha. Trick question. You won’t believe it. Yes, this man gave up 12 hits, 10 runs and five looonnnggg balls — but it was all worth it. Not just because he saved the bullpen, but also because … his team won (11-10)! He’s the first pitcher to get bruised for that many runs, hits and homers in a game his team won since the legendary Dodger, Ralph Branca, was allowed to stick around for all nine innings in a scenic 17-10 game in Pittsburgh on June 25, 1949.


Chase Anderson gave up an unlucky 13 runs to the Angels in an infamous third inning. (John Leyba / USA Today)

CUT TO THE CHASE — Every trip to the mound at Coors Field is an opportunity, all right — an opportunity to wind up in the Strange But True Feats of the Year column. So congratulations to Chase Anderson, for doing his part in a messy little 25-1 loss to the Angels on June 24.

Here is how he kicked off a fun little 13-run third inning that day:

First pitch — Mike Trout home run.

Second pitch — Brandon Drury home run.

Third pitch — Matt Thaiss home run.

That’s three pitches, three home runs. And you don’t see that much. In fact, home runs on three pitches in a row, at any point in any inning, is a thing that’s happened only one other time to any active pitcher … and it was the same pitcher.

No kidding. Back on Sept. 17, 2020, when Anderson was a Blue Jay, he served up three in a row to the Yankees in the fourth inning. And that would make no sense at all, except it’s …

Baseball!

NO-HIT PANDA-MONIUM — We don’t ordinarily take these Strange But True expeditions into the wilds of the minor leagues. But we’re making an exception here for the beloved Rocket City Trash Pandas, of the always-entertaining Double-A Southern League, because …

The good news: On April 9, the Trash Pandas did one of those things that are supposed to feel like a dream come true — by throwing a no-hitter, in an all-time minor-league classic, against Chattanooga. But now comes …

The not quite as good as that news: They managed to throw that no-hitter and lose, which doesn’t happen much, even in the Southern League. And that isn’t even the Strange But True part, because you should definitely read on to …

The not even as good as that last thing news: They pulled off the rarified feat of throwing a no-hitter … and allowing seven runs … but also … allowing all seven of those runs in the same inning.

How Strange But True is it to give up seven runs in a no-hitter? Oh, you know. No big-league team has ever done it. And the only other time it’s known to have happened in the minor leagues was Aug. 31, 1948, in the late, great Pony League, when Louis Blackmore of the Wellsville Red Sox did it in a game in which there wasn’t much need for anybody to get a hit … since he also sprinkled in 17 walks that day!

So is that how the Trash Pandas did it? Eh, not exactly. Their attractive seven-run inning … in the middle of a no-hitter, remember … went like this:

Walk … walk … infield-fly rule popup (one out) … walk … strikeout (two outs) … walk (one run) … three-run error on the center fielder (four runs – oops!) … new pitcher … hit-by-pitch … hit-by-pitch … hit-by-pitch (five runs) … walk (six runs) … run-scoring wild pitch (seven runs) … hit-by-pitch … strikeout (three outs).

So what are the odds of giving up seven runs in a no-hitter, no matter how many innings it takes? This took some math. But here goes …

In the last 105 big-league games in which a team gave up no hits, you know how many runs those 105 teams gave up? That would be six — in all 105 of those games combined! But somehow, the Trash Pandas gave up seven … in one inning. And if you’ve never seen anything like that, we can help with that too!

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Weird & Wild: Marveling at the Trash Pandas’ no-hitter loss and the Rays’ winning streak

THE GHOST OF HARVEY HADDIX — But the Milwaukee Brewers don’t need to check in with any Trash Pandas to know that throwing a no-hitter can be overrated. They lived it Sept. 10 — in one of the Strangest But Truest games of any year.

For nine innings that day, Corbin Burnes and Devin Williams no-hit the Yankees in the Bronx. Then reliever Abner Uribe stomped out of the bullpen and made it 10 hitless innings. If the Brewers had just remembered to score a run or 12 in those 10 innings, they’d have had a way better time.

Instead, this game kept going — through the 11th inning, through the 12th inning, into the 13th inning — during which … the Yankees went from getting no hits in any inning to getting at least one hit … and scoring … in every inning, from the 11th through the 13th, because … it’s baseball … and … it makes no sense.

So on a day when the Brewers gave up no hits for 10 innings, they still lost, 4-3. And how Strange But True was that? You’ve come to the right place.

On one hand … teams that spin off nine hitless innings tend to win a lot. In the division-play era (1969-2023), 150 teams have pitched exactly nine innings of hit-free, run-free domination in either a regular-season or postseason game. The record of those teams is a perfect 150-0. OK, sure.

Or 10 is also cool … because no team in the modern era has pitched exactly 10 hitless, scoreless innings in a game and lost, either. The record of teams that do that: 4-0 … as we’d all expect. However …

On the other hand … here comes the Strangest But Truest no-hitter fact ever: No team has ever taken a no-hitter into the 11th inning … and won that game! This is true. Those teams are now 0-4. Really.

So if your favorite team ever finds itself throwing a no-hitter in the 11th inning, don’t say we didn’t warn you. It may seem like a beautiful thing while you’re watching it. But in reality, it’s more dangerous than you think, just because it’s …

Baseball!

(Top photo of Kyle Schwarber: Rich Graessle / Icon Sportswire via Getty Images)

What Is the “$Windows.~BT” Folder, and Can You Delete It?

Deleting the hidden “$Windows.~BT” folder and recovering gigabytes of space on your hard drive is tempting. But what is this cryptically named folder for, and how critical is it to your Windows installation?


What Is the “$Windows.~BT” Folder, and Should You Delete It?

Windows creates the “$Windows.~BT” folder when you upgrade the operating system to a newer build. This folder contains all the essential files for the upgrade process, like temporary installation files and logs from the previous Windows installation.

Windows automatically removes the “$Windows.~BT” folder after 10 days. As manually deleting this folder will remove old Windows installation files, you won’t be able to roll back to the previous Windows build using the Go back option in the Recovery menu within that time (for example, to downgrade from Windows 11 to Windows 10). Hence, you should only get rid of this folder if you are satisfied with the current Windows build on your PC. You can also safely delete the massive folder if Windows fails to do it automatically after the grace period.

But you shouldn’t just delete this hidden folder like any other folder on the desktop. Instead, you should turn to the Disk Cleanup tool or the Command Prompt.

How to Find and Delete the “$Windows.~BT” Folder

As “$Windows.~BT” is a hidden folder, you need to configure Windows to show hidden files and folders to find it in File Explorer. Once you do, the C:$Windows.~BT directory will become visible.

You can’t delete the “$Windows.~BT” folder directly, though. To do so, you need to run the Disk Cleanup tool. Here’s how:

  1. Press Win + R to open the Run dialog box.
  2. Type cleanmgr in the box and press Enter.
  3. Use the dropdown menu to select the system drive (usually C:) and click OK.
  4. Click the Clean up system files button.
  5. Under Files to delete, use the checkboxes to select these options: Previous Windows Installations, Windows Update Cleanup, Windows upgrade log files, Temporary Windows installation files, and Temporary files.
  6. Click OK.
  7. Choose Delete Files to confirm.

If the “$Windows.~BT” folder shows up even after you run the Disk Cleanup tool, you’ll need to execute a few commands in Command Prompt. For that, open Command Prompt with administrative rights and then run the following commands one by one.

 takeown /F C:$Windows.~BT* /R /A 
icacls C:$Windows.~BT*.* /T /grant administrators:F
rmdir /S /Q C:$Windows.~BT

Once you run the above commands, the “$Windows.~BT” folder will be deleted for good.

Now that you understand the purpose of the “$Windows.~BT” folder, you can decide how to handle it. Beyond the “$Windows.~BT” folder, you may also come across folders like “Windows.old,” “$WinREAgent,” “$SysReset,” and others which can also be deleted safely using the Disk Cleanup tool.

Young consumers drive growing demand for skiing products

02:22

Skiing has become a favored sport among the younger generation. As the cold winter sets in, an increasing number of young people in China are venturing out of their homes to hit the slopes. Their considerable purchasing power is evident in the rising sales of ski tickets and related products. CGTN reporter Wang Tianyu recently journeyed to a ski resort in Beijing to bring you the full story. 

Broadway star LaChanze wants royalties for ‘Color Purple’

Broadway star LaChanze doesn’t need Warner Bros. to love her, but she does want financial compensation for helping write a pivotal song from “The Color Purple.”

The three-time Tony Award winner, who originated the role of Celie in the first “Color Purple” Broadway show in 2005, said that she has seemingly “been left out” of the press tour for Warner Bros.’ newest take on Alice Walker‘s novel. LaChanze said in a Tuesday post on X that while she is “thrilled for the movie’s success,” she feels she needs to get her due.

“Happy for all involved,” she wrote. “However, I do want my royalty fee for the lyrics I added to ‘I’m Here.’”

The 62-year-old singer (whose full name is Rhonda LaChanze Sapp) did not go into further detail about the specific lyrics she added to the moving ballad, which comes near the end of the musical’s final act. In an interview with Time, the Broadway star explained how she worked with songwriters Brenda Russell, Allee Willis and Stephen Bray to put together the number and the lyrics she contributed.

“I said, ‘I wanna flirt with somebody, I know I got my sister. She can’t be with me. But she’s still my sister, and I know she loves me and my children,’” she recalled. “I didn’t put it together in the way they did, but my feelings, my emotions, and my thoughts about what I was experiencing as the actor embodying Celie they put in the song. So I like to say I helped write the song.”

The Times has reached out to representatives for LaChanze and Warner Bros. for comment.

With “I’m Here,” Celie turns a moment of heartbreak into celebration after her friend-turned-lover Shug shares her plans to leave for a new relationship with a young man. Russell, Willis and Bray are the only songwriters credited for creating the musical numbers, which carry over to the new “Color Purple” film.

In 2006, LaChanze won her first Tony Award for her work in the inaugural “Color Purple” Broadway production, produced by Scott Sanders, Quincy Jones and Oprah Winfrey. The three producers were also involved in Steven Spielberg‘s 1985 film adaptation, and they reunited for director Blitz Bazawule‘s movie.

Years after her “American Idol” win in 2004, Fantasia Barrino took over as Celie in “The Color Purple” on Broadway in 2007. The singer said in a recent interview her “life was in shambles” after the emotionally draining experience. She ended her run in 2008.

Now, Barrino brings Celie to life again in Warner Bros.’ second “Color Purple” film. She stars alongside Taraji P. Henson, Danielle Brooks, Ciara, Halle Bailey, Colman Domingo, Corey Hawkins and Phylicia Pearl Mpasi.

For The Times, critic Katie Walsh wrote, “Barrino, making her film debut, delivers a stunning performance as Celie, holding the emotional center over decades.”

Walsh added: “While [‘The Color Purple’] tackles dark material, over the course of its journey, it will make you want to stand up and cheer, again and again.”

Audi India To Launch Three Cars in 2024: From Audi Q8 Facelift to Audi A6 Facelift and Audi Q6 E-Tron, Know All About Upcoming Models Next Year

New Delhi, December 27: Audi India is gearing up for an exciting 2024 launch of three new models in the Indian automotive market. Audi’s upcoming lineup is expected to blend performance with cutting-edge technology. The German automaker’s commitment to expanding its portfolio in India is expected from its planned introductions, which might include the Audi Q8 Facelift, Audi A6 Facelift, and the all-new Audi Q6 e-tron.

As per a report of Jagran English, the Audi Q8 Facelift, Audi A6 Facelift, and Audi Q6 e-tron is expected to launch in India soon. However, the exact launch dates have not been officially confirmed by Audi India. The expectancy for these new Audi models builds curiosity about what features and innovations the company will bring for these new lineups. Kawasaki Ninja ZX-6R Launch Date Confirmed for January: From Specifications, Features to Expected Price; Check Details Here.

Audi Q8 Facelift:

The Audi Q8 Facelift is expected to hit the Indian roads early in 2024. This model might primarily feature visual enhancements both inside and out, maintaining the brand’s reputation for aesthetic appeal. The facelifted Q8 might retain the powerful 3.0-litre V6 turbo-petrol engine paired with an 8-speed automatic transmission and the Quattro AWD system. Despite these updates, the price range is anticipated to stay close to the current model, which falls between Rs 1.07 crore to Rs 1.43 crore (ex-showroom).

Audi A6 Facelift:

Mid-2024 is when car enthusiasts can expect the Audi A6 Facelift to make its debut. Having already been unveiled in international markets in May 2023, the A6 Facelift might bring subtle changes to its exterior, such as revised matrix LED headlights and a more pronounced grille. Minor interior updates and additional features might be a part of the package. The powertrain is likely to remain the same, with the existing 2.0-litre mild-hybrid turbo-petrol engine delivering 245 bhp. The facelifted A6 is expected to be priced between Rs 60 lakh to Rs 65 lakh (ex-showroom). Elon Musk’s Tesla Emerges as Key Player in South Korea’s ‘Import Passenger Vehicle Market’ Amid Strong Demand for German Cars.

Audi Q6 e-tron:

The end of 2024 might witness the launch of the Audi Q6 e-tron, an all-new electric SUV. Built on the innovative Premium Platform Electric (PPE), the Q6 e-tron is expected to boast the latest battery and charging technology, along with Audi’s ‘E3’ electronics architecture. While full details of the powertrain are yet to be disclosed, the vehicle is expected to have a range of around 600 km. Positioned below the Q8 e-tron, the Q6 e-tron might come with an estimated price tag of around Rs 1 crore (ex-showroom).

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 27, 2023 06:12 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Crypto Price Today: Bitcoin Retains Price Above $42,000 Despite Small Losses, Altcoins Trade Sideways

Bitcoin on Wednesday, December 27, reflected a small loss of 2.71 percent. Despite this slight decline, Bitcoin managed to retain its price above the level of $42,000 (roughly Rs. 34.9 lakh) and is currently trading at $42,218 (roughly Rs. 35 lakh). This is the third consecutive day that BTC is trading above $42,000. However, in the last three days, BTC has dropped in value by $688 (roughly Rs. 57,270). BTC’s crucial resistance stands at $44,500 (roughly Rs. 37 lakh) and $42,500 (roughly Rs. 35.3 lakh) as a support level.

“Today, Bitcoin experienced a decline in price as traders swiftly closed their positions amidst rising funding rates, leading to a shift from optimistic to pessimistic market sentiment. Amid expectations of a year-end surge and the impending US SEC verdict on a Bitcoin ETF, an increase in trading volume indicates sustained market engagement amid these evolving scenarios,” Rajagopal Menon, Vice President, Wazir told Gadgets360.

Ether registered a minor dip of 0.75 percent on Wednesday. At the time of writing, ETH was trading at $2,220 (roughly Rs. 1.84 lakh). For ETH, the key resistance stands at $2,380 (roughly Rs. 1.98 lakh) whereas its critical support level stands at $2,250 (roughly Rs. 1.87 lakh).

A bunch of altcoins reflected losses on Wednesday. These include Ripple, Cardano, Avalanche, Dogecoin, and Polkadot.

Tron, Chainlink, and Shiba Inu also reflected price dips on Tuesday.

The total crypto market cap dropped by 0.27 percent in the last 24 hours. The valuation of the sector currently stands at $1.65 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,37,46,414 crore), as per CoinMarketCap. However, the crypto fear and greed index looks positive and has increased by 2 points since yesterday.

“The market is currently at a critical juncture with a narrow range, as both bulls and bears vie for control,” Edul Patel,Co-Founder and CEO, Mudrex told Gadgets360.

Meanwhile, only a small number of cryptocurrencies showed profits on Wednesday. These are Tether, Solana, Binance Coin, USD Coin, Polygon, and Wrapped Bitcoin.

Small profits were also minted by Uniswap, Leo, Monero, Elrond, Binance USD, and Bitcoin SV.

“One of the top performers after this crash turned out to be Polygon. Its native token MATIC (+11 percent) crossed a dollar mark in almost seven months. This came as Binance native coin BNB (+6.8 percent) also saw some gains and crossed the 300-dollar mark for the first time in six months. Both of these tokens, along with SOL (-7.1 percent) were part of the token lists SEC accused of being securities backed in June this year,” the CoinSwitch Markets Desk told Gadgets360.


Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article. 

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
The year of generative AI

The year 2023 was unlike any other I’ve seen in SEO and Search. I say this as someone who has been in this industry since 2007. Many others I spoke to expressed similar sentiments at various points throughout 2023. 

By March, Search Engine Land had published multiple stories that, in any other year, all could have been the story of the year. 

And the news and updates kept coming, day after day, week after week and month after month. Until at last, here we are, with no more year left to go! Although, with how this year has gone, I may be tempting fate – it’s entirely possible that a major Search story will break on Dec. 31.

Search Engine Land has covered all the biggest stories for 17 years, and we did it again in 2023. 

Here’s our look back at the biggest SEO news and updates of 2023. 

Google

Search Generative Experience

The all-new, AI-powered Google Search — officially: Google Search Generative Experience — was announced May 10 after months of speculation and rumors. It was powered by multiple large-language models (LLMs), including PaLM2 and MUM. 

It came with a waitlist (a recurring theme in 2023). Google opened access May 25. Here’s our SGE hands-on and early reactions.

Dig deeper. Test driving Google’s Search Generative Experience

The AI-generated answers are presented in a variety of forms via a snapshot, with links, images, videos and the ability to ask follow-up questions. SGE has received countless feature updates and expanded to 120 more countries, all while its content formats continue to evolve. 

Initially, SGE failed to cite sources in its answers (like Bard). Google began testing SGE links before officially adding links in August.

Leading up to this:

Dig deeper. Google patent describes how the Search Generative Experience works

Bard

Google tried to make it clear — Bard is not Search. This didn’t stop people from confusing Bard with some AI features it teased at the same time (which we later learned was SGE). 

But the arrival of Bard — Google’s answer to ChatGPT — was huge news in the Search world. Bard is Google’s experimental conversational AI service, powered by LaMDA. 

Bard was upgraded to Google’s Gemini model in December. Assistant with Bard, a “personal assistant powered by generative AI,” will soon be added to Google Assistant on iOS and Android.

  • When Bard was introduced, there were no links or citations to the sources used to generate its AI answers, with some seeing this a declaration of war on publishers. Google’s initial explanation was that Bard was “intended to generate original content and not replicate existing content at length.” Citations were added later.
  • Google seemed to rush the Bard announcement (widely considered to be so underwhelming that Google lost $100 million in market value the following day) to Feb. 6 so Google could upstage a Feb. 7 event at which Microsoft announced its new AI-powered version of Bing Search, powered with GPT-4. 
  • A month after announcing Bard, Google opened a waitlist. SEOs who got early access shared early Bard issues, which included hallucinations and getting bad SEO advice that went against Google’s guidelines (e.g., Bard thought buying links is a good idea). Overall, SEOs weren’t impressed with Bard — Google Bard was called disappointing compared to ChatGPT and Bing Chat. 

Dig deeper: ChatGPT vs. Google Bard vs. Bing Chat: Which generative AI solution is best?

AI content

The arrival of generative AI led to brands, including BankRate, CNET and others, experiment with publishing AI-generated content, as we saw in January. This emergence of generative AI-written content reminded us of the old content farms wiped out by Google’s Panda updates.

Google seemed to change its stance on AI content this year, less than a year after warning against AI written content. 

Content that is helpful and created for people first (vs. solely for earning search rankings) was now OK, according to Google’s Danny Sullivan. Google reiterated its stance a month later, with Sullivan saying Google’s focus is “on the quality of content, rather than how content is produced.”

Meanwhile, content creators quickly became concerned about AI answers stealing traffic and revenue:

We also saw bad examples of AI content this year:

Ranking revelations

SEO wasn’t front and center at the U.S. vs. Google antitrust trial, but we learned a lot about how Google actually ranks pages. 

  • How Google Search and ranking works, according to Google’s Pandu Nayak: This is an absolute must-read. Learn how indexing, algorithms, deep learning systems, human raters, click and query data and more shape Google’s Search results, based on Nayak’s testimony.
  • 7 must-see Google Search ranking documents in antitrust trial exhibits: We learn a lot from internal presentations and documents, including Google’s pillars of ranking, what user interaction signals Google looks at (clicks, reads, scrolls, hovers); how Google learns from users and uses that data to improve Search; 18 aspects of search quality and much more.
  • Former Googler: Google ‘using clicks in rankings’: Eric Lehman, a former 17-year employee of Google, said during his testimony: “Pretty much everyone knows we’re using clicks in rankings.” When this was published, we didn’t yet have the full context (provided in the two stories above) around just how much click data was using due to less-than-stellar reporting from people who just don’t understand much about how search works.

Also this year (separate from the antitrust trial), Google’s Gary Illyes told us that links are no longer a “top 3” Google search ranking factor, which is in line with what Google said a year ago and told us would happen nearly a decade ago.

Links clearly still play a role in SEO. However, for Google, links are less important for ranking webpages than in years past.

Hidden gems, personal search and Notes

Google announced a trio of updates in November:

Algorithm updates

Although it felt like an incredibly volatile year, and we were warned to “buckle up” for more, Google only released nine algorithm updates this year – less than the 10 it has released the previous two years. You can read the annual recap of 2023 Google algorithm updates by Barry Schwartz.

Reminder: Our history of Google algorithm updates page features all the latest news and guidance around the latest algorithm updates.

Google shared new link best practices in their SEO and search developer documentation. 

This help document evolved from covering the basics of crawlable links to covering anchor text placements, how to write good anchor text, internal links and external links.

Content pruning

CNET got “exposed” for deleting thousands of pages (a.k.a., content pruning), which is a fairly common advanced SEO practice. CNET wrongly believed that content deprecation “sends a signal to Google that says CNET is fresh, relevant and worthy of being placed higher than our competitors in search results.”

However, Google’s Sullivan wanted to make Google’s stance on this tactic clear:

  • “Are you deleting content from your site because you somehow believe Google doesn’t like ‘old’ content? That’s not a thing! Our guidance doesn’t encourage this. Older content can still be helpful, too.”

Read all about it in Google warns against content pruning as CNET deletes thousands of pages as well as my follow-up guide, Improving or removing content for SEO: How to do it the right way.

In memoriam: Google Analytics UA

We knew the end of Universal Analytics (UA) was inevitable. Google published blog posts, sent us emails, posted reminders on social platforms and showed us an intrusive interstitial every time we logged in. Google even threatened to set up Google Analytics 4 for us if we didn’t. 

While it seemed everybody was talking about AI, GA4’s switch-or-else date — July 1 — eventually came. Despite all the advanced notice, marketers still felt unprepared. Our coverage:

We thought UA would stop processing data. It didn’t. UA properties kept processing data. Ten days later. A month later. Two months later. 

Search Engine Land’s UA property finally stopped processing data on Sept. 8 — 68 days past the date on which we were expecting, and told repeatedly, it would stop. I wonder if there are still any UA properties collecting data as we close out 2023?

10 more Google Search updates and changes

Dig deeper. Inside Google’s massive 2023 E-E-A-T Knowledge Graph update

Microsoft 

New Bing / Bing Chat / Bing Copilot

In January, we learned Microsoft was planning on adding ChatGPT features to Bing. By February, we learned it would be powered by GPT-4, (OpenAI released this model in March) and the new interface was spotted in the wild.

Microsoft revealed the new Bing at an event in February. Here’s our hands-on review from February. 

New Bing earned praise from SEOs (e.g., New Bing is mind-blowingly fast and better than I expected) despite seeming to have multiple personalities (or “confused”) early on and received multiple quality improvements since.

It also came with a waitlist and would only be open to Edge users on desktop initially. Over a million people signed up for the AI-powered Bing over the next 48 hours. 

Dig deeper. Microsoft explains how Bing AI Chat uses ChatGPT and Search with Prometheus

Microsoft’s AI-powered search earned much media attention and created the perception that the company might finally gain ground on its longtime rival, Google. But hype, as it often does, turns out not to be reality.

It looked like Bing made some small gains in search market share by March. We later learned that the new Bing attracted many new Edge users, who then chose Google for Search instead of Bing.

It became clear by May that Microsoft Bing had failed to gain market share. Even clearer after six months of the new Bing — Microsoft disputed the numbers but failed to provide any figures.

By the time Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella spoke at the U.S. vs. Google antitrust trial, he sounded like a defeated man, saying at one point:

  • “Yeah, I mean, look, that’s called exuberance of someone who has like 3% share, that maybe I’ll have 3.5% share.”

In November, Microsoft announced a rebranding of Bing Chat to Copilot. When that change will actually become visible remains to be seen, as Bing still refers to its chat experience from Search as “Bing Chat” or “Chat.”

Dig deeper:

Yandex 

A former Yandex employee allegedly leaked source code, part of which contained 1,922 search ranking factors. This was huge news when it broke, but has almost been forgotten now. 

It turned out that 1,922 figure was low — there were actually 17,854 Yandex ranking factors. See Michael King’s excellent analysis: Yandex scrapes Google and other SEO learnings from the source code leak.

Also, Russia’s largest search engine is now reportedly for sale.

Yahoo

Yahoo started dropping hints in January about its return to competing in the search space. In addition to hiring, a tweet promised Yahoo was going to make search “cool again.”

Now we know Yahoo’s new Search experience will start rolling out in the first few weeks of 2024, Brian Provost, SVP & GM, Yahoo, told me at SMX Next in November.

Neeva

The ad-free search engine, founded in 2019, shut down.

Search Engine Land

SearchBot

We turned Search Engine Land into a chatbot this year. Yes, we trained ChatGPT on our content so you can explore, experiment and learn more about search marketing.

Later in the year, SearchBot got a huge upgrade, including new personas and image generation.

Sign up here for free access.

SMX Advanced and Next

We ran two digital events this year – SMX Advanced in June and SMX Next in November. Both shows were packed full of actionable SEO tips and insights. 

Below are links to our coverage of some SEO session from Advanced:

You can expect to read lots of coverage of SEO sessions from SMX Next over the coming weeks on Search Engine Land.

Plus, congratulations to all the 2023 Search Engine Land Award winners.

Salary & Career Survey

Here’s what you told us:

20 years of Barry Schwartz

Search Engine Land’s own Barry Schwartz has now been covering all things search for 20 years — 17 of those here at Search Engine Land. JR Oaks did a fascinating breakdown of 20 years of search based on Search Engine Roundtable analytics data.

SEO in 2033

What’s next for SEO? More AI. We are only at the dawn of our generative AI journey and AI-driven Search as we enter 2024.

Pichai said this year Google Search will evolve substantively in next 10 years. And 2024 will be one year closer to the type of search that is more “personalized” (hello, Bard Assistant) and “ambiently available to users in radically different ways.” And he promises Google will get SGE right.

DeepMind co-founder Mustafa Suleyman echoed this, saying Google will look much different in 2033 – where conversation is the interface, not a Search box.

If you’ve never seen the 2013 movie “Her,” watch it. Or if you have seen it, watch it again. That could be the general direction Google is heading. The future of AI Search could be:

  • Virtually assisted.
  • Conversational.
  • Predictive.
  • Adaptive — to evolve and understand you.

We aren’t there yet. Learn all you can about how modern search engines work, generative AI, LLMs, retrieval augmented generation and generative engine optimization (GEO) in 2024.

Ram Mandir Inauguration Date 2023, Time and Location

Ram Mandir Inauguration Date and Time

  • Date: January 22, 2024
  • Time: The exact time is yet to be officially announced, but it’s expected to be a grand ceremony held throughout the day.

The inauguration ceremony promises to be a confluence of tradition and grandeur. The auspicious date of Makar Sankranti, coinciding with the beginning of the harvest season, further elevates the significance of the event. Elaborate rituals, overseen by renowned priests, will invoke divine blessings upon the temple and its devotees. The air will resonate with devotional chants, the rhythmic clanging of temple bells, and the joyous fervor of millions who have waited generations for this day.

Ram Mandir Location

  • Place: Ram Janmabhoomi, Ayodhya, Uttar Pradesh, India

The grand Ram Mandir is located in Ayodhya, Uttar Pradesh, India, a city steeped in the rich tapestry of Hindu mythology and sacred to millions of devotees.

Specific Site: Ram Janmabhoomi, a holy site believed to be the birthplace of Lord Rama, the seventh avatar of the Hindu deity Vishnu.

Accessibility of Ram Mandir

Ayodhya is well-connected by various modes of transportation, making it easily accessible for pilgrims and tourists:

  • Air: Ayodhya Airport, located about 6 kilometers from the city center, offers domestic flights from major Indian cities.
  • Train: Ayodhya Junction Railway Station connects the city to major railway lines across India.
  • Road: National highways and state roads provide convenient road access to Ayodhya from various parts of the country.

Ram Mandir Details

  • The ceremony will mark the installation of the idol of Lord Ram Lalla in the sanctum sanctorum of the newly constructed Ram Mandir.
  • The Shri Ram Janmabhoomi Teerth Kshetra Trust, the body responsible for managing the temple construction, is overseeing the preparations for the ceremony.
  • The ceremony is expected to be attended by thousands of devotees, religious leaders, dignitaries, and political figures.
  • Elaborate security arrangements are being made to ensure the safety of all attendees.

Ram Mandir Additional Information

  • The construction of the Ram Mandir began in 2020 after the Supreme Court of India ruled in favor of the Hindu parties in the Ayodhya land dispute case.
  • The temple is being built on the site where Hindus believe Lord Ram was born.
  • The construction is expected to be completed by December 2023, paving the way for the grand inauguration in January 2024.

PlayStation Plus Free Games For January 2024 Revealed

Sony has announced the free PlayStation Plus Essential games for January 2024, bringing you the opportunity to play with some friendly rats, wreak havoc in a supernatural Old West, and change your shape in the new year. A Plague Tale: Requiem leads the first slate of free games of 2024, followed by Evil West and Nobody Saves the World. All three games will be available to download on Tuesday, January 2, for Essential, Extra, and Premium tier PlayStation Plus subscribers.

A Plague Tale: Requiem is the follow-up to the surprisingly affecting and often disgusting A Plague Tale: Innocence, which follows a girl named Amica and her younger brother Hugo as they flee soldiers through the French countryside in the 1300s. The kids quickly find that they also need to avoid the thousands of plague rats seething through the nation, although the rats can be handy tools if you can open opportunities for them to chow down on your hapless pursuers.

Requiem picks up the story six months after the conclusion of Innocence, extending Amica and Hugo’s terror as they get embroiled in more medieval and supernatural intrigue. And it has even more rats–where the first game could show about 5,000 rats on screen at a time, the sequel brings that number up to 300,000. “There’s a lot to love in Requiem, even if frustration is an all-too-common bedfellow when it comes to gameplay,” Richard Wakeling wrote in GameSpot’s review of Requiem. “There are better stealth games out there, but its unique setting, poignant storytelling, and rat-infested dread make 14th-century France worth returning to.”

Evil West also brings a supernatural lens to a period action game. The third-person shooter pits you against an Old West filled with vampires, mixing your usual lever-action rifles and six-shooters with steampunk-like weapons and some really nasty metal claws. It comes from developer Flying Wild Hog, best known for Hard Reset and the Shadow Warrior games.

Finally, there’s Nobody Saves the World, which gives you magical powers in a cartoonish and often funny top-down action-RPG. After you accidentally get hold of the magic wand belonging to a wizard, you gain the ability to transform the boring and malleable protagonist, Nobody, into various different shapes, including fantasy staples like an arrow-firing Rogue, and weirder options such as a robot. Using the right form for the job is essential both for combat and puzzle-solving as you work through procedurally generated dungeons and try to lift a curse from the land. In GameSpot’s review of Nobody Saves the World, Steve Watts called it “a fiendishly compelling action-RPG with creative ideas that all fit together for frictionless fun.”

You still have a few days to claim December’s PlayStation Plus Essential games–Powerwash Simulator, Sable, and Lego 2K Drive–if you haven’t already.

PlayStation Plus free games for January 2024

Available from January 2 to February 5

  • A Plague Tale: Requiem
  • Evil West
  • Nobody Saves the World
Integrating research and clinical care to uncover secrets of brain development

The human brain continues to be built after we are born for far longer than previously recognized, suggests research by Shawn Sorrells, assistant professor of neuroscience in the Kenneth P. Dietrich School of Arts and Sciences. Sorrells’s research on postnatal brain development, published today inthe journal Nature, shines light on fundamental processes that contribute to the development of important brain functions, such as learning, memory and spatial navigation.

The new research suggests that a subset of inhibitory neurons within the entorhinal cortex, or EC — an area of the brain essential for forming memories — continue to migrate into this region where they build new neuronal connections from birth through toddlerhood. The study suggests that extensive postnatal neuronal migration across the EC might underlie critical neuroplasticity periods during which the brain is especially receptive to changes and adaptations. The discovery also points to a possible reason why EC neurons are more susceptible to neurodegeneration, since other recent studies have found that this same type of neuron is impacted early in Alzheimer’s disease.

By analyzing brain samples that were provided, in part, by the epilepsy tissue bank at UPMC Children’s Hospital and the Neuropathology Department at UPMC Presbyterian Hospital, Sorrells’ research team was first to show that, unlike what was previously thought, neuronal migration of such scale and duration is extensive within regions that control thoughts and emotions. The discovery offers an explanation for how the human brain makes billions of new neurons over a very short time span through a mechanism that allows neurons to continue arriving after birth.

“It is generally thought that the brain is done recruiting neurons by the time an individual is born,” said Sorrells. “We were incredibly excited to learn that not only does large-scale neuronal migration continue into specific brain regions, but that this process also continues into ages when children are crawling and beginning to walk.”

A Royal Culinary Tour- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

KOCHI: Indian cuisine, with its complex flavours and mouth-watering aromas, is always a delight to explore. Though the land is known for its diverse regional cuisine, Hyderabadi and Rajasthani, the two royal cuisines, stand out for their extravagance and interesting combination of local flavours.

Bringing the best of these two worlds is the ongoing food fest, ‘The Great Indian Odyssey’ at Avenue Regent on MG Road, Kochi. Upon entering the space, staff, donning multi-coloured pagaris (turban), welcomes one to the buffet, arranged neatly on one side. Executive sous chef Biju K K is visibly excited to have introduced the culinary culture of both places to Kochi. “Both places can cater to the taste palates of vegetarians and non-vegetarians. When Hyderbadi boasts rich non-veg dishes, Rajasthani tops with the intricacies of the desert state’s homely food,” says chef Biju.

To start off, the chef offered Jal Jeera, the tangy coolant drink that is probably the right beverage to have before delving into what the Nawabs and Rajputs have to offer. As starters, the chef brought out fish tikka, which was followed by an equally compelling seekh kebab infused with herbs and spices.

As veg options, there was aloo adrak tiki and an interesting fusion of paneer and dried fruits as an appetiser. The mild taste of the slightly roasted paneer balanced well with the instant sweetness of dried fruits. The chef then gave me a culinary tour of the must-haves of Rajasthan. “For Malayalis who prefer North Indian dishes, Rajasthani cuisine perhaps has the most enticing options,” adds Chef.

The food of Rajasthan is also shaped by its geographical features and availability of resources. The scarcity of water prompt people to use oil, buttermilk, and ghee instead. The state’s classic signature dish is Daal Baati Churma. The Baati is cracked open and filled with chopped onion, tomatoes, coriander and dal.

The bread is fried for 40 minutes in ghee, giving it a crispy texture. Next came Ker Sangri. Ker, a seed that is tangy and peppery, is mixed with sangri, a long bean. This mixture is then soaked in buttermilk for long hours. After straining, it is then sauteed in ghee.

Gaate ki kadhi is another staple. It is primarily made with steamed and lightly fried gram flour dumplings. The tangy gravy made with tomato, buttermilk, and spices is best enjoyed with rice. The other dishes included gobi makhana, sev tomato ki subzi.

Moving to Hyderabadi cuisine, I tried the classic Hyderabadi biryani and raan. The pieces were so delicate due to the dishes’ long hours of cooking. Chingri malai curry, subzi nizami handi are some other attractions.  

After a mutton-laden round, the chef insisted on trying the sweet and tangy Raj Kachori and Dahi puri. After having the super crunchy chaat, I decided to end the culinary ride with Rajasthan’s special Laapsi, whose mild sweetness balances well with milk, nuts and dried fruits. The fest concludes on October   15.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

1st Dr. TMA Pai International Technology Arbitration Moot Competition 2024

Manipal Law School, Bengaluru is organizing the first edition of the Dr. TMA Pai International Technology Arbitration Moot Competition 2024 from March 30 to 31, 2024 in an offline mode.

About the Organizer

Manipal Law School, MAHE Bengaluru has identified itself as the destination for young minds aspiring to be legal professionals in the industry, specifically in Technology Law. The Law School aims to be the best place to equip oneself with the knowledge and skills relevant to the field of Technology Law.

Centre for Post-Graduate Legal Studies at MLS, MAHE Bengaluru presents the first of its kind Master of Law (LLM) programmes focussed on Data Privacy and Cyber Law, and Information Technology Law.

With the recent roundtable conference on cybercrimes (held on 17 Oct 2023) and Indian Data Protection Summit 2023 on the theme of “Emerging Technologies and Privacy” (held on 24th-25th of November 2023), they are on the path to furnish students with the relevant tech law lore of today.

At MLS, MAHE Bengaluru they thrive to prepare graduates who are fit for the legal landscape of the future. A future where amicable modes of dispute resolution will be favoured over adversarial ones and a future where technological developments will drive the industry and even affect daily lives.

About the Competition

With an objective to raise the standards of Legal Education in India, Manipal Law School (MLS), Bengaluru announces the first edition of the Dr. TMA Pai International Technology Arbitration Moot Competition 2024 from March 30th – 31st, 2024.

As they delve into the heart of the moot competition, the theme of technology and arbitration emerges as a crucible for legal acumen. In this era of rapid technological advancement, the conventional boundaries of dispute resolution have expanded, and the synergy of law and technology has become indispensable.

This competition provides an opportune moment to explore and navigate the intricacies of Tech Arbitration – a domain where legal minds must not only grapple with substantive legal issues but also navigate the terrain of cybersecurity, data protection, and the admissibility of electronic evidence.

Eligibility Criteria

All the students of any law school in India and abroad, pursuing three-year or five-year integrated courses (BA LLB/BBA LLB/B.Com LL.B) or any equivalent degree are eligible to take part in Dr. TMA Pai International Technology Arbitration Moot Competition 2024.

Team Size

Each participating team shall consist of three members i.e. Two Speakers and One Researcher. Only 16 teams shall be registered for the Competition.

Awards & Prizes

  • Winner: INR 1,50,000
  • Runner Up: INR 50,000
  • Best Speaker: INR 20,000
  • Best Researcher: INR 20,000
  • Best Memorandum: INR 20,000
  • All participating teams will be provided with a certificate of participation.

Registration Process

  • The teams must provisionally register themselves through the link given at the end of this post. Post which an email is required to be sent to [email protected] on or before the date of registration i.e. 21/01/2024.
  • For payment, the details will be shared with the participants through an email by the organizing committee on or before 25/01/2024.
  • Initially, teams are required to pay 1000 INR for National Teams/ 50 USD for International Teams. The deadline for making the payment is 27/01/2024 by 8:00 PM (IST). Post payment, the receipt must be shared on [email protected]
  • Further teams would be finalized based on the top 16 applicant memorials to be submitted to [email protected] by 29/02/2024.
  • The final selected 16 teams can expect the final acknowledgement, slot, and registration by 3/03/2024; Post which the Selected 16 Teams will have to make the remaining payment i.e. 3500 INR for National Teams/100 USD for International Teams by 10/03/2024.
  • Registration shall be considered complete after the acknowledgment and confirmation mail is sent from the side of the moot court committee to the interested team. No registrations shall be entertained by the Committee after the registration date.
  • Every team registered for the competition shall be allotted a unique code on 24/02/2024 which shall be used by the team for all further communications with the Committee.

Registration Fee

The registration fee for the competition is INR 4500/- for Indian Teams and 150 USD for International Teams. Registration Fees in any case are non-refundable.

Important Dates

  • Release of Moot Proposition: 23/01/2024
  • Last Date of Registration: 21/01/2024
  • Last Date of Initial Payment (1000 INR/50 USD): 27/01/2024
  • Last Date of Seeking Clarification: 05/02/2024
  • Allotment of Team Codes: 24/02/2024
  • Last Date of Applicant Memorial Submission (Soft Copy): 29/02/2024
  • Last Date of Remaining Registration Payment: 10/03/2023
  • Last Date of Respondent Memorial Submission (Soft Copy): 20/03/2024
  • Researchers’ Test: 30/03/2024
  • Date of the Competition: 30/03/2024-31/03/2024

Location

The Competition will be held offline at Manipal Academy of Higher Education (MAHE), Bengaluru Campus (Institution of Eminence Deemed to be University), Govindapura, Yelahanka, Bengaluru, Karnataka 560064, India.

Important Links

Contact Information

In case of any queries or clarifications regarding the competition feel free to mail your queries to [email protected] and cc [email protected] with the subject line “Competition Problem-Queries” or contact the following (between 10 AM to 4 PM (IST):

  • Rakshitashree: +91 9884599328 (Student Co-Convenor).
  • Pakhi Kalode: +91 7696015597 (Member).

Click here to register.

Note: This is a sponsored post.

Want to age gracefully? Take charge of your gut microbiota with these tips | Health

Ageing is a progressive loss of homeostasis, impaired function, cognitive decline and vulnerability to death due to chronic, infectious, metabolic and neoplastic diseases hence, ageing gracefully is about more than just having younger-looking skin. It encompasses the intricate processes that affect all our organs, muscles, cells and everything that constitutes our being.

Want to age gracefully? Take charge of your gut microbiota with these tips to support healthy ageing (Image by OpenClipart-Vectors from Pixabay )

In this context, a vital player emerges – our gut microbiota. In simple terms, this refers to the assembly of microscopic inhabitants in our gastrointestinal tract.

Wrap up the year gone by & gear up for 2024 with HT! Click here

The Gut Microbiota and Ageing

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Dr Debojyoti Dhar, Co-Founder and Director at Leucine Rich Bio, explained, “The gut microbiota, comprised of many microorganisms, including bacteria, viruses, and fungi, plays a pivotal role in various aspects of our health. Beyond aiding digestion and nutrient absorption, it significantly influences our immune system. As we journey through life, our gut microbiota evolves, with its composition subject to changes.”

She elaborated, “These alterations can be influenced by a multitude of factors, such as dietary habits, medication use, and lifestyle choices. When the balance of the gut microbiota is disrupted, it can give rise to a state of dysbiosis, where disease-causing microorganisms can outnumber the beneficial ones. In fact, unhealthy ageing leads to consistent increase of pathobionts such as Eggerthella, Fusobacteria, Streptococcus etc. Such an imbalance can contribute to inflammageing and age-related diseases.”

Understanding Inflammageing

Dr Debojyoti Dhar shared, “Inflammageing is the phenomenon of chronic, low-grade inflammation that ensues in our bodies with advanced age, contributing to a wide range of age-related diseases. It is not just a matter of external appearances but a profound internal process. Inflammageing fuels conditions such as cardiovascular diseases, neurodegenerative disorders like Alzheimer’s, and metabolic ailments, including type 2 diabetes. Additionally, it can accelerate the ageing process itself by promoting the deterioration of tissues and cells, culminating in wrinkles, frailty and a reduced quality of life.”

The Gut Microbiota’s Role in Inflammageing

Highlighting that the connection between our gut microbiota and inflammageing is increasingly evident, Dr Debojyoti Dhar said, “Dysbiosis in the gut can lead to the release of pro-inflammatory molecules that may infiltrate the bloodstream, further perpetuating systemic inflammation. Furthermore, a compromised gut barrier function can facilitate the leakage of harmful substances into the bloodstream, thus intensifying inflammation. All in all, an imbalanced gut microbiota can set the stage for inflammageing and age-related diseases.”

Keep Tabs on Your Gut Microbiota

According to Dr Debojyoti Dhar, the good news is that you can exert control over your gut microbiota to support healthy ageing. She suggested the following actionable steps to consider –

  • Dietary Choices: Your diet exerts a profound influence on your gut microbiota. The consumption of a rainbow of plant-based foods, such as fruits, veggies, whole grains, and legumes, can encourage the growth of beneficial gut bacteria. Additionally, incorporating fermented foods like yoghurt, kefir, and sauerkraut can introduce probiotics that support gut health.
  • Prebiotics: Prebiotics, found in foods like garlic, onions, and bananas, are non-digestible fibres that serve as nourishment for the beneficial microorganisms in your gut. Including these in your diet can bolster the population of “good” bacteria.
  • Microbiome Profiling: One of the most effective ways to understand your gut microbiota is through microbiome profiling such as that offered by Viome (US) and BugSpeaks (India). This involves the comprehensive analysis of the composition of your gut microorganisms by next-generation sequencing to pinpoint any imbalances or dysbiosis. Based on this knowledge, you can make informed decisions about dietary and lifestyle changes to promote a healthier gut.
  • Probiotic Supplements: In specific cases, probiotic supplements may be beneficial, particularly if you have health conditions that necessitate healthy microbiota support. It is, however, essential to consult with a healthcare professional before incorporating supplements into your routine.
  • Lifestyle Choices: Reducing stress, engaging in regular exercise, and ensuring adequate sleep can have a positive impact on your gut microbiota and overall health. Chronic stress, in particular, can disrupt the balance of your gut bacteria, underscoring the importance of effective stress management techniques.

Dr Debojyoti Dhar concluded, “The concept of inflammageing has highlighted the significance of addressing chronic inflammation as we age. While genetics play a role, our gut microbiota is a key player in this process. By taking charge of your gut microbiota through dietary choices, prebiotics, microbiome profiling, and lifestyle changes, you can better support healthy ageing and potentially reduce the risk of age-related diseases.”

Believe it or not – these ARE the good old days

If we were to judge whether 2023 was a good time in the history of the world, many people would probably think not, wouldn’t they?

This year alone we have experienced a war in the Middle East that has created social rifts in many countries, while the war in Ukraine continued on

And back home we’ve experienced floods, inflation, rising interest rates, talk of a recession, a resurgence of Covid and significant social and political unrest.

Then we were fed a steady stream of “bad news” via our 24/7 news cycle as well as the ubiquity of economic data which is often portrayed gloomily.

In fact, the instantaneous review of monthly or even daily data sets can often have us seesawing from “the economy is going to fall into recession, we’ll fall off a fixed rate cliff and the value of my house will crash” one week to “the economy is recovering, house prices have stopped falling and the fiscal cliff won’t occur” the next.

Then there are the stories about faltering property prices ahead due to high mortgage costs, the high cost of living, the ever-increasing pressure we’re putting on the environment, and the fact that property is unaffordable for many.

These are enough to get anyone down.

It’s just too easy to buy into the doom and gloom hype that seems so prevalent in the mainstream media these days.

So it’s no wonder many of us are pining for the “good old days”.

But what if I told you that you’ve won the lottery and right now, we are living in the best country in the world and at the best time in human history – if only we could stop complaining long enough to realise it?

Thanks to the invention of the internet, we have access to a whole world of possibilities our parents and grandparents would never have dreamed possible.

We can video chat with friends and family on the other side of the world, work from home and even gain qualifications through prestigious overseas universities, all without leaving the couch.

Not to mention the seemingly limitless news and entertainment that we have right at our fingertips.

While once upon a time dining out was a rare treat, reserved for birthdays and anniversaries, most of us can afford to eat at restaurants and buy takeaway on a regular basis, even if we don’t have a huge income.

And if we can’t be bothered going out, we can have the finest cuisine brought to our home using UberEats.

Due to modern technology, more of us have been able to work from home and many of us have recognised the importance of friends family and neighbourhood this year.

And only a few years ago our governments and medical system helped avert the disaster that COVID-19 could have been.

So what is wrong with this picture?

Shoping Spend

Unfortunately, human nature is such that with all these advances and improvements, we can’t help but want more, more, more.

The house, the cars, the holidays, and the daily double-shot macchiato, and dare I mention the controversial smashed avo on sourdough toast.

We want everything, and we want it yesterday, and this mentality leaves us wide open to the relentless pursuit known as “keeping up with the Joneses”.

But none of it is real

Real happiness, and real financial security, can’t be found at the bottom of an award-winning bottle of wine in a fancy restaurant.

It’s gained through hard work, discipline, and maintaining your priorities – spend a little here, save a little there, until you reach a point where you’re no longer dependent on your weekly wage to make ends meet.

Until that time, you’re never truly free, because you’re always at the mercy of your creditors, your employer, or the economy.

Of course, money can’t buy happiness, but any problem that money can solve isn’t really a problem is it?

That means money is important in those areas of your life where it’s important and it’s not important in those areas where it’s not important.

To be truly wealthy you need more than just money – you need your health, your family and friends, your ability to keep learning and growing, the ability to contribute to the community, spirituality, and time to appreciate your life.

But we’re hardwired to be negative

One of the reasons we tend to focus on the bad things and pay less attention to all the good that is happening around us is that human beings are biologically predisposed toward negative thinking.

25 Signs Your Twin Flame Is Communicating With You

Recently, a friend convinced me of the existence of twin flames, a deep connection that seems to transcend the rational. As I delved into this enigmatic world, my inner skeptic realized something unmistakable — that I could communicate with my twin flame. In this article, we will explore the signs your twin flame is communicating with you and how you can make the most of this profound and unspoken connection.

From those electric vibes running through your veins to those crazy coincidences and unplanned heart-to-heart chats, these signs of a twin flame bond are like secret messages from the universe. Whether you’re already hanging out with your other half or you’re still on your quest to find them, these signs can help you navigate the ups and downs of this profound connection that defies time and space. After all, we’re all just one twin flame away from experiencing magic!

What Is A Twin Flame?

As we dive into the intricate tapestry of twin flame communication, it’s crucial to first grasp the essence of what a twin flame truly is. A twin flame isn’t just your run-of-the-mill soulmate; it’s a deep soul connection or an intense feeling of unparalleled depth and significance that goes beyond the ordinary conventions of love and companionship — the same soul in two bodies. Understanding the nature of a twin flame is the key to unraveling the intricate ways in which they communicate.

A twin flame is, in essence, your mirror image on a spiritual plane, a soul that shares a common origin with you, emerging from the same energetic source — starkly unlike other relationships. It’s as if your souls were created as a pair, and while life may have separated you physically, the cosmic force of destiny tirelessly works to bring you back together. In the realm of twin flames, you’re not just partners; you’re mirror souls in the truest sense of the word, sharing an unbreakable, timeless bond that transcends physicality.

According to this Reddit user, “What is a twin flame? Twin flames are two people who claim to be connected in ways not deemed possible in the consensus reality, we usually report implausible or spooky events connecting us, events that seem to be tailored to bring twins nearby.

“Many twins report having telepathic contact even when they don’t know each other or to be receiving guidance from ‘signs’ and ‘spirits’ that would require a complete readjustment of our understanding of reality. Also reported is having common memories of past lives together, or to be able to meet in loosely defined astral planes.

“There are many ideas and theories in common twin flame lore but we basically only agree that this connection is a real phenomenon. The amount of supernatural events makes many twins think they have gone crazy or that they are living inside a Truman Show of sorts.”

If you’re near your twin flame, you’ll feel it in the air

Signs of a twin flame

How do twin flames recognize each other? Before we dive into the intricate realm of twin flame communication, it’s essential to understand the fundamental signs that distinguish a twin flame connection from any other. Because not everyone who is deeply in love is actually with their twin flame.

Related Reading: Ideal Relationship – What Is It, Signs And Tips To Maintain

These signs are the cornerstones of this unique spiritual bond between mirror souls, and recognizing them is the first step in comprehending the signs your twin flame is telepathically communicating with you.

  • Soul recognition: If someone is your twin flame, you experience an immediate and profound recognition of them, often described as meeting a part of yourself
  • Intense connection: The connection with your twin flame is characterized by a sense of deep understanding and familiarity from the start
  • Mirror reflection: Your twin flame serves as a mirror soul, reflecting your strengths, weaknesses, and innermost thoughts, pushing you toward personal growth
  • Karmic lessons: The relationship often involves karmic lessons, pushing you to address unresolved issues from past lives
  • Unconditional love: You share a love that transcends conditions, expectations, or limitations
  • Telepathic communication: You seem to know each other’s thoughts or feelings without verbal communication
  • Challenging dynamics: If someone is your twin flame, the relationship can be intense and challenging, with periods of separation or conflict that lead to personal growth
  • Divine timing: You meet your twin flame at the very moment when you’re both spiritually and emotionally ready for this cosmic connection
  • Life purpose alignment: Twin flames often come together with the same values to fulfill a shared life purpose or mission
  • Unexplainable magnetism: A powerful attraction that defies logical explanation, drawing you together despite external circumstances

One Reddit user had this to say about their twin flame journey: “How do twin flames recognize each other? It’s definitely a paranormal/energetic connection. The synchronicities are also insane with them. I’ve known many soulmates, and there are synchronicities with them, but a twin flame is on a whole other level. Once you meet them, it will be really hard NOT to notice.”

These fundamental signs lay the foundation for understanding and recognizing a twin flame connection. Once you’ve identified these signs, you can begin to explore the signs your twin flame is telepathically communicating with you on a deeper, cosmic level. Now, let’s take all the guesswork out and embark on this exploration of twin flame communication so that you can truly understand what makes this real-life connection, characterized by a deep longing for a mirror soul, so incredibly special.

Related Reading: 25 Deeply Emotional Love Letters For Her That’ll Make Her Cry

25 Signs Your Twin Flame Is Communicating With You

“But how do I know when I communicate with my twin flame?” The universe has its unique ways of communicating with us, and when it comes to twin flames, these messages become even more profound. Your twin flame is your cosmic counterpart, and the connection that twin flames share is so potent that it’s near-impossible it’ll pass you by without stirring up every fiber of your being.

To be able to comprehend what it is that you’re experiencing, you need to know the signs your twin flame is communicating with you. Let’s take a look at the 25 most telling indicators of twin flame communication:

1. There is a palpable electricity between the two of you

Your twin flame may communicate with you through the sense of touch. When that happens, you experience a unique and unmistakable surge of positive energy that feels like a magnetic connection that is more than just the love language of physical touch. This electric touch creates a physical sensation of warmth and an almost electrical charge, reminding you of the extraordinary bond you share. This is one of the most telling twin flame energy symptoms.

Related Reading: Twin Flame Vs Soulmate – 8 Key Differences

2. Your heart skips a beat in their presence

The signs your twin flame is communicating with you can be physical too. In your twin flame’s familiar presence, you often experience sudden and intense heart palpitations. These fluttering body sensations in your heart chakra are a physical manifestation of the emotional intensity and the profoundly deep love that you both share.

3. There’s a sense of warmth and comfort when they’re around

When you communicate with your twin flame, you suddenly feel an overwhelming sense of warmth and comfort envelop you. It’s like a cozy, reassuring embrace, reassuring you that you can be your true self when you are with them.

Related Reading: Twin Flame Reunion – Clear Signs And Stages

4. You get goosebumps when you’re near your twin flame

Communicating with your twin flame often results in goosebumps or shivers running down your arms or the back of your neck. These physical reactions are a response to the intense energy and heightened emotions that their presence invokes in you. It’s like love at first sight.

5. They give you butterflies in your stomach

You frequently experience a fluttering sensation in your stomach, akin to a swarm of butterflies, when you think of your twin flame or they try to communicate with you. This physical reaction is a manifestation of the excitement, anticipation, and nerves that their presence stirs in you. Twin flame physical symptoms like this are hard to ignore.

signs your twin flame is communicating with you
A twin flame connection is the most profound connection imaginable

6. Time stops when your eyes lock

Intense eye contact with your twin flame creates a powerful physical and emotional reaction. When your eyes meet, it feels like your souls are intertwined, and this eye-locking moment often takes your breath away. This could be one of the surest signs your twin flame is sending you love.

7. Your twin flame takes your breath away

There are moments when you catch your breath or experience shortness of breath when you are in the presence of your twin flame. This breathlessness is a physical manifestation of the intense emotional and energetic charge that their presence brings.

Related Reading: 9 Signs Your Twin Flame Loves You

8. You get chills when your twin flame communicates with you

Being close to or communicating with your twin flame can induce chills or shivers down your spine. These physical sensations are a response to the heightened emotional and energetic connection that you share. Twin flame connection signs like this are rare but you’ll know when it happens. It feels like a sixth sense.

9. You experience heightened sensuality when you’re together

Every touch feels more electrifying, you feel pressure constantly, you might feel dizzy, and the taste of life becomes richer and more intense when you’re with your twin flame — a sign that you’re in tune with your twin flame’s energy.

Related Reading: 5 Types Of Intimacy In A Relationship

10. You find yourself blushing more than usual

You often find yourself blushing when you interact with your twin flame. This physical response is an involuntary reaction to the emotional intensity and affection that their spiritual presence elicits. You could say that this kind of spiritual relationship is one of the more awkward signs your twin flame is communicating with you – at least at first.

11. Your body temperature goes haywire (in a good way)

Experiencing sudden changes in body temperature, such as warmth or coolness, can occur when your twin flame is communicating with you. These temperature fluctuations are a physical reminder of the energetic shifts that happen when your souls connect. This is another one of the twin flame physical symptoms.

Related Reading: Is Unconditional Love In A Relationship Really Possible? 12 Signs You Have It

12. Your hair stands on end when you sense your twin flame communicates with you

When your twin flame is communicating with you, the hair on your arms or the back of your neck may stand on end. This physical reaction is a result of the intense energy and emotional charge that their presence brings.

13. You feel nervous when communicating with them

You often feel jittery or nervous about talking to/communicating with your twin flame. This nervous excitement is a physical response to the anticipation and emotional intensity of your connection. One of the surest signs your twin flame is communicating with you.

Related Reading: Stories of unconditional love among couples

14. You feel overwhelmed by your senses

When you and your twin flame communicate, your senses are often overwhelmed by a surge of sensory input. You may notice colors more vividly, scents more strongly, and sounds more distinctly, creating an intensely immersive experience in which you feel drawn to each other. You might mistake it for new relationship anxiety but it’s actually your twin flame communicating with you.

15. It feels as though your auras are colliding

You may see or feel auras merging when communicating with your twin flame. This form of astral projection is one of the spiritual signs your twin flame is communicating with you.

Related Reading: 9 Beautiful Signs Of Loving Relationships

16. The vibrations between you two become palpable

Communicating with your twin flame often creates a noticeable energetic buzz or vibration in your whole body. This physical sensation reflects the heightened energy that flows between you. Twin flame connection signs like this are unmistakable. It’s like psychic Feng Shui.

17. There’s a sense of physical alignment

Your bodies seem to naturally align when you communicate with each other. Whether it’s the way you sit, stand, or embrace, your physical alignment reinforces the idea that you are two halves of a whole. You may even experience the same emotions simultaneously.

18. The attraction between you two feels like a magnetic pull

The physical attraction between you and your twin flame is magnetic and irresistible. When you communicate with your twin flame, you feel a strong desire to be in close proximity to them.

Related Reading: 10 Crazy Things People Do When They’re In Love

19. Your memory of them feels visceral

Your bodies seem to remember each other, fitting together like a missing puzzle piece. This enhances the feeling of being at ease and in sync when you communicate. You may also have vivid dreams about them or share some of your twin flame’s dreams. This kind of dream communication could be one of the signs your twin flame is sending you love or one of the physical signs your twin flame is thinking about you.

20. Cuddling comes naturally to you and your twin flame

Communication between twin flames isn’t always verbal. You convey just as much through your gestures and actions. There is a natural inclination to nuzzle, cuddle, or be physically close when you are near your twin flame. This physical closeness is comforting and reinforces the intimacy of your bond and speaks to an unexplainable connection.

more on dating tips

21. You feel the most comfortable with your twin flame

In the comforting presence of your twin flame, there is an immediate and deep sense of ease in conversations. It’s as if you’ve found a place where you truly belong, and this physical comfort allows you to be your authentic self.

Related Reading: Exploring The 6th Love Language: ‘Feeling Known’

22. You share a lot of mannerisms with them

You and your twin flame often subconsciously mimic each other’s gestures and movements like mirror images of each other, especially when communicating with each other. This mirroring is a physical reflection of the deep emotional connection that you share. It helps to be aware of such subtle signs of communication between twin flames because not all twin flames recognize the connection that binds them.

23. It feels like your breathing is aligned with your twin flame

Another indicator that your twin flame is communicating with you is that your breathing patterns align. This synchronized breathing creates a sense of unity and reinforces the idea that your energies are harmoniously connected. When your twin flame sends you messages like this, pay attention.

Related Reading: 11 Relationship Qualities That Are a Must Have For A Happy Life

24. It feels like your hearts beat in sync with one another

Physical contact with your twin flame, such as holding hands or embracing, often makes you feel as though your heart chakra is synchronizing with theirs. You both sense a shared rhythm, a physical manifestation of the profound connection you share, and a reminder that your hearts beat as one.

25. You feel a sense of destiny with your twin flame

When you are communicating with your twin flame, you may experience physical sensations that indicate a deep sense of oneness and the potential for a deeper relationship. This physical unity serves as a reminder of the profound bond you share, transcending physical boundaries and reinforcing the idea that you are two souls destined to be together on a twin flame journey. Another one of the twin flame energy symptoms.

What Happens When Twin Flames Connect?

how do you know if someone is your twin flame
Twin flames often have unconditional love for each other

The physical signs your twin flame is thinking about you or trying to communicate with you indicate that the union of twin flames is a powerful and transformative experience, one that transcends the boundaries of conventional relationships. When these two souls come together on a twin flame journey, a powerful intense attraction, and a profound recognition and alignment of energies occur, leading to a journey of self-discovery, in which you can grow spiritually. Here are five key aspects of what happens when twin flames connect:

  • Profound recognition: Meeting your twin flame often triggers an immediate and deep recognition, as if you’ve known each other for lifetimes. This recognition is a soul-deep affirmation of your connection
  • Spiritual awakening: The connection with your twin flame acts as a catalyst for a spiritual awakening, encouraging you to explore deeper aspects of your spiritual path and purpose
  • Emotional intensity: Your relationship is characterized by intense emotions, both joy and challenge. This emotional intensity is a reflection of the heightened energy between you and the opportunities for mutual healing
  • Shared growth: Twin flames challenge each other to grow and evolve spiritually and personally. The connection often comes with tests and challenges that encourage introspection and healing, as well as mutual attraction
  • Unconditional love: The love between twin flames is unconditional, transcending conditions or limitations. It’s a love that accepts each other’s flaws and imperfections, fostering deep emotional intimacy and trust, and encouraging self-love within each flame

Related Reading: Is Unconditional Love In A Relationship Really Possible? 12 Signs You Have It

Although the twin flames concept is a theoretical spiritual concept, some studies that have examined the effects of intense romantic love — something that can be described as the twin flames phenomenon — on the brain: “Overall, results suggest that for some individuals the reward-value associated with a long-term partner may be sustained, similar to new love, but also involves brain systems implicated in attachment and pair-bonding.” In other words, if you and your partner seem to be in the heady “new love” phase of your relationship for years on end, you just might be twin flames.

Key Pointers

  • A twin flame is a rare, profound soul connection in which two individuals’ spirits are deeply intertwined
  • Signs of a twin flame include an immediate soul recognition, an intense and transformative connection, and an unbreakable bond that transcends the norm
  • Signs that your twin flame is communicating with you include telepathic connections, physical sensations, and a deep sense of soul recognition and love
  • When twin flames connect, they experience a profound recognition and alignment of energies that lead to personal and spiritual growth

In the realm of twin flame connections, the signs of communication and the transformative power of their union go far beyond ordinary love. The unique telepathic bonds, shared dreams, and profound recognition demonstrate that twin flames are two halves of the same whole, destined to embark on a spiritual journey that defies explanation but leaves an indelible mark on their souls. Twin flames remind us that there are soul connections that transcend the mundane and offer a glimpse into the profound mysteries of the heart and spirit.

101 Meaningful Words Of Affirmation For Him That Actually Work

11 Expert Tips On How To Increase Physical Intimacy In A Relationship

Why Does Love Hurt So Much and What to Do?

Ask Our Expert

2022 Ford Bronco Everglades Review: Form Begets Function

It’s all about that winch.

Andrew Krok/CNET

With just a few key changes, the 2022 Ford Bronco Everglades adds even more overlanding-ready capability than a standard Bronco. But these aren’t tweaks destined for mall crawling; this thing begs to be run muddy and put away wet, and you’ll be doing a disservice if you buy this trim and don’t do precisely that.

Like


  • Will traverse nearly anything


  • Surprisingly comfortable on-road

Don’t like


  • Could use a front camera


  • Top rack impedes removable roof

The stock Bronco is no slouch off-road, but the Everglades model really leans into this prowess with a few key upgrades. The vent tubes for the transmission, transfer case and axles have all been raised between 2 and 3 inches, which improves the SUV’s wading depth to an impressive 36.4 inches of water, nearly 3 inches more than a Bronco Sasquatch. A new snorkel ensures that air is the only thing reaching the engine, and it has the pleasant side effect of adding some throaty intake noises. Throw in some beefy 315/70R17 Goodyear Territory mud-terrain tires wrapped around dark 17-inch wheels, an exclusive sandy shade of paint and some unique squared fender flares, and the Bronco Everglades looks ready for business.

But the real piece de resistance hangs out up front, protruding some 8 inches off the modular front bumper. This Warn winch carries a 100-foot synthetic line, is capable of pulling 10,000 pounds, and looks absolutely freakin’ awesome. It comes standard from the factory on the Everglades, which means it had to be crash tested, and I truly pity whatever dares smash into it. While I never got into enough trouble to need the winch, it pervades my every thought, turning every tall or heavy object into a game of, “Oh, I bet I could pull that down.” Ford doesn’t yet have a front camera solution for the Everglades, but it desperately needs one — not only for overlanding, but for parking, too. It’s easy to forget that winch is there.

The addition of the Warn winch compromises the Bronco’s approach angle, which is just 37.8 degrees here — not bad, but not as good as modular-bumper models without it. The breakover angle is 26.3 degrees, the same as any other thick-tired Bronco, while departure is a respectable 37.1 degrees. There’s 11.7 inches of ground clearance, and without any side steps, shorter folks will definitely need that dashboard-mounted grab handle to hop aboard.

If you do head off the beaten path — and honestly, how could you not? — the Bronco Everglades is ready for it. The vinyl flooring has drain plugs to keep any splashing waterways from giving passengers trench foot, and the marine-grade seat material is both comfortable and easy to clean, as is just about every bit of the plastic-heavy interior. If you prefer an open-air experience, the hardtop detaches in three pieces, and it stores easily enough in the cargo area, but the Everglades’ standard roof rack makes those panels surprisingly difficult to remove without some manhandling.

Even though the Bronco Everglades tips the scales at a chonky 5,212 pounds, the four-cylinder turbocharged engine under the hood has no problems providing plenty of motive force. The 2.3-liter EcoBoost I4 makes 300 horsepower and 325 pound-feet of torque, and it’s sent to all four wheels through a 10-speed automatic transmission. Whether on the road or off, this is more than enough power to get the job done, enabling 3,500 pounds of towing, like most other non-Raptor Bronco variants. The 10-speed can occasionally take a spell to get to the right gear, but most of the time it stays out of its own way.

The cabin is full of tech and easy to clean.

Andrew Krok/CNET

The Bronco is not a fuel-efficient vehicle by any stretch, but the Everglades upgrades thankfully don’t make it worse. As with other Sasquatch-based models, the EPA rates this SUV at 18 mpg city, 17 mpg highway and 18 mpg combined. A light foot shows me closer to 20 mpg on the highway, but don’t expect much more than that.

Despite the Everglades’ position as a proper overlanding model, most of its components are the same as what you’d find on other Broncos, which means it carries some surprisingly sedate on-road manners. An independent front suspension gives the Bronco solid handling characteristics, and while most bumps and humps do elicit traditional body-on-frame jitters, it never feels discombobulated. The standard mud tires don’t cause any tracking issues on the highway, and the slab-sided silhouette offers excellent visibility in all directions, although the two aforementioned qualities do generate a fair bit of wind and road noise at higher speeds.

Some off-road vehicles sacrifice creature comforts for… I don’t know — the appearance of ruggedness, I guess? But not the Bronco Everglades. As befitting a five-seat SUV that starts at nearly $55,000, the Everglades carries a good number of standard features, like heated seats, keyless entry and dual-zone climate control. It also picks up the largest possible infotainment screen, filling the dashboard with 12 inches of Sync 4 goodness. It’s a great system, with wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto in addition to split-screen capability with embedded navigation. Charging is never an issue, thanks to a USB-A and USB-C port in each row, and the back row also gets a 110-volt plug.

If you buy this and don’t take it off-road, you’re doing it wrong.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Safety tech doesn’t take a backseat in the Bronco Everglades, either. Standard kit includes forward-collision warning, automatic emergency braking, lane-keeping assist, blind-spot monitoring and a backup camera with decent resolution. The Everglades can’t be equipped with Ford’s surround-view camera system or adaptive cruise control, however, which is a bit of a bummer.

The 2022 Ford Bronco Everglades is the second-most expensive variant behind the Raptor at $54,595, including $1,495 in destination charges. My tester rings in at $56,535, thanks to a few basic add-ons: Desert Sand paint is $295, connected navigation is $695, door bags add $350 and a slide-out tailgate tacks on another $600. It’s a pricey proposition, but considering the Warn winch sells on Ford’s website for $3,500 before installation, it’s not like you’re throwing all of that extra scratch straight into a volcano. While you can get a for less, the Bronco provides a better overall experience, and
Jeep
doesn’t offer a factory-fitted winch anywhere in its lineup.

It’s that sort of baked-in capability that puts the Ford Bronco Everglades in a unique position. It is truly built for the rough stuff, yet it doesn’t make a driver suffer for choosing a little extra beefcake. The Everglades is yet another brilliant variant in an already impressive Bronco lineup.

First World War Christmas truce: How much football was actually played?

It’s one of the best-known stories about the First World War: the Christmas truce of 1914, when soldiers from both sides spontaneously laid down their guns and, for a few hours at least, acted as if they weren’t trying to wipe each other out in a cruelly pointless war.

Part of the story was the football match that broke out in No Man’s land. The image of the two sides uniting, in a manner of speaking, over the common language of sport became incredibly evocative, a slice of normality amidst the horror.

It’s gone down in English mythology, encouraged by appearances in various elements of culture, from art to history books to things such as the TV comedy Blackadder. “Remember it? I was never offside, I could not believe that decision…” the titular character says when asked if he recalled the match.

It’s certainly a fantastic image: a ball emerging from somewhere, a pitch being marked out between bits of barbed wire, an elderly colonel — probably with a preposterous moustache — being appointed referee, Mausers for goalposts.

The trouble is, while the story of the Christmas football match isn’t quite a myth, it didn’t actually happen like that.


What is true is that there was a truce. On the morning of Christmas Day, 1914 — the war only six months old at that point but already bloody and horrific — there was a brief and unofficial halt to hostilities, and soldiers from both sides met in No Man’s Land. That in itself is a pretty extraordinary thing; that the two sides even contemplated emerging from their trenches when usually just a mere peek over the top was an invitation to be shot at.


British and German officers meeting on December 25, 1914 (Daily Mirror/Mirrorpix/Mirrorpix via Getty Images)

There are assorted stories about how it happened, but the most commonly accepted version of events is along the lines of that described by Private Leslie Walkinton, as quoted in Anthony Richards’ book The True Story of the Christmas Truce.

‘On Christmas Eve we’d been singing carols… the Germans had been doing the same. And we’d been shouting to each other, sometimes rude remarks, more often just joking remarks. Eventually, a German said, ‘Tomorrow you no shoot, we no shoot.’ The morning came and we didn’t shoot and they didn’t shoot and so then we began to pop our heads over the side and jump down quickly in case they shot, but they didn’t shoot.

‘And then we saw a German standing up waving his arms… it gradually grew and eventually several people were walking about and nobody was shooting. After a time some bold people walked out in front of their barbed wire entanglement and finally an Englishman and a German met halfway across No Man’s Land and they shook hands and laughed and joked and waved to their companions to join them.’

The soldiers met and talked, and exchanged rations — cigarettes, bits of cake, any small luxuries that they had managed to keep in their trenches. There was even a report of a German soldier getting a haircut from an English counterpart. There was a language barrier in some instances but many of the Germans spoke pretty good English. A spirit of genuine bonhomie seemed to form, albeit laced with some suspicion that it was all just a cunning ruse to get the enemy out into open land. Some of the British soldiers used the opportunity to sneak a peek at the German trenches, which were much better appointed than their own.


British soldiers in a Flanders trench in October 1914 (Hulton Archive/Getty Images)

At this point it’s worth pointing out that the ‘Christmas Truce’ wasn’t one big organised thing, but actually a series of ‘mini truces’, dotted along the front lines. “You had one area where the soldiers were out fraternising, then a few hundred yards away they were still shooting at each other,” says Richards, head of documents and sound at the Imperial War Museum in London. Most of these were on the French-Belgian border, around towns like Ypres and Messines.

And this is where the football comes in. Alas, the idea that one big, organised game took place is simply inaccurate, and many historians get quite prickly at its erroneous prominence in the story of the Great War.

“It’s almost become part of the shorthand of describing the First World War,” says Richards. “People think of football, of poppies, of war poets and so on. Although all those things are important, they’re not really what it was like.”

What does seem to be the case though, is that several smaller, much less formalised ‘kickabouts’ took place in various parts of No Man’s Land, which may explain the widely varying accounts of football and its role in the truce.

“From somewhere, somehow, this football appeared,” said Ernie Williams, a 19-year-old English soldier who was in the trenches near Messines, now called Mesen, in Belgium. “It came from their side… they made goals and one fellow went in goal and then it was just a general kickabout.

“I should think there would be at least about a couple of hundred (taking part). I had a go at it. I was pretty good then, at 19. It was a proper football but we didn’t form a team, it wasn’t a team game in any sense of the word, it was like how I learned my football in Hill Gate streets… you know, it was a kickabout, everybody was having a go. There was no score, no tally at all. It was simply a melee.”

Other accounts suggested the ball came from the English side. “Suddenly, a Tommy came with a football, kicking already and making fun, and then began a football match,” wrote Lieutenant Johannes Niemann of the 133rd Saxon Infantry Regiment. “We marked the goals with our caps. Teams were quickly established for a match on the frozen mud, and the Fritzes beat the Tommies 3-2.”

And still others said there wasn’t really a ‘ball’ at all. “We tied a sandbag up, an empty sandbag, we tied it up with itself in string and kicked it about on top,” said George Ashurst, while a letter to the Guardian, published on 31 December 1914, said some soldiers kicked a “bully beef tin” about instead of an actual football. Other accounts suggested that a game was proposed by one side or the other, but was turned down.

Another interesting development came some 110 years later and suggests that football was prevalent at other times of the war. The painting ‘Gassed’, by John Singer Sargent and commissioned towards the end of the conflict, ostensibly depicts a group of soldiers suffering from the aftereffects of mustard gas.

It recently underwent some conservation work which revealed a few men playing football in the background. It’s not known if this reflected an actual scene that Sargent witnessed, or was simply a depiction of war-time events and possibly inspired by the stories of the Truce, but it’s fascinating nonetheless. The painting is available to view in a new gallery at the Imperial War Museum.


(Image: Imperial War Museum)

Several statues and memorials have been established to remember football’s role in the truce. There’s one at the National Memorial Arboretum in Staffordshire. One has been on a bit of a tour: it was initially placed outside St Luke’s Church in Liverpool, then was outside Goodison Park for a spell and eventually made its way to Mesen, near where one of the games was said to have taken place. A commemorative match was staged in 2014, between teams from the British and German armies.

It is, of course, extremely difficult to verify any of the stories for sure. Many accounts were given years later and could be compromised by time and the psychological horror of the conflict. There are no photographs; one famous image of soldiers playing football has been incorrectly attributed to the 1914 truce but, in reality, it depicts servicemen playing somewhere in Greece, a year later.

But there are enough different reports to suggest there is some veracity to the tale. At the very least, we can be confident that there were some games, informal though they may have been, that took place that Christmas Day.

“The way to understand the football is that these guys were living in trenches,” says Richards, “and the truce gave them the opportunity to get out and run around, which was a huge novelty. If you were a young working-class soldier, that would have been the natural thing to do. You just kick a football, run around and have a laugh.”

It’s worth emphasising that these soldiers — mostly young, working-class men, sent to die in a war of uncertain purpose — were essentially living in hell. Their trenches were mostly just mud, riddled with disease, and if they raised their head out of the mud they had a pretty good chance of being shot. A brief moment of respite, through talking in the open air to fraternise with their theoretical enemies, or kicking a football around for a bit, was just a small hint at normalcy, at humanity.

One of the most extensive chroniclers of the war was Henry Williamson, an author who would later become most famous for writing Tarka the Otter. He was on the front line during the Christmas Truce, and when the war was over wrote A Chronicle of Ancient Sunlight, a 15-volume account of the conflict which discusses, among many other things, 1914 and what it all meant.

Williamson was born in 1895 but remarkably his son, Harry, is still around.

“Talking and writing about the ‘Great War’ became his way of dealing with it,” says Harry now, from his home in Australia. “He saw friends of his go crazy — soldiers who couldn’t bring themselves to talk about it and became less and less able to live with themselves. He was lucky to have an outlet for creative expression. I think the more he told his stories, the more at peace he felt.”

Harry recalls his father mentioning football taking place. “The story had been that they saw the Germans kicking a football about, and eventually coming out onto the land between the sets of trenches. They offered the English to come and play football, and the English were initially worried whether they should be machine-gunning them or going to play football with them. What a choice to make.”

Harry, who went on to be a successful musician, tells an extraordinary story about playing a concert near his father’s home. “The next morning he said with all the lights and the noise, he felt he was back in the war, reliving the bombardment that preceded each attack. I realised then his psyche had never fully recovered. Our entertainment was his nightmare.”


Andrew Edwards’ statue now resides in Mesen, West Flanders (Arterra/Universal Images Group via Getty Images)

We have to point out that, after the war in the 1930s, Henry Williamson became involved in the British fascist movement, and was good friends with Oswald Mosley. He was interred for a time during the Second World War as a potential enemy sympathiser. He was at the Nuremberg rally in 1923, but Harry is at pains to point out that he had no affiliation with the Nazis and was there as a photojournalist for The Daily Express.

All of which should not negate his accounts of being in the trenches. One of the key elements of Henry’s reminiscences was the idea that sharing a universal sport effectively humanised, to a great extent, the Germans for the English soldiers.

“We must remember the newspapers of the time reported the government propaganda, that the Germans ate babies for breakfast, that they were monsters, and inhuman,” says Harry. “Propaganda is insidious. Its effect lasts if it’s ‘well done’. It can stay with you a long time, even if your conscious mind says it’s ridiculous.”

The German perspective on the Christmas Truce is an interesting one. The First World War generally is not as prominent in the collective consciousness as the Second World War. Within that, the Truce is well known, but while the football forms a significant part of the war mythology in England, it is barely discussed and not well known in Germany.

This is probably one of the reasons why Ralf Marczinczik’s comic on the subject made such an impact. In 2013, the German Academy of Football invited submissions for competition: draw a one-page comic about ‘the idea’ of football. Marczinczik happened to be reading about the First World War at the time, and idly wondered if any of the soldiers had played while in the trenches.

“I didn’t know a soccer game took place,” he says. “The Christmas truce is a well-known story — it’s been in some films, and in a graphic novel from the late 1990s, but there is no mention of soccer whatsoever. Even when I started researching, the soccer element was just a footnote.

“But I thought, ‘What if someone had just kicked a ball around in the snow?’ Then with a bit of research, I found out that, yes, there was a small game. Just some guys, tired and cold, kicking the ball around. So I thought this was just too perfect an opportunity to pass by.”

His comic, ‘Niemandsland’, struck a chord and won the competition along with its €5,000 first prize, which changed Marczinczik’s career. Even though the story isn’t widely known in Germany, he managed to encapsulate why the tale of football between the trenches stuck — and became so evocative over the years.

“The idea behind it is to bring soccer back to the human interaction. It’s not a contest, but there’s a human connection in playing together, not being in teams but taking part in one activity.

“The point I wanted to make is that there is something that connects us deeper than nations, some basic humanity that took place.”

The Christmas Truce was never repeated. Partly because the increasing use of heavy artillery rather than rifles made it more difficult. Partly because it was never an ‘official’ thing anyway, a relatively spontaneous act by pockets of increasingly desperate men. But mainly because those in command on both sides promised pretty severe penalties for anyone who laid down their arms again.

The extent to which football was played on Christmas Day 1914 may have been exaggerated. There was almost certainly no formalised game. But for a few minutes, a group of scared, tired and horrified young men did something that made them feel human again.

(Header design: Eamonn Dalton/images via Getty Images)

What Is “Windows Audio Device Graph Isolation” and Is It a Problem?

Key Takeaways

  • “Windows Audio Device Graph Isolation” is a genuine Windows process that manages audio enhancements and isolates the audio processing.
  • High resource consumption by this process could be caused by corrupt audio drivers, excessive sound effects, or third-party audio enhancement apps.
  • Reduce resource consumption by updating drivers, tweaking effects, closing extras, and fine-tuning audio settings.


Have you noticed a “Windows Audio Device Graph Isolation” process consuming substantial system resources in the Windows Task Manager? It’s a genuine Windows process responsible for providing a stable audio experience. This guide explains what this process does, why you shouldn’t turn it off, and how you can reduce its resource consumption.


What Is the “Windows Audio Device Graph Isolation” Process?

The “Windows Audio Device Graph Isolation” process, referred to as audiodg.exe, is at the core of Windows 11’s audio system.

The process manages audio enhancements and effects applied to the audio output, including equalization, spatial sound, and other audio modifications. Under the hood, it processes sound data and manages the network of connected audio components, like your sound card, drivers, and playback device.

The service is kept isolated from the standard Windows audio service. This “sandboxing” allows third-party audio manufacturers to include their sound enhancement settings (for instance, equalizer effects) without affecting the Windows audio service. Any error doesn’t crash Windows if a particular audio application, driver, or process malfunctions.

Thus, the intentional “sandboxing” provides a more responsive and reliable audio experience. But why does audiodg.exe sometimes consume extensive system resources?

Why Does Audiodg.exe Show a High CPU Usage, and Can You Disable It?

The process typically uses a minimal percentage of the CPU and operates efficiently. Its resource usage can increase if you apply too many sound effects, a third-party audio software consumes resources to deliver high-quality sound, or the audio drivers get corrupted.

This leads to the question: can you turn off this process if the resource usage gets too high? No, this process is an integral part of Windows’ audio system. Disabling it causes audio problems and errors. We turned off this process, played a YouTube video afterward, and encountered the “Audio renderer error. Please restart your computer” error.

Encountering an audio renderer error when playing a youtube video

So, if you don’t want to run into audio problems, don’t turn off this process—you won’t hear any sound. Instead, adjust the audio settings to make it use fewer resources. As a core service, you should never terminate it like other vital Task Manager processes.

How to Reduce the Resource Consumption of Audiodg.exe

As this process is notorious for its high resource consumption, malicious programs can disguise themselves as audiodg.exe and exploit your system resources. So, you should first verify that the resource-consuming process in the Task Manager isn’t any malware. If the process turns out to be malicious, you should run a Windows Defender scan to remove it.

If it’s a genuine Windows process, here are some ways to reduce its resource usage:

  • Ensure you have the latest audio drivers installed. Download the latest audio driver from the manufacturer’s website. If it comes in an executable format, click on the file to install it automatically. If a manual installation is required, right-click the Start button and open Device Manager. Then, expand the Sound, video, and game controllers tab, right-click on the relevant driver, and select Update driver.
    Updating audio drivers in Device Manager on Windows

    Then, click Browse my computer for drivers, locate and select the downloaded driver, and Windows will install it.

  • Adjust the default audio format in the sound settings. Press Win+R, type “ms-settings:sound, and click OK. After that, scroll down and click More sound settings.
    Opening the sound settings in the Windows Settings app

    Then, go to the Playback tab, right-click your default audio output device, and select Properties. Then, go to the Advanced tab and select a different sample rate and bit depth from the dropdown menu.

    Changing the default audio format in sound settings on Windows

  • Disable audio enhancements. Head to the Playback tab, right-click on your audio output device, and select Properties. Then, go to the Advanced tab and uncheck the box beside Enable audio enhancements.
    Disabling audio enhancements from sound settings.

  • If you use a third-party app to apply advanced sound effects, stop using it temporarily or deactivate some of its features.
  • If the process uses too many resources only when playing audio through a particular app, that app could be the culprit. So, either update or re-install the app or switch to another one.
  • Check for pending Windows updates and install them if they are available. Also, check optional driver updates from your audio output device manufacturer and install them.
  • If resource usage spikes only when you connect a particular audio output device to your computer, the hardware could be faulty. So, examine it for defects.

In most cases, turning off some sound effects and updating the audio drivers reduces resource consumption of the “Windows Audio Device Graph Isolation” process. Still, it would be best to double-check the process’s authenticity to ensure your device isn’t infected.

New Year lantern fair kicks off in Wuhan

A giant dragon-shaped lantern is seen at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

A giant dragon-shaped lantern is seen at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

A giant dragon-shaped lantern is seen at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

A giant dragon-shaped lantern is seen at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

A giant dragon-shaped lantern is seen at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

A giant dragon-shaped lantern is seen at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

A giant dragon-shaped lantern is seen at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

A giant dragon-shaped lantern is seen at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

Artistic lanterns are seen on display at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

Artistic lanterns are seen on display at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

Artistic lanterns are seen on display at a Chinese New Year lantern fair at the Happy Valley theme park in Wuhan City, Hubei Province, December 23, 2023. /CFP

A lantern fair kicked off in Wuhan City’s Happy Valley theme park, Hubei Province to usher in the upcoming Year of the Dragon. A group of giant dragon-shaped art installations were set up at the cultural event by a team of craftsmen from Sichuan’s Zigong City, alongside a diverse range of lanterns featuring auspicious inscriptions, creating a festive atmosphere for visitors ahead of the Chinese New Year.

Lee Sun Kyun, a star of Oscar-winning film ‘Parasite,’ dies amid drug investigation

Actor Lee Sun Kyun, who gained international fame in the Oscar-winning movie “Parasite,” has died in Seoul amid a police investigation into suspected drug use. He was 48.

His death was confirmed by the Associated Press and Korean media outlets, which cited local police.

Lee’s wife reported to police that he left a note akin to a suicide note, according to Korean-language outlet Yonhap News. Police later found Lee unconscious inside his car at a park in Seoul around 10:30 a.m. Wednesday, local time, according to the outlet.

Lee had been under investigation by local police over the last couple of months due to allegations of drug use.

Yonhap News reported that he’d been questioned on suspicion of using marijuana and other illegal drugs. Lee had previously stated that he was tricked into doing drugs.

The actor’s agency, HODU&U Entertainment, said in October that Lee had faced threats and extortion regarding the alleged drug use. He tested negative in drug tests administered by authorities, according to Yonhap News.

Over the weekend, Lee had faced 19 hours of police questioning, Yonhap News reported.

The actor, who has had a long career in South Korea dating back to 1999, first gained renown in 2007 as one of the main actors in the medical drama “Behind the White Tower” and in the romantic comedy “Coffee Prince.” In 2018, he played the main male protagonist in the drama “My Mister.”

He gained worldwide fame with his role as Park Dong-ik, a tech titan, in the 2019 movie “Parasite,” directed by Bong Joon Ho. Bong’s movie is the first non-English-language picture to win the Oscar for best picture.

The movie’s cast, including Lee, was praised by reviewers, including Justin Chang of The Times.

“Nearly every great performance is a well-executed con, an elaborate scheme skillfully foisted on the audience,” Chang wrote in 2020. “That’s surely one reason why the ‘Parasite’ actors have connected so forcefully with critics and audiences around the world, even those who may emerge from the theater remembering individual faces better than names.”

Last year, Lee was nominated for best actor at the International Emmy Awards for his performance in the sci-fi thriller “Dr. Brain.”

The police investigation seemed to take a toll on Lee’s career, prompting the actor to drop out of K-drama thriller series “No Way Out,” according to media reports.

Intense questioning over alleged drug abuse is not uncommon in South Korea, a country with strict drug laws and growing public concern over drug abuse.

At the same time as Lee’s drug probe, police were investigating K-pop star G-Dragon, Kwon Ji-yong of the band Big Bang, for alleged use of illicit drugs at a bar in Seoul in December 2022. The case was closed earlier this month after Kwon tested negative in drug tests and police were unable to find enough evidence of drug use.

Kwon announced Monday that he would donate 300 million won, about $230,000, to establish a foundation to combat drug abuse.

Earlier this year, “Hellbound” and “Burning” actor Yoo Ah-in was accused of illegally using drugs including marijuana, propofol and cocaine. He underwent 21 hours of questioning by police in May.

A Seoul court rejected an arrest warrant request by police, after Yoo admitted to most of the drug charges. The highly publicized case led to public opprobrium, including one person hitting him with a plastic water bottle after his May court appearance.

In a statement released to Korean media after Lee’s death, HODU&U Entertainment said, “There is no way to contain our sorrow and despair.

“We respectfully ask that you refrain from spreading falsehoods based on speculations,” the statement read.

Lee is survived by his wife, actor Jeon Hye Jin, and their two sons.

Suicide prevention and crisis counseling resources

If you or someone you know is struggling with suicidal thoughts, seek help from a professional and call 9-8-8. The United States’ first nationwide three-digit mental health crisis hotline, 988 will connect callers with trained mental health counselors. Text “HOME” to 741741 in the U.S. and Canada to reach the Crisis Text Line.

Elon Musk’s Tesla Emerges as Key Player in South Korea’s ‘Import Passenger Vehicle Market’ Amid Strong Demand for German Cars

Seoul, December 27: Elon Musk-run electric carmaker Tesla has emerged as a major player in South Korea’s imported passenger vehicle market this year, with BMW, Mercedes-Benz and Audi set to close the year as the three best-selling brands, industry data showed on Wednesday. Tesla’s vehicle sales have been on the rise since September when it began to bring in Model Y midsized SUVs manufactured at its Shanghai plant at sharply lowered prices compared with the Model Y’s U.S.-made versions.

Tesla began to deliver its models, starting with the Model S 90D, to the Korean market in June 2017. It currently sells the Model S flagship sedan, the Model X flagship SUV and the rear-wheel-drive Model Y SUV in Korea, while operating 1,007 stalls at 147 supercharger stations here, reports Yonhap news agency. The Shanghai-made Model Y is widely expected to continue to boost Tesla’s vehicle sales due to its price competitiveness and the rising demand for emission-free cars. Jatin Dalal Sued? Wipro Files Case Against Former CFO in Bengaluru Civil Court After He Moves to Cognizant.

In the January-November period, Tesla ranked fourth with sales of 15,439 units, exceeding its bigger rivals: Volvo Cars with 15,410 units and Lexus with 12,191 units, according to data from the Korea Automobile Importers & Distributors Association (KAIDA) and local market tracker CarIsYou.

Local demand for German brands remained strong this year as a growing number of consumers prefer high-end and high-performance models. German carmakers, including the three brands mentioned above and the Volkswagen brand, sold a total of 173,579 units in the 11-month period, accounting for 71 per cent of overall imported vehicle sales of 243,811 autos, KAIDA data showed. BMW topped others by selling 69,546 units, followed by Mercedes-Benz with 68,156 units and Audi with 16,650 units in the first 11 months. Microsoft Launches Dedicated Copilot App on Google Play Store, Now Users Can Access It Without Bing Mobile App.

Japanese brands — Honda Motor Co., Toyota Motor Corp. and its independent brand, Lexus — saw their sales rebound this year after suffering years of sluggish demand due to a trade dispute between Seoul and Tokyo. Local consumers shunned Japanese vehicles over the neighbour’s restrictions on exports of key materials to South Korea in 2019.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 27, 2023 12:55 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

The Obscure Google Deal That Defines America’s Broken Privacy Protections

Joseph Jerome, who left privacy advocacy to work on Meta’s augmented reality data policies for two years before being laid off in May, says he grew to appreciate how consent decrees force companies to work on privacy. They add “checks and balances,” he says. But without clear privacy protection rules from lawmakers that bind every company, the limited scope of consent decrees allows too many problematic decisions to be made, Jerome says. They end up providing a false sense of security to users who might think they have more bite than they really do. “They certainly haven’t fixed the privacy problem,” he says.

The FTC has sometimes strengthened consent decrees after privacy lapses. In the wake of Facebook’s Cambridge Analytica data-sharing scandal, in 2020 the agency agreed to stepped-up restrictions on the company and extended Meta’s original consent decree by about a decade, to 2040. In May this year, the FTC accused Meta of failing to cut off outside developer access to user data and protect children from strangers in Messenger Kids. As a remedy, the agency wants one of its judges to impose the most drastic restrictions ever sought in a privacy decree, spooking the broader business community. Meta is fighting the proposal, calling it an “obvious power grab” by an “illegitimate decision maker.”

There is more agreement between FTC officials, Meta, Google, and the wider tech industry that a federal privacy law is overdue. Proposals raised and debated by members of Congress would set a standard all companies have to follow, similar to US state and European Union privacy laws, with new rights for users and costly penalties for violators. “Consent decrees pale in comparison,” says Michel Protti, Meta’s chief privacy officer for product.

Some key lawmakers are on board. “The single best way to increase compliance for different business models and practices is by Congress enacting a comprehensive statute that establishes a clear set of rules for collecting, processing, and transferring Americans’ personal information,” says Republican Cathy McMorris Rodgers, the chair of the House committee that has studied potential legislation for years. Until she can rally enough fellow legislators, the privacy of every American on the internet is reliant on the few safeguards offered by consent decrees.

Innocence Lost

At the time Buzz launched in 2010, Google fostered a companywide culture of freewheeling experimentation in which just a couple of employees felt they could launch ideas to the world with few precautions, according to four workers who were there during that time. The search company’s idealistic founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin closely oversaw product decisions, and head count was one-eighth of the nearly 190,000 it is today. Many of the employees “were in a utopia of trying to make information accessible and free,” says Giles Douglas, who started at Google in 2005 as software engineer and left in 2019 as head of privacy review engineering.

During the earlier era, some former employees recall privacy practices as informal, with no dedicated team. Company spokesperson Matt Bryant says it’s not true that reviews were looser before, but both sides acknowledge that it wasn’t until the FTC settlement that Google started documenting its deliberations over privacy hazards and making a clear commitment to addressing them. “The Buzz decree forced Google to think more critically,” Douglas says.

Crypto-Related Searches on Google Loses Ranking to Keywords Around AI: Report

The global citizenry, this year, seemingly remained very dazzled by all things AI (Artificial Intelligence) — the Search trends on Google has indicated. Throughout the course of the year of 2023, Google searches around crypto, Bitcoin, and related-Web3 keywords did not rank high, losing spots particularly to AI-related keywords like ChatGPT. This dip in people’s interest around Web3 in 2023 could be attributed to last year’s back-to-back market crashing events like the downfall of FTX, Sam Bankman-Fried, Terra, and Luna among others.

Between 2020 and 2022, crypto-related searches were flooding Google from all over the world. Around August 2022, these crypto searches gradually tumbled and were replaced by searches around AI, a CoinTelegraph report said, citing data from Google Trends.

To put the situation in perspective, AI-related Google searches bagged a score of 91 on Google Trends, whereas searches around Bitcoin only scored 22 out of 100.

For Bitcoin, the most traction was generated this year from El Salvador – the first nation in the world that recognised BTC as a legal tender alongside its fiat currency. Other nations that contributed to crypto-related searches on Google this year includes Nigeria, Netherlands, Brazil, and Switzerland.

The graphical representation of crypto’s downfall on Google Searches this year have been floating on X. Many members of the crypto community are not showing any hysteria around this turn of events however. They believe, AI is a newer point of interest for the masses whereas a lot about crypto is already known and understood by those interested, which could explain the drop in search counts. In fact, some crypto supporters even posted that AI should indeed be on the top, interest-wise.

Crypto’s descent on Google Search does not come as quite the shock. Back in June this year, Google searches for cryptocurrency related keywords had sunk to a 29-month low. Multiple hack attacks on crypto protocols and global regulatory uncertainty around crypto were touted among reasons for this dip at the time.

As for AI, most interest was generated from Vietnam, China, the Philippines and Myanmar. Google Bard, Meta AI, and GrokAI, and fears about AI taking up people’s jobs emerged among top AI-related searches.


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.

Vita Dani Makes History As First Indian On ITTF Governing Board

 

In a groundbreaking achievement, Vita Dani, a prominent sports entrepreneur, has etched her name in history by becoming the first Indian to be appointed as a governing board member of the International Table Tennis Federation’s (ITTF) Foundation.

The ITTF Foundation, established in 2018, aims to enhance the appeal of table tennis and attract a more diverse audience to the sport.

A Vision for Growth

  • Commenting on her remarkable achievement, Vita Dani expressed her excitement, stating, “It is a great feeling to be inducted into an organization that aligns perfectly with my vision for the growth of table tennis and its impact on the community.”
  • She emphasized the inclusivity of table tennis, describing it as a sport that anybody can play, with significant mental and physical benefits. Vita’s overarching goal is to spread this message and make the game accessible to everyone.

Passionate Leadership Recognized

  • ITTF and ITTF Foundation President Petra Sorling warmly welcomed Vita Dani to the ITTF family, acknowledging her passion for the sport’s growth and its potential as a catalyst for development.
  • Sorling described Vita as a valuable addition to the ITTF Foundation Governing Board, recognizing the significant role she has played in advancing table tennis.

Dani Foundation’s Impact on Indian Table Tennis

  • Vita Dani, through her organization, Dani Foundation, has been instrumental in shaping the upward trajectory of table tennis in India.
  • Her commitment to the sport extends beyond the international stage, with a focus on nurturing talent and creating opportunities for aspiring players within the country.

Multifaceted Entrepreneurial Spirit

  • In addition to her contributions to table tennis, Vita Dani is also known as the co-owner of the Chennaiyin Football Club, a prominent team in the Indian Super League (ISL).
  • Her involvement in football and table tennis showcases a multifaceted entrepreneurial spirit, contributing to the development and popularity of diverse sports in India.

Summary

  • Vita Dani creates history by becoming the first Indian to join the ITTF Foundation Governing Board, a significant milestone for Indian sports.
  • Dani Foundation, under Vita Dani’s leadership, plays a pivotal role in elevating Indian table tennis, contributing to the sport’s upward trajectory in the country.
  • Beyond table tennis, Vita Dani’s multifaceted entrepreneurial spirit is evident as the co-owner of the Chennaiyin Football Club, showcasing her commitment to the diverse development of sports in India.

Best Of 2023: Disney Dreamlight Valley’s Simple Gameplay Hides A Complex Storyline

Disney Dreamlight Valley entered early access at the end of 2022, and the Animal Crossing-meets-Mickey Mouse gameplay immediately caught on in my house. The light and easy gameplay paired with soft music and the presence of some of the world’s most family-friendly characters made for low-stakes gaming sessions that served as a nice break from whatever review was on my slate.

I honestly didn’t expect much from the game; Animal Crossing never leaned heavily into its story so I didn’t expect Disney Dreamlight Valley to do more than roughly as much as Nintendo’s hit franchise. However, throughout the past year, the writers at Gameloft not only exceeded that expectation, they did so with a real and raw look at childhood, adulthood, and the transition between the two. It was a bold choice–and definitely one that flies in the face of “life simulator starring Mickey Mouse and friends”–but it’s a tale I’ve routinely thought about since completing it.

What is going on with that treehouse, anyway?

SPOILERS for Disney Dreamlight Valley’s first year of content is below, proceed with caution.

For those that don’t know the story, Disney Dreamlight Valley follows a protagonist who returns to the valley they created as a child after years of being away, only to find it in disrepair thanks to an event called The Forgetting. Houses are falling apart, insidious vines are growing everywhere, and the previous inhabitants are either missing or suffering from amnesia. Our return seems to awaken our latent Dreamlight magic abilities, and from there we set off on restoring the valley to its former glory.

The vines represent a darkness that’s fallen over the valley, which itself was brought on by The Forgotten, a malevolent presence who corrupted the idyllic world by unknown means. Through writings, we learn more about the origins of this dark being, until finally we meet the villain face-to-face–and they look surprisingly familiar. Herein lies the twist: The hero the player creates and The Forgotten are one in the same, with the “evil” version representing the young child creator’s transition from child to adult–and all of the angsty teenage years in between.

We’re fed this revelation in crumbs for the most part until that first meeting, but from then on is where the story really takes flight. So much so, in fact, that the game produces a content warning before the final missions of the game: “The Forgotten Memories quests deal with some difficult emotions and themes, such as sadness, loneliness, and anger,” the warning reads. “If you’re not in the right space to deal with these themes, consider returning to your village until you feel prepared to face them.”

By following the questline, we’re transported back in time to when the “darkness” began to take hold. We control the Forgotten version of ourselves as we meet up with familiar faces who ask us for familiar favors: Mickey wants flowers for Minnie, Goofy wants to make some food, etc. However, because of the clouded psyche of our character, all of our dialogue choices are turned to negative emotions. While talking to our friends, our speech is broken up by intrusive thoughts like “What’s the point of this?” or “I’ll just screw this up anyway.”

As we gather the items for our friends, something’s off: The flowers we find for Mickey are dead, and the food ingredients for Goofy are rotten. When the Forgotten delivers the items to their friends, and the reactions aren’t what they’d expect, the Forgotten immediately begins to descend back into that anxiety, as one of the dialogue options is “I just want to be alone!” while another is simply “UGH! UGH! UGH!”

While these moments went over my children’s heads, I was all in. These are familiar feelings for a lot of people as they grow from children to adults. Things they once loved lose their luster, tasks they once enjoyed seem menial and annoying.Self-doubt, anxiety, overreaction, and more are all part of the growing-up process, and Disney Dreamlight Valley does a terrific job of showcasing this through these scenes.

Eventually, back in our created character’s shoes, we’re tasked with gathering “hidden relics” of the Forgotten’s past; a blanket, a shovel and pail, and a child’s drawing of a lion. We then travel to the Forgotten’s world, which is a dark and twisted version of the castle that sits in the middle of the valley. This castle has been completely overtaken by the darkness, with vines growing through and walls and floors. When we reach the Forgotten, we’re transported to a world of pure darkness, save for a few areas with spotlights above them.

The Forgotten's dark castle home.
The Forgotten’s dark castle home.

Using the “relics” of the past, we’re able to learn the truth: The Forgotten is our character’s lost childhood made manifest, as they say they’re bringing darkness to the valley to “make sure no one goes through what [they] went through.” By restoring sacred areas of their past–the shovel and pail in a sandbox, the blanket on their childhood bed, and so on–we convince them that darkness isn’t the way, and the day is won.

The best part is what happens to the Forgotten after this final mission concludes: They don’t disappear in the light, they don’t get imprisoned in the dark castle, they simply become just another villager. From there, a new questline opens where the player character and their forgotten childhood work together to make the valley a better place for all.

I did not expect such a whirlwind tale in my Mickey Mouse cozy life sim, but Gameloft stealthily hid one of the best stories of the year right in between trips to Scrooge’s shop and interior decorating.

Where you live matters: A first-of-its-kind study illustrates how racism is interrelated with poor health

A team of health equity researchers from several institutions has leveraged a complex web of data to test a hypothesis: That structural racism is associated with resources and structures at the neighborhood level that are closely associated with poor health. What they found in an analysis of highly localized, community level data illustrates how racism is deeply interrelated with poor health outcomes.

Dinushika Mohottige, MD, MPH, Assistant Professor of Population Science and Policy, and Medicine (Nephrology), at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, served as first author of a paper published today in the journalJAMA Network Open that details the study.

Dr. Mohottige and her senior author and long-time mentor, L. Ebony Boulware, MD, MPH, Dean of Wake Forest University School of Medicine, describe in detail how neighborhood prevalence of chronic kidney disease (CKD), diabetes, and hypertension are strongly associated with an increased burden of structural racism indicators.

The research team conducted an observational cross-sectional study in Durham County, North Carolina, using public data sources and deidentified electronic health records to explore how a comprehensive collection of data points associate the presence of structural racism and the neighborhood prevalence of these three chronic health conditions.

“It was important to look at these three conditions because they are interconnected and highly associated with heart disease, as well as quality and length of life. Importantly, Black people share a disproportionate burden of these three illnesses,” said Dr. Mohottige, a member of Icahn Mount Sinai’s Institute for Health Equity Research who specializes in kidney health equity and formerly practiced at Duke University with Dr. Boulware. They collaborated with colleagues from Duke, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, North Carolina State University, and the Feinstein Institutes for Medical Research.

The authors explain that structural racism is defined as how societies foster discrimination through a series of systems that are reinforcing, such as housing, education, and unemployment. “These systems cascade into discriminatory beliefs, values, and the distribution of resources,” says Dr. Boulware.

“Dr. Mohottige and I agreed it was important to tap the unusual data assets available in Durham to learn how we can improve the health of communities and individuals by identifying the factors that may affect their health the most. Our goal was to use the data to help us identify possible interventions,” says Dr. Boulware. “Data which measure health outcomes such as kidney disease and diabetes — and which also measure social determinants of health, including information on the built environment and reported neighborhood violence — help us understand how the conditions where people live affect their well-being. This is especially true for groups that, because of their race or ethnicity, historically experience worse health outcomes when compared to others.”

The result of their work, incorporating thousands of data points related to where people live at the most localized level, says Dr. Boulware, is a first-of-its-kind observational study of associations of structural racism constructs with the health of individuals residing in these neighborhoods. “This study fills an important evidence gap and helps us identify factors which might be targeted to address community health inequities,” says Dr. Mohottige.

The researchers studied data of aggregate estimates of prevalence of chronic conditions for each of 150 residential neighborhoods in Durham using the Durham Neighborhood Compass, a unique data asset created by public health officials; a corresponding website, Durham Community Health Indicators Project, provides a user-friendly interface in lay language.

Along with the uniquely detailed and comprehensive Compass data, the researchers pulled data from two main buckets. Through global/composite indicators such as the area deprivation index, they gleaned data revealing the extent of Durham’s stark neighborhood advantage and disadvantage. The discrete indicators they drew upon revealed downstream factors widely thought to represent sociopolitical manifestations of structural racism, including reported crime, evictions, police shootings, and election participation. “Very limited evidence exists to tie together these structural racism constructs with the aggregate health of individuals in a given neighborhood using electronic health data and rigorous assessments of chronic conditions,” says Dr. Mohottige.

The team found that:

  • Residential neighborhoods with the highest prevalence of CKD, diabetes, and hypertension, tended to be in neighborhoods with the lowest proportions of White residents, and vice versa.
  • Neighborhoods with the highest prevalence of CKD, diabetes, and hypertension tended to be in areas with the lowest income and higher area deprivation. They also had the lowest rates of college education.
  • A greater burden of most discrete indicators of structural racism (examples include reported violent crime, eviction rates, election participation, income, and poverty) was associated with greater neighborhood prevalence of the three diseases.
The taste of transformation- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

Food is elemental; it is the nourishing essence of life. Yet, its significance extends far beyond mere sustenance. As we marked World Food Day on Monday, Vaishali Vijaykumar brings five inspiring stories of individuals whose lives have been profoundly transformed by the power of food.

Food as an identity

Recently, at a friend’s mehendi ceremony, I relished the most delectable pav bhaji and brownies I have had so far. What made this experience satisfying was learning that these were prepared by 23-year-old Ramanathan and 27-year-old Rupak Rajendra Munje, two individuals with autism who run a small catering business called Buddies’ Kitchen. These young entrepreneurs owe their culinary skills to their training at The CanBridge Academy, a life skills training centre in Thiruvanmiyur, designed for youths with autism.

It all began during the pandemic when their mothers, Subbulakshmi and Ranjana Munje, discovered their sons’ talents. “Ramanathan and Rupak would work in small groups at CanBridge, meticulously handling tasks such as peeling, slicing, and dicing large quantities of vegetables. We stepped in, worked as a team by delivering chopped vegetables to our neighbours, and put their skills to use outside the academy. This modest attempt eventually paved the way for taking on small catering orders,” beam the mothers with pride. Following this, Ramanathan and Rupak have also been interning at Uncle Sam’s Kitchen for the past year.

Sharada Rajaram, who cofounded CanBridge alongside Kavitha Krishnamurthy, is happy that these young men are treated on par with their peers in the kitchen. “It’s an inclusive space where they showcase their abilities, not just through vegetable preparation but also in cooking. Work serves as their source of motivation, and they bring commitment and efficiency to their tasks,” she says.

In addition, they handle catering when they meet as part of the Special Child Assistance Network (SCAN) once a month, and when not at work, they dedicate their time to upskilling at CanBridge.

The boys are non-verbal and are deeply passionate about food, each expressing it uniquely. “They possess a keen sense of taste and are quick to identify missing elements in any dish. Their enthusiasm, inquisitiveness, and heightened awareness enables them to handle tasks independently, even as simple as brewing a cup of tea,” explains Sharada.

Rupak and Ramanathan’s journey has defied expectations and inspires people. Their next step is to gradually scale the business. The team’s message to society and parents of children with disabilities is clear. “Society must take responsibility for supporting families with children with disabilities, and parents should encourage their children to step out of their comfort zones. Their potential will surprise you.”

Food for a cause

On October 15, the YMCA Convention Centre was the stage for a remarkable gathering of food enthusiasts, all thanks to ‘Moi Virunthu’, an initiative by Help On Hunger foundation. For the fourth consecutive year, this Chennai-based NGO hosted a grand event on World Food Day to raise awareness about its mission to eradicate hunger.

Speaking about this year’s vision, Allen Samuel, an entrepreneur and the founder of the NGO, says, “Moi Virunthu draws its inspiration from a long-standing traditional practice. The feast is to crowdsource funds to feed the underprivileged. Each ticket, following the ‘eat to feed’ concept, is priced at `500. This not only allows individuals to savour veg and chicken biryani by Jaffer Bhai but also enables them to provide sustenance for seven homeless people.”

The roots of Help on Hunger trace back to the moment when Allen observed homeless individuals knocking on doors for food during the pandemic. Moved by this, Allen and his wife began offering homemade meals. What began as 20 meal packets per day soon grew tenfold.

Registered as an NGO in July 2021, Help on Hunger has flourished into a team of 73 dedicated volunteers who distribute approximately 350-400 food packets across 200 locations within the city. All contributions are transparent, and the food they provide to the homeless is the same quality they eat at home, including chapati, idli, and rice. It’s prepared at their centralised kitchen in Thoraipakkam. Their largest donation, a sum of `2,575, came from a flower vendor who wanted to make a difference.

The team has extended its reach by providing grocery kits to the Irular communities around Chennai, arranging milk cards for families in Kannagi Nagar, and adopting 175 members of leper settlements near Chengalpattu. They even introduced a breakfast scheme at a school in Tiruchy to address malnutrition among the children of salt pan workers, leading to improved attendance, reduced dropout rates, and enhanced nutrition for their families.

Allen’s primary goal is to eliminate hunger by providing dignified meals, which they’ve calculated to cost `35 per meal. With a track record of feeding over 2.87 lakh people, they are unwavering in their commitment to eradicating hunger. “I’m able to sleep peacefully at night because someone, somewhere has not gone to sleep hungry,” he sums up.

Food as a healer

On September 21, Sreya Vittaldev shared a reel about noodle bowls on her Instagram page @darthdevi, a topic familiar to her followers, but not the story behind the post itself. The description’s opening line read “Trigger Warning: domestic abuse, eating disorders, unhealthy romantic relationships.” What followed in the comments section were words of admiration, as her followers recognised the immense courage it took for Sreya to share her vulnerabilities with the virtual world.

As a chef and marketing consultant in the F&B industry, based in Bengaluru, Sreya’s perspective on food goes beyond the ordinary; she sees it as a form of therapy. In the absence of a safe emotional haven in close relationships, cooking allowed Sreya to reflect on her thoughts and find inner support. Discussing her post, she shares, “Noodle bowls hold a special place in my heart because I initially made them to please my former partner, who was abusive. It was our only connection in our relationship. I stopped making them after ending the relationship, as it’d trigger traumatic memories and haunting voices in my head. The defining moment in my healing journey was when I started cooking noodle bowls again. I’d remind myself that I was making it for me and me alone, drowning out those painful voices.”

Describing the empowerment she derives from food, she remarks, “Creating and enjoying our own meals is an act of defiance. We’re telling the world, ‘Hey, I had a tough day, but I won’t let it stop me from making this comforting bowl of rasam and potato rice’. I may be sad, but I’ll cook and nourish myself because I want to be there for myself in every possible way, even if it’s a simple meal.”

For individuals struggling with eating disorders and body shaming, Sreya reiterates, “Remember that no one has the right to comment on your body, especially in romantic relationships. If you find yourself in a toxic relationship, consider leaving because it can harm your relationship with yourself and with food. We must eat for ourselves and the body we have, not the one we wish for. Seek guidance from a certified nutritionist, and surround yourself with a close-knit community that supports you.”

Food for justice

G Rajalakshmi’s journey unfolds as a compelling narrative of her community’s steadfast determination to safeguard Pulicat, and they’ve harnessed the power of food as their weapon of choice. The women have been using their culinary legacy to raise awareness about the imminent external dangers encroaching upon their wetlands due to the Adani port expansion.

Their journey began three years ago at the Pulicat Seafood Festival in 2020, held as part of Chennai Kalai Theru Vizha. The women whipped up a seafood thaali named ‘Pazhaverkadu Meen Virunthu’, featuring beloved dishes from the age-old Pulicat cuisine. Since then, Rajalakshmi has not missed an opportunity to talk about the richness of her town and its food. A resident of Konankuppam near Pulicat, she has been educating the public, sharing recipes over phone calls with people from Chennai and giving interviews on YouTube.

She passionately shares, “Shrimp vadas, Kaanan Keluthi puttu (made using mackerels), era karukkal… our cuisine is a treasure closely held within the fishing community. These are made using species found in local waters, many of which remain unknown to urban dwellers. They are tasty and nutritious.”

Rajalakshmi, a key member of Meenava Kootamaippu Magalir Sangam, does more than just sell fish and flour from her home to support her family; she actively engages in various social and community-centric initiatives. As she reflects, “In the past, the participation of women would have been met with disapproval. Today, women are at the forefront of every battle. What better weapon than food? We may lack formal education, but food has given us the opportunity to become self-reliant. We are determined to use this power to create a positive impact in our society.”

The women of Pulicat are eager to take part in more food festivals to engage with the public directly. They are resilient, refusing to surrender in the face of adversity.

Food for empowerment

In 2006, L Rohini Perera’s family, from Pesalai village in Mannar Town, Sri Lanka, found themselves relocated to Rameshwaram along with 200 other families. A mere 15 days later, Rohini was in a rehabilitation camp in Thoothukudi, facing the daunting task of rebuilding her life. Cut to 2023, after surmounting countless obstacles, Rohini stands as a proud partner of Olai Puttu, a restaurant born from the determination of 12 remarkable women.

As Olai Puttu approaches its first anniversary on October 27, Rohini reminisces, “Last July, our town played host to the Neithal, folk art carnival, initiated by Kanimozhi Karunanidhi, MP for Tuticorin. We seized the opportunity to establish a food stall, which proved a resounding success. Our cuisine, rich in flavours of coconut oil and coconut milk, was embraced by everyone, setting the stage for the restaurant’s grand opening a few months later.”

This traditional Sri Lankan Tamil restaurant represents an initiative dedicated to fostering the self-sufficiency of Sri Lankan Tamil women residing within rehabilitation camps. The venture garners support from the Commissionerate of Rehabilitation and Welfare of Non-Resident Tamils, the Government of Tamil Nadu, the United Nations Refugee Agency, and the Organisation for Eelam Refugee Rehabilitation.

“Women hailing from Thalamuthu Nagar, Thaappaaththi, and Kulaththuvaaipatti were trained by professionals from Advantage Food Pvt Ltd and GRT Hotels to helm a restaurant. We serve an array of dishes, including thothal halwa, samba arisi idiyappam, olai puttu, maasai vada, eral vadai, eral gravy, nandu gravy, kanava fry, chicken kotthu, mutton kotthu, and more. Each dish is crafted in the age-old tradition, free of additives. They reflect the stories of our life back home,” she shares.

This endeavour has given newfound confidence upon the women previously confined within four walls. “We have acquired a sense of self-sufficiency and resilience. The trust placed in us by the community empowers us. I used to run a garment shop, which I had to close during the pandemic. This restaurant symbolises a second chance at life for many like me. We can scale the business with more support,” she notes.

Rohini, who also participated in the two-day Refugee Food Festival, Oorum Unnavum, held in June in Chennai, says, “The people of Chennai have wholeheartedly accepted us and our cuisine. Sri Lankan culture is renowned for nurturing both body and spirit, and that remains our collective mission and vision.”

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

EBC’s Bare Act Box Set 2024

Eastern Book Company, the publishers of Supreme Court Cases, Practical Lawyer magazine, SCC Online, EBC Reader, EBC Learning, and EBC Webstore, proudly announces the release of the much-awaited and veritable Bare Act Box Set 2024, covering more than 1100 statutes covered in 253 Bare Act books.

Following the continuous endeavour to provide quality legal content to the law fraternity in India and abroad, we proudly announce the release of Bare Act Box Set 2024. These bare acts have been a crucial part of the law fraternity, be it a law student, an Advocate, or a Judge, for decades.

For 80+ years, Eastern Book Company has been rigorously working on improving the already acclaimed quality and accuracy of the content, strong and professional paper, and binding quality. Further, many more discrete box sets like Top 100 Bare ActsCivil Bare Acts, and Criminal Bare Acts make finding information precise and easy. Hence, these beautifully crafted boxes are not just a perennial source of bona fide information but also add aesthetic ambience to your library.

In the complete list of Bare Acts 2024, many major Acts, such as The Mediation Act, 2023; The Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023 and The Biological Diversity Act, 2002 to name a few, have already been meticulously and exhaustively covered in the best Bare Act box set available on EBC Webstore.

Other than these, few more remarkable features of the Bare Act Box Set 2024:

  • List of Amending Acts. Where necessary, the History of amendments is given in the footnotes, along with the position before the amendment.
  • Headnotes of important judgments as published in SCC reproduced, wherever relevant.
  • Systematic publishing & high-class printing.
  • Specifically recommended by most High Courts, District Courts, etc., and relied upon by most lawyers, Judges & academicians.
  • Incorporating State Amendments and High Court Amendments (wherever relevant and available).

Commendations from who’s who of the law fraternity:

“Eastern Book Company has been a pioneer in the field of law publication and legal reporting. I thank EBC for presenting me with those valuable exhaustive bare acts….”

Former Minister of Law & Justice, Shri Kiren Rijiju

“EBC Bare Acts on the Code of Civil Procedure, Constitution of India, and Indian Penal Code are an exceptional compilation of legal wisdom, including case commentaries and notes. With meticulous accuracy, comprehensive organization, and insightful annotations, these bare acts empower readers to navigate the intricacies of the law with ease and confidence. I congratulate EBC for its exceptional contribution in creating state-of-the-art bare acts.”

Sanjay Vashishtha, Advocate

Limited Period Offer on EBC’s Bare Act Box Set 2024 available only on EBC Webstore-

Buy Now & Get a Free Gift Voucher worth Rs. 10,000/-

Get your set today! We can also deliver it to your doorsteps:

  • Visit www.ebcwebstore.com to place your order and get free delivery
  • Call 1800 1800 6666 toll free to enquire now
  • Call 0522-4033600 and place your order with us
  • Whatsapp @ 9935096000
  • Email: [email protected]
  • Call 9935096010 for bulk orders/inquiry
Malaika Arora shines brighter than a disco ball in a sequin figure-hugging gown | Fashion Trends

Malaika Arora is one of the judges on the reality dance show Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa. Last evening, the star arrived on the show’s sets to shoot for an episode. She also stepped out to greet the media and pose for the paparazzi dressed in a shimmering figure-hugging gown. The star, who never fails to impress her fans with her bold and elegant style choices, delighted them again with her sartorial pick. Scroll through to see what Malaika wore on the sets of Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa.

Malaika Arora poses for the paparazzi on the sets of Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa. (Instagran)

Malaika Arora shines like a disco ball in a sequinned dress

Wrap up the year gone by & gear up for 2024 with HT! Click here

A paparazzi page shared Malaika Arora’s video from the sets of Jhalak Dikhhla Jaa on social media with the caption, “Glitter game strong, #MalaikaArora shining brighter than a disco ball in this stunning dress.” The paparazzi video also shows Malaika’s adorable moment with a young fan. She is seen inviting a kid to click pictures with her, waving at him, and smiling brightly as he runs away after getting the photo clicked. Read our download on Malaika’s look below.

Coming to the design details of Malaika’s disco ball dress, the ensemble features full-length sleeves, a round neckline, a back zipper closure, a figure-hugging silhouette sculpting her enviable frame, a floor-length hem, and a train at the back. The holographic sequin embellishments embroidered in a mesh design turned the gown into an ultimate party look.

Malaika accessorised the gown with minimal yet striking additions, including dangling earrings adorned with clear stones, statement emerald rings, and peep-toe silver pumps with killer high heels. Lastly, she chose darkened brows, glossy berry-toned lip shade, shimmering gold eye shadow, sleek black eyeliner with silver winged ends, mascara on the lashes, rouge on the cheeks, highlighter on the contours, and a dewy base for the glam picks. A centre-parted sleek ponytail gave the finishing touch to her look.

Meanwhile, apart from Malaika Arora, Farah Khan and Arshad Warsi are also the judges of the reality dance show.

The evolution of worries

Today, I want to talk to you about your worries.

After all, who doesn’t love worrying?

Thousands of years ago, it was part of what kept humans alive.

Is that a lion in the bushes? Was that a tiger?

Nine times out of ten, there probably was no large-toothed animal about to pounce.

But worrying saved lives often enough that it became ingrained.

Fast forward to the present day.

Chances are, if you are reading this email on your laptop, tablet, or mobile device, you probably don’t have to worry the way our ancestors did.

But I bet that doesn’t stop you from doing it…

Today, instead of being hyper-vigilant about big scary predators that could actually kill us, we obsess over markets, portfolios, job security, the value of our homes, and other sources of possible inconvenience.

There are just two problems with this:

  1. Most things we worry about just don’t happen.
  2. Even if they do happen, worrying doesn’t help.

I picture an early man’s relationship with worry being something like a groove.

You know, as in, “Wow, Lebron is really in a groove right now!”

Each time a sound in the bush was heard, and preventative action was taken, it probably felt really good.

Like hitting another tough shot over the defender.

Sadly, we all know what happens to a groove if not maintained… it turns into a rut.

Does My EX Still Love Me? Quiz

Picture this – you’re sitting alone, replaying memories of your past relationship like a movie. You’re left in a confused emotional state and you’re not quite sure if your ex still has feelings for you or if it’s time to move on. It’s a scenario most of us have faced, and it’s especially painful if it’s your first serious heartbreak. “Am I over my ex?” is a thought pretty much all of us have had after a breakup.

Feelings don’t develop overnight, and they don’t disappear instantly after a breakup either – for both the person who broke up and the one who was broken up with. So, you definitely are not the first person to wonder, “Does my ex still love me?” “Does my ex miss me?” This is where our quiz comes to the rescue!

Dhriti Bhavsar, the brain behind this quiz, understands the intricate dance of emotions after a breakup. As a relationship counselor armed with a master’s degree in psychology, she knows the ropes when it comes to matters of the heart. Through 10 simple questions, this quiz aims to reveal whether your ex is still in love, stringing you along, or if you’re simply mistaken, and they’ve moved on.

Ask Our Expert

2022 Ford Bronco Raptor Review: The Unstoppable Force

Smells like a steak and seats 35.

Andrew Krok/CNET

The Ford Bronco is an eminently capable SUV that’s impressive off-road without feeling like a hot mess on the pavement. But there’s always room for a little more — or, in the case of the Bronco Raptor, a lot more.

Like


  • Peppy twin-turbo V6


  • Over-the-top capability


  • Aggro looks

Don’t like


  • As wide as the road


  • Save some gas for the rest of us, bud

Three amber lights in the middle of the grille are all you need to see to know the Raptor is no ordinary Bronco. Those lights are required on vehicles of a certain width, and the Bronco Raptor’s body is about 10 inches wider than the standard SUV. It practically blots out the sun as it sails down the road, casting one seriously imposing shadow. Of course, that also means it’s practically the size of a highway lane, and even with standard lane-keep assist, it takes a conscious effort to keep one of those 37-inch BF Goodrich K02 all-terrain tires from dipping over the dashed white lines. Thankfully, when it’s time to park this brute, standard parking sensors and a surround-view camera make it easy to maneuver.

Despite its size, the Bronco Raptor is every bit as easy to drive on-road as its smaller siblings. The off-road-ready Fox shocks offer more than a foot of travel when it’s time to hit a jump or traverse some rocks, but it doesn’t make the Raptor bounce around carelessly on the highway. Even without switching the damping stiffness to Sport, the Raptor is nicely composed in daily driving, transferring only a few jostles from the road to the cabin. The steering weight is also adjustable, and while it’s generally pretty direct, I find it a bit too loosey-goosey in its most-boosted Comfort setting.

2022 Ford Bronco Raptor Is Built for Just About Everything

See all photos

The Raptor’s twin-turbocharged 3.0-liter V6 provides a meaty 418 horsepower and 440 pound-feet of torque, and combined with a quick-shifting 10-speed automatic, I’m certainly not lacking for motive force. The Bronco may not have the full-fat output of the 450-hp F-150 Raptor, but the V6 offers more than enough power to blast past traffic and get up to speeds that leave me scrambling to remember what the tires are rated for. The V6 sounds great through a standard multimode exhaust, which I constantly leave in its loudest Baja setting, even though the dashboard screen constantly reminds me that it’s for off-road use only. (I won’t tell anyone if you don’t.)

Besides, a loud exhaust is a great reminder that I am absolutely destroying gasoline in the course of my enjoyment. The EPA rates the Ford Bronco Raptor at 15 mpg city and 16 mpg highway, numbers that I would certainly call possible, but if you’re like me and you enjoy noise and using more than 10% of the throttle, expect something lower.

Inside, the Bronco Raptor provides plenty of livability — and let’s be honest, it needs to, since a hefty chunk of these brutes will more often find themselves traversing asphalt than Appalachians. Ford’s comfortable marine-grade vinyl seats are standard, but my tester picks up $2,495 leather-trimmed replacements. Further zhuzhing up the cabin is a $1,725 carbon fiber trim pack, as well as the $2,695 Lux Package, which adds a heated steering wheel, a 10-speaker audio system, dashboard-mounted USB ports, wireless device charging, adaptive cruise control and embedded navigation.

Top of the line in utility sports.

Andrew Krok/CNET

But even without that upgrade, the Raptor offers plenty of standard equipment, including heated seats, dual-zone automatic climate control, remote start, keyless entry, a surround-view camera system, blind-spot monitoring and automatic emergency braking. That massive 12-inch center display is also standard, running Ford’s Sync 4 system and carrying both wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. If you do need some juice, both rows get a USB-A and USB-C port. There’s no sunroof on offer, but the removable hardtop panels take just a few seconds to detach and stow, and they’re not so heavy that you need a partner to tag-team the job.

In the event you’re one of those cool Bronco Raptor owners who lives to leave the beaten path, rest assured, this rig is mighty capable. That steel bash plate up front gives you a pretty good idea that the Raptor means business, and it also enables an impressive 47.2-degree approach angle (departure is 40.5 degrees, while breakover is 30.8 degrees). In addition to the foot of travel that the live-valve Fox shocks offer at each corner, the Raptor itself rests some 13.1 inches off the ground. Throw in a front sway bar disconnect, front and rear locking differentials and a two-range transfer case with a decent crawl ratio of 67.9:1, and you will have no problem scaling rocky inclines and digging deep into the mud. And, don’t forget, you’re sacrificing no or very little on-road prowess for all this capability.

The Bronco Raptor can also do a little bit of truck stuff if needed. It’ll tow up to 4,500 pounds, which is more than the average Bronco can muster. However, the Raptor’s payload rating of 1,100 pounds is a hair lower than its more pedestrian brethren. That’s fine, though, because if you take the roof panels off, it’s not like you’ll have much extra space in the cargo area anyway.

Twelve yards long, two lanes wide, 65 tons of American pride.

Andrew Krok/CNET

All this capability and standard equipment comes at a price. The 2022 Ford Bronco Raptor starts at $70,095 including $1,595 for destination. Throw in the aforementioned creature-comfort packages, in addition to $1,075 for a cool Raptor graphic, $1,995 for 17-inch beadlock-capable wheels and $110 for the numerical keypad on the door, and my tester balloons to $80,190. That’s barely touching the starting price of the Jeep Wrangler 392, however, and while the Ford doesn’t have a V8, it drives better than the
Jeep
and it doesn’t look like the same old Wrangler you’ve seen on roads for decades.

If you want to have your dirt cake and eat it, too, there’s no better choice than the 2022 Ford Bronco Raptor. It’s capable of handling the rough stuff, but when it’s time to kick back and live a more suburban lifestyle, it’s not going to disappoint.

NFL playoff picture after Week 16: Ravens close in on AFC’s top seed; NFC up for grabs

The Baltimore Ravens scored their most impressive victory of the season Monday night, defeating the San Francisco 49ers 33-19. Along with making them look like worthy Super Bowl contenders, the victory puts them in a fantastic position in the AFC. At 12-3, they’re a game ahead of Miami and have a chance to clinch the top spot next week in a game against those very Dolphins.

Meanwhile, the 49ers’ loss sends them to 11-4 and a three-way tie atop the NFC with the Philadelphia Eagles and Detroit Lions. The 49ers own the tiebreaker over both, but with two games to go, there’s still time for the Eagles or Lions to make a move.

As for the rest of the NFL, Week 16 saw plenty of movement in the playoff picture. Let’s take a look at where things stand as we enter Week 17.

Listed odds to make the playoffs, secure the No. 1 seed and win the Super Bowl are all via The Athletic’s NFL betting model, created by Austin Mock.

AFC playoff picture

Seed Team Record Week 16 result

x–1

12-3

W vs. SF

x–2

11-4

W vs. DAL

3

9-6

L vs. LV

4

8-7

L vs. TB

5

10-5

W vs. HOU

6

9-6

W vs. LAC

7

8-7

L vs. ATL

x — Clinched playoff berth | z — Clinched division title

Baltimore Ravens

The Ravens delivered a message in San Francisco, not just on the scoreboard with their blowout of the 49ers but with the way they initiated the physicality throughout the night. Defensive coordinator Mike Macdonald might have worked his way onto some short lists for teams with head coaching vacancies.

Remaining schedule: vs. Miami Dolphins, vs. Pittsburgh Steelers

Odds: To make playoffs: 100 percent | To earn bye: 69.5 percent | To win Super Bowl: 17.2 percent

Miami Dolphins

The Dolphins just earned their first marquee victory of the season Sunday against the Cowboys, and they got it with a clutch, game-winning drive just before the buzzer. That’s huge, not just for a team angling for seeding but as the Dolphins work to build confidence before the playoffs. Now they’re in a position to take hold of the No. 1 seed if they can win Sunday in Baltimore.

Remaining schedule: at Ravens, vs. Buffalo Bills

Odds: To make playoffs: 100 percent | To earn bye: 28.9 percent | To win Super Bowl: 13.2 percent

The Chiefs have lost five of eight, and they’re 2-3 this season against teams that currently have winning records. While it may feel reckless to write off quarterback Patrick Mahomes, the Chiefs’ resume isn’t representative of a team that’s ready to win four consecutive playoff games.

Remaining schedule: vs. Cincinnati Bengals, at Los Angeles Chargers

Odds: To make playoffs: 98.1 percent | To earn bye: 0 percent | To win Super Bowl: 9.1 percent

The Jags are reeling with four consecutive losses, and quarterback Trevor Lawrence’s injuries are mounting by the week. Their offensive issues over the past two weeks can be explained by injuries and Lawrence’s shortage of practice time, but the defense is also leaking by surrendering 29.5 points per game during the skid. Then again, the Bucs scored three touchdowns off turnovers, so it’s become a widespread meltdown.

Remaining schedule: vs. Carolina Panthers, at Tennessee Titans

Odds: To make playoffs: 65.9 percent | To earn bye: 0 percent | To win Super Bowl: 1.2 percent

GO DEEPER

NFL Week 16 takeaways: Browns, Joe Flacco do it again; time to consider Lions contenders?

Quarterback Joe Flacco, who was sitting on his couch watching football five Sundays ago, has three consecutive 300-yard games for the first time in his career. He hasn’t had a trio of 300-yard games throughout an entire season since 2016. Just a remarkable run.

Remaining schedule: vs. New York Jets, at Bengals

Odds: To make playoffs: 100 percent | To earn bye: 1.6 percent | To win Super Bowl: 2.9 percent

Buffalo Bills

The Bills started their three-game winning streak in Kansas City, and they’re shaping up to be as dangerous as any team in the AFC. There’s also a possibility we see the next chapter of the Bills-Chiefs mini-rivalry in the wild-card round.

Remaining schedule: at New England Patriots, at Dolphins

Odds: To make playoffs: 90.3 percent | To earn bye: 0 percent | To win Super Bowl: 4.7 percent

The Colts laid an egg with a 29-10 loss in Atlanta, and now they’re in a four-way tie with the Texans, Steelers and Bengals. The Colts will almost certainly have to win out and hope the tiebreakers work in their favor to reach the playoffs for the first time since 2020.

Remaining schedule: vs. Raiders, vs. Houston Texans

Odds: To make playoffs: 66.4 percent | To earn bye: 0 percent | To win Super Bowl: 0.9 percent

In the hunt

• Houston Texans (8-7)
• Pittsburgh Steelers (8-7)
• Cincinnati Bengals (8-7)
• Denver Broncos (7-8)
• Las Vegas Raiders (7-8)

Eliminated

• New York Jets (6-9)
• Tennessee Titans (5-10)
• Los Angeles Chargers (5-10)
• New England Patriots (4-11)


NFC playoff picture

Seed Team Record Week 16 result

z–1

11-4

L vs. BAL

x–2

11-4

W vs. NYG

z–3

11-4

W vs. MIN

4

8-7

W vs. JAX

x–5

10-5

L vs. MIA

6

8-7

W vs. NO

7

8-7

W vs. TEN

x — Clinched playoff berth | z — Clinched division title

San Francisco 49ers

Quarterback Brock Purdy’s four interceptions will dominate the spotlight in the wake of the 49ers’ one-sided defeat to the Ravens, but don’t ignore another key aspect. After falling behind 23-12 with 12:07 remaining in the third quarter, Purdy was just 8-of-14 passing for 107 yards and one interception over four scoreless possessions before leaving with an injury. The 49ers’ concern has been their inability to erase late deficits, and they didn’t make much of a dent when they fell behind Monday night.

Remaining schedule: at Washington Commanders, vs. Los Angeles Rams

Odds: To make playoffs: 100 percent | To earn bye: 74.3 percent | To win Super Bowl: 25.5 percent

Philadelphia Eagles

It’s well-established by now very little will come easy for the Eagles, who haven’t won a game by more than 8 points since Week 7. While their final two regular-season tilts are against non-playoff foes, they will be personal against former defensive coordinator Jonathan Gannon and the Arizona Cardinals before a rematch with the Giants. The quality of the opponent won’t be elite, but they’ll be tough games that will serve as good playoff tuneups.

Remaining schedule: vs. Cardinals, at Giants

Odds: To make playoffs: 100 percent | To earn bye: 22.4 percent | To win Super Bowl: 7.8 percent

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Eagles hold off Giants to snap skid as DeVito benched

Detroit Lions

The Lions have finally won the NFC North and will host a playoff game for the first time in 30 years. They’ll also be searching for their first postseason victory in 32 years — and just their second in the Super Bowl era. And in a sadistically fitting way, they may have to go through fan favorite Matthew Stafford to get it done.

Remaining schedule: at Dallas Cowboys, vs. Minnesota Vikings

Odds: To make playoffs: 100 percent | To earn bye: 2.9 percent | To win Super Bowl: 5.2 percent

The Bucs have won four in a row but hadn’t necessarily beaten a quality opponent until delivering a statement with a blowout against the Jaguars. There won’t be high expectations for the Buccaneers — or whoever wins the NFC South — against the NFC East runner-up, but a playoff berth in a rebuilding year after a 4-7 start should be viewed as a huge success in Tampa.

Remaining schedule: vs. New Orleans Saints, at Panthers

Odds: To make playoffs: 89.1 percent | To earn bye: 0 percent | To win Super Bowl: 1.7 percent

Dallas Cowboys

With the loss Sunday in Miami, the Cowboys fell to 2-2 this season in one-possession games, and they’ve only won a single time (Week 13 against the Seahawks) when they’ve trailed after the first quarter. Their lack of success in tightly contested games will again be a concern in the playoffs.

Remaining schedule: vs. Lions, at Commanders

Odds: To make playoffs: 100 percent | To earn bye: 0.5 percent | To win Super Bowl: 7.8 percent

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Cowboys insist confidence is high after second consecutive loss — both on the road

Los Angeles Rams

There was little reason to believe the Rams would be in this position when they were 3-6, but they’ve won five of six since their bye week and have a shot to play the role of spoilers if they can continue this march into the playoffs.

Remaining schedule: at Giants, at 49ers

Odds: To make playoffs: 68.2 percent | To earn bye: 0 percent | To win Super Bowl: 1.1 percent

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Puka Nacua shows why he’s in Offensive ROY conversation in prime time as Rams keep rolling

Seattle Seahawks

The Seahawks don’t rack up many style points, but they’ve proven their ability to win close games, including game-winning drives from quarterbacks Geno Smith and Drew Lock in the last two outings. If they can get healthier for the playoffs, this physical team that just endured a stretch of tough opponents is going to be an unenviable opponent.

Remaining schedule: vs. Steelers, at Cardinals

Odds: To make playoffs: 70 percent | To earn bye: 0 percent | To win Super Bowl: 0.9 percent

In the hunt

• Minnesota Vikings (7-8)
• Atlanta Falcons (7-8)
• Green Bay Packers (7-8)
• New Orleans Saints (7-8)
• Chicago Bears (6-9)

Eliminated

• New York Giants (5-10)
• Washington Commanders (4-11)
• Arizona Cardinals (3-12)
• Carolina Panthers (2-13)

 

(Top photo of Lamar Jackson:  Thearon W. Henderson / Getty Images)


“The Football 100,” the definitive ranking of the NFL’s best 100 players of all time, is on sale now. Order it here.

Chromebook Stuck on Chrome Screen? Do This to Unfreeze It

Quick Links

Key Takeaways

  • Disconnect peripheral devices and turn off your Chromebook after pressing Esc + Refresh + Power to unfreeze it.
  • If a restart doesn’t work, try a hard reboot by holding the power button and the Refresh button.
  • If all else fails, recover your Chromebook using the Chromebook Recovery Menu or seek professional repairs.


A Chromebook stuck on the Chrome screen can be difficult to fix since there are so many possible causes. Use the following tips to unfreeze a wide range of Chromebook models using keyboard shortcuts and other techniques.


Why Chromebooks Get Stuck on the Chrome Screen

Chromebooks get stuck on the Chrome screen for a variety of reasons. In the simplest case, you can get past a temporary glitch with a hard reboot. In more serious cases, you may find that ChromeOS is damaged or some of your hardware is failing. These troubleshooting steps will help you identify the underlying issue and revive your frozen Chromebook.

How to Fix a Chromebook Stuck on the Chrome Screen

There are a few methods you can use to fix a Chromebook stuck on the Chrome screen, including restarting and even recovering the device. Here’s how to unfreeze a Chromebook.

Remove All Peripheral Devices

Bia Sousa / Pexels

Malfunctioning external devices can sometimes cause your Chromebook to misbehave. You should disconnect any peripheral devices—including USB devices, external monitors, and sound devices—before attempting the following troubleshooting steps.

Restart Your Chromebook

Once you’ve disconnected all external devices, you can start the troubleshooting process by restarting your Chromebook. Frozen Chromebooks often refuse to power off, but you can bypass this and shut your device down by using a quick keyboard shortcut.

chromebook keyboard with escape refresh and power keys highlighted
John Karakatsanis / Flickr under CC BY-SA 2.0

Simultaneously press Esc + Refresh + Power to enter Chromebook Recovery Mode. You don’t need to recover your Chromebook and sacrifice your files yet. Once you’ve entered this screen, you can power off your Chromebook normally and attempt to boot again.

Hard Reboot Your Chromebook

Hard rebooting your Chromebook may delete some of the files in your Downloads folder.

If your Chromebook is frozen after attempting to restart it, you can sometimes fix the issue by performing a hard reset. Hold the power button to turn off your Chromebook. While holding the Refresh button, power on your Chromebook and continue to hold the Refresh button until it starts up.

Some Chromebooks have alternative hard reboot methods. If holding the Refresh button down didn’t work, try using one of the following methods to hard reboot your Chromebook.

Chromebook model

Refresh method

Older Chromebook

Simultaneously hold Back + Refresh + Power for at least ten seconds until the Chromebook restarts.

Tablet Chromebook

Simultaneously hold Volume Up + Power for at least ten seconds, then release both buttons.

Acer Chromebox, LG Chromebase, ASUS Chromebit, Samsung Chromebox, ASUS Chromebox

Disconnect the power adapter from your powered-off Chromebook, wait several seconds, then plug it back in.

Acer AC700, Acer Cr-48

Remove the battery from your powered-off Chromebook, then reinsert it.

Lenovo Thinkpad X131e

Remove the battery and disconnect the power adapter from your powered-off Chromebook, then reinsert both.

Samsung Series 5 Chromebook, Samsung Series 5 550 Chromebook

Disconnect the power adapter from your powered-off Chromebook, then press a paperclip into the reset hole while simultaneously reconnecting the power adapter.

Recover Your Chromebook

Unfortunately, you can’t always fix the frozen Chrome screen error and preserve your data. If you notice that the frozen Chrome screen repeatedly comes back after it was “fixed” or you can’t find any troubleshooting methods that will let you get rid of the screen, you may need to recover your Chromebook.

The chrome os recovery tool prompting the user to insert a recovery usb

You can use the Esc + Refresh + Power shortcut while on the frozen Chrome screen to attempt to exit to the Chromebook Recovery Menu. This shortcut isn’t always successful, but if you’re able to reach the recovery menu, you can restore your Chromebook with a recovery CD or USB device.

You can also restore your Chromebook to factory settings by signing out and then simultaneously holding Ctrl + Alt + Shift + R. Once the actions menu appears, select Restart. Several moments later, another menu will appear. Select Powerwash > Continue, then follow the prompts to reset and reconfigure your Chromebook.

If the Chromebook frozen screen issue was occurring because of issues with your ChromeOS installation, recovering your Chromebook should restore it to as good as new.

Seek Professional Repairs

If all other attempts to fix your frozen Chromebook fail, the culprit may be a hardware issue. This is particularly likely if you hear the fan become louder when the Chromebook freezes. A fan malfunction indicates a component might be failing or that the Chromebook itself is too hot.

There are many options available for repairing your Chromebook. You can have your Chromebook officially serviced by contacting your Chromebook manufacturer or the business that you purchased a warranty from. You can also mail your Chromebook to a third-party repair service.

Luojia Temple, a temple ‘floating’ on the sea

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China's Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China's Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China's Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China's Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Captured on December 25, 2023, an aerial photo shows the Luojia Temple on the shores of Shishi, southeast China’s Fujian Province. /IC

Nestled along the coast of Shishi City, Fujian Province, Luojia Temple stands as a distinctive coastal sanctuary for Buddhists in China. Linked to the shore solely by a stone bridge, it is hailed as a “Buddhist paradise by the sea.” When the tide rises, the temple seemingly floats on the sea, positioning boldly on the shorefront.

Known for its delicately crafted roof and stone pillars adorned with intricate lotus flower designs, the temple is a testament to the art of meticulous craftsmanship. Completed in 2001, the temple showcases a distinctive architectural style commonly found in the south of Fujian Province.

Dolly Parton calls, serenades Utah man battling cancer

Dolly Parton helped make the holiday season brighter for a devoted fan living with stage four colon cancer.

Utah resident LeGrand “LG” Gold received a personal call and more from the 77-year-old country music icon days before Christmas. In a YouTube video shared by Gold’s wife, Alice, Parton can be heard comforting Gold and serenading him with one of her most popular songs.

“Hey LG, it’s Dolly P,” the singer told Gold. “I’ve heard you’ve been a fan of mine for many years and I just wanted to thank you for that.”

Gold, who has been battling cancer for the past two years, learned earlier this month that his cancer had spread to other parts of his body and that chemotherapy and radiation treatments were ineffective, Utah news station KSL-TV reported. At the behest of his doctors, Gold compiled “LG’s List of Living,” a bucket list that mentions trips to national parks with his family, various sports events and traveling to other states.

“Meet Dolly Parton” is No. 7 on Gold’s 11-item list, written on a paper napkin.

In her conversation with Gold, who is a former attorney, Parton joked that she should have hired her fan as part of her team, thanked him for reaching out and said she was grateful for sharing “our journey in this lifetime.”

She continued: “I always want to make people happy with my music and with the things I do and the things I say. I’m just happy to know that I’ve touched your life in some way. So thank you for honoring me with that.”

Gold replied: “You’ve been a huge help, especially with these past two years.”

Parton, who is the founder of Dollywood Parks & Resorts and Imagination Library, said she just hoped to help lift Gold’s spirits during the holiday season. “Just know that I will always love you,” she said, before breaking into song.

“I will always love you / I will always love LG,” she sings.

After Gold’s call with Parton went viral over the weekend, his wife posted “LG’s List of Living” on his Facebook page on Monday. With the Parton item now complete, Alice wrote that his other wishes — a trip to Chicago and a Natalie Merchant concert — are in the works.

“If any of you have connections with other wishes on his list, please help us work some magic,” Alice wrote.

In an interview about his call with Parton, Gold told KSL, “I feel like I’m immortal now.”

Tata Motors Bags 1,350 Orders for ‘Tata LPO 1618 Bus Chassis’ from UP State Transport Corporation

New Delhi, December 26: Tata Motors on Tuesday said it has bagged an order to supply 1,350 units of diesel bus chassis from the Uttar Pradesh State Road Transport Corporation.

The order is for the company’s Tata LPO 1618 diesel bus chassis that has been developed for intercity and long-distance travel, the company said in a statement. Xiaomi EV Technology Launch’ Event Scheduled on December 28, Company To Hint at Its New EV Technology.

“This order was won by Tata Motors following a competitive e-bidding process conducted via the government tendering process and the bus chassis will be supplied in a phased manner,” it added. Top Electric Cars of 2023: From MG Comet EV to BMW i7, Check Specifications, Features and Price of EVs Launched in India.

Tata Motors said it has supplied over 58,000 buses to multiple state and public transport undertakings till date.

How to Use OpenAI’s ChatGPT to Create Your Own Custom GPT

I was never afraid to train an AI chatbot on my writing, because OpenAI had already broken the seal. CEO Sam Altman announced the “GPT” feature at OpenAI’s first developer day in November, prior to the company’s five days of leadership chaos. Before the release of custom GPTs, ChatGPT with web browsing was already able to plunder my writing for answers to questions about everything, from using better prompts to understanding niche creepypastas.

So, what the hell! Why not wrestle around with the chatbot and see if it can mimic me tout à fait? Together, let’s see how far we can trek into the uncanny valley with AI and learn how to make one of these so-called GPTs using OpenAI’s tools.

Like most of OpenAI’s newest drops, only those with a $20-a-month subscription to ChatGPT Plus are allowed to experiment with the GPT builder. (GPT stands for generative pre-trained transformer.)

“We know that people want AI that is smarter, more personal, more customizable, and can do more on your behalf,” Altman said at the developer day. “Eventually, you’ll just ask a computer for what you need, and it’ll do all of these tasks for you.” He described GPTs as a fine-tuned version of ChatGPT that’s crafted with a specific purpose in mind. The customizable chatbot can be fed unique instructions to guide its answers and additional data for further context.

It’s not just beefed up context for the chatbot; GPTs can interact with software in winsome ways. “We’ve evolved our plug-ins to be custom actions for GPTs,” said Altman. Jessica Shay, an OpenAI staff member, demonstrated how one of the tools built by Zapier could spot conflicts in your calendar and send Slack messages to coworkers on your behalf.

Mimic Me, GPT

As complicated as it may sound, you don’t need an advanced degree in computer science to create one of these—just a loose grasp of the English language and little free time. To get started, log in to OpenAI’s website and visit the main page for ChatGPT. Click on Explore in the top-left corner of your screen. Then, scroll down to see a few examples of GPTs, like a chatbot that explains complicated board games, one that helps you do data analysis, and one that can teach you how to make wicked mocktails.

Play around a little with these examples to see how it differs from the typical ChatGPT experience. Whenever you’re ready to embark on your own creative adventure, return to this page and click Create a GPT. Your screen will split in half: the left side is where you’re building the tool, and the ride side displays an interactive preview of your GPT.

Before toggling over to the Configure tab, make sure to start your build in the Create section where you can prompt the chatbot with some information about your goals for the novel GPT and how it should react. I introduced myself to the AI and shared that I was looking for a chatbot that could mimic my writing—and potentially even replace me. At first, it suggested two names for the GPT that seemed a little dry, Tech Scribe and Wired Wordsmith, but the third option it threw out, Reece’s Replica, felt perfect, even if it made me a little uneasy.

Cyber Criminals Have New Tool ‘Drainer’ to Rob Crypto Holders, Beware of Web3 Ads on Google, X

The crypto sector, which currently holds a market cap of $1.66 trillion (roughly Rs. 138,06,635 crore, is no new hotspot for cyber criminals to lurk around. With new tools and applications, notorious cyber actors often find their way into crypto protocols only to steal these digital assets. One such latest tool being used by these hackers is called the ‘drainer’. Recent reports from research platforms have shown that these drainers are being promoted via advertisements on Google and X.

Over ten thousand phishing websites have been identified to be using the ‘MS Drainer’ — many of which are surfacing as ads on Google and X, said a report by Bleeping Computer.

With the use of this drainer, crypto hackers have reportedly been able to rob 63,210 victims so far and have managed to get away with a stolen wealth of $59 million (roughly Rs. 490 crores) between March and November this year.

What is a ‘Drainer’?

A drainer is essentially a smart contract that is whipped up with malicious coding to target crypto protocols. A complete suite designed for phishing, these drainer tools can help their deployers get sneaky access into the target’s crypto wallet.

These drainers are enveloped in phishing websites, that appear to be legitimate. Once unsuspecting crypto community members click on these phishing websites, these drainers can enter crypto wallets linked to the victim’s identity.

This lets the hacker process unauthorised transactions and transfers the victim’s asset into any other wallet.

The source code to design these drainer toolkits is being sold for $1,500 (roughly Rs. 1.24 lakh) by somebody who goes by the name of ‘Pakulichev’ or ‘PhishLab’, said the report by Bleeping Computers.

Advertisements to Lookout and Beware of

On Google, advertisements that may be hidden phishing websites could be around keywords like Zapper, Lido, Stargate, Defillama, Orbiter Finance, and Radiant. On X (formerly Twitter), these drainer ads are even more widespread, luring users via fake NFT and token drop announcements, among other tactics.

Time and again, these tech giants have been informed about malicious crypto ads swarming on their platforms.

In April this year, ScamSniffer, a cyber security service claimed that crypto investors have lost up to $4 million (roughly Rs. 35 crores) by engaging with hoax links, sprawled all over the web. This information was extracted from analysing Google Ads data.

Back in October 2022, Binance CEO Changpeng Zhao called Google out for not getting rid of scam sites from search results, thus exposing people to financial exploits daily.


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.

Core, reviews, helpful content, spam and beyond

Google launched nine confirmed algorithmic updates in 2023, as well as a new AI search engine, the Search Generative Experience.

In 2022 and 2021, Google had 10 confirmed algorithmic updates. Unless Google rolls out a new update this week, Google would have rolled out one less update in 2023 than it did in 2022 and 2021.

Google confirmed algorithm update summary

We whipped up this timeline documenting all the confirmed Google search algorithm updates in 2023, so you can visualize the updates over the year.

Four Google core updates in 2023

Google had a whopping four core updates in 2023, compared to only two in 2022. We had core updates in March, August, October and November.

March 2023 core update. The Google March 2023 core update started rolling out March 15, took 13 days to complete, and finished on March 28. Overall, the volatility was about the same as previous core updates according to some data providers.

Here is one chart we shared back then comparing that volatility:

Semrush March Core Data Compare

August 2023 core update. The Google August 2023 core update started rolling out August 22, took 16 days to complete, and finished on September 7. Overall, the volatility was generally less than previous updates, feeling more muted than what we expected according to data providers.

Here is one chart we shared back then comparing that volatility:

Semrush Aug Core Update Compare

October 2023 core update. The Google October 2023 core update started rolling out Oct. 5, took 14 days to complete, and finished on Oct. 19. Overall, the volatility was hard to measure because it overlapped with the October spam update, but the volatility was felt in a big way, according to several data providers.

Here is one chart we shared back then comparing that volatility:

Semrush

November 2023 core update. The Google November 2023 core update started rolling out on Nov. 2, took 26 days to complete, and finished on Nov. 19. Overall, the volatility was even greater than October spam update, according to data providers. But this update also overlapped with the November reviews update.

Here is one chart we shared back then comparing that volatility:

Semrush Trend

Product reviews update to reviews update

Google renamed the Product reviews update to the reviews update. That’s because Google is now looking at all types of review-related content, not just product review content.

We had three reviews updates this year. The November 2023 reviews update is the last update of its kind that will be confirmed going forward, Google said.

February 2023 product reviews update. The Google February 2023 product reviews update started Feb. 21, took 14 days to complete, and finished on March 7. Overall, the volatility showed that update was more significant that previous product reviews updates, according to some data providers. Also, this was the last product product reviews update before it was renamed the reviews update.

Here is one chart we shared back then comparing that volatility:

Semrush Pru Change Compare

April 2023 reviews update. Now we move into the realm of reviews updates with the Google April 2023 reviews update, it started on April 12 and took 13 days to roll out, completing on April 25. again, this update went beyond product reviews and included services and businesses, destinations, media and other review content. Overall, the volatility was more widespread that previous updates, simply because it impacted more categories of review content.

Here is one chart we shared back then comparing that volatility:

Semrush Compare By Niche

November 2023 reviews update. Now we move into the realm of reviews updates with the Google November 2023 reviews update, it started on Nov. 8 and took 29 days to roll out, completing on Dec. 7. Again, this update went beyond product reviews and included services and businesses, destinations, media and other review content. I was unable to get data that compared the volatility of this update to previous ones because the November core update overlapped with this update and the data was too messy to separate.

Helpful content update that shook the industry

The Google September 2023 helpful content update started on Sept. 14 and took 14 days to roll out, ending on Sept. 28. While we only had one helpful content update in 2023, this update was big. In fact, SEOs are still talking about this update today and how much of an impact it had on their businesses and clients.

The volatility was very big, especially if you zoomed into the SEO chatter (what SEO forums were saying). It seemed like this was the helpful content update we expected Google to launch in 2022 but never did.

I believe this update was felt more within the SEO industry niche, maybe sites designed to rank well in search engines, more so than typical sites that take into account more than just search engines. 

Here is one chart we shared back then comparing that volatility:

Rankranger Hcu Top Results Compare

A spam update in the middle

And we had a spam update in the middle of all of these updates, the October 2023 spam update. That spam update started on Oct. 4 and lasted 15 days, ending Oct. 20. Yes, this update overlapped the October 2023 core update, making tracking the volatility of this specific update nearly impossible.

Google said the October 2023 spam update “aims to clean up several types of spam that our community members reported in Turkish, Vietnamese, Indonesian, Hindi, Chinese, and other languages.” Google added that update should “reduce the visible spam in search results, particularly when it comes to cloaking, hacked, auto-generated, and scraped spam.”

Other Google algorithm changes, updates, tweaks or topics

  • In May, Google told us about a topic authority system it uses to better surface news content. It was not a new algorithm system, Google just had not discussed it before.
  • Google released an update, outside of the helpful content update, to reward hidden gems. Maybe this was released to the more personalized Google search experience.
  • In November, Google adjusted its local ranking algorithm to strengthen the “openness signal” for non-navigational queries.
  • From Oct. 5 to Oct. 31, Google had a bug with its core update that impacted Discover related traffic.
  • In September, Google updated its language matching system. Google told us: “Over the past few months, we’ve also released a series of updates to improve our language matching systems, including the latest update about two weeks ago. Collectively, these should better match results to the language someone searches in, while still allowing for the flexibility multilingual searchers need to access results in multiple languages.”
  • Google dropped a bunch of its ranking systems help documentation but said while page experience is not a ranking system it is still a signal.
  • Google also updated its search quality raters guidelines on Nov. 16 to focus more on user intent and do the search results meet the expectations of users.
  • Google also relaunched its ranking updates page in March for better tracking purposes.
Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10

Railway stations have played a pivotal role in connecting people and facilitating transportation across the globe. Among these, some stand out for their sheer size and capacity. In this article, we will delve into the longest railway station in the world and also explore the top 10 longest railway platforms in the world that exemplify the grandeur and efficiency of rail transportation.

World’s Longest Railway Platform 2023, Name

The Hubballi railway station in Karnataka, India, has recently achieved a remarkable feat by entering the Guinness Book of World Records for having the longest railway platform globally. The platform, inaugurated by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, spans an impressive 1,507 meters and is a crucial part of the ongoing remodelling efforts at the Hubballi yard. This development addresses the increasing demand for train services in the Hubballi-Dharwad region of Karnataka.

Key Features of the World’s Largest Railway Platform 2023

1. Length and Inauguration: The platform’s length of 1,507 meters secures its position as the longest railway platform globally. Prime Minister Narendra Modi officially inaugurated the platform, emphasizing its significance in enhancing railway infrastructure in the region.

2. Cost and Purpose: Constructed at a cost of approximately Rs 20 crore, the platform is a pivotal component of the broader Hubballi yard remodelling project. The investment aims to accommodate the anticipated growth in train services and address the future needs of the Hubballi-Dharwad region.

3. Operational Efficiency: Southern Railways reported that the extended length of the platform enables the simultaneous dispatch or reception of two trains from two different directions. This operational efficiency enhances the overall functionality of the Hubballi railway station.

List of Top-10 Longest Railway Platforms in the World

Hubali Railway Station of Karnataka, India, with the total length 1.5 km, holds the title of the longest railway platform in the world, followed by Gorakhpur Railway Station, Kollam Junction, and Kharagpur Railway Station.

Here is the list of longest railway platforms in the world 2023:

Longest Railway Platforms in the World 2023
S. No. Railway Platform Length ( in km) Location Country
1. Hubali Railway Station 1.5 km Karnataka India
2. Gorakhpur Railway Station 1.36 km Uttar Pradesh India
3. Kollam Junction 1.18 km Kerala India
4. Kharagpur Railway Station 1.17 km West Bengal India
5. State Street Subway 1.06 km Chicago USA
6. Chennai Egmore 925.22 meters Tamil Nadu India
7. Pilibhit Junction 900 meters Uttar Pradesh India
8. Autu Club Speedway 815 meters Chhattisgarh India
9. Bilaspur Station 802 meters Chhattisgarh India
10. Cheriton Shuttle 791 meters Kent UK

Longest Railway Platform in the World – Hubali Railway Station

Length: 1.5km
Location: Karnataka, India
Huballi Junction, located in Karnataka, stands as a testament to railway engineering marvels with the world’s longest platform, spanning an impressive 1,505 meters or 1.50 kilometers. Officially known as Shree Siddharoodha Swamiji Hubballi Junction or SSS Hubali Junction, this station is a crucial part of the South Western Railway network.

World’s Second Biggest Railway Platform – Gorakhpur Railway Station

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_50.1

Length: 1.36 km
Location: Uttar Pradesh, India
Gorakhpur Railway Station in Uttar Pradesh, India, boasts the world’s second-longest platform since October 2013. Handling over 189 daily trains and connecting ten local stations, Gorakhpur underwent a transformative shift from meter-gauge to a unified broad-gauge system in 1981, solidifying its role as a pivotal railway junction.

Third Biggest Railway Platform of the World – Kollam Junction

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_60.1

Length: 1.18 km
Location: Kerala, India
Kollam Junction, located in Kerala, India, is the world’s third-largest railway platform by area. Spanning 3,873 feet, it holds the distinction of having the world’s third-longest platform. Established in the 1900s through collaboration between South Indian Railway, Travancore state, and Madras Presidency, the station connects major Indian cities like New Delhi, Bangalore, Chennai, and Mumbai, contributing significantly to regional and national connectivity.

World’s Fourth Largest Railway Station – Kharagpur Railway Station

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_70.1

Length: 1.17 km
Location: West Bengal, India
Situated in West Bengal, India, Kharagpur railway station boasts the world’s fourth-largest platform, stretching 3,519 feet. Once recognized as the longest, it underwent remodeling and was inaugurated on October 6, 2013. The station features platforms 1, 2, 3, and 4, contributing to its significance in the global ranking of expansive railway stations.

Fifth Longest Railway Platform in the World- State Street Subway

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_80.1

Length: 1.06 km
Location: Chicago, USA
Found in Chicago, Illinois, the State Street Subway stands as the world’s fifth-longest railway platform, stretching 3,501 feet. Commencing construction in December 1938, it secured federal funds from the Works Progress Administration. Today, this bustling platform is renowned for its efficiency, handling substantial daily passenger traffic and ranking among the globe’s lengthiest railway stations. Other notable lengthy platforms include Bilaspur Railway Station, Cheriton Shuttle Terminal, Jhansi, East Perth Railway Station, Kalgoorlie Railway Station, and Sonepur Railway Station.

Sixth Longest Railway Platform in the World – Chennai Egmore

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_90.1

Length: 925.22 meters
Location: Tamil Nadu, India
Chennai Egmore, formerly Madras Egmore, stands as a historic railway station in Chennai, Tamil Nadu, India. Established in 1906–1908 as the South Indian Railway Company terminus, it’s one of the city’s four intercity terminals. The Gothic-style structure, a landmark since its inception, is located in the Egmore neighborhood, with entrances on Gandhi-Irwin Road and Poonamallee High Road.

Seventh Biggest Railway Platform in the World – Pilibhit Junction

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_100.1

Length: 900 meters
Location: Uttar Pradesh, India
Pilibhit Junction, a significant railway station in the Izzatnagar railway division with station code PBE, features five platforms. However, lacking amenities such as escalators and a coach indicator system, it faces connectivity challenges to major Indian cities. With a 900-meter platform, it ranks as India’s fourth longest. Administered by North Eastern Railways, the station offers computerized reservation services, but its global ranking places it as the seventh-largest railway platform in the world.

Eighth Lagrest Railway Platform in the World – Autu Club Speedway

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_110.1

Length: 815 meters
Location: Chhattisgarh, India
Auto Club Speedway, situated in unincorporated San Bernardino County, California, was a prominent 2.000-mile D-shaped oval superspeedway hosting NASCAR events annually from 1997 to 2023. Located 47 miles east of Los Angeles, it served as a major racing venue near the former sites of Ontario Motor Speedway and Riverside International Raceway. Owned and operated by NASCAR, the speedway, with convenient freeway access, is recognized as the eighth-largest railway platform globally.

World’s Ninth Longest Railway Platform – Bilaspur Station

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_120.1

Length: 802 meters
Location: Chhattsgarh, India
Bilaspur Junction Railway Station (station code BSP), located in Chhattisgarh, India, is a significant railway hub serving Bilaspur in Bilaspur district. Established in 1889 as part of the Nagpur Chhattisgarh Railway, it became pivotal in 1900 as a station on the Howrah–Nagpur–Mumbai line. Electrified in stages from 1969 to 1981, Bilaspur is the ninth-largest railway junction globally and serves as the headquarters for the South East Central Railway.

Tenth Longest Railway Platform in the World – Cheriton Shuttle

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_130.1

Length: 791 meters
Location: Kent, UK
The Eurotunnel Folkestone Terminal stands as one of the world’s expansive railway stations, designed for transporting road vehicles through the Channel Tunnel on specialized trains. Situated in Cheriton, a northern suburb of Folkestone in Kent, it serves as the United Kingdom’s terminal. Its French counterpart is the Eurotunnel Calais Terminal in Coquelles, near Calais. The passenger service facility, known as the Victor Hugo Terminal, pays homage to the renowned British author Victor

Longest Railway Platform in the World, List of Top-10_140.1

 

2023’s Best Games Broke Down Cultural Barriers. 2024 Seems Poised to Continue.

I knew that I would love Thirsty Suitors from the moment it was first unveiled. If I had to pick a moment where it clicked into place, it’d have to be when the protagonist, Jala, summoned her mother in battle. Early in the game, you encounter Sergio, Jala’s third-grade ex, who has been working deceptively hard in her absence to ingratiate himself in her family and life. As you battle in a diner, Sergio becomes invulnerable to your “thirsty” skills, backing Jala into a corner. With no moves left, she conjures the one thing that can tear a person down in an instant: her own mother. A projection of her mother towers over the arena before slamming Sergio with a chappal. The psychic damage is done, he is emotionally scarred and vulnerable enough to be defeated in battle.

Venba, an entirely different genre of game, manages to cut even deeper at times. Between the preparation of traditional Tamil meals, the titular character Venba struggles to connect with her child, Kavin, in an entirely different culture. As he grows up, he begins to take on attitudes distinct from her own, challenging her and ultimately growing distant, especially as he goes off to college as a young man. Upon coming back to his childhood home, Kavin finds that he struggles to read the instructions of a recipe that Venba left behind–a recipe she prepared for him as a child–and begins feeling that distance on an entirely different level. What follows is confusion about how to proceed with the recipes, how to carry on as a person of two different worlds, about his own responsibility to his parents, and so on. It’s a heartbreaking sequence that paves the way for an ending that’s hopeful about the reconciliatory journey Kavin begins embarking on.

The brightest games of the year aren’t necessarily the ones you’ve seen all over the place. Those games–behemoth titles whose productions and releases are a whole thing unto themselves–are no less an achievement than the ones I’m choosing to spotlight. But whereas those games refine and expand in ways familiar to gaming audiences, Thirsty Suitors, Venba and other titles like them break down cultural barriers that have long existed in gaming culture.

I’m not Tamil, Indian, or South Asian in general. I’m a Dominican raised in New York, which thankfully allows me a number of touchstones, or more specifically experiences, similar to Jala and Kavin. Their respective games deftly stand apart in an otherwise crowded year of blockbusters for a number of reasons that I love. Thirsty Suitors, for example, takes that earlier summoning and ratchets it up to become the whole premise of the game. While you appear to do traditional combat, what you really partake in is a kind of psychological warfare. It turns insults, flirting, and uncomfortable immigrant feelings into psychic kicks and punches and basketball dunks that breach people’s walls to expose their vulnerabilities and insecurities. Venba eschews combat entirely, communicating everything it needs to through a cooking game, and the importance of food as an avenue of continuation permeates both titles. Moreover, though, these titles say something just as, if not more important, than everything else that came out this year. They say, “We’re here and we’re not going anywhere.”

It isn’t just that Jala and Kavin, as well as the supporting casts of either game, are of a different race than the average protagonist or even gamer. I grew up in places where the vast majority of gamers I knew were people of color, and it’s absolutely refreshing to get to see them and myself in more characters central to these games we pour ourselves into; it never hurts to see yourself as the hero of the story. It’s that these games are windows into worlds games have otherwise sheltered folks from. Without games like them, we could continue, as a culture, to close ourselves off to real people in the world. Games have grown parallel to the interconnectivity of the world, and yet gaming’s absence of perspectives like the Tamil one have lended the culture an insular feeling, which has masked toxic and outright hateful positions and beliefs. The integrity of games culture could benefit from a widening of the experiences allowed under its umbrella.

Venba and Thirsty Suitors humanize vast swaths of people that might otherwise be bastardized, rendered a caricature, or simply ignored, and in ways that treat them as real people of the world. I can relate to Jala’s insecurities around her older sister, Aruni, and how she sometimes feels like the favored child for steering closer to her parents’ ideals and expectations. In another game, that storyline could be colored in a different way, and it wouldn’t necessarily be a worse direction. That it specifically strikes at generational conflicts atop the very real othering that occurs due to immigration and status is the cherry on top though, and allows for Thirsty Suitors to transcend being just any other tale of familial trauma. Venba’s concerns that her son Kavin is responding to an anglicized version of his name more often than its actual spelling and pronunciation–Yes, it’s Kavin, not Kevin–doesn’t reflect a feeling I know my parents felt, but it does strike a nerve of mine that’s been a sore point the last few years. The accent mark in my name may as well have been invisible to everyone my whole life, including myself. It’s things like this, both big and small, that plague frequently marginalized people and begets further misunderstanding. The tensions of these games are not only real but specific enough to make real people out of ideas.

While I’ve fixated on these two titles, they aren’t the only ones doing the work. El Paso, Elsewhere from Strange Scaffold is another brilliant title that comes to mind in the vein of classic Max Payne and is explicitly about the interiority of its lead, a Black man named James Savage, who is voiced by the game’s director Xalavier Nelson Jr. Its soundtrack, a hip-hop concept album, is a novelty in the games space and I am thankful all the time that it’s begun carving out a place for such a prominent factor in Black culture to deservedly fit into the world of games.

2023 has been a great year for knocking down walls and 2024 is hopefully poised to continue this trend. If I may betray a bias for a second, it is wonderful to have received these games and been able to connect to them on levels I haven’t otherwise been able to. I want something that more directly speaks to my own cultural identity; something that might canonize a Dominican or facets of Dominican life in a video game if only to make a similar declaration to what the aforementioned titles are making. Though I’m not sure of when that might come about, and my own game development aspirations have me noodling on ways to manifest it for myself down the line, there is something in the works that comes close.

Despelote, a game about Ecuador’s run at the 2002 World Cup and how the world changed for the people of Quito, is one of the most fascinating games coming on the horizon. It possesses an energy that you just don’t see often, which is probably no small coincidence considering who’s making it compared to who often is allowed to make games. Its vintage presentation, humble premise, and hyper-specific setting all work in tandem to make a game that can truly be labeled unique. I love great big blockbusters as much as the next person, but smaller titles like Despelote simply tell stories other games are either unwilling to tell or incapable of. These stories are as necessary as any other.

This year’s best games may have kicked open the door, but it’s on us to collectively continue through it and tear down any obstacles that might impede us further. We definitely can’t let the door shut behind us. But for now, these titles are worth celebrating, not just for standing on their own as great games but for delivering unto the wider games culture what it so desperately needs more of: perspective.

New brain-like transistor mimics human intelligence

Taking inspiration from the human brain, researchers have developed a new synaptic transistor capable of higher-level thinking.

Designed by researchers at Northwestern University, Boston College and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), the device simultaneously processes and stores information just like the human brain. In new experiments, the researchers demonstrated that the transistor goes beyond simple machine-learning tasks to categorize data and is capable of performing associative learning.

Although previous studies have leveraged similar strategies to develop brain-like computing devices, those transistors cannot function outside cryogenic temperatures. The new device, by contrast, is stable at room temperatures. It also operates at fast speeds, consumes very little energy and retains stored information even when power is removed, making it ideal for real-world applications.

The study will be published on Wednesday (Dec. 20) in the journal Nature.

“The brain has a fundamentally different architecture than a digital computer,” said Northwestern’s Mark C. Hersam, who co-led the research. “In a digital computer, data move back and forth between a microprocessor and memory, which consumes a lot of energy and creates a bottleneck when attempting to perform multiple tasks at the same time. On the other hand, in the brain, memory and information processing are co-located and fully integrated, resulting in orders of magnitude higher energy efficiency. Our synaptic transistor similarly achieves concurrent memory and information processing functionality to more faithfully mimic the brain.”

Hersam is the Walter P. Murphy Professor of Materials Science and Engineering at Northwestern’s McCormick School of Engineering. He also is chair of the department of materials science and engineering, director of the Materials Research Science and Engineering Center and member of the International Institute for Nanotechnology. Hersam co-led the research with Qiong Ma of Boston College and Pablo Jarillo-Herrero of MIT.

Recent advances in artificial intelligence (AI) have motivated researchers to develop computers that operate more like the human brain. Conventional, digital computing systems have separate processing and storage units, causing data-intensive tasks to devour large amounts of energy. With smart devices continuously collecting vast quantities of data, researchers are scrambling to uncover new ways to process it all without consuming an increasing amount of power. Currently, the memory resistor, or “memristor,” is the most well-developed technology that can perform combined processing and memory function. But memristors still suffer from energy costly switching.

“For several decades, the paradigm in electronics has been to build everything out of transistors and use the same silicon architecture,” Hersam said. “Significant progress has been made by simply packing more and more transistors into integrated circuits. You cannot deny the success of that strategy, but it comes at the cost of high power consumption, especially in the current era of big data where digital computing is on track to overwhelm the grid. We have to rethink computing hardware, especially for AI and machine-learning tasks.”

To rethink this paradigm, Hersam and his team explored new advances in the physics of moiré patterns, a type of geometrical design that arises when two patterns are layered on top of one another. When two-dimensional materials are stacked, new properties emerge that do not exist in one layer alone. And when those layers are twisted to form a moiré pattern, unprecedented tunability of electronic properties becomes possible.

For the new device, the researchers combined two different types of atomically thin materials: bilayer graphene and hexagonal boron nitride. When stacked and purposefully twisted, the materials formed a moiré pattern. By rotating one layer relative to the other, the researchers could achieve different electronic properties in each graphene layer even though they are separated by only atomic-scale dimensions. With the right choice of twist, researchers harnessed moiré physics for neuromorphic functionality at room temperature.

“With twist as a new design parameter, the number of permutations is vast,” Hersam said. “Graphene and hexagonal boron nitride are very similar structurally but just different enough that you get exceptionally strong moiré effects.”

To test the transistor, Hersam and his team trained it to recognize similar — but not identical — patterns. Just earlier this month, Hersam introduced a new nanoelectronic device capable of analyzing and categorizing data in an energy-efficient manner, but his new synaptic transistor takes machine learning and AI one leap further.

“If AI is meant to mimic human thought, one of the lowest-level tasks would be to classify data, which is simply sorting into bins,” Hersam said. “Our goal is to advance AI technology in the direction of higher-level thinking. Real-world conditions are often more complicated than current AI algorithms can handle, so we tested our new devices under more complicated conditions to verify their advanced capabilities.”

First the researchers showed the device one pattern: 000 (three zeros in a row). Then, they asked the AI to identify similar patterns, such as 111 or 101. “If we trained it to detect 000 and then gave it 111 and 101, it knows 111 is more similar to 000 than 101,” Hersam explained. “000 and 111 are not exactly the same, but both are three digits in a row. Recognizing that similarity is a higher-level form of cognition known as associative learning.”

In experiments, the new synaptic transistor successfully recognized similar patterns, displaying its associative memory. Even when the researchers threw curveballs — like giving it incomplete patterns — it still successfully demonstrated associative learning.

“Current AI can be easy to confuse, which can cause major problems in certain contexts,” Hersam said. “Imagine if you are using a self-driving vehicle, and the weather conditions deteriorate. The vehicle might not be able to interpret the more complicated sensor data as well as a human driver could. But even when we gave our transistor imperfect input, it could still identify the correct response.”

The study, “Moiré synaptic transistor with room-temperature neuromorphic functionality,” was primarily supported by the National Science Foundation.

A paper route to the plate- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

In the bustling pace of today’s digital world, where the Internet reigns as our all-encompassing resource, there’s a treasure often overlooked — humble handwritten recipes and comforting cookbooks, lovingly preserved within the four walls of our homes. When we immerse ourselves in the measurements and ingredients in these pages, we are surrounded by the culinary wisdom of cooks from the past, the guidance of those in the present, and the enduring legacy of closely guarded family traditions. This intimate connection to our roots cannot be replicated by the sea of recipes available on the web.

Tasty tributes

American writer Laurie Colwin’s quote ‘No one who cooks, cooks alone’ resonates deeply with Sunanda Vasudevan, who is currently pursuing her master’s degree in Graphic Design in Visual Experience in Georgia, USA. She sustains herself with the solace of her grandmother Vijayalakshmi Ranganathan’s self-published cookbook Unavu Vagaigalum, Thayarippu Muraigalum to satiate her cravings for home food.

Sundanda recalls the festival days when their landline would be abuzz with loved ones seeking her grandma’s guidance, who had jotted down the measurements in red and blue ink, safeguarding these heirloom recipes. With a large family and numerous recipe requests, the family meticulously transcribed her handwritten notes into English. This collaboration gave life to the recipes, and they managed to sell more than 1,000 copies. They priced the book at a nominal `60, using the proceeds to support a charitable cause.

“My grandma passed away in her early 70s, but her love knew no bounds. She would personally sign and gift each copy to every new bride with vethalai and paaku, blessing them. My thatha, TA Ranganathan, affectionately known as TAR, worked for the AGS office, and everyone associated that name with the privilege of savouring grandma’s handmade food. Her book is the Bible for our family and friends. To this day, I carry copies with me when I travel abroad,” says Sundanda who feels the closest to her paati when she cooks her recipes.

Echoing a similar feeling is Dhwani Sabesh. Dhwani and her family’s love language has always been food. Recounting a heartwarming family gesture when her maternal grandmother passed away, she says, “We photocopied our Sarasa paati’s recipes and compiled them into a booklet, a cherished memento shared with everyone. These recipes became a part of their beloved paati, forever etching her memory in the hearts and kitchens of the family.” She coauthored Paati’s Rasam, a children’s picture book, with her mother Janaki Sabesh, a well-known actor and storyteller, to drive home the memories and recipes of her culinary showstopper — delicious, piping hot rasam.

Tried and tasted

The charm of cookbooks was more than just the recipes. The tactile experience brought warmth and nostalgia and served as a portal to the past. Now, who knows this better than Sabita Radhakrishna, a food historian and the cookbook author of Annapurni — Heritage Cuisine from Tamil Nadu, Aharam… Traditional Cuisine of Tamil Nadu, Paachakam: Heritage Cuisine of Kerala and more.

At the age of 18, as a young bride, Sabita’s cooking skills were far from proficient. However, she found a lifeline in snail mail, where her mother sent cherished handwritten recipes, bearing the stains of turmeric and love. “Determined to preserve these treasures, I decided to collect and document them. A pivotal moment arrived when UBI Publishing commissioned me to create a cookbook encompassing the traditional cuisines of the four southern states. My mission was clear: to craft a cookbook that was practical, straightforward, and true to the original recipes. I measure my success by the feedback of my readers, young and old,” says Sabita, who painstakingly standardised and tested each recipe to ensure it tasted just as her mother had prepared it. The result was Aharam…Traditional Cuisine of Tamil Nadu, which won the Gourmand award for the category Best Local Cookery Book in India for the year 2002, sparking Sabita’s subsequent writing ventures. Currently, she’s on a mission to document 150 recipes, with the majority being her mother’s tried and tested dishes.

Among the many followers of Sabita’s works is Muhilann Murugan, a pastry shop owner who embarked on his recipe collection journey just three years ago when he received Sabita’s cookbook as a gift. It ignited his culinary passion; offering more than just recipes, it connected him to a community-based cooking experience, where each dish was enriched with stories and tidbits. “What made Sabita amma’s cookbooks truly special was their ability to provide not only ingredients and instructions but also a profound understanding of the technical aspects of cooking, making it an enriching and educational journey. Besides recipes, cookbooks of those days also carry pin kurippugal (tips), random scribbles, and kolams. That’s what makes them truly special and personal. Collecting recipes from loved ones is also a way of maintaining relationships,” explains Muhilann.

Culinary chronicles

Cookbook enthusiasts remain staunch advocates of the enduring authenticity that printed cookbooks have maintained over time, refusing to be drowned out by the constant noise of YouTube videos and Instagram reels.

Aparna Raghavan’s job took her to rural areas. An unexpected but delightful consequence of it was a growing affection for regional cuisine. “My husband and I are avid collectors of cookbooks. We are currently experimenting with Marathi recipes from Pangat, a Feast. Personally, internet recipes don’t appeal to me; cookbooks are reliable, accurate, and lasting. They simplify recipe replication, eliminating the need to juggle multiple versions of the same dish in your mind. Back then, cookbooks were also a way of introducing a family to a cuisine other than its own,” notes Aparna, who remembers her mother compiling recipes from various editions of Ananda Vikatan.

Aparna’s periamma, married to a defence officer, introduced her family to Punjabi cuisine and other north Indian recipes using paneer. “The word ‘authentic’ has lost some of its luster in the modern culinary landscape, diluted by overuse. I go for works by seasoned cooks like Mallika Badrinath and Chef Damu. Sometimes, I’d even try out a recipe or two from the Kindle version of their books and if it works out then it will be a part of my collection. There is always trustworthiness for recipes tried, tested, and perfected over time,” she adds.

In most South Indian households, cookbooks are an intrinsic part of growing up, with seasoned authors like Meenakshi Ammal (Samaithu Paar) and Tarla Dalal providing the foundation for culinary exploration. Dhwani’s love affair with cookbooks began with a thoughtful gift from her best friend, a Nigella Lawson cookbook adorned with postits indicating the must-try recipes. Since then, her collection has grown to a staggering 51 cookbooks. “One of the joys of owning cookbooks is discovering recipes you’d never have stumbled upon online. With vibrant examples like Yotam Ottolenghi’s mango and aubergine salad with soba noodles, cookbooks inspire experimentation and creativity in the kitchen. My friend gifted me a personalised cookbook for my birthday featuring all my comfort foods. That’s my go-to book even now,” she fondly shares.

Cookbooks not only enhance personal cooking but also serve as cultural archives for lesser-known communities. Sumaiya Mustafa, a writer based in Kayalpattinam, emphasises that it’s the intent, rather than the mode of documentation, that truly matters. She highlights how recipes reflect lived experiences, providing insights into the rich history of trade and the fusion of culinary traditions in her coastal town. “Despite the culinary wealth of Tamil Muslims, particularly in Kayalpat t inam, remaining largely undiscovered, there’s a plethora of unexplored recipes beyond the stereotypes of biryani and kebabs. Representation and understanding are crucial to unveil the hidden treasures of this cuisine, often closely guarded within the community. Unfortunately, there aren’t many cookbooks that have our heirloom recipes,” adds Sumaiya, who writes extensively about microcultures and culinary practices and has a keen interest in Indian Ocean history. In a mission to spread the word about her coastal town, she’s been passionately compiling stories about people, food, and the culture of Kayalpattinam on her Instagram page, @readingtv.

Traditionalists like Sabita deem cookbooks essential for those seeking a profound journey into the culinary arts, rigorous research, and the preservation of culinary legacies. Her personal cookbook collection narrates the tale of her lifelong culinary exploration, a passion she eagerly shares with others who appreciate their worth.

As we traverse the everchanging culinary landscape, it’s essential to recognise that not all recipes are foolproof, and there will be successes and failures. Nevertheless, cookbooks will forever maintain a cherished position in the hearts of many, serving as revered custodians of the culinary heritage that enhances our lives.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

International Seminar on Fostering Inclusivity at GLC

Government Law College Thiruvananthapuram is organising International Seminar on Fostering Inclusivity on 17-19 January 2024. The last date of submission is January 4.

About the institution

Approaching the legacy of one hundred and fifty years, the Government Law College, Thiruvananthapuram is one of the pioneer institutions imparting legal education in India. We aspire to establish the institute as the torchbearer in the field of legal education in the country. A temple of learning where one understands the delicate balance of law.

About IQAC

The institution is bestowed with well established Internal Quality Assurance Cell (IQAC) which aims towards internalization and institutionalsation of quality enhanced initiatives. It is a facilitating and participative organ of the institution endowed with the potential to become a harbinger for assuring in quality enhancement.

About the Seminar

Differently-abled persons encounter barriers due to a lack of access to justice; minimal participation in political and public life; discriminatory attitudes toward sexual health, reproductive rights and the right to family life, lack of birth registration; and lack of access to an inclusive and quality education in their own language, and encounter the effects of increasing risks and vulnerability that climate change is creating.

Consequently, a system-wide reform is required to strengthen national and International policies and legal systems to ensure that all differently-abled persons can access justice through quality education, employment, and disaster risk reduction programs. It is also pertinent to warrant that these policies do not exacerbate discrimination, but rather promote access to mainstream and inclusive programs.

This International Seminar is an effort to consolidate various schemes and strategies to put forth a uniform policy globally, to foster inclusivity thereby empowering people with disability. There is a need to promote and ensure active social participation of the disabled in nation-building and global inclusivity.

Theme

  • Constitutionalization of Disability Rights
  • Affirmative Actions for People with Disabilities- Social, Economic, Legal & Judicial Perspectives
  • Equity & Inclusivity in Healthcare for People with Disabilities
  • Violence & abuse against People with Disabilities
  • Challenges in Implementing Disability Laws
  • Criminal Justice System & Disabled Persons
  • Technological advancements & accessibility
  • Family & Reproductive rights of Disabled persons
  • Transformative power of Sports in the lives of Individuals with Disabilities

Important dates

  • Submission of Abstract: 4th January, 2024
  • Communication of Abstract Acceptance: 5th January, 2024
  • Submission of Full Paper: 10th January, 2024
  • Communication of Full Paper Acceptance: 12th January, 2024
  • Inauguration: 17th January 2024
  • Panel Discussion: 18th January 2024
  • Paper Presentation: 19th January 2024

Abstract Guidelines

  • The participants shall submit their abstract on or before 4th January 2024 (11: 59 PM IST) through email [email protected]
  • The abstract should carry about 250 – 300 words including 3 – 5 keywords.
  • The abstract Geshould include personal details of the author(s): Title of the paper, Name of author(s) with designation, Name of institution, Contact number, Email address.

Full Paper Guidelines

  • The manuscript shall not exceed the word limit of 3000 words including footnotes.
  • The paper should be typed in Times New Roman 12-point font with 1.5 line spacing.
  • The footnotes shall be typed in Times New Roman 10-point font with 1-line spacing.
  • Footnoting should be done according to Bluebook 21st Edition.
  • Co-authorship of up to 2 persons is permitted.
  • All submitted articles will be double-blind peer-reviewed.
  • Acceptance of articles is subject to recommendation by the review panel and subsequent acceptance by the editor. Any Plagiarised work shall be rejected.

General Guidelines

  • Research papers are invited from all walks of socio-legal fraternity including academicians, researchers, students, advocates etc.
  • All the registered participants will be provided with a Participation Certificate.
  • The conference will be conducted in hybrid mode.
  • No in- absentia presentations will be allowed. At least one author must be present for the presentation.

Contact

  • Dr Meenakumary S – 9495385445
  • Dr. Hameema M – 9847878428

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Snowflakes and snuggles: Winter wellness checklist for every pet parent

As you know, weather differs across India, with some areas experiencing mild winters and others facing extreme cold. Whether your pet loves outdoor play or snuggling close, when the temperature drops, they need extra care for comfort. You would be among the many pet parents who make the same error if you believed that their fluffy coat would be sufficient to keep them warm. For pet parents, winter poses unique challenges in keeping their furry companions happy and healthy. To make the most of the cold season with you, it’s important to make sure your beloved furry companion is as healthy and comfortable as possible!

As winter blankets the world in frosty magic, it’s time for pet parents to ensure their furry companions stay snug and content.(Unsplash)

Winter Pet Care Tips

Sushen Roy, Business Head, Zigly shared with HT Lifestyle a comprehensive checklist to keep your pets thriving in the winter wonderland. (Also read: 8 winter superfoods for your pets to boost their immunity )

Wrap up the year gone by & gear up for 2024 with HT! Click here

1. Winter outfits that combines style and warmth

Winter’s chill? No problem! Treat your furry buddy to a snazzy sweater or a cozy jacket. It’s like a toasty embrace that keeps them snug while strutting their style outdoors. Look for soft, non-itchy fabrics that let them move freely. Trust me, they will be the talk of the town in their chic winter ensemble.

2. Paw protection for shielding their soles

Snow and ice can be tough on tender paws. Grab those adorable boots to shield their feet from the cold ground and any icky stuff on the sidewalks. After strolls, a quick paw wipe keeps them comfy and clean and prevents any discomfort or irritation.

3. Beat boredom blues with indoor fun

If they are stuck indoors due to the frosty weather, let’s turn it into a playful haven! Engage them with interactive toys, challenging puzzles, or fun games that get them moving. Try a treasure hunt with hidden treats or teach them a quirky new trick. It’s like a thrilling indoor escapade that wards off boredom.

4. Adjusting the winter menu

Winter might tinker with your pet’s appetite or energy levels. Chat up with your vet to fine-tune their meals for the season. Finding that perfect food balance ensures they are getting the right nutrition. Keep that water bowl topped up; hydration is key!

5. Winter walk tips for your pooch!

Alright, when you are taking your furry friend out for a winter stroll, try to keep it around 30 minutes or less. But, here’s the scoop – what feels just right for one pup might be a bit too chilly for another. Keep an eye out, especially for the senior dogs or those adorable little puppies—they are more likely to feel the cold in their bones and might need some extra care after their walk!

6. Health check for keeping them fit and fine

Winter vet visit, anyone? Schedule that check-up to ensure your furry friends are in tip-top shape for the frosty days. Discuss any concerns—like dry skin or creaky joints—that the winter might bring. Your vet’s advice will keep your pal feeling fantastic despite the cold snap!

Argenx autoimmune drug study fails in blow to expansion hopes

Dive Brief:

  • Argenx lost a quarter of its value Wednesday after reporting the second research setback in two months for its bid to expand use of its only approved drug.
  • The latest study, called Address, showed no significant benefit for Argenx’s Vyvgart Hytrulo in people with two forms of an autoimmune skin disease called pemphigus. The condition causes painful blisters that can break open and leave patients at risk of infection.
  • The news follows an announcement in late November that the drug failed in a late-stage study of patients with primary immune thrombocytopenia. Vyvgart Hytrulo is currently approved to treat a condition called myasthenia gravis that can cause serious muscle weakness.

Dive Insight:

Argenx had been a Wall Street favorite, raising $1.1 billion from investors in a secondary stock offering earlier this year. The company impressed analysts with initial sales for an infused version of Vyvgart, then followed that up with an approval for the subcutaneous type sold as Vyvgart Hytrulo in June.

Study results also went Argenx’s way earlier in the year. In July, the company reported a successful trial of Vyvgart Hytrulo in patients with chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy, or CIDP. Even after the latest setback, analysts at Stifel estimate that Vyvgart could eventually be a $6 billion drug based on sales in myasthenia gravis and CIDP.

But the path forward for Argenx is now “murkier than before,” Stifel analyst Alex Thompson wrote in a note to clients. Investors agreed, sending the Dutch biotech’s shares down more than $110 to less than $340 apiece in early trading Wednesday morning.

“Confidence is understandably shaken,” Raymond James analyst Danielle Brill wrote in an investor note. Yet Brill also sees room for Vyvgart sales to reach $5 billion to $6 billion on myasthenia gravis and CIDP alone.

The Address study was designed to show Vyvgart Hytrulo could help more pemphigus patients achieve complete remission from their disease while on a minimal dose of corticosteroids. But Argenx said patients had a higher-than-expected response to the steroid treatment, and the trial ended up showing little difference between the patients on Vyvgart and those given a placebo.

Given the results, Argenx is deprioritizing pemphigus development. The company also decided to delay a decision on proceeding with a two-part study called Ballad for patients with a similar condition called bullous pemphigoid. The company said it will instead “wait for learnings from all currently enrolled patients and consider a new trial design for the path forward.”

the ‘bank of mum and dad’ is increasingly helping fund the lives of young Australians

Much has been made of the increasing presence of the “bank of mum and dad” in the lives of Australians.

We know financial support from parents to adult children is increasingly used for entering the housing market.

But our new research shows parents are also helping their young adult children in other ways, including with meeting everyday expenses.

We’ve gained new insights into who is receiving support from parents and what it’s used for.

So what does this look like in practice, and what does it mean for intergenerational inequality in Australia?

Parental financial support becoming commonplace

We have surveyed a diverse group of young Australians for almost 18 years, since they were in year 12 in 2006.

This has allowed us to follow the trajectory of a cohort of millennials as they have transitioned to adulthood.

One of the areas we ask about is their sources of financial support.

This includes their own income, savings and investments, and government support, but also gifts, loans and other transfers from their family.

Our findings show that financial support from family – typically parents – has become important for this generation well into young adulthood.

This support from family was very common for our participants when they were in their late teens.

Perhaps more surprisingly, for many this support continued into their 20s and, for a significant minority, into their late 20s and beyond.

So is it only rich parents providing this assistance?

Turns out, not really.

Our results show young adults from diverse socioeconomic backgrounds get financial help.

Surprisingly, the educational level and occupation status of their parents did not predict whether our participants were receiving support.

Parents with higher education and in managerial or professional careers are providing financial help.

But so too are parents of more modest means, even if the amount of support they can provide clearly differs.

It’s not just about houses

Our participants are using this support to pay basic expenses.

One in five 32-year-olds in our study report struggling to pay for three or more basic expenses (we ask about food, rent or mortgage repayments, house bills and healthcare costs).

These young adults are three times more likely than those not facing this struggle to report receiving financial support from their family.

These gifts and loans are also used to support parenting, and to support those working part-time out of choice or necessity.

19 Powerful Signs of Male Attraction You Need to Know

Is that guy attracted to you? Or are you imagining it? This is one of the most common guessing games, and can even be a disaster for your love life if you guess it wrong. Which is why it is important to learn how to detect the more obvious and powerful signs of male attraction, as well as the subtle signs which he can’t help but throw around. Once you are able to detect his feelings with a certain degree of confidence, you will be much more at ease in responding to any confession of romantic interest that comes your way.

So how do you tell when a guy is into you? As a man, I’m pretty qualified to tell you all about the signs of male interest. In this article, I have shared some of my own experiences too. By the end of it, I hope that learning about a guy’s interest in you either encourages you to take the relationship forward, or to state your expectations clearly.

19 Obvious Signs Of Male Attraction

Paying attention to a man’s words and deeds is essential if you are to decipher whether or not he is flirting with you. While every person has a different manner of expressing their feelings, their initial style of showing attraction is indicative of their flirting style.

According to Jeffery Hall, associate professor of communication at the University of Kansas, a man’s flirting style says a lot about what flirting means to him. Flirting is an outgrowth of your feelings toward another person – something you can’t easily hinder. His studies have detected numerous verbal as well as nonverbal behaviors that people use while flirting with someone.

He also goes on to say, “We’re really bad at detecting if people are flirting with us. We’re great at knowing when they’re not interested. But the reason we’re bad at seeing when they are interested is because people show it in such a variety of ways.”

So let us look at some of these powerful signs of male attraction that can help give you a better understanding of whether or not he is attracted to you:

Related Reading: 11 Signs Of Magnetic Attraction Between Two People

1. He starts disclosing his personal details

A man opening up about his personal feelings is a great indicator that he may be interested in you, and I say this from experience. Even my male friends are reticent about opening up about their personal lives. Having deep conversations with someone and talking about these things is an intimate gesture for them, a powerful sign of male attraction.

Vulnerability is not a weakness. According to Emma Allen and Madison Bird at the Brigham Young University, “Without vulnerability, we are less likely to develop the kind of meaningful and deep relationships we seek.” So when he starts talking about personal things, he is expressing genuine interest and is getting comfortable with you.

For more expert-backed insights, please subscribe to our YouTube channel.

2. If he likes you a lot, he’ll get nervous around you

Getting unusually nervous around you is one of the more obvious signs that he is attracted to you. If he is normally the confident, outgoing sort, then his nervousness in your presence could be one of many involuntary signs of attraction. The reason we get so nervous is that we are secretly attracted to someone and want to be extra careful not to make any mistakes around them. This is something that used to happen all too often to me, much to my dismay.

Other signs of nervousness could include:

  • Being clumsy
  • Stuttering
  • Getting tongue-tied
  • Avoiding eye contact

Related Reading: 21 Signs That A Man Is Pursuing You

3. He gets very quiet around you

Some men, and I am one of those, tend to get very quiet around a woman they find attractive. My wife likes to joke that the only reason she knew I was attracted to her was because I would listen to her without uttering a word. She knew this was unusual because I was known to never shut up. Of course, I thought I was being discreet.

The same holds true at the workplace. Being very quiet around you might be the sign a shy male coworker likes you and is secretly attracted to you. You may have a difficult time getting him to open up, but that is half the battle won.

4. He wants to know more about you

One of the more obvious signs he finds you attractive is when he starts asking you questions about your personal life in a bid to get to know you better. As one of the subconscious signs of male attraction, he may not even realize that he is developing an attraction toward you. It happens only when he is genuinely interested in getting to know you better, trying to figure out whether or not you are a potential partner for him.

Some curious yet caring questions I asked my wife years ago, when she was not my wife yet:

  • How difficult is it being a single mom?
  • Do you get enough time for yourself?
  • Does your ex help in any way?

5. He tries to be alone with you

Of all the signs he finds you attractive, this one is perhaps one of the most telling. But hold on, there are other sure signs of his feelings too and you can almost sense it when someone likes you:

  • He likes spending time with you, preferably when you are alone
  • He is always finding excuses to be with you: This is an obvious sign of male attraction that is common among my entire group of friends (including me)
  • You will notice that he also makes an effort to be available despite his busy schedule

Related Reading: Could You Be In A Romantic Friendship With Someone? 7 Signs That Say So

6. He smiles at you a lot — One of many male body language signs that he is genuinely interested in you

Of all the nonverbal signs of male attraction, this one’s pretty helpful. You can gain a lot of clarity about his feelings when he’s smiling at you. Even studies have shown that romantic or physical attraction, including sexual interest, can be conveyed to others by nonverbal facial expressions, such as a smile.

While this could be one of the many signs of male attraction from him, it could also be purely innocent. So how do you tell?

  • To be sure that he is interested in you, observe how he smiles at others and compare it with how he smiles at you. For example, my smile would be shy or extra bright whenever I’d see my crush (now wife) looking at me from across the room
  • Keep an eye on other aspects of his male body language such as his posture and his hand gestures
  • Read his smiles in conjunction with his other facial expressions, like the direction of his gaze and the type of smile. Is it a private smile meant only for you or does it verge on laughter?
He smiles at you a lot

7. He gets protective toward you

One of the most powerful signs of male attraction psychology is centered on his protectiveness around you. Any of the following behaviors indicate that he feels protective toward you and by inference, he is attracted to you:

  • Does he always spring to your defense in an argument or a debate?
  • Does he defend you even when you are not around?
  • Does he get jealous of other guys sometimes?
  • Does he insist on walking you home even if it is safe for you to walk alone?
  • Does he try to keep other guys away from you at social gatherings when he can see they are drunk or crossing limits?

If the answer is mostly yes, then these are obvious signs that he’s smitten with you.

Related Reading: 15 Clear Signs He Likes You More Than You Think

8. If his body is always bent toward you, then it’s one of the subconscious signs of male attraction

Body language is key to understanding the signs a man is attracted to you sexually or otherwise. One clue is his posture when he is around you.

  • Does he lean in closer while talking to you?
  • Does he turn his body completely around to face you when he is talking to you?
  • Does he close the distance between you two when you’re both walking, or does his body at least twist toward you?

I used to act like a human sunflower every time my sunny wife was around. So trust me, this is a good indicator of interest. There are many other male body language signs of attraction like these, and we shall look at some of them.

9. He keeps looking at you

Another body language aspect, maybe one of many involuntary signs of attraction, is when he constantly steals glances at you. This is usually done subconsciously, so if you happen to make eye contact, he quickly looks away. Or he may smile wryly, like a little kid caught in the act. This was true in my case. My wife likes to joke that I flirted with her by staring at her and then pretending that I wasn’t.

And if we talk about workplace affairs, this may be the only physical sign a shy male coworker likes you, something you have to pick up on. Were you to speak to him at such a point, he may very well appear at a loss for words. These are common signs of attraction between a man and woman at work since there’s fear of being perceived as unprofessional or crossing a personal line.

10. He seems to expand his body when you’re around

Studies have shown that an expansive body language is a sign of strong attraction from a man. By ‘expansive body language,’ we mean open postures involving widespread limbs, a stretched torso, and/or enlargement of the occupied space. The studies found that it worked both ways and increased romantic attractiveness.

Open physical signs where he keeps his arms and legs uncrossed and doesn’t slouch inward on himself can be classified as nonverbal signs of male attraction.

Related Reading: 27 Undeniable Signs He Secretly Loves You, But Is Too Shy To Admit It

11. Mirroring behavior is always a sure indicator of romantic interest

One of the surefire signs of strong attraction from a man is him mirroring your behavior. He smiles at you when you smile at him; he winks at you if you wink at him; he laughs when you laugh. I remember, I would even use my wife’s pet phrases in conversations, not just with her, but with others as well. This is a powerful sign of male attraction psychology and you can clearly tell that a guy is genuinely interested in you and not just being friendly.

More on Dating Tips

12. He enjoys touching you — One of the most powerful signs of male attraction

Another sure sign of strong attraction from a man is that he touches you at every opportunity he gets. Not the creepy, pawing action that is a turn-off for so many, but the casual touch, light and brief. For example, he might mirror your actions after you place a hand on his.

He also initiates touch while talking to you. What I would do was lightly touch my wife’s arm with my fingers when I wanted to draw her attention to something I’m saying, or I’d press my hand lightly on her back. I still think that this physical touch with each other during the course of a conversation is one of the sweetest signs of attraction between a man and woman.

13. He walks by your side

Another sign of male attraction is walking side by side rather than ahead of or behind you. His body language is expressing to you that he values your company and likes being around you. It also signifies a degree of protectiveness toward you.

Let me tell you about my friend who displays this strong sign whenever he feels attracted to someone romantically. He shares, “I go out of my way to accompany her, either openly or nonchalantly by keeping the conversation going with her. Just so I can walk with this perfect human. I get to spend more time with her this way, and get to know her more too.”

Related Reading: 17 Sureshot Signs He Likes You But Is Playing It Cool

14. Watch out for prolonged eye contact: The eyes don’t lie

Of all the subconscious signs that signal male attraction, the signals from his eyes will be the most telling. Studies show that eye movements provide a rich amount of information about visual perception and can be used to evaluate visual attraction. So pay attention to these obvious signs that he is attracted to you:

  • The frequency of his eye contact with you
  • The length of his eye contact and other facial expressions

Keeping track of his eye movements will help you figure out what you need to know. Studies also suggest that dilated pupils are a subconscious sign of male sexual attraction which cannot be hidden, but this may be difficult for you to observe. Be warned: If you can see his pupils dilate, then you are probably too close (well, unless you want to be).

Subconscious Signs of Male Attraction
Prolonged eye contact

15. He is keen to meet your friends and family

A clear sign that he is romantically interested in you would be that he shows a genuine interest in your personal affairs. Wanting to meet your friends and family is one of the most undeniable signs of romantic interest.

He will make all efforts to familiarize himself with the backgrounds of your loved ones, wanting to create a favorable impression of himself. He will do this by paying attention to all the small details you mention about them.

Related Reading: 10 Things You Can Do When A Guy Acts Interested, Then Backs Off

16. He is a fan of yours

An obvious sign of male attraction is when he keeps praising you to others. He will always have something good to say about you, both to your face as well as in your absence. He will make it clear in no uncertain terms that he has your back and keep showering you with beautiful compliments – an undeniable sign that he feels attracted to you. Some of the things I’ve said about or to my crushes over the years:

  • “I am quite sure she will accomplish her goals. She’s such a go-getter!”
  • “Your political write-ups are the best I have ever read”
  • “Even without formal training, I think you will make a great chef”

17. He dresses well when he is with you — This could be one of the signs a man is attracted to you sexually

A subtle sign that he is physically attracted to you is that he pays attention to how he looks when he knows you will be around. If you notice that he takes extra care of his appearance in your presence and invests in high-end men’s fashion accessories, then it could very well mean that he is romantically interested in you.

I would do this every time I was to meet my wife, even if it was a brief encounter. I would wear an outfit that I knew she liked before or a color that she loves. In retrospect, it was a powerful indicator of my genuine interest in her.

18. He asks for your opinion

One of the subtle signs of male attraction is when he seeks your opinion or advice on matters that are important to him. Asking for your thoughts before making an important decision is his way of telling you that you are important to him and that he deeply cares about you and respects you. At the very least, it says that he has a genuine interest in you. Here are some things I still ask my wife’s suggestions for, a habit I formed long ago:

  • Help in writing or editing cover letters for job applications
  • Suggestions for prioritizing house purchases so that we are within our budget
  • The best way to deal with situations involving our teenage kids

Related Reading: 21 Elements Of Developing Respect In A Relationship

19. He expresses unhappiness with his current relationship

One of the most powerful signs of male attraction, even though it’s unfortunate. You may consider him to be ‘a close friend’ but if he regularly talks or complains about his current partner or other romantic interests, then he may be giving subtle signs that he is romantically interested in you. It’s possible that he hasn’t realized his own feelings for you and is simply displaying a subconscious sign of attraction that is worth paying attention to.

While these signs, taken individually, may not each signify that he is romantically interested or experiencing sexual attraction for you, a combination of them might add up to the truth. Paying attention to his body language signs, including his facial expressions, might give you a better understanding of his feelings for you. So, observe his behavior in different social settings, whether he makes time for you from his busy schedule, his comfort levels during deeper conversations, and other attraction signs listed above.

In the words of Hall, “When it comes to flirting, most people are pretty subtle. What’s more, everybody does it differently. Because flirting is low-key and varied, we’re often oblivious when people send us signals of romantic attraction. Perhaps that’s why Cupid’s arrow misses the mark all too often.”

10 Signs From The Universe That Love Is Coming Your Way

20 Undeniable Signs Your Gym Crush Likes You

What Is My Type Of Girl? Quiz

Ask Our Expert

2022 Chevy Silverado Trail Boss Review: Diesel Brawn Meets Google Brains

Chevrolet’s full-size Trail Boss balances a rugged exterior with the smart dashboard tech powered by Google.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

The 2022 Chevrolet Silverado Trail Boss is as brash a pickup as its name implies, what with its diesel engine, lifted suspension and meaty mud tires. However, this brawny brute is packed to the brim with brainy tech as well, including a massive infotainment overhaul powered by Google Assistant and Android.

Like


  • Excellent Google-powered tech


  • Comfortable ride on and off`road


  • Multiple engine options, including a diesel

Don’t like


  • No Super Cruise for Trail Bosses


  • Louder, rougher ride than competing models

Google Assistant-powered cabin tech

Last year’s 8-inch display and physical gauges have been replaced by the massive 13.4-inch Chevrolet Infotainment 3 system and a 12.3-inch fully digital instrument cluster. The entire dashboard has been reshaped around these larger screens, but the Silverado manages to keep nearly all of its physical controls for climate, volume and various other functions intact.

Chevrolet Infotainment 3 is based on Android Automotive OS and integrates various Google services, such as the Google Play app store and Google Assistant voice commands. Android Automotive OS is different from the more common Android Auto. The latter runs on your phone and is projected to the dashboard’s display; Android Automotive OS is baked into the hardware and uses the vehicle’s onboard OnStar Services connection for data, so it works even if you leave your phone at home. Of course, wired and wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay connectivity are still supported, which is great for multiple users who share a vehicle, prefer Apple’s software, or just don’t want to fuss with setting up various user accounts.

Chevrolet Infotainment 3 with Google Built-in puts Google’s Maps and Assistant front and center in the dashboard.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Speaking of user accounts, the system works best when you’re logged into Google, which you can do directly on the touch display. The login process is similar to setting up an Android account for the first time and even supports two-factor authentication via SMS, authenticator app, a notification sent to an Android phone or, most surprisingly, even hardware security keys via the Silverado’s USB ports. Once logged in, users can opt to give Google access to your location and data for destination suggestions, personalized reminders and other functions. You can also set a PIN to secure that private information from other drivers.

Logging into the system also grants access to Google Maps, which is the primary onboard navigation app for the Silverado. This syncs recent and saved locations, contacts and more automatically. Map and traffic data are pulled from the cloud, but can be cached offline just like the familiar phone app. The system will automatically download and periodically update map data for areas that you frequently drive, like near your home or office, or you can manually download street data for off-the-grid areas where you plan on driving.

Of course, you can still run Android Auto (or Apple CarPlay) inside of this Android Automotive OS suite.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

One of the core benefits of baking Android into the dashboard is installing applications from the Play Store. This is a curated version of the Store showcasing vehicle-appropriate media apps, such as music, news and podcast players. Apps can be downloaded and stored onboard, appearing in the list of audio sources alongside satellite radio, terrestrial radio, Bluetooth and USB media for easy access.

In the same way that Google Maps serves as the primary navigation software, Google Assistant handles all of the Silverado’s voice command functions. The software works with or without a data connection — though it’s able to handle much more complex, natural voice commands when connected to the cloud — with either the tap of a steering wheel button, the Google Assistant icon that’s persistent on the left edge of the touchscreen, or by speaking the “Hey, Google” command. Google Assistant can be used to initiate phone calls, send text messages, set destinations for navigation, access Google Home smart devices and control many of the Silverado’s creature comforts. Just say, “Hey, Google, set the temperature to 69 degrees” or “listen to 88.5 FM.”

The Google Assistant integration is so cleverly thought out that, if the cabin fans are blowing at full speed, saying “Hey, Google” will temporarily quiet them so the microphones can more clearly understand your command, resuming the previous speed when you’re finished talking. Neat.

2022 Chevy Silverado 1500 Trail Boss: Offroad and Online

See all photos

Creature comforts and driver-assistance tech

In the Silverado’s cabin, you’ll find a standard wireless phone charger on the center console and both USB Type-C and Type-A ports on the dashboard. In the bed, there’s a 120-volt AC inverter that can power tools and small appliances. Remote start allows drivers to precondition the cabin on especially hot or cold mornings.

Upgrading to the Trail Boss Premium package ($4,000) adds leather trim, spray-on bed liner, perimeter lighting, a power lift and release tailgate and more. However, my example has the $445 Multiflex tailgate, which requires the removal of the power option. Heated seats are standard and my example should have featured a heated steering wheel, but supply chain shortages meant that it shipped without it. Chevy includes a $25 credit for the trouble with a provision for a retrofit once parts stock returns to normal levels.

The Chevy Safety Assist driver-aid suite is also standard for 2022. That gets you automatic emergency braking with pedestrian detection, lane-keeping assist, automatic high beams and a following distance indicator. However, opting for the aforementioned Premium package steps the game up with a surround-view camera system, rear cross-traffic alert with auto braking and pedestrian alert, and helpful trailering features, including a hitch-view camera, hookups for a dedicated trailer camera and extended blind-spot monitoring that covers the length of a trailer.

Buyers can also spec adaptive cruise control as a $500 a la carte option. It works remarkably well with the lane-keeping system, which is surprising on a vehicle this large with a lifted suspension. Adaptive cruise works in stop-and-go traffic and does an excellent job maintaining a consistent distance at low and moderate speeds. It can even smoothly handle drivers cutting in without jerky braking. Sadly, the Trail Boss is not available with General Motors’ new Super Cruise hands-free highway assist system; that top-spec tech can only be had on the High Country trim.

You can still get the Silverado Trail Boss with a torquey, turbocharged diesel engine.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Duramax 3.0-liter turbodiesel

The Trail Boss comes standard with four-wheel drive but can be optioned with any engine available for the 2022 Silverado — that includes the 5.3-liter or 6.2-liter V8s, and even the 2.7-liter turbo four-cylinder. My example has the 3.0-liter Duramax turbodiesel I6 under the hood mated to a 10-speed automatic transmission. This inline six-cylinder makes 277 horsepower and 460 pound-feet of torque. That’s the lowest horsepower of the available engines, but it ties with the 6.2L V8 for the most torque. That said, the turbodiesel delivers torque much more linearly, peaking at just 1,500 rpm versus the gasoline engine’s 4,100 rpm.

The increased curb weight of the beefier block technically lowers the maximum trailer rating by 100 pounds versus the big V8, but it’s still a respectable 9,000 pounds in total. Payload, on the other hand, is up 200 pounds to 2,385. Cranking out max torque so close to idle, the diesel is still the preferred engine for more relaxed and efficient trailering of heavy loads. Its performance should also give the diesel an advantage for low-ratio rock and trail crawling.

The EPA estimates the diesel’s fuel economy at 21 mpg combined, breaking out to 20 mpg city and 23 mpg highway. I averaged 21.3 mpg during my nearly 250 miles of easy highway testing. That’s a touch short of the Ram 1500 EcoDiesel’s 24 mpg combined, but also better than the gasoline-only Ford F-150 Tremor’s 18 mpg combined figure.

Like a boss

The Trail Boss has a number of enhancements over the Silverado LT, including chassis, suspension and rolling stock upgrades aimed at making it more off-road ready. That starts where the rubber meets the road with standard 18-inch wheels wrapped with LT275/65R18 Goodyear Wrangler Duratrac mud-terrain tires. Optional 20-inch wheels are available, but that feels more like a Trail Middle-Manager than a Boss.

Ground clearance is boosted with a 2-inch lift on Z71 off-road monotube shocks, while the undercarriage receives protection in the form of standard skid plates. The 4×4 system upgrades with an auto-locking rear differential and an electronically controlled two-speed transfer case. Hill-descent control helps keep the shiny side up when coming down from a big climb. The Trail Boss also features a heavy-duty air filter that should last longer in dusty conditions and, of course, bright red recovery hooks.

The Z71 off-road suspension with a 2-inch lift and big, mud-terrain tires are standard Trail Boss equipment.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

The Silverado’s solid axle rear suspension is very truck-ish and bouncy over uneven surfaces, but pretty decent steering feel and a surprisingly street-friendly tune on the lifted dampers make for an even and comfortable ride around town and on the highway. Road noise from the knobby rubber is noticeable enough that I probably wouldn’t pick this spec as a dedicated commuter, but not so much that it’d be a deal-breaker for weekend warrior types. Overall, the Trail Boss’ off-road upgrades don’t compromise too much in the way of daily livability.

Pricing and competition

The 2022 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 LT Trail Boss 4WD starts at $53,695 including a $1,695 destination charge. With the diesel engine, premium package and a handful of upgrades, the as-tested price climbs to $63,070. That’s quite a bit more than the cheapest $36,395 regular-cab WT base model, but also a fair bit cheaper than the $72,870 High Country we tested earlier this year.

More importantly, the Silverado is less expensive than a comparably equipped Ram 1500 Rebel with its diesel engine (around $66,030 with options). The Tremor is even more expensive at around $70,005 comparably equipped, and it isn’t available with a diesel. That said, Ford’s 3.5-liter EcoBoost V6 is a peach of a petrol power plant and, for around $1,995 more, the Tremor can also be had with BlueCruise, Ford’s hands-free answer to Super Cruise — a feature even Trail Bosses must live without. 

Even die-hard fans of the Bow Tie badge will want to at least test drive the Ford — but don’t dismiss the Chevy too soon. The updates to the cabin and, more importantly, the Google-powered dashboard tech make the 2022 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Trail Boss a more competitive pickup than ever before for light off-road and daily driving duties.

In a league of offensive masterminds, this NFL coach stands out

Todd Monken has been predictable enough for the Baltimore Ravens coaches and players to know what was coming next. So after John Harbaugh handed his new offensive coordinator a game ball following a 38-6 victory over the Detroit Lions in Week 7, the Ravens’ longtime head coach stepped aside and gave Monken the floor.

Monken can command a room. He’s the son of a longtime high school coach, after all, and has been listening to booming locker room speeches all his life. He’s delivered quite a few of them himself. The Ravens braced for the latest one.

When Monken finds his rhythm, his raspy voice rises steadily. The expletives, most of them beginning with the letter “f,” flow freely. Spicy language and all, Monken’s every sentence is delivered with enthusiasm and purpose.

As he clutched a game ball in the middle of the locker room following the blowout of the NFC North-leading Lions, Monken did something he rarely does: he paused. His voice then crackled with emotion.

“It’s only a start,” he told the players.

Nine months earlier, Monken was in a locker room at SoFi Stadium in Inglewood, Calif., celebrating the University of Georgia’s 65-7 thrashing of TCU and the program’s second consecutive national championship. The offense Monken directed racked up 589 yards in the game.

GO DEEPER

How Todd Monken ‘opened up’ UGA’s O while sticking to its principles

Monken, 57, would worry about trying to replicate the game and the season once he came down from this high. He can’t sleep after bad offensive performances. The dominant ones, he tries to savor for as long as possible.

Monken knew how good he had it at Georgia and wasn’t looking for a lifeline. Yet, there was an allure about coaching in the NFL. Monken’s father, brothers, uncles and cousins are coaches. In all, there are 13 football coaches in his extended family, most doing it at the high school level. Monken was the one who reached the NFL, first as a wide receivers coach and then as an offensive coordinator.

His most recent NFL experience before Baltimore, as the offensive coordinator with no play-calling responsibilities for the Cleveland Browns in 2019, was regrettable enough that Monken doesn’t like to talk about it. However, it didn’t temper his enthusiasm to coach again at the highest level. His plan to do it differently the next time may have driven it.

When Harbaugh called in January to gauge his interest in replacing offensive coordinator Greg Roman, Monken reviewed the potential opportunity. The Ravens were one of the most stable and respected organizations in football. They were perennial contenders. Harbaugh was an established Super Bowl-winning head coach who let his coordinators do their jobs. What Monken didn’t know was whether the Ravens would have a long-term franchise quarterback on their roster as the team was in the middle of a contract standoff with Lamar Jackson. Monken, though, was unfazed. He had made it work with quarterbacks far less talented than Jackson.

“I had a great job and I was only going to leave it for an elite opportunity. This was that — from an organization on down, from ownership to personnel to head coach to hopefully having Lamar, but I didn’t know that,” Monken said. “I saw that as a challenge in terms of what we could do from an offensive standpoint. It’s been everything I hoped it would be.

“That doesn’t mean we’ve accomplished everything we wanted to or we’ve been as clean as we’d like or we haven’t had drag. That’s a part of being with a new staff, new players, new system, all of those things. Those aren’t excuses. Those are facts. Nobody gives a s—, but it is what it is. Now, we just have to finish down the stretch and continue to get better.”


Todd Monken left Georgia following back-to-back national championships to take the offensive coordinator job in Baltimore. (Nick Wass / Associated Press)

The 11-3 Ravens rank first in rushing yards per game, and fourth in overall yards and points per game heading into their Christmas night showdown with the NFC-leading San Francisco 49ers. Consistency has been elusive, but they’ve made strides this year offensively and Jackson is one of the league’s leading MVP candidates. Yet, to Monken, there’s still a little too much “drag,” the word he uses to describe factors slowing down his offense.

Monken’s lexicon during his weekly news conferences has become a source of amusement at the Ravens facility. While Roman was buttoned up and rarely showed his personality, Monken is more the crazy uncle who drops by the family holiday party, cracking jokes, telling stories and looking for a good time. Instead of bringing gifts, he carries his call sheet and tucks it into his baggy sweatpants.

“He just speaks from such an authentic place that whatever is on his mind, he just kind of voices it. That’s all it is,” said Ravens left tackle Ronnie Stanley. “I appreciate authenticity.”

“When it’s time to shoot the breeze, he’s good at it,” said former NFL head coach Dirk Koetter, who coached with Monken with the Tampa Bay Buccaneers and Jacksonville Jaguars. “He’s a funny guy and he makes it fun to be around him. He’s got a lot of good stories.”

Monken’s own story felt destined for a career coaching football. His father, Bob, coached 30 seasons at Lake Park High in Illinois. The school’s football field is now named after him. Monken grew up going to his dad’s practices and idolizing his dad’s players. He saved articles and pictures from the newspaper’s coverage of his dad’s teams.

He’d spent hours with his father breaking down game film. The conversation at the dinner table and family gatherings almost always turned to X’s and O’s. Monken got a first-class football education in just about every way.

“It starts from your family and what you grew up around and what you saw, and then you go from there as a player and to who you played for,” Monken said. “You build based on the guys that you coached with and you coached for. You learn from great players and great coaches and you kind of make your own style. But I wouldn’t be where I’m at today and be who I am without my family, my father and uncles who are coaches.”

Monken was once a pretty good player, too, but he challenges anybody to find highlights that support that. A quarterback at Division III Knox College in Illinois, Monken led the nation in 1988 in pass attempts, completions and completion percentage. He was a Pizza Hut All-American and all-conference quarterback. He’s well-represented in the Knox record books.

His calling, though, was coaching. He knew that when he was in high school and he and his father would have detailed conversations about play concepts and designs. There was never much ambiguity about his post-college career plans. A year after graduating from Knox, Monken took a job working under Tom Beck at Grand Valley State. Two years later, Monken followed Beck to Notre Dame, where they both served on Lou Holtz’s staff.

Monken’s coaching career has spanned 34 years and includes a dozen stops, eight with college programs and four with NFL franchises. It’s been defined by adaptability and emboldening of players.

“He’s a very good teacher,” Harbaugh said. “He expresses things really well. He’s a great communicator. He makes it very clear what he’s looking for, and he does it in a real energetic kind of way. It’s a fun way. The players have latched onto it and they appreciate it.”


Monken’s first experience as an offensive play caller came with Eastern Michigan in 1998. In his first game, the Eagles went three-and-out on their first seven drives.

“You talk about wanting to quit calling plays? I mean, my goodness,” Monken said. “That was awful. You can’t complain about the play caller. You’re that guy.”

His first game with NFL play-calling duties went much better. The Buccaneers started the 2018 season by beating the New Orleans Saints, 48-40. Monken’s unit racked up 529 yards of total offense with Ryan Fitzpatrick throwing for 417 yards and four touchdowns, and Mike Evans and DeSean Jackson combining for 293 receiving yards and three scores. Afterward, Fitzpatrick presented Monken with his signed jersey in the locker room.

“I basically wrote, ‘Congrats, thank you and there’s nowhere to go but down from here,” recalled Fitzpatrick. “He loved it.”


Todd Monken’s first NFL season with full-time play-calling responsibilities was in 2018 with the Buccaneers. (Cliff Welch / Icon Sportswire via Getty Images)

With the Buccaneers, Monken directed an offense that led the league in passing yards. While he was at Louisiana Tech (2000-2001), the Bulldogs ran a spread offense and prioritized getting the ball on the perimeter. In his first stint at Oklahoma State (2002-2004), Monken embraced coach Les Miles’ power running game. His second stint with Oklahoma State (2011-2012) under Mike Gundy featured a version of the “Air Raid” offense, which averaged nearly 50 points and 550 yards per game. As the offensive coordinator at Georgia (2020-2022), Monken relied heavily on his running backs and tight ends. His cousin, Jeff Monken, is the head coach at Army, so Monken is plenty familiar with the triple option, too.

Monken’s history of adapting his system to his personnel is one of the reasons he was such an attractive candidate to Harbaugh, who didn’t want to lose the power running game that was front and center in Roman’s offense. And the Ravens haven’t.

Baltimore is still running the ball, more and better than any other team in the NFL. What Monken has brought is a little more balance with the passing game and an ability to challenge different parts of the field through the air. The Ravens’ pass game is still very much a work in progress, but it’s more reliable and dangerous than it has been in the recent past.

“They’re doing a great job of running the football. In rush yards per game, they’re No. 1 in the league,” said Fitzpatrick, now an NFL analyst for Amazon Prime. “Todd, historically, his background is throwing, passing the ball — Air Raid offense, and the things that he did when we were in Tampa together. He has done a wonderful job of figuring out all these little tools and pieces and how they best fit in his offense. Todd puts players in position to be successful. That’s one of his greatest traits.”

At times, Monken has corrected reporters who refer to this as “his offense.” He clarifies that it’s the “Ravens’ offense,” built around the vision of Harbaugh, Monken’s offensive principles and Jackson’s skill set, along with the rest of Baltimore’s personnel. One of Monken’s first moves was giving Jackson more say in what the Ravens are running and more freedom to make changes at the line of scrimmage.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

How the Ravens’ revamped offense will unlock a more complete Lamar Jackson

“If I see something on the field, I can go to Coach and I’ll be like, ‘Coach, I feel like we should do this,’” Jackson told The Athletic last week. “He’s listening and he might make a change depending on how he feels, if he likes it, if he’s seeing the same thing I’m seeing. It’s great. I’m having fun with it.

“He’s a great coach, a fun coach to be around. Knows his stuff, wants to win, is willing to listen. That’s every quarterback’s dream, just to have a guy who is willing to listen to you and wants to win with you.”

Fitzpatrick spoke to Monken at length on the field before the Ravens-Cincinnati Bengals game at M&T Bank Stadium last month. One of his biggest takeaways was about the unique relationship between the offensive coordinator and his quarterback.

“I think Lamar has already learned a lot from Todd in viewing the game a different way, but also, Todd has learned a ton from Lamar in the way that he plays and in having to adjust his offense to really accentuate some of Lamar’s strengths,” Fitzpatrick said. “Todd’s really excited. I think he’s enjoyed being back in the NFL, but like any coach, especially the really good ones, you’re not satisfied. You’re always trying to call that perfect game and you’re always trying to build and get better as the season goes on.”


In many ways, Monken is the quintessential players’ coach. He solicits their opinions and asks about their families. When he was the head coach at Southern Miss from 2013 to 2015, he arranged the purchase of suits as gifts for his departing seniors, buying them with donations to the football program so as not to run afoul of NCAA rules. Monken wanted the players to have something to wear for their first job interviews, whether it was with the NFL or somewhere else.

“That’s your job, to make people feel special,” Monken said in his introductory news conference with the Ravens. “That’s why you have a job, to create the best version of them. The moment we forget that, we’re wrong — we’re dead wrong.”


“That’s your job, to make people feel special.” — Todd Monken (Brent Skeen / USA Today)

Yet, Monken is also extremely demanding of players. Los Angeles Chargers guard Jamaree Salyer, who played under Monken for two years at Georgia, remembers the offensive coordinator calling players out in front of their teammates if they weren’t taking notes in meetings. Then, there were times when Monken caught a few Bulldogs dozing off.

“He’d make them stand up in front of the meeting and watch it in front of everybody,” Salyer said. “He was a character for sure.”

Salyer said some of his Georgia teammates weren’t necessarily a fan of Monken’s methods at first, but they quickly came around when they started having so much success. They learned to understand why details were so important to Monken.

“You definitely wanted to understand the game conceptually. You didn’t want to just focus on your route. You wanted to understand the whole concept. If you didn’t, he would make sure you did,” said Atlanta Falcons tight end John FitzPatrick, who was also with Monken at Georgia. “I really enjoyed my time with ‘Coach Monk.’ He challenged me and made me a better player and a better man.”

Several Ravens acknowledged they were initially taken aback by Monken’s boisterous and high-energy coaching style. During training camp, Monken’s voice rose above all others as he corrected receivers for not running a precise enough route or threw his hands up in the air in frustration when a play broke down.

In meetings, he takes it to another level. Whether it’s morning, midday or afternoon, Monken’s energy level hasn’t tapered. Quarterbacks coach Tee Martin described Monken’s coaching style as “animated,” saying he fits Harbaugh’s mantra to “confront issues, not people.”

“Man, he’s up,” Jackson said. “He’s so detailed out. He wants everything run the correct way.”

And if it’s not?

“I was trying to hold off on that, but he’s going to curse,” Jackson said. “Every meeting, guaranteed.”

Monken was once embarrassed and annoyed that his vocabulary and word choice became a talking point in a 2011 ESPN behind-the-scenes look at the Oklahoma State football program. Now, he jokingly touts the versatility of swear words. A few Ravens veterans had injured rookie offensive lineman Andrew Vorhees tabulate how many expletives Monken used in certain meetings. The task proved tedious.

“When we got to 1,000, we wanted to have those popper things go off,” said Ravens right guard Kevin Zeitler. “He was on a record pace, so we stopped keeping track. Whether it’s celebrating or correcting, he’s always going to bring the energy.”

Monken talks to players often about a few of his tenets: attitude, energy and body language. It’s in those areas where he felt he wasn’t consistent enough in his previous stint as an NFL offensive coordinator in Cleveland. He worried about certain things that were beyond his control. He didn’t always feel like he carried himself with the “attitude, energy and body language” that was required to get the most out of players each week.

When he thought about what he’d need to do better when he made his next coaching stop, Monken concluded that he just needed to be himself. For the Ravens, that’s been plenty good enough.

“I think it’s important to be authentic and to be you,” Monken said. “Is that difficult through the ups and downs of a season, from a personnel, confidence, excitement (standpoint)? Sure. It’s a lot easier when things are going well. But in general, I think it’s important to be connected with the player. I do believe that. I think it’s important for them to see who you are and to try to show them the belief in them and the belief in what we do.”

The Athletic’s Daniel Popper contributed to this story

(Illustration: Eamonn Dalton / The Athletic; photos: Nick Cammett, Scott Taetsch / Getty Images)


“The Football 100,” the definitive ranking of the NFL’s best 100 players of all time, is on sale now. Order it here.

How to Watch Movies on Your PS5 With Sony Pictures Core

Key Takeaways

  • Sony Pictures Core, formerly known as Bravia Core, offers a movie streaming service with a library of up to 2,000 movies from Sony Pictures.
  • Subscribers to the Premium or Deluxe tiers of PS Plus can watch up to 100 movies for free on the service.
  • To use Sony Pictures Core, simply download the app on your PS4 or PS5 console, enable HDCP settings, create an account, and explore the movie catalog.


If gaming on your PlayStation 5 isn’t quite enough, you can also rent, buy, or stream up to 2,000 movies on your console using Sony Pictures Core.

If you want to know more about Sony Pictures Core and what you need to do to unlock up to 100 free movies on the platform, here is everything you need to get started.


What Is Sony Pictures Core?

Sony Pictures Core (previously known as Bravia Core) is a movie streaming service you can get on PS4 or PS5 consoles. Sony Pictures Core contains a massive library of up to 2,000 movies from Sony Pictures, providing early access to some titles, behind-the-scenes content, director’s commentaries, and other exclusive offers.

Sony Pictures Core also offers extra deals, such as discounts on seven movies for seven days or access to additional content from Crunchyroll. These deals are available for a limited time only and they can change. Head to the PlayStation website or the Sony Pictures Core homepage to see any deals currently on offer.

You don’t need a PS Plus membership to rent or buy movies on Sony Pictures Core, but there are exclusive benefits if you are subscribed to the Premium or Deluxe tiers.

What Do I Need to Watch Movies for Free on Sony Pictures Core?

You can watch a rotating catalog of up to 100 movies for free on Sony Pictures Core if you have a PS Plus Premium or Deluxe membership.

Image Credit: PlayStation Blog

These are the highest tiers available for PS Plus. But to rent or buy the average movie on Sony Pictures Core, you’re looking at paying around $3.99 to $15.99.

If you’re a movie buff, those 100 free movies could make deciding between the PS Plus Extra, Essential, and Premium/Deluxe tiers a little easier, and that’s not considering the other exclusive benefits.

How to Download and Use Sony Pictures Core on Your PS5

Sony Pictures Core is a free app available to download on PS4 and PS5 consoles. To access it, scroll to the Media tab on your PS5 by pressing R on your controller while on the home screen and select the magnifying glass icon in the top right corner to begin searching for Sony Pictures Core. Once it shows up, select the app and press Download.

the Media Tab on a PS5

Using Sony Pictures Core requires you to enable the HDCP settings on your PlayStation. HDCP is different to HDMI. It stands for High-Bandwidth Digital Copyright/Content Protection, and it prevents you from being able to stream or record content while you’re watching it on the app.

Go to HDMI option on Sony Pictures Core PS5

If your HDCP settings are enabled already, you will be able to launch and use Sony Pictures Core as normal. If not, an error screen will appear, prompting you to enable the settings before you can use the app. To enable HDCP, select Go to HDMI. Your PlayStation will direct you to the exact setting you need to change.

Once you launch Sony Pictures Core, you will be required to make an account to gain access to the massive catalog of epic Sony Pictures movies. Creating an account is also free. Press Get Started to set it up.

Start the Set Up for Sony Pictures Core

The app will ask you if you want to sign in with the PS Plus account of the profile you’re using. If the account linked isn’t yours, select the email address and change it to the correct one.

Link PS Plus Account on Sony Pictures Core

You will then be directed to the terms and conditions. Check all the boxes and press Next.

Terms and Conditions in Sony Pictures Core

Lastly, you will be asked once again if you would like to link your PS Plus account with Sony Pictures Core. This is essential if you want to access the 100 free movies that come with a PS Plus Premium or Deluxe subscription. Press Agree and Continue to confirm.

Account Linking in Sony Pictures Core

Once you have created your Sony Pictures Core account, you are free to roam the app. Scroll through the different categories by pressing down on your controller and left and right to scroll through the movies.

To find the free movies you get with a PS Plus Premium or Deluxe membership, scroll down until you find the Included with PlayStation Plus section.

Included with PlayStation Plus Section of Sony Pictures Core

Press the left arrow button to find the menu, where you can find things like the search bar, your Library, and Studio Access, which is where you can find bonus material, such as deleted scenes and director’s commentaries.

Once you find a movie you’re interested in, select it and press Rent or Buy depending on your preference. You can find any movies you purchase or rent in your Library.

And that’s all you need to do to be able to watch Sony movies on your PlayStation 5. Turning your console into a movie streaming device in addition to a gaming one.

Rime-covered trees, nature’s work of art in Shenyang

Trees lining the banks of the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province, are seen enveloped by rime on December 25, 2023./IC

Trees lining the banks of the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province, are seen enveloped by rime on December 25, 2023./IC

Trees enveloped by rime along the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China's Liaoning Province, are seen stretching skywards on December 25, 2023./IC

Trees enveloped by rime along the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province, are seen stretching skywards on December 25, 2023./IC

Trees enveloped by rime along the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province, are seen stretching skywards on December 25, 2023./IC

The trees lining a road beside the Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China's Liaoning Province, are seen enveloped by rime on December 25, 2023./IC

The trees lining a road beside the Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province, are seen enveloped by rime on December 25, 2023./IC

The trees lining a road beside the Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province, are seen enveloped by rime on December 25, 2023./IC

Trees lining the banks of the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China's Liaoning Province, are seen enveloped by rime on December 25, 2023./IC

Trees lining the banks of the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province, are seen enveloped by rime on December 25, 2023./IC

Trees lining the banks of the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province, are seen enveloped by rime on December 25, 2023./IC

The freezing cold temperatures seem to have worked their magic on the trees lining the banks of the frozen Hunhe River in Shenyang, northeast China’s Liaoning Province. The stunning rime on the trees offers living proof of winter’s grip. With the blue sky contrasting beautifully with the white rime, even a virtual tour of the riverbank is an enchanting way to clear the mind and soothe the senses in winter.

‘The Teachers’ Lounge’ review: Nail-biter about accusation

Suspicion has poisoned the middle school where Ms. Nowak (Leonie Benesch) has been teaching for a few months. Her admirable dedication to engaging with students and striving for fairness prove insufficient when a seemingly minor scandal upends her class.

Bristling with tension, “The Teachers’ Lounge,” Germany’s current Oscar contender for international feature, places the educator at the center of a barrage of accusations and demands from colleagues, administrators, parents and even the school’s student-run newspaper. Ilker Çatak, a German writer-director of Turkish descent, has shrewdly crafted a taut and tight examination of the concept of justice folded into an absorbing character study.

“The rules apply to everyone,” Ms. Nowak, who always prioritizes her pupils’ well-being, states right before a discovery forces her to interrogate the rigidness of her moral compass. Money has been stolen from her wallet, left in the presumed safety of the teachers’ lounge. The petty crime is only one in a string of reported thefts that has tarnished the reputation of an innocent student, Ali (Can Rodenbostel), the son of Turkish immigrants.

There’s a propulsive energy to how cinematographer Judith Kaufmann shoots Benesch walking with purpose through the school’s ample halls. That pep in her step, however, is always paired with Marvin Miller’s barbed score, alerting us to trouble brewing. Video evidence of the real culprit’s identity indirectly affects Oskar (Leonard Stettnisch), a quiet, math-inclined boy in Ms. Nowak’s class and a staff member’s son.

Leonie Benesch, left, and Leonard Stettnisch in the movie “The Teachers’ Lounge.”

(Judith Kaufmann / Sony Pictures Classics)

Known for her role in Michel Haneke’s “The White Ribbon,” Benesch’s carefully calibrated performance traverses a wide range of emotions: We see her genuine satisfaction in teaching, as well as the wounding shock when her intentions are misconstrued. Çatak expertly deploys a single instance of magical realism that materializes the guilt-driven turmoil within her. Equally as impressive is how young Stettnisch can command our attention playing Oskar with little dialogue, mostly armed with a piercing, inculpatory stare.

His increasingly volatile behavior (including inciting classmates to disrespect Ms. Nowak) is a response to what he believes to be a cruel mischaracterization of a person close to him. Çatak’s not-so-clear-cut affair hinges on the fact that Ms. Nowak, acting almost with saintly resolve, won’t give up on him.

Given her tireless conviction to always follow protocol and do what’s “right,” she becomes visibly frustrated when her colleagues make flagrant assumptions and dismissive remarks about the students. But can one totally blame the other teachers for their lack of patience? So much is expected of them, as the group responsible for turning kids into functional individuals. The fact that everything we see transpires within the walls of this ordinary institution — we don’t get a window into Oskar’s home life — points to the limitations of what those in the education system, even the truly dedicated ones like Ms. Nowak, can do for young people in distress.

If “The Teachers’ Lounge,” as riveting as it is enraging, aims to teach any lesson, it may be one aimed at parents who entirely outsource their children’s development to understaffed and overburdened educators. Çatak is less concerned with the factual truth of who did what and why, and more interested in the extent to which Ms. Nowak can actually support Oskar, even if her suspicions of what happened could actually be correct.

Sometimes, though, the conventional pursuit of justice often leaves behind collateral damage — a sad truth that everyone, including well-meaning teachers, could use a refresher course on.

‘The Teachers’ Lounge’

In German and Turkish, with English subtitles

Rating: PG-13, for some strong language

Running time: 1 hour, 38 minutes

Playing: In limited release Dec. 25; Laemmle Royal, West Los Angeles

‘Xiaomi EV Technology Launch’ Event Scheduled on December 28, Company To Hint at Its New EV Technology

Xiaomi has announced the official date of its upcoming event, “Stride – Xiaomi EV Technology Launch, ” on December 28, 2023. In its post on X, Xiaomi announced that the event will allow all to witness a “fusion of technology and aesthetics.” The company also wrote that it will unveil a “whole new way to travel”. Xiaomi unveiled its SU7 in China on November 15, 2023, and announced it would manufacture it by partnering with Chinese automobile companies. The event may introduce new Xiaomi EV technology related to the the newly introduced SU7 model. Tesla and Chinese E-Commerce Giant JD.com Announce To Unveil Their Strategic Partnership on December 31: Report.

Xiaomi Announces Its ‘Xiaomi EV Technology Launch’ on December 28

(SocialLY brings you all the latest breaking news, viral trends and information from social media world, including Twitter, Instagram and Youtube. The above post is embeded directly from the user’s social media account and LatestLY Staff may not have modified or edited the content body. The views and facts appearing in the social media post do not reflect the opinions of LatestLY, also LatestLY does not assume any responsibility or liability for the same.)

New York’s Airbnb Ban Is Causing a Christmas Crunch

Christmas is in full swing in New York City; lines snake through Midtown as tourists oggle department store windows and the Rockefeller Center tree, and the Union Square Holiday Market is bustling with vendors and shoppers. All the while, hotel prices are up and vacancies down compared to the 2022 holiday season—and there are almost no short-term rentals, like Airbnbs, for people to book.

It’s too soon to say there’s no room at the inn this holiday season—searches on Airbnb for places to stay during Christmas and New Year’s Eve in New York City bring up hundreds of hotel rooms, rooms in apartments, and rentals claiming to be exempt from new rules in the city. But many of the short-term whole apartment rentals that Airbnb was known for are gone.

With short-term rentals all but banned, early data shows hotel rooms are getting pricier and harder to come by. New York City’s new short-term rental regulations, which took effect in September, are among the most restrictive of any large city in the world. Such restrictions haven’t stopped people from visiting the Big Apple—and this holiday season is a major test of the city’s new rules.

The city’s clampdown on Airbnbs and other short-term rentals seems to be part of what’s sending interest in hotels soaring. Searches for hotels in New York City during the last two weeks of December are up 25 percent year over year, according to data from Expedia Group, which is also the parent company of Vrbo, another short-term rental booking platform. Times Square hotels in particular are up 55 percent in searches, and neighborhoods like Chelsea, Central Park South, Union Square, and Herald Square are all also seeing spikes.

Hotel bookings and prices are inching upward, too. In November 2022, 79 percent of hotel rooms were occupied, with an average cost of $307 a night according to CoStar, which tracks commercial real estate intel. But in November 2023, occupancy climbed to 84 percent, and the average nightly cost hit $333. By the first week of December, occupancy jumped to 90.3 percent, up from 89.6 percent in early December 2022. The average nightly cost swelled from $416 to $477 from December 2022 to December 2023.

It’ll only get busier. Some 64.5 million people are predicted to visit in 2024, according to New York City Tourism + Conventions, the city’s official tourism marketing organization. That’s up from a forecasted 61.8 million this year. This year’s tourism numbers didn’t top records set in 2019, but they got closer, showing that people are returning to travel at near pre-pandemic levels.

REPLACE COPY

Coinbase is now a registered entity with AMF, the French financial markets authority. The exchange exchange has successfully acquired the licence to operate as a Virtual Asset Service Provider in France.

Google confirms it is testing ad copy variation in live ads

Google has quietly started testing placing headlines within the ad copy description text in live ads.

Advertisers were not given prior notice about the ad copy variation experiment, and the uncertainty about the potential expansion of this test to more accounts has led to frustration within the community.

Why we care. Changing the rules without informing advertisers can make it harder for them to do their jobs and know what needs to be prioritized. The impact is even more significant for advertisers with smaller budgets, as assessing the changes, especially with responsive search ads, becomes challenging, adding to their workload.

What Google is saying. Google Ads liaison officer Ginny Marvin addressed concerns about ad variations following multiple reports on the topic during a PPC Chat Q&A. She said:

  • “This is a small test and I don’t have anything further to share on this at this time.”

Just a small test? Despite Google’s comments, not everyone is convinced that the ad variation experiment is a “small test”. Google Ads expert Anthony Higman told Search Engine Land:

  • “While I understand that Google rolls out tests to the SERPs and paid ads, this test seemed to be more far reaching in that everyone on my team and other people in the PPC community were seeing this in live ads. So this seems like it is one of the larger tests taking place. “
  • “While I understand testing of paid ads, I think we are all just a little over the massive amount of tests and changes that have taken place this year and last.”
  • “This test also seems different to me in that they are altering known elements of a search ad by making ad headlines show as descriptions or almost like “call out” assets in front of ad copy descriptions. This is troublesome because these changes alter the dynamics of ad copy that are well known by all Google advertisers.”

Calls for more transparency. Higman, who first flagged the ad variation test on X, went on to explain how a lack of transparency from Google can impact advertisers:

  • “I think that since this test and other recent tests are changing ad copy dynamics that they need to be mentioned since it can alter planned out and tested ad copy in accounts.”
  • “As others have mentioned, this also can change rules for certain more restrictive ad verticals like legal and medical where ad copy variations need to be approved before rolling out live.”

A move towards full automation? Commenting on the ad variation “small test”, as well as other experiments he’s witnessed within Google Ads recently, Higman claimed that Google appears to be heading towards full automation which could be problematic:

  • “My point with all of these tests and also with the advancement of auto applied assets, recommendations, GBP connected ads, photos and also new asset format variations is that it seems as if everything is a new A/B test with every advertiser using Google ads.”
  • “While this may be beneficial for advertisers with larger budgets, there is no statistical significance that can be gleaned on smaller spend accounts. Also we can no longer see what these changes are doing to our ad data because we don’t know what asset variations are doing to our CTR’s.”
  • “So all of these new tests plus the dwindling ad data and lowered visibility of search query data is just further forcing us towards full automation which will not be a good fit for all advertisers using Google ads.”

Deep dive. Read our guide on How to write compelling ad copy in a Smart Bidding landscape for more information.

Good Governance Day 2023: Date, History and Significance

December 25, 2023, is celebrated as Good Governance Day 2023 in honor of the birth anniversary of former Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee. This day pays tribute to Vajpayee’s leadership and contributions to society, marked by his three terms as the Prime Minister of India.

Good Governance Day 2023 – History

The genesis of Good Governance Day can be traced back to December 23, 2014, when Atal Bihari Vajpayee was awarded the Bharat Ratna, along with Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya (posthumously). In recognition of this prestigious honor, the Narendra Modi-led government declared December 25 as Good Governance Day, aiming to celebrate Vajpayee’s enduring legacy.

Atal Bihari Vajpayee

Born on December 25, 1924, in Gwalior, Atal Bihari Vajpayee’s political journey was marked by distinction. Serving as the Prime Minister of India thrice, he held office during critical junctures in the country’s history. Beyond politics, Vajpayee was a prolific poet and writer, leaving an indelible mark on Indian literature. His leadership, marked by statesmanship and vision, paved the way for several transformative initiatives.

Objectives of Good Governance Day

The core objectives of Good Governance Day extend beyond mere celebration. It serves as a platform to educate citizens about their roles and responsibilities in a democratic setup. By fostering awareness about government accountability and administration, the day aims to create an informed citizenry capable of holding the government responsible for its actions. In the spirit of good governance, December 25 is not just a day off but a day of active participation in nation-building.

Significance of Good Governance Day 2023

The day serves as a platform to educate citizens about the responsibilities and duties of the government. Its primary objective is to bridge the gap between citizens and the government, fostering active participation from both parties and promoting good governance principles.

Check This: Important Days in December 2023

Good Governance Day 2023 – Celebrations

The Good Governance Week (Sushasan Saptah) celebrations commenced on December 19, extending until December 25. The Department of Administrative Reforms & Public Grievances (DARPG) orchestrated various events and seminars throughout the week.

Inaugural Ceremony Highlights

The inaugural ceremony, held at the Dr. Ambedkar International Centre, New Delhi, saw Union Minister Dr. Jitendra Singh releasing a special booklet on the Journey of 25 Regional Conferences from 2014-2023 and the Annual Report 2023 of CPGRAMS.

E-Office Advanced Analytics Dashboard

On the first day of the Good Governance Week, the e-Office Advanced Analytics dashboard was launched. This innovative dashboard aims to facilitate in-depth data analysis and strengthen decision-making processes in the Central secretariat.

CPGRAMS Mobile App

A new mobile app, CPGRAMS Mobile App, is set to be launched, empowering citizens to conveniently file grievances, including through voice-based filing.

Coffee Table Book Release

According to the official statement from PIB, a coffee table book capturing the outcomes of the campaign will be launched during the week-long celebration.

Quotes by Atal Bihari Vajpayee

  • To encapsulate Atal Bihari Vajpayee’s philosophy, some of his notable quotes are worth reflecting upon:
  • “We are unnecessarily wasting our precious resources in wars… we have to do it on unemployment, disease, poverty, and backwardness.”
  • “You can change our friends but not neighbors.”
  • “You can’t separate peace from freedom because no one can be at peace unless he has his freedom.”
  • “It is easy to win elections by raising the slogan of ‘garibi hatao,’ but slogans do not remove poverty.”
  • “Our nuclear weapons are meant purely as a deterrent against nuclear adventure by an adversary.”

Important Questions Related to Exams

Q1. When was Good Governance Day first observed, and what event led to its establishment?

Sol. Good Governance Day was first observed on December 25. It was established in 2014 after Atal Bihari Vajpayee was awarded the Bharat Ratna on December 23.

Q2. Why did the Narendra Modi-led government choose December 25 as Good Governance Day?

Sol. December 25 was chosen to honor the birth anniversary of former Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee and celebrate his contributions to society.

Q3. When did the Good Governance Week celebrations commence, and when do they conclude?

Sol. The celebrations commenced on December 19 and extend until December 25.

Q4. What were the highlights of the inaugural ceremony held at the Dr Ambedkar International Centre?

Sol. The inaugural ceremony featured Union Minister Dr Jitendra Singh releasing a booklet on regional conferences and the Annual Report 2023 of CPGRAMS.

 

 

Best Of 2023: These Three Games Used Their Platform To Educate And Entertain

At first glance, the trio of MLB The Show 23, Marvel’s Spider-Man 2, and Assassin’s Creed Mirage share very little in common. Sure, all three games launched in 2023, and both Spider-Man 2 and Assassin’s Creed Mirage feature dense open worlds, but other than what you might call broad similarities, they’re almost entirely disparate from one another. That is, except for one surprising commonality: They all taught me something new about the past.

From a packed ballpark in 1920s Kansas to the comic-book streets of New York City and a bustling ninth-century Baghdad, each game adopts a different approach toward educating its players on specific people, moments, and places from human history. When I look back on 2023–a year stacked with exceptional video games–this unlikely trio of AAA games stands out because of the various ways in which they use the art form to shine a light on underrepresented cultures and the pivotal impact they had on our history–doing so in a way only an interactive medium like video games can.

In MLB The Show 23, this takes the shape of a new mode called Storylines. Many sports games have ventured into the past before, but none have done so in such a lovingly crafted way as San Diego Studio’s ode to the Negro Leagues. Storylines is essentially a series of playable documentaries, with each one combining archival footage, eye-catching hand-drawn art, and the spellbinding narration of Bob Kendrick–president of the Negro League Baseball Museum–to explore the lives and careers of eight legendary baseball players from an era before Jackie Robinson broke the color barrier. It’s impossible to be a fan of baseball without knowing the story of Robinson and his iconic 42, but MLB The Show 23 taught me about other incredible players I knew next to nothing about, including Satchel Page, Hilton Smith, and Hank Thompson.

Negro Leagues Baseball Museum president Bob Kendrick is our guide to the past.

Each of the eight players is given a one- to two-hour documentary filled with reverence, striking attention to detail, and the gravitas needed to tell the enthralling story of people triumphing in the face of prejudice and hate. These documentaries are as much about sports history as they are about American history and the civil rights movement, giving these players the long-overdue recognition they deserve after being overlooked or completely forgotten due to segregation. Storylines doesn’t just give you a better understanding of who these people were either; it lets you experience why someone like Satchel Page was so transcendent.

Throughout each storyline, you’re given the chance to step onto the diamond and recreate notable moments from throughout each player’s career. The standout moment occurs during one of Satchel Page’s episodes, as Bob Kendrick weaves a tale about an instance where Satchel’s Kansas City Monarchs were playing against a semi-pro all-white team. After recording a hit off the flamethrowing righty in their first at-bat, the all-white team started directing racial epithets at Satchel amidst claims that he also wasn’t very good. In response, Satchel called his entire team in and made them sit around the mound to watch him pitch instead of fielding their positions. Such was his confidence that he dared the other team to get another hit, and they simply couldn’t–in fact, he struck out the side. Getting to recreate this moment is unlike anything else in the game, and its uniqueness speaks to Satchel Page’s enormous personality.

Spider-Man 2, on the other hand, takes a different approach to its historical veneration. Partway through the blockbuster sequel, protagonist Miles Morales is given a task by his mom, Rio, to help the curator of the Harlem Cultural Museum. She’s been locked out of the building when a donor arrives to pledge essential funds to keep it open. What initially seems like a reasonably low-stakes task–doing nothing more than lending the game a taste of that friendly neighborhood Spider-Man–quickly transforms into a questline that carries much more weight. As it turns out, the reason the curator was locked out of the museum is because it was being raided by a gang of thugs who made off with an impressive collection of jazz memorabilia. A series of missions follow as Miles attempts to recover the stolen instruments. The stakes never increase beyond this; it’s a questline that grounds the rest of the game and underlines how much Spider-Man means to the city of New York. Miles is also invested because he cares about his community, even when supervillains and world-ending events aren’t threatening it.

Spider-Man 2
Spider-Man 2

After recovering all of the instruments, the culmination of this questline sees the Harlem Cultural Museum and its jazz exhibit fully restored. You’re then free to explore the space and interact with each display to learn about the instruments and the people who played them. I discovered saxophonist Charlie Parker, who helped develop the Bebop style of jazz, and pianist Hazel Scott, a virtuoso who received a scholarship to study at Julliard when she was only eight years old and who eventually went on to become the first Black woman in America to have her own TV show.

I also learned about drummer Clyde Stubblefield, whose inspired drum patterns laid the foundation for both funk and much of hip-hop, and the incredible story of Josephine Baker, an undercover agent for the French Resistance in World War II and the first Black woman to star in a major motion picture. You can even read The Weary Blues, a poem by writer Langston Hughes, who was hugely influential during the Harlem Renaissance. Exploring this museum may only be a minuscule part of a much larger game, but it resonates. I felt a greater connection to Miles, where he’s come from, and what he’s fighting for, but not only that. Insomniac Games has created an endearing tribute to Black art of the early 20th century, emphasizing how important it is to preserve that history for future generations.

The same can be said of Assassin’s Creed Mirage and its focus on Middle Eastern history. The latest game in Ubisoft’s long-running series is set during the Islamic Golden Age of Baghdad when the Abbasid Caliphate ruled the city. This part of the world, especially in historical terms, is rarely represented in popular culture unless it’s a backdrop for modern warfare, regularly dehumanizing Muslim and Arab people in the process. For most Westerners, the capital of Iraq is associated with the War on Terror, but with Mirage, Ubisoft is taking a small step to rectify this by delving into the medieval city’s complex past. As protagonist Basim, you’re able to uncover 66 historical sites by exploring Baghdad, with each one unlocking an article pertaining to various aspects of the city, from the daily life of its citizens to the role of the government and its burgeoning art scene. It’s an eye-opening look back at a city that influenced the world, yet one that so many know so little about.

9th-century Baghdad
9th-century Baghdad

By discovering various historical sites, I quickly learned about how Baghdad was once at the very heart of the Silk Road. It was a thriving city where people from China to Spain would gather on its streets, making it one of the most famous cities in the world at the time. Baghdad was the center of everything, home to one million people and bursting with life, creativity, scientific discoveries, and multicultural diversity. Of course, reading about the city isn’t exclusive to Assassin’s Creed Mirage, but being able to explore the busy market or grandiose palace you just learned about is. By Ubisoft’s own admission, its recreation of the City of Peace isn’t 100% accurate, but there’s no way it could be. Ninth-century Baghdad was almost completely destroyed by the Mongols in the 13th century, so Ubisoft used references from archeology and descriptions of the city from people who visited it to rebuild Baghdad’s winding side streets, mosques, and opulent gardens as accurately as possible. This is part of what makes exploring Iraq’s capital and learning about its history so enjoyable; none of its landmarks, homes, or people exist anymore, yet Assassin’s Creed Mirage has opened a fascinating window into the past.

It’s a similar story for both MLB The Show 23 and Spider-Man 2. All three games offer a captivating glimpse back through history, focusing on underrepresented groups by using the medium to not only entertain, but educate as well. Whatever their other merits as video games are, it’s this aspect that will stick with me when I think back on 2023.

A trillion scents, one nose

The mammalian nose is a work of evolutionary art. Its millions of nerve cells, each tailored with just one of thousands of specific odor-chemical receptors encoded in the genome, can collectively distinguish a trillion distinct scents. Those sensations, in turn, inform many behaviors, from assessing food options to discerning friends from foes to sparking memories.

Today, in the journal Nature, a research team led by scientists at Columbia’s Zuckerman Institute describes a previously undetected mechanism in mice — starring the genetic molecule RNA — that could explain how each sensory cell, or neuron, in mammalian noses becomes tailored to detect a specific odor chemical.

For example, there are sensory neurons in our noses that bear receptors uniquely tuned to detect ethyl vanillin, the main odorant in vanilla, and other cells with receptors for limonene, lemon’s signature odorant.

“How sensory cells in the nose make their receptor choices has been one of the most vexing mysteries about olfaction,” said Stavros Lomvardas, PhD, a Roy and Diana Vagelos Professor and Chair of Biochemistry and Molecular Biophysics and Herbert and Florence Irving Professor of Neuroscience at Columbia’s Zuckerman Institute and the Vagelos College of Physicians and Surgeons, and corresponding author on the paper. “Now, the story behind our sense of smell, or olfaction, is becoming clearer, and also more dramatic.”

The sense-refining drama he is referring to unfolds entirely within the minuscule confines of each olfactory neuron’s nucleus, where the cell’s chromosomes and genes reside. There, in a Squid Games-style, winner-takes-all competition, a developing cell’s myriad olfactory receptor genes vie with each other in a process that winnow them down, in stages, first to handful of finalists and then to a single winner. The prevailing gene is the one that determines the cell’s odorant sensitivity. In their study, Dr. Lomvardas and his team uncover details of the final stage of this process when the winner emerges from the finalist genes.

“It’s basically a battle between a 1000 contenders,” said Ariel Pourmorady, the paper’s first author and an M.D.-Ph.D. candidate at the Zuckerman Institute in the Lomvardas lab.

The action is exceedingly complex and involves a dizzying cast of molecular characters. Playing roles that either dial up or down each gene’s ability to produce olfactory receptors are a variety of gene-regulating molecules. By gathering into various alliances within the genome, these molecular players help turn specific genes on or off.

Also in the fray is another set of molecular hubs that reshape portions of the genome in ways that favor specific receptor genes. When his team first observed these in the genome in 2014, Dr. Lomvardas dubbed them “Greek Islands” because they reminded him of islands in the Aegean Sea.

“It turns out that the genome has a certain spatial organization in the nucleus and changes in this structure are pivotal when it comes to which genes are expressed into proteins, like olfactory receptors,” said Pourmorady. “We are learning just how important this process is within maturing olfactory cells.”

In their new Nature paper, the researchers summon a trove of data from mouse studies pointing toward RNA as the linchpin molecule in the olfactory system’s gene-choosing mechanism. RNA is most known as the go-between molecule that translates the genetic code embodied in DNA into protein molecules with specific cellular jobs, like detecting odorants. Using sophisticated techniques for analyzing changes in genome structure as cells mature, however, the researchers say their evidence points to a pivotal second role for the RNA.

“It looks like the RNA the cell makes during gene expression also is altering the genome’s architecture in ways that bolster the expression of one olfactory receptor gene while also shutting down all the others,” Pourmorady said.

Big gaps in this genome-controlling story remain, but the researchers say the outline

is becoming more defined. It starts with maturing olfactory cells, which initially express many receptor genes at those genomic hubs where gene-regulating molecules and complexes, including Greek Islands, converge.

Then the RNA winnows the contending olfactory-receptor genes down to one. The particular hub in each cell where the molecular stars align to produce the highest amount of RNA wins the competition. At this hub, receptor-gene expression soars. But, like a slinky saboteur, RNA from that same hub may wind its way to all the other hubs. In those locations, the RNA causes shape changes in the genome that shut down gene expression. The result is a nose’s worth of mature olfactory neurons, each of which bears on its surface only one odorant receptor.

“We are reaching the edge of science fiction when it comes to the molecular and genomic details we now can observe inside a single cell’s nucleus,” said Dr. Lomvardas. “We need to keep going back in to figure out the rest of this olfaction puzzle.”

Kahwa and Quinces in Kashmir- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

The samovar bubbles in a corner, spreading the sweet fragrance of saffron and cardamom in the air. It is autumn in Kashmir and the sun plays hide and seek from in between the walnut trees—the perfect time to sit out and savour the traditional kahwa. Cookie-shaped kandi kulchas made of flour, butter, sugar and sprinkled with poppy seeds are passed around to be dipped into the tea and relished.

At Afshan Rashid’s farm, Baag Manzuk in Pulwama near Srinagar, plans are afoot to forage for dandelion leaves, also known as hand in Kashmir. The antioxidant and mineral-rich greens are a healthy side dish or one of the main dishes served at a meal. “One of the primary reasons for starting this farm is for our daughter to see where our food comes from,” says Rashid, pointing out that while the apples are for retail purpose, the rest of the vegetables and fruits grown here are to appreciate the delicate connection between nature and food.

Vanshika Bhatia, chef-partner at Gurugram’s ingredient-first vegetarian café OMO, loves exploring new places, ingredients and techniques. 

Bread, vegetables and fruits in the market and orchards

A few months ago, she and her team were in Nagaland and this time, they chose Kashmir for the valley’s rich and diverse culinary heritage. Once back home, she would prepare a menu showcasing the ingredients and cooking techniques they learnt in Kashmir. At Rashid’s farm, Bhatia has extracted natural food colour from cockscomb flower known as mawal, and fried quince, known as bam tchoonth, for a dish with meat. The weather is perfect for an evening stroll near the Lal Chowk market, not far from the Dal Lake.

The autumn season, which extends till November, also known as harud in Kashmir, is when chinar leaves start turning golden-brown. The streets are lined with vegetables of all sorts and colours. There are stalls selling monji gaade (fried fish served with radish chutney), nadir monji (fried lotus stems) and local breads, including the donut-shaped czochworu sprinkled with either sesame or poppy seeds.

Vanshika Bhatia

Lotus stem also known as nadru, is another popular vegetable. Bulbous garlic and red potatoes jostle for space with vendors selling roasted chestnuts, which make for a delicious snack on nippy October evenings. At another farm near Srinagar with a beautiful view of the Manasbal Lake, Anjum Yousuf welcomes visitors to look around the abundant apple trees.

For people who have only ever bought fruits in supermarkets, there is no bigger delight than plucking a ripe fruit straight from the tree and take a big bite. Yousuf retails organic and preservative-free products such as desi cow ghee, different types of cheese, including the stretchy and dense kalari cheese known locally as maish krej, jams, semolina phirni, quince murabba and traditional Kashmiri waer masala.

With roads being closed during winters and the supply of fresh vegetables cut off, it becomes imperative for residents of the state to sun-dry vegetables and store them for use during the cold months. On window sills and terraces, one can spot small piles of brinjals, cherry tomatoes, gourds and turnips being sun-dried. Once soaked in hot water, these veggies are ready to be used. For Bhatia’s team, this deep dive into the culinary world of Kashmir has only enriched their knowledge. “The vibrant tapestry of Kashmiri cuisine beckons me to explore different techniques and ingredients, each telling a tale of tradition and artistry,” she says, as she breathes in the crackling fresh air.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

1st Intercollegiate Literature Festival by Adv. Balasaheb Apte College of Law

The Literature Committee of Adv. Balasaheb Apte College of Law, Mumbai is organizing its first intercollegiate LITFEST, a one-day Literature Festival on February 10, 2024, in offline mode.

About the Organiser

People’s Education Society was established in 1933 by the founding trustees of the Society, Late Shri. S.K Patil (Eminent Social Leader), Late Charandas Meghji (Industrialist) & Late Dr. D.N. Kale. The society established the PES Law College renamed as Adv. Balasaheb Apte College of Law which offers a Five Years & Three Years Course in Law.

About the Competition

LITFEST 2024 comprises eight different competitions that give students a platform to develop their listening, speaking, reading & writing skills along with fun & enjoyment. LITFEST will be a day full of learning, development, appreciation & uncountable memories.

List of Competitions

  • Talk like Ted
  • Weave the Plot
  • Spell Bee
  • If Pages Could Talk
  • To Rhyme or Not to Rhyme
  • Reimagined
  • Crossword
  • Shout in Silence

Eligibility

All bona fide students of any institute can participate in LITFEST.

Registration Procedure

Registration for participating colleges will be on a first-come, first-served basis. There are limited seats. Participating colleges should fill out the Google form at the end of this post to register themselves for the fest and upload the duly filled and scanned copy of the bona fide certificate. After that, participating colleges will receive a confirmation email from the organizing college.

Fee Details

The Registration Fee is Rupees One Thousand Only/- (Rs. 1,000/-) per college. The participating colleges shall upload the proof of payment in the Google form. There shall be no refund of any payment upon cancellation.

The Bank Account details for payment of the registration fee are given below:

  • Name of the Bank: Janata Sahakari Bank Ltd.
  • Branch: Dadar (W), Mumbai.
  • Name of the Account: Adv. Balasaheb Apte College of Law.
  • Savings Account Number: 017220100041377
  • IFSC Code: JSBP0000017

Note: The registration fee can also be paid by UPI with the UPI ID being ‘abacl@jsb

Prizes

  • There shall be prizes worth Rs. 15,000.

Important Dates

  • The last date of registration is Saturday, January 20, 2024.
  • The date of the fest is Saturday, February 10, 2024.

Location

This is an offline event that will be held on the campus at People’s Education Society’s Adv. Balasaheb Apte College of Law, Principal N.M. Kale Marg, Gokhale Road (South), Dadar (West), Mumbai – 400 028.

Contact Information

Student Coordinator

  • Vaishnavi Prabhudesai: +91 9969336719
  • Srushti Kulkarni: +91 9819379517
  • Mihika Dalvi: +91 9545085599

Faculty Coordinator

The Participating Colleges may email their queries to [email protected]

Click here to register.

Reasons why Christmas can feel lonely: Therapist explains

Published on Dec 25, 2023 08:00 PM IST

  • From being distant from loved ones to financial strain, here are a few reasons why Christmas can feel lonely.

/

expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 25, 2023 08:00 PM IST

Christmas is one of the largest festivals celebrated all over the world. It brings with it joy, happiness, hope and holiday cheer. However, sometimes Christmas can feel lonely for some people. “It’s not always the merry, jolly season for everyone. From the pressure of picture-perfect festivities to the stress and burnout before the holidays, there are many reasons some of us might feel a bit isolated. Social anxiety, loss of loved ones, family conflicts, and big life changes can weigh heavily during this time. Other things like mental health challenges or simply feeling overwhelmed with the hustle and bustle of the season can also add to that sense of being alone in a crowded room,” wrote Therapist Lalitaa Suglani.(Unsplash)

/

The high expectations of celebrating a festival can be marred with the reality of the celebrations. Hence, it can feel dull and lonely for some people.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 25, 2023 08:00 PM IST

The high expectations of celebrating a festival can be marred with the reality of the celebrations. Hence, it can feel dull and lonely for some people. (Unsplash)

/

When we are grieving the loss of someone or certain changes in life circumstances, we may feel lonely during festivals.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 25, 2023 08:00 PM IST

When we are grieving the loss of someone or certain changes in life circumstances, we may feel lonely during festivals. (Unsplash)

/

Christmas is also associated with giving gifts, hosting parties and visiting family. When we face financial strain, we may try to refrain from the celebrations.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 25, 2023 08:00 PM IST

Christmas is also associated with giving gifts, hosting parties and visiting family. When we face financial strain, we may try to refrain from the celebrations. (Unsplash)

/

When we are away from our loved ones during the holiday season, we end up missing them and feeling lonely.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 25, 2023 08:00 PM IST

When we are away from our loved ones during the holiday season, we end up missing them and feeling lonely. (Unsplash)

/

The lack of meaningful relationships in life and the sense of feeling unseen and unheard can lead to loneliness during the festive season.&nbsp;(Unsplash)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 25, 2023 08:00 PM IST

The lack of meaningful relationships in life and the sense of feeling unseen and unheard can lead to loneliness during the festive season. (Unsplash)

Sanofi scraps a top ADC prospect after study setback

Dive Brief:

  • Sanofi will stop developing one of its top cancer drug prospects after the experimental treatment fell short in a late-stage study in advanced lung cancer, the company said Thursday.
  • Trial monitors found the drug, dubbed tusamitamab ravtansine, missed both of its main study goals, failing to significantly delay tumor progression or extend patients’ lives compared to standard chemotherapy. Though a “trend” in survival was reported, Sanofi said it is ending development nonetheless.
  • Sanofi has been testing the drug, a type of targeted cancer medicine known as an antibody-drug conjugate, in multiple lung cancer settings and against other tumor types. Despite the setback, it will continue “exploring the potential” of ADCs that involve a component of tusamitamab ravtansine and its target, a tumor protein called CEACAM5, according to the statement.

Dive Insight:

After years of ups and downs, ADC drug development has become one of the most competitive areas in oncology, spurred on by key technical advances, acquisitions and an uptick in approvals.

Like many of its pharmaceutical peers, Sanofi has built a presence through deals. Its interest dates back 20 years, when Aventis Pharmaceuticals, prior to its merger with Sanofi, formed an alliance with early ADC innovator ImmunoGen. That deal yielded the blood cancer drug Sarclisa and, in 2017, was amended to include an experimental ADC now known as tusamitamab ravtansine.

Since then, the drug has become a top prospect for Sanofi, which in recent years has struck several deals for cancer and immune disease medicines. Among the experimental cancer medicines in its pipeline, tusamitamab ravtansine is the only one in late-stage testing. Its target, CEACAM5, is overexpressed in a variety of epithelial tumors, including gastric, lung and colorectal cancers.

Early data in solid tumors showed enough promise for Sanofi to bet on a broad development program. But Sanofi is changing up its strategy after seeing the results of its first definitive test, a Phase 3 trial that compared it to the chemotherapy docetaxel in second-line lung cancer. Its decision to end development affects multiple mid-stage studies in other tumor types.

The company isn’t giving up on the approach, though. In its statement, Sanofi said it still intends to go after CEACAM5 with different ADCs that involve tusamitamab, the targeting component of the drug. Last year, for instance, it struck a deal with Seagen — now owned by Pfizer — to develop another ADC aimed at CEACAM5. Preclinical results were disclosed at a scientific meeting in March.

“Although the results are not what we hoped for, our research and work to advance potentially transformative therapies in areas of high unmet need for people living with cancer will not stop,” said Dietmar Berger, Sanofi’s chief medical officer, in a statement. “We will continue to explore the potential of CEACAM5 as a biomarker in cancer types where it is highly expressed.”

How Do I Know If a Dog Wheelchair is Right for Me?

Maintaining your dog’s mobility and activity levels is crucial for their physical and mental well-being. Assistive devices, such as a dog wheelchair, were developed specifically for this purpose. Although the idea of a dog wheelchair may have seemed ludicrous a few years ago, it now plays a vital role in helping countless dogs that struggle with mobility issues. 

Unsure if a wheelchair is right for your dog? You’re not alone. With so many options available, it can be overwhelming. If you’re not sure what the right mobility solution is for your dog, we can help.  

What a dog wheelchair does 

When you think of a wheelchair, you’re likely to imagine someone who is immobile, sitting down, unable to stand or move their legs. A dog wheelchair is very different from this. Although there are paralyzed dogs that benefit from a wheelchair, the experience is much closer to a set of crutches or even a walker.  

Just like a walker, when a dog uses a cart, they stand upright and can move their back legs. The wheelchair’s frame offers support and stability enabling them to walk (and even run) with its assistance. The rear wheels of the wheelchair are in line with the dog’s hips and act as additional support for the dog’s legs. In short, a dog wheelchair is a mobility tool that helps a dog to walk and stay active.  

Assessing a dog’s need for a wheelchair 

  • Does your dog tire easily? 
  • Do their back legs shake or give out occasionally? 
  • Does your dog struggle to stand? 
  • Has your dog’s hind end atrophied?  
  • Is maintaining balance an issue for your dog? 
  • Has your dog’s mobility noticeably changed? 

If you answered yes to any of these questions, your dog could benefit from a cart. Dog wheelchairs aren’t just for fully paralyzed pups. There are a whole host of reasons why a dog might need a wheelchair for temporary use as they recover from a knee injury or for longer-term mobility support for older dogs dealing with joint pain or mobility loss. Talk to your veterinarian for support and guidance. Your vet understands your dog’s diagnosis, what level of support your dog needs, and can help guide you to the right mobility solution for your pet. 

Test your dog’s leg strength  

The towel test is a quick and simple way to test your dog’s leg strength. Grab a towel and place it under the abdomen and hips. Gently lift until your dog’s back legs are no longer touching the ground and walk forward. The towel supports your dog very similarly to how a cart would support them, if your dog can move forward easily, their front legs are strong, and this is a good indication that your dog would do very well with a rear wheel dog wheelchair.  

8 Reasons Why a Dog Might Need a Rear Wheelchair 

1. Arthritis  

As a degenerative condition, many pet parents don’t realize how significant an impact arthritis has on their dog’s mobility. Often attributed to old age, “slowing down” can be an indication that your dog’s joints ache and their becoming less active is due to it being too difficult for them to walk. A wheelchair can greatly reduce the weight your dog places on their arthritic joints and help them to move without straining themselves or causing unnecessary pain.  

2. Leg weakness 

The signs of leg weakness can start out very subtly. Physical signs can include struggling on the stairs, having a hard time standing up after a nap, or occasional loss of balance to name just a few. Physically, your dog’s hind end may appear thinner and bonier as they lose muscle mass in their back legs. A wheelchair can provide extra support and help your dog to rebuild some leg strength.  

3. Rehabilitation and recovery 

Exercise is vital for any dog, but one that’s recovering from an injury or after surgery needs to stay active in a safe way to prevent muscle atrophy. A wheelchair provides stability, giving your dog a safe way to stand and walk without injuring itself further. Many rehab specialists will incorporate using a wheelchair into their therapy sessions because it allows a dog to stand upright and be supported as they work to help the dog to regain strength, improve range of motion, and increase its stamina.  

4. Knee Injury 

Whether waiting for cruciate surgery, rehabbing an injury, or protecting your dog’s remaining healthy knee, a dog wheelchair is a great option for canine cruciate tears. The balance and support provided by a cart reduces the strain on your dog’s knee as it heals and helps them to stay active. 

5. Hip Dysplasia 

Although hip dysplasia’s impact on a dog’s mobility can vary greatly, in severe cases, joint pain can make it difficult for a dog to stand or walk without assistance. A cart can lessen the burden on a dog’s hips and reduce the pressure placed on the legs which can make it easier for a dog to walk.  

6. Degenerative Myelopathy  

Degenerative Myelopathy, or DM, is a mobility condition that progressively worsens over time. In its earliest stages, a dog with DM may have weak back legs or drag their paws when walking. An adjustable wheelchair is essential as the mobility loss will get worse, and exercise is vitally important to slow the disease’s progression.  

7. IVDD  

Also known as Intervertebral Disc Disease, IVDD is a spinal condition that can impact a dog’s hind leg function and even cause paralysis. Quite common in dachshunds, IVDD dogs often use a wheelchair for support as they heal.  

8. Hind Limb Amputation 

Many tripod dogs get around just fine on three legs, but as they get older the strain of bearing all their weight on one back leg can catch up to them. They may experience arthritis in their remaining limb or even struggle to fully support themselves, this is where a wheelchair can really help. Instead of leaning to one side, the wheelchair allows the tripod to stand level to reduce the weight on the remaining leg.  

Conclusion

Maintaining your dog’s mobility and activity levels is crucial for their physical and mental well-being. the decision to get your best friend a cart, is a testament to your love and commitment to your pup. With the right assistance and support, your dog can continue to enjoy the activities they love.. So, if you’re still wondering if a dog wheelchair is the right choice for your pet, consult with your veterinarian, explore the possibilities, and give your beloved dog the gift of mobility and freedom they deserve.

Wrapping up 2023 and peering into 2024

If you’re like many Australians, you’re probably wondering what’s ahead for our property markets in 2024.

Clearly, inflation will be with us longer and interest rates will remain higher than we were hoping for, so what does this mean for your property investment plans?

Watch this special Masterclass as Dr. Andrew Wilson and I discuss:

  • The main drivers of our housing markets in 2023 and how they are going to be different in 2024.
  • How Australia’s housing markets are likely to perform in the next few years when inflation will remain higher than the RBA was hoping for meaning interest rates aren’t ready to fall – yet
  • Why the next property cycle will be very, very different and why that may change your plans
  • What’s ahead for rents.
  • Dr. Wilson’s proprietary Housing Barometer – where each state is in the property cycle and his forecasts for 2024.

Watch this 35 minute Masterclass as Dr. Andrew Wilson and I discuss:

  • The current state of Australia’s economy and what’s likely to be ahead in 2024
  • What could happen to interest rates in 2024 now that inflation is falling around the world
  • Our unemployment rate which is likely to rise and the surge in wages, which is not keeping up with inflation.

Jobless Rate

Meaning, Importance, And How To Seek

What is reassurance in a relationship? That is the question that came to my mind when a friend told me about her relationship woes. According to her, her man always leaves her feeling insecure. He told her that her need for constant reassurance was draining him. Before long, he seemed to switch off from her completely.

I was afraid to tell her that she had an unhealthy habit of constantly seeking reassurance. Not only from her partner but everyone else in her life. In fact, even her past relationship ended because of self-doubt, lack of self-love, low self-esteem, and always needing reassurance. This is brutally honest, and unfair too, but who wants to deal with an insecure partner all the time?

But seeing her distress, I set out to discover more about the role of reassurance in a relationship. Is it okay to actively seek it? How to ask for reassurance in a relationship when you need it? Is it healthy? What I discovered was quite insightful.

What Is Reassurance In A Relationship?

Reassurance in a relationship is a partner’s act of providing comfort, support, and validation to their loved one. The right dose of reassurance is critical to maintaining a healthy relationship and creating a safe environment for them. You just need to know the things to say to reassure your partner. Or it could make things worse.

So, why is reassurance important in a relationship? The aim is to:

  • Alleviate any doubts, insecurities, or fears
  • To communicate love, care, and commitment
  • To build trust and strengthen the emotional bond
  • To foster a sense of security and openness

Related Reading: Dealing With An Insecure Boyfriend? Here Are 16 Coping Tips

Types of reassurance in a relationship

For my friend, it has always been about external validation in order for her to feel self-assured. The less reassurance she gets, the less she feels secure. But there are other types of reassurance in a relationship that she, and many people, need:

  • Verbal reassurance: This can be in the form of affirmations where the partner expresses love, appreciation, and positive words to reassure the partner of their feelings and commitments. It can also be in the form of open communication about concerns, emotions, and future plans
  • Physical reassurance: A few physical examples of reassurance in a relationship are touch, kisses, hugs, and other types of affection. Physical touch is a love language whose aim is to convey a sense of closeness and security
  • Time and attention: These are important types of reassurance in a relationship too. Spending quality time together and engaging in shared activities can improve the connection between partners. There’s also the aspect of listening and showing empathy that shows your partner values your thoughts and feelings
  • Acknowledgment: It means validating a partner’s feelings, perspectives, and experiences. Such emotional validation is important in relationships to show love and respect to your partner
  • Consistency: A reliable and predictable partner is trustworthy and brings a sense of stability to the relationship
  • Support: This takes many forms, including emotional support during challenging times. There is also collaborative effort in problem-solving, thus the assurance that you are a team
  • Commitment: Committing to a long-term relationship provides reassurance of a good future

Related Reading: The 5 Types Of Love Languages And How To Use Them For Happy Relationships

Many folks in a hyper-independent world think it’s wrong to admit that “I need reassurance in a relationship.” But this comfort is your right. In fact, a lack of reassurance in a relationship can be a problem. It’s excessive reassurance-seeking, though, that comes with challenges. And that brings us to the important question: “Is it bad to need reassurance in a relationship?” Before I answer that, let’s differentiate between healthy and unhealthy reassurance.

Healthy reassurance Unhealthy reassurance
Purpose To seek comfort, support, and validation To manipulate, control, or exploit the partner
Frequency Not a lot. Even if it’s asked for on a regular basis, it’s not excessive or unreasonable This reassurance is asked for all the time, and for minor things too
Specificity Specific and tailored to your needs General and vague
Timing Healthy reassurance is asked for when your partner is emotionally and mentally available to give comfort It’s asked for at inopportune times or when your partner is going through their own crisis
Sincerity Genuine and heartfelt Fake or manipulative
Impact Makes you feel loved, supported, and valued. Makes your partner feel closer to you Doesn’t satisfy you at all or for long. And makes the giver of reassurance feel controlled and drained

For people who wonder, “Why is reassurance important in a relationship?”, I hope this table helps address that thought. We cannot let our partners suffer through a complete lack of reassurance in a relationship and then call them “clingy,” “too sensitive,” or “too demanding.”

Validation vs. reassurance: Difference

Well, both are important in a healthy relationship. However, there’s a slight difference in meaning and usage. Validation is understanding and acknowledging someone’s feelings. There’s active listening and empathizing. Your partner will feel understood and accepted as validation strengthens emotional well-being and boosts your partner’s self-esteem.

Reassurance is providing support and comfort to someone who may be feeling anxious or insecure. Examples of reassurance in a relationship include tons of positive affirmations, words of encouragement, and gestures of affection. The receiver ends up feeling relieved, secure, supported, and valued.

Why do I need constant reassurance?

Needing reassurance in a relationship is not a bad thing. But it becomes unhealthy when no amount of it satisfies a person properly. There can be different reasons for you to need constant reassurance including attention-seeking and emotional manipulation. other reasons are:

  • A lack of self-worth or a low self-esteem
  • Past experiences in romantic relationships
  • How you bond with other people or your attachment style
  • Your partner may truly be neglecting your valid needs
  • Or they might be giving you the kind of reassurance that manipulates, not comforts

Studies show that excessive reassurance-seeking can be detrimental to one’s happiness in a relationship. The seekers will make every effort to maintain the relationship with their partner, often for the sake of their happiness.

In trying to understand my friend, I knew one of the reasons for her constant need for reassurance came from her past experiences. Her self-worth took a major beating because a former partner’s affection was given in doses. However, a Reddit user has an interesting opinion, which may or may not resonate with you: “Reassurance will mean more if you don’t ask for it. In the long term, if he randomly texts you, let that reassure you. Because if you ask him for reassurance regularly you’ll start to think he’s only saying these things because you asked.”

Related Reading: 11 Ways An Insecure Partner Drains A Relationship And 5 Ways To Fix It. 

Understanding attachment styles and their impact on seeking reassurance

An attachment style refers to how we form and maintain emotional bonds with others; this is rooted in the attachment formed in childhood with our primary caregiver(s). So, what are the different attachment styles in relationships?

Secure attachment

Secure attachment is characterized by trust and comfort in the romantic relationship. There is a balance between independence and closeness between the two partners. Someone with a secure attachment style is self-assured and not afraid to seek reassurance.

The need is not constant because they tend not to have too much anxiety or fear of abandonment. But that is not to say they don’t want occasional reassurance from their partners. For them, open communication, physical touch, verbal affirmations, emotional/physical availability, and collaborative problem-solving are how they seek comfort.

Related Reading: 12 Signs Your Past Relationships Are Affecting Your Present Relationship

Anxious attachment style

Anxious attachment style in relationships is characterized by fear of abandonment, negative intrusive thoughts, and a strong desire for excessive closeness. Indeed, a study shows that certain attachment styles can impact excessive reassurance-seeking behavior. This perfectly describes my friend. The less secure partner always seeks approval and is highly sensitive to the relationship dynamics. They also tend to seek excessive reassurance from external validation, and most suffer from relationship anxiety.

Fearful/disorganized attachment

This attachment style combines avoidant and anxious tendencies. The individual may desire closeness, but fear of rejection will keep them away. In romantic relationships, such individuals have a hard time building trust and may not be good at emotional regulation.

Their lack of trust makes it difficult for them to seek validation at all. They may display ambivalent behavior or send mixed signals. One minute they may desire affirmation, the next they are pushing you away. Direct communication can be tough for them, even if they desire reassurance. Plenty of verbal affirmation is necessary to keep them feeling safe.

Dismissive/avoidant attachment

An individual with a dismissive/avoidant attachment downplays the importance of emotional intimacy. They can also be quite uncomfortable with closeness and value self-reliance and independence. In romantic relationships, they tend to not seek emotional support and prefer to deal with their own issues.

For instance, my friend’s boyfriend always prefers to do things on his own. So, it leaves her feeling like he doesn’t value her input or company. It’s interesting how the two are so different. Individuals with dismissive attachment seek reassurance through their partner’s actions. You must value their need for autonomy and independence, so respect their boundaries. Take note of their nonverbal cues because they may not use words to express themselves. For them, maintaining distance during emotionally trying times allows them to self-soothe, so respect that.

Related Reading: Insecure Attachment Style In Relationships: Causes & How To Overcome

Is It Okay To Ask For Reassurance In A Relationship?

reassurance in a relationship

There is absolutely nothing wrong with it. Seeking reassurance is a fundamental way to communicate your needs to your partner. It helps prevent misunderstandings and can build a more compassionate foundation for the relationship.

When we feel reassured by our partner, we feel loved, supported, and accepted. This can lead to more fulfillment and happiness, which are the characteristics of a healthy relationship.

When is it okay to ask for reassurance in a relationship?

It’s okay (and natural) to ask for reassurance in the following scenarios:

  • In times of uncertainty or major life changes — It helps to know that you’re not alone in coping with the unfamiliar
  • When you are grappling with personal insecurities or self-doubt — It helps in confidence-building and navigating the emotions you’re feeling
  • During significant transitions in the romantic relationship, like when discussing long-term commitments or moving in together — It gives you a sense of safety about the future you are building together
  • After a disagreement or conflict — To know that the relationship is still stable
  • When expressing emotional needs — To know you’re supported and understood while being vulnerable
  • When building or rebuilding trust. For instance, if your partner cheated on you — It’s okay to seek reassurance that he is committed to the relationship

Related Reading: Love Vs Attachment: Is It Real Love? Understanding The Difference

When is it not okay to ask for reassurance in a relationship?

Do not seek reassurance in the following conditions:

  • When there’s excessive dependency, not to be confused with relationship interdependence, or a constant need for reassurance for every minor thing, like “Are you sure you like this outfit?” even though you’ve asked and confirmed a couple of times already
  • When you’re attempting to manipulate or control your partner
  • When you place unrealistic expectations on your partner. Offering reassurance should come naturally for your partner and not because you demand it
  • When you ignore their boundaries, especially when your partner asks for space
  • When you avoid personal growth by relying on reassurance or third-party validation to deal with personal insecurities
  • When needing constant reassurance replaces open communication. This can lead to relationship anxiety for both of you, which can be emotionally draining
  • When it’s a substitute for not resolving underlying problems

Seeking reassurance is not about weakness or insecurity. It can be healthy and can also qualify as self-care because it puts you in a positive emotional state. However, it can be unhealthy when it becomes excessive, manipulative, or too demanding. Try to deal with any underlying issues through self-reflection, journaling, and open communication. Also, if necessary, seek professional support to get over past trauma.

Related Reading: Why Does Love Hurt So Much and What to Do?

How To Ask For Reassurance In A Relationship — 9 Ways

In fairness, not everyone in a romantic relationship knows how to navigate the nuances that come with being in one. So, it’s okay if you don’t know how to ask for reassurance from your partner. Here’s how you can go about it:

1. Be direct and specific

No beating about the bush on this. From the get-go, I always tell my partner, “When you tell me you love me before you leave for work, it makes me feel secure.”

2. Be open and honest when you seek reassurance in a relationship

Don’t be shy about expressing your feelings and sharing concerns with your partner. Healthy communication is critical here. So, if you need your partner’s affection in the present moment, don’t be afraid to tell them. If you need them to spend quality time with you, tell them. “Hey, I need more quality time with you. From that, I mean, can we just sit and talk over wine tonight, without our phones? Or watch our favorite movie together?”

more on couple dynamics

3. Use “I” statements and a question

Make the need for reassurance clear by personalizing it. This will help your partner understand your perspective and any emotional boundaries you have. When seeking reassurance, ask thoughtful and open-ended questions for better communication and understanding. You can use (and customize) this list of questions to ask for reassurance in a relationship:

  • I have been feeling a bit uncertain about our relationship lately. Can we have a conversation so that I can let you know what is troubling me?
  • I need to be on the same page when it comes to our commitment to this relationship. I need to feel assured regarding this, can we schedule some time to discuss our long-term goals and plans together?
  • Open communication is very important to me in a healthy relationship. What are your thoughts on this, and what can we do to improve?
  • I have been dealing with stress at work and really need your support. Can you make some time for me to share what I’m going through?

4. Avoid blaming or accusing your partner

Don’t resort to blaming your partner for their lack of reassurance. The only result will be to make them defensive and less likely to engage. Blame-shifting harms relationships in so many ways. Remember, you may not always get the exact reassurance you are looking for, so be willing to meet your partner halfway, especially if they are only now learning more about you.

5. Focus on the present moment

Past issues do not have a place when expressing your need for reassurance. A healthy form of communication is to focus on the here and now. Your partner’s presence or availability to talk things through should be enough of a sign that they value you.

But if it’s past trauma that makes staying completely in the present impossible, please take time to heal through your partner’s patience and support. Therapy and support groups can also help overcome any emotional baggage you may be bringing into the relationship.

Related Reading: Accountability In Relationships – Meaning, Importance, And Ways To Practice

6. Frame the sentences positively when you ask for comfort

Be positive about how you seek reassurance. Say, “I love it when you remind me how much you love me.” That sounds more constructive than “I don’t think you don’t love me anymore.”

7. Ask for reassurance in a relationship in a positive context

what is reassurance in a relationship
Identify where your need for reassurance is stemming from

It’s important to reflect on why you need reassurance and whether it fits a specific context. Like, “I am thinking of going back to school, and I need to know that you will support me.” And is reassurance healthy to seek at any time of the day? No, choose the right time and place. Your partner will not be in the right mental state to give you glowing tributes when they have just flunked a career-changing exam. Wait until they are less stressed or distracted to broach the subject.

A Reddit user has this to say on how often you should ask for reassurance. “As often as you need the reassurance, but a healthy relationship usually includes both parties reassuring each other through words AND actions of their love. So, regular assurance of the relationship should happen naturally.”

8. Be open to receiving reassurance

You may need less reassurance because of your attachment style. But if your partner provides you with comforting words/acts, even when you don’t particularly need them, express gratitude. Let your partner know when their words or actions make you feel loved and supported. making your partner feel valued is one of the fundamentals of support in a relationship.

Make sure your partner is open to reassuring you when you approach them. Don’t interrupt them when they are busy doing something else and complain that they don’t love you. Give them time and space to relax, then ask for what you need. Also, try gratitude journaling. Writing down what you are grateful for will make you better appreciate your partner’s reassuring words. Individual therapy can also help determine the root cause of why you shy away from receiving validation.

Related Reading: When A Good Marriage Is About Supporting Your Partner

9. Seek professional help if needed

If your partner cannot give you the type of reassurance you need, or meet the frequency of it, you can seek therapy. A therapist can help you understand your needs and the reasons behind them. They can guide you on how to communicate more effectively, deal with a negative spouse, and develop healthier coping mechanisms. You can be sure of a happier relationship going forward because you will have the necessary tools to build yourself up.

How Not To Ask For Reassurance

Many people wonder, “What if my partner is unable to provide the reassurance I need?” Then you can discuss what you need with your partner and work on the specifics together. And be patient as they learn the ropes. Or if this is a deal-breaker for you, then you can choose to part ways.

However, take note of the following pointers on how NOT to ask for reassurance from your partner. Bad communication could be the reason why the way you ask for it has been backfiring all along. The following things don’t help your cause:

  • Using passive-aggressive statements like “I guess you don’t love me anymore”
  • Resorting to accusatory language like “How come you don’t reassure me nowadays?”
  • Assuming negative intent like “You must really not care for me”
  • Always fishing for reassurance even in regular conversations
  • Ignoring previous reassurances and repeatedly asking for them
  • Comparing how your partner supports you with how they show up for others
  • Giving ultimatums: “If you truly love me, you would…”

In short, be mindful of your partner’s needs, don’t overstep boundaries, and take responsibility where necessary.

Key Pointers

  • Is reassurance healthy? Yes, it is. Reassurance in a relationship can strengthen the bond between the couple, help them know each other deeply, and is a recipe for healthy relationships
  • Is it okay to ask for reassurance in a relationship? Yes. A lack of occasional reassurance in a relationship can end it. It shows a lack of support, love, and caring
  • On how to stop needing reassurance in a relationship all the time, we suggest that you work on your self-worth and self-esteem. First, be okay with who you are without needing external validation all the time
  • Knowing how to ask for reassurance in a relationship requires open communication, honesty, willingness to compromise, and the right timing

You should be able to communicate your needs in a safe environment. And being open to receiving reassurance (and providing it) will help you build a stronger, more fulfilling relationship with your partner. But watch out for the signs of excessive reassurance-seeking behavior. It shows a sure lack of self-confidence.

If you want to know how to stop needing reassurance in a relationship all the time, it’ll need effort on your part. So, develop self-love, let go of baggage from past relationships, and consider your partner’s feelings as well. Small moments of self-care and self-love will have a huge impact on your healing. Also, seek professional help to deal with past traumas or anxious attachment styles.

Retroactive Jealousy: Understanding The Causes, Triggers, And Coping Tips

55 Motivating Words Of Encouragement For A Man You Love During Hard Times

21 Love Messages To Text Your Boyfriend After A Fight

Ask Our Expert

2023 Cadillac XT6 Review: Super Cruising Into the Spotlight

The XT6 looks about the same, but the addition of Super Cruise is a game changer.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Of all the premium luxury SUVs you can buy today, the Cadillac XT6 is definitely one of them. It’s not the best, but you could certainly do worse. For 2023, however, Caddy has a particularly compelling trick up its sleeve that makes the XT6 a more compelling option in this highly competitive class: the addition of Super Cruise hands-free highway assist.

Like


  • Super Cruise is finally available


  • Smooth operating V6 engine


  • CUE infotainment checks all the right boxes

Don’t like


  • Not the latest generation of Super Cruise


  • Turbo I4 is more expensive to operate


  • Most driver-aid features cost extra

Visually, the XT6 hasn’t changed much since I last found myself behind the wheel of the 2020 model. The SUV is as handsome as ever with the automaker’s angular aesthetic and hallmark vertical LED light signatures at either end. Updates for the 2023 model year include new Latte and Rosewood metallic paint colors, optional 21-inch wheels for the more agile Sport trim level and standard Brembo brakes with red calipers for that same spec. This Premium Luxury model showcases exactly none of those changes, but is noteworthy as the sweet spot in the XT6 lineup.

3.6-liter V6 engine

The entry-level XT6 Luxury is powered by a 2.0-liter, turbocharged inline four-cylinder engine. Its 237 horsepower and 258 pound-feet of torque are adequate, but I’d recommend bypassing this trim entirely in favor of the Premium Luxury model with its torquier V6 engine, as it feels like a better match for this 198.8-inch long, three-row SUV.

Cadillac’s 3.6-liter LGX V6 — shared with other GM SUVs, including the GMC Acadia and Chevrolet Blazer — makes 310 hp in this application as well as 271 lb.-ft. of torque. It’s a solid performer with good passing power and smooth, quiet operation around town and on the highway. There’s nothing to write home about, but the V6 also doesn’t draw attention to itself, which is fine for a comfort-focused SUV such as this. 

Both engines are offered with a standard nine-speed automatic transmission and front-wheel drive, but can be had with optional on-demand all-wheel drive for Luxury and Premium Luxury trims, or torque-vectoring Sport Control AWD for the Sport model. A drive mode selector allows the XT6’s performance to be tuned for different conditions, including Sport, Snow/Ice or, for AWD models, Off-Road mode, but I don’t think most drivers will ever need to switch out of the default Touring setting.

The V6 receives an EPA estimate of 21 mpg combined on regular gas, breaking out to 19 mpg city and 26 mpg highway for front-wheel drive or 18 mpg city and 25 mpg highway for all-wheel drive. The more efficient four-cylinder is estimated at 23 mpg combined — 21 city and 27 highway, 21 city and 26 highway for FWD or AWD, respectively — but sips more expensive premium fuel. That means the I4 is more expensive to operate annually than the V6, according to the EPA’s cost calculation tools.

The XT6 comes standard with 18-inch wheels. Premium Luxury (pictured) upsizes to 20s with up to 21-inch rims available.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

Cadillac Super Cruise

The 2023 XT6 is now available with Cadillac’s most advanced driver-assistance technology — but with a catch. The new $2,500 Super Cruise system is still only the first generation of the hands-free highway steering assist and not the latest Super Cruise 2.0 tech capable of automatic lane changes or hands-free towing, as seen on the new Escalade and Chevy Silverado. That means that the XT6 also won’t get the recently announced update for use on undivided highways.

That’s a bit of a bummer, but Super Cruise 1.0 is still a very impressive piece of technology. On the over 200,000 miles of North American highways laser-scanned by GM, Super Cruise can be activated to provide automated steering, braking and acceleration to a preset speed, keeping the SUV centered in its lane while the driver relaxes hands-free. The Level 2 driver-aid tech requires the driver’s attention to operate, so an infrared camera on the steering column makes sure their eyes stay on the road. Look away for too long and the XT6 will ask you to pay attention — first by flashing red lights on the steering wheel, then with audible alerts — before eventually handing control back to the human in the hot seat.

Super Cruise works as well here as it did when it debuted back in 2018 on the CT6 sedan, rounding bendy highway segments confidently and reacting predictably to changes in traffic. However, the larger XT6 feels like it crowds the left edge of the lane, which makes it difficult to get truly comfortable in the heavy traffic situations where the tech would be most useful. Admittedly, the lanes around my neck of the woods are a touch narrow, but I’d love it if a future version of Super Cruise allowed me to tweak or trim lane-keeping margins on either side.

Color-coded steering wheel lights indicate Super Cruise’s state: Green for hands-free, blue for manual control and red means grab the wheel immediately.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

A stacked driver-aid suite

Before even getting to Super Cruise, the 2023 XT6 boasts a modern suite of driver-assistance technologies, though many of the best features are bundled into packages at additional cost. The SUV comes standard with forward-collision mitigation with pedestrian detection and a following distance indicator that helps prevent unintentional tailgating. 

Stepping up to the $1,300 Driver Assist package adds more robust forward automatic emergency braking, reverse braking assist and automatic seat belt tightening. Upgrade again to the $2,350 Technology package to add a surround-view camera system with onboard digital video recording, rear pedestrian detection, automated parking assist and a rear camera mirror.

Cadillac User Experience

That Technology package also swaps in an 8-inch digital instrument cluster and adds onboard navigation to the standard 8-inch touchscreen Cadillac User Experience (CUE) infotainment. CUE is essentially a reskin of the excellent GM Infotainment 3 software with a smartphone-like icon-based interface that has an easy, intuitive learning curve. The system makes use of OnStar LTE Services for features like connected destination search, integration with onboard apps like Spotify or Amazon Alexa, and user profile syncing between vehicles, and which works best when the data subscription is maintained beyond the initial trial period.

Android Auto and Apple CarPlay are standard with wireless connectivity for drivers who prefer to stream their apps from a smartphone and a snug wireless phone charger integrated into the center console keeps the handset charged on the road.

The 8-inch Cadillac User Experience tech isn’t flashy, but it’s intuitively organized and easy to use.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET

An interesting choice

The 2023 Cadillac XT6 starts at $48,790 for the base front-drive Luxury spec, including the $1,195 destination charge. I’d recommend starting at the Premium Luxury trim level with its better V6 engine and optional Super Cruise, starting at $54,190 or $56,190 with all-wheel drive. 

My example has nearly every option listed above and a $5,000 Platinum package upgrade that adds, among other creature comforts, premium leather and an adaptive suspension. (Mine also includes a $50 credit to compensate for the lack of heated rear seats due to supply-chain shortages with a provision for a retrofit once parts stock returns to normal levels.) The bottom line, as tested, sits at $72,790.

The XT6 is a quiet and comfortable cruiser with a solid suite of standard cabin tech and optional driver aid options. But overall, it feels like a middle-of-the-pack player when stacked against the formidable competition in this price range, including the BMW X5, Mercedes-Benz GLE-Class and Acura MDX — any of which would deliver a better overall driving experience. That said, the addition of Super Cruise this year shakes things up significantly. Even without the latest and greatest generation of the tech, the Caddy is now the only vehicle in its class that can go hands-free at high speed. That makes the 2023 Cadillac XT6 at least one of the most interesting vehicles in this class.

The tragedy of Wayne Harrison, Liverpool’s teenage wonder

The scrapbook is meticulously preserved, a series of newspaper clippings saved and collated by a proud father.

It charts almost every step on Wayne Harrison’s journey towards the big time, from first kicking a ball for Woodsmoor Colts and goalscoring exploits for Stockport Boys and Greater Manchester Boys, to making his professional debut for Oldham Athletic at 16 and then becoming the most expensive teenager in football history when he joined Liverpool in a £250,000 deal shortly after turning 17.

At her home in Stockport, his sister Adele chuckles at some of the descriptions: “teenage wonder”, “soccer saviour”, “wonder waif”. She could never get her head around the idea that her younger brother was a football prodigy.

To his family, he was always just “Our Wayne”. “A proper mummy’s boy,” Adele says. “He never left his mum’s side except to go to school and play football.”

As we leaf through the scrapbook, the tone of the headlines changes: from “Whizz Kid Wayne” to “forgotten starlet” and “invisible man”, a player bedevilled by injuries, lost in the system at Liverpool, unable to break into their all-conquering team of the 1980s. Two separate headlines from that time ask, “Whatever happened to Baby Wayne?”, riffing on the title of a 1962 film starring Bette Davis and Joan Crawford.

What happened to Harrison was a tragedy — a career curtailed by injury, forcing him to retire at the age of 23, and then, ultimately, a life cut short.

Injuries didn’t just wreck Harrison’s career; they damaged his life.

After more than 20 operations on his knee, he ended up unable to work, living on disability benefits, his dreams shattered, a glorious future far behind him — “heartbroken”, Adele says — before he died of pancreatic cancer on Christmas Day 2013.

News of Harrison’s death, at the age of 46, sent a brief tremor through English football.

Tributes poured in for a player whose rare talent was matched only by his capacity for misfortune. An FA Cup tie between Liverpool and Oldham fell poignantly just over a week later, allowing both sets of fans and players to commemorate Harrison with a minute’s applause at Anfield. But then the ovation faded away and football forgot him for a second time.

Ten years on, this feels like an opportune moment to remember Harrison and to tell his story in depth. Not just the dramatic rise, the record-breaking transfer, the injuries and the struggle to live up to expectations, but the growing pains of an ordinary boy who longed for the normal life his extraordinary talent had taken him away from — and who then, plunged back into normal life, his dreams shattered, was left lamenting the career he could have had.


He was barely out of school.

Harrison was a few weeks short of his 17th birthday when he made his Football League debut in October 1984, becoming the youngest first-team player in Oldham’s history. His strike partner Micky Quinn, who went on to play for Coventry City in the Premier League, recalls, “Wayne looked like a gust of wind could knock him over. But he was razor-sharp.”

Harrison scored on his second league appearance, against Huddersfield Town on Boxing Day, and then in an FA Cup tie against Brentford soon after. Scouts flocked to Boundary Park to watch him, but Liverpool had been on the case since he scored twice against them as Oldham pulled off a shock in an FA Youth Cup tie at Anfield just before Christmas.

“Wayne was outstanding that night,” says Oldham’s former youth-team coach Billy Urmson. “We beat Liverpool 4-3 and he murdered them. Liverpool had a well-known youth scout called Tom Saunders and when we came off the pitch and went into the boot room, Tom wanted to know everything about Wayne.”

Saunders took a trip to Oldham to watch Harrison again at the next opportunity. This time he had Ron Atkinson, Manchester United’s manager at the time, for company. Both were convinced the kid was worth a punt — particularly if there was a danger he would join their fiercest rivals. Atkinson made a £25,000 offer there and then. Oldham turned it down. He raised the offer to £40,000. Again, Oldham said no. Atkinson took counterpart Joe Royle out for a meal in the hope of twisting his arm.

“And then while we were at dinner,” Atkinson says, “Liverpool’s chairman, Sir John Smith, rang the chairman at Oldham, Ian Stott, and Ian told him it was £250,000 for Wayne and that I was out for dinner with Joe Royle at that moment so he would have to be quick. John Smith sanctioned the deal, and that’s how it was done. I always remind Joe I got him an extra £200,000 for Wayne — and I still picked up the bill for our meal!”

Harrison’s subsequent struggles led some, including Liverpool’s former captain Phil Neal, to speculate that the Merseyside club might have been the victim of a “sting” between United and Oldham.

Royle and Atkinson say there was nothing of the sort. Atkinson was very keen on Harrison but, under pressure to deliver United’s first league title since 1967, he couldn’t afford to spend heavily on such a long-term prospect. Liverpool, with the previous season’s League trophy and European Cup in the trophy cabinet and money in the bank, could afford a longer-term investment, particularly if the outlay helped them avoid a tax bill at the end of the financial year.

While the size of the fee surprised Royle, he felt Liverpool were getting a special player.

“He was lightning,” the former Oldham and later Everton manager says of Harrison. “He was very similar to Michael Owen. He always wanted to run in behind the defence and his finishing was exceptional. I thought he had a great chance of reaching the very top.

“Wayne was the real thing. He really was.”


Harrison with Liverpool manager Joe Fagan after his move to Anfield (ITN)

Amid considerable fanfare, Harrison signed on the dotted line at Liverpool, whose manager Joe Fagan said he was the type of “special player” you hear about “perhaps once in 20 years”. Alongside Fagan, decked out in Liverpool hat and scarf, Harrison smiled awkwardly, looking like someone who can’t quite believe what is happening to them.

The plan was to return to Oldham on loan for three months, keep playing first-team football, before moving to Liverpool permanently. “But we cut it short,” Royle says. “The kid’s head, naturally, had been turned. He wanted to be at Liverpool and to get on with his career there.”


Did he, though? Did Harrison really want to play for Liverpool?

His sister Adele thinks not. Long-term, yes, but not with his career still in its infancy.

“He supported them and his bedroom was all decorated in Liverpool stuff, but I don’t think he wanted to go there when he did,” she says. “I don’t think he was ready for it. He just wanted to come home every day. He was a home bird, really. That was our Wayne.”

This isn’t just the perspective of a big sister with no interest in football. Harrison said it explicitly in interviews at the time (“I never wanted to leave”) but Oldham’s financial situation had left him with little choice. He also told Royle he didn’t “really fancy spending three years in Liverpool’s reserves”.

That turned out to be an underestimation. By the end of his first full season at Liverpool, almost 18 months on from his big-money transfer, Harrison’s only taste of first-team football had come in a pre-season friendly at Crewe Alexandra. It was proving hard enough to establish himself in Liverpool’s reserves.

On the face of it, that seemed entirely normal. For one thing, he was still only 18. For another, this was simply what Liverpool did in the 1980s. Ronnie Whelan, Ian Rush, Steve Nicol and Jim Beglin had all joined as teenagers and spent at least 12 months in the reserves, learning the fabled Liverpool Way, before starting to feature regularly in the first team.

But Phil Thompson, who took over as reserve-team coach in 1986, had a few concerns. He clashed with Harrison, unable to get through to a player who drifted through training sessions.

“For a couple of years, he stagnated,” Thompson, a former Liverpool captain and assistant manager, says. “He wasn’t cutting the mustard as we’d hoped. We tried everything — arm around the shoulder, the odd rollicking, all sorts, trying to do the best for him — and nothing worked.”

Then there was a withering assessment from Neal in his autobiography, Life At The Kop.

The former captain had overlapped with Harrison for less than a year, having left for Bolton Wanderers in December 1985, but he was scathing of the youngster. “At Boundary Park he used to go to work on the bus, whereas now he drives a big BMW, but that’s about the only thing that has changed,” Neal wrote. “To me, Wayne looks like a bewildered youngster who has been taken away from his friends and cannot for the life of him work out why.”

Those comments came in the wider context of an attack on Liverpool chairman Smith, whom Neal never forgave for appointing Kenny Dalglish ahead of him as player-manager in the summer of 1985. But he was right that Harrison felt bewildered and lost.

“He found it difficult to settle,” Thompson says. “I think some of the younger lads, seeing he had come in on a lot of money, thought it was arrogance at first. I don’t think it was, but he came in, trained and went back to Stockport and never mixed with the other lads. Living in Stockport (a southern Manchester suburb an hour’s drive from Liverpool) sort of alienated him.”

It also made him a target when he was back home. “He still wanted to be part of the crowd around here,” Adele says. “He was still the same person, but for some other people jealousy kicked in. He got a smart car and then he went to the local club and his tyres got slashed. A couple of lads nicked his car and put it around a lamppost. He went to one of the pubs — not a very nice place — and had his face smashed in.

“But he didn’t want to move away from home. I think if he had done, it could have been a completely different life.”


Adele and her brother, Wayne (The Harrison family)

In December 1987, almost three years after his arrival at Anfield, Harrison expressed his disillusionment in a brutally frank interview with Shoot!, a UK football magazine.

“I’m going nowhere here,” Harrison said. “I haven’t really had much of a look-in and I can’t see the situation changing. Sometimes it’s as though nobody notices I’m here. I knew I would be stuck in the reserves for a while, but I’m not sure how much longer I can put up with it.”


And then there were the injuries: groin, pelvis, knee, a hernia and his shoulder. “Every injury imaginable,” says former Liverpool midfielder Mike Marsh, who played alongside him in the reserves. “Setback after setback.”

The most traumatic incident came on a pre-season trip to the holiday county of Cornwall in the far south west of England, when post-match drinks at the hotel led to high spirits, horseplay and near-disaster.

“I got a knock on my door and the person said, ‘Phil, you need to come downstairs. There’s been a bad accident’,” Thompson says. “I went down and it was like a scene from a horror movie. There was blood all over the walls and they were working on Wayne’s arm. I was just thinking, ‘What the bloody hell has gone on?’.”

There was no time to get answers. Harrison was rapidly losing blood and needed to get to a hospital. And in what seemed typical of his luck, this coincided with an ambulance workers’ strike in the UK over pay conditions, which meant the backup system, medics from the British army, had to be summoned to rush him to hospital for an emergency blood transfusion.

Testimonies differ over the incident. Marsh says it was “just a glass door” and that it was high spirits rather than anything too serious. Harrison said in one of his post-football interviews he had been “larking about, got into a scuffle and fell through a greenhouse and slashed my arms badly.”

Whatever the truth of the matter, Harrison was lucky the consequences were not worse than a 10-inch gash and a severed artery.

“But it just felt as if bad luck followed Wayne around,” Thompson said. “At times, you felt things just conspired against him.”

A loan move to Crewe, then as now in the fourth division of English football, was designed to build up his fitness and confidence. “But I remember being disappointed in him,” Crewe’s then goalkeeper Dean Greygoose says. “He showed glimpses of his talent in training, but it was a different Wayne in matches. He never really showed it enough.”

An interview with UK newspaper The Times laid bare the depth of Harrison’s torment.

“Oldham was a friendly, small club. Liverpool is a big, busy club,” he said, explaining that he “couldn’t cope” when he first arrived. “There was no one for me to talk to. Liverpool just let you get on with it. They think it’s character-forming.”

It was another remarkably candid article, particularly because it asked serious questions about the mythologised “Liverpool way”.

“People say I’m lucky,” Harrison also said. “Just because I’ve got a few bob (made some money) and I’m with Liverpool doesn’t mean I’m lucky. I’ve been very depressed. I would sooner be playing than sitting at home.

“I would love — really love — to go back to Oldham. And I would never go back to visit Liverpool again.”


Gradually, things improved. He started to bond with his team-mates. He still lived in Stockport but began to socialise with Nick Tanner, Charlie Boyd, Marsh and others.

Tanner, who arrived from Bristol Rovers in 1988, describes Harrison as “a big practical joker, the life and soul of the party. And he was always getting in trouble. If anything was going on, Thommo (Thompson) would be like, ‘What’s Wayne doing now?’.”

Marsh has similar recollections. “He was a brilliant lad, a proper funny lad,” Marsh says. “He had a great sense of humour, a bit offbeat. When I say ‘offbeat’, I mean he would push it as far as he could to try to have a laugh. He wasn’t a goody-two-shoes, by any means. He would do anything for a laugh.”

Laughing and cringing, Tanner recounts a story from another pre-season trip to Cornwall when a group of the players went sea fishing, taking beers and Cornish pasties on board with them. They were out at sea when Harrison dived off the boat, swam underneath and out the other side with his team-mates, who were in on the joke, started shrieking, feigning distress, shouting “Man overboard!” and telling the vessel’s poor skipper to call the coastguard.

Harrison swam all the way back to shore — and got out of the water to be confronted with a furious Thompson.

It was touch and go whether Liverpool would extend Harrison’s contract beyond the summer of 1989 or simply let him go quietly to allow him to start his career afresh elsewhere. He ended up staying on the mutual understanding that the 1989-90 season would be make or break.

Ultimately, it was both.

“Gradually, things started to turn for Wayne and, my goodness, that season everything clicked for him,” Thompson says. “You could see the change in his whole demeanour. All of a sudden we were all thinking, ‘Now we have a player on our hands’. It was literally wow-factor.

“I remember Wayne saying to me he felt he could score whenever he was on the pitch. His form was amazing. You could tell the weight had been lifted off his shoulders.”


A still from a rare recording of Harrison, once the most expensive teenager ever, playing the game (ITN)

He scored 17 goals that season as Liverpool reserves won their league title.

“He was doing everything right to get into the first team,” Tanner says. “But a) he had Rushy (Ian Rush) and Peter Beardsley in front of him, b) Liverpool were winning everything, c) there were only two subs (per team per game) in those days and d) clubs would go full-strength in the cup games too.

“A young player in that situation at Liverpool these days would be on the bench for the first team every week, they’d play in the cup matches and they’d probably have a championship winner’s medal. In those days it was so hard to break through.”

But Harrison was on the right track at last… until the final moments of the last reserve game of the season, against Bradford City at Anfield, when he chased a ball into the penalty area and ended up in a heap under the opposition goalkeeper.

“I can picture it,” Thompson says. “Final minutes of the game, Anfield Road end, near the byline, the goalkeeper going up and falling awkwardly on Wayne’s leg. He was in agony.”

In interviews later, Harrison described feeling “physically sick”, saying his knee felt “wobbly from the inside”. He was taken to hospital and missed the reserves’ trophy presentation and photographs on the pitch, though Marsh is fairly certain Harrison joined his team-mates in the pub later to celebrate.

“None of us realised how serious it was,” Marsh says. “It was probably the next day when we heard he might have done his cruciate ligament.

“Especially in those days, when someone did their cruciate, you really feared for them. And we really feared for Wayne.”


Adele was too bound up in family life to take much notice of her brother’s football career. But she vividly recalls the 12 months that followed: a grim routine of hospital visits, scans, operations, consultations and increasingly bleak bulletins.

It was Graeme Souness, having succeeded Dalglish as manager in April 1991, who told Harrison the doctors had concluded that this was a losing battle — if he carried on playing, he risked ending up crippled. He later described the news as “soul-destroying”, saying that he “got in the car and just drove around for four hours”, not knowing what to do.

“You never think it’s going to happen to you,” Harrison told Shoot! in another article a few months later. “I left school at 16 without any qualifications. Football was all I was ever interested in. Football was my life. Now it’s all over and I’ve got to start thinking about another career. That’s the real problem.”

That was a different era. Even the best-paid players of Harrison’s generation did not make enough from the game to set them up for life. Former team-mates at Liverpool suggest his wages are unlikely to have gone much beyond £300 a week — £15,600 a year (just under $20,000 at the current exchange rate). He retired without ever making the first team, so the hoped-for appearances and win bonuses never materialised. And now, at age 23, his professional football career was over.

Harrison received an insurance payout and a pension from the Professional Footballers’ Association (PFA), the players’ trade union in England. But Tanner, who also had to retire from the game early due to injury, says the sums were “pretty miserly” in the context of the wages Harrison might otherwise have had as a young player in the early 1990s with English football heading towards the Premier League era.

Mick McGuire, a former Oldham team-mate who went on to work for the PFA, doesn’t dispute that. “It (the money he’s have received) was bugger-all, really,” he says.

Liverpool and Oldham agreed to play a testimonial match at Boundary Park in April 1992, with all proceeds going to Harrison. The attendance was reported at 4,400, earning him around £15,000 — a welcome windfall, but far from enough to secure his future.

The initial plan was for Harrison to play in that game — if only just a few minutes for ceremonial purposes. But even that proved beyond him.

There is a clip on YouTube from national broadcaster ITV’s News At Ten programme that evening, showing Harrison limping slightly, hand in his trouser pocket, as he leads the teams out. He is smiling, waving to the crowd, but then looks awkward as he stands to a side to make way for the players — “a final farewell,” says the ITV reporter, “to a game he was once set to dominate.”


In that latter Shoot! interview, Harrison spoke about his need to go to college and “learn another trade”.

“I’ve thought about training to become a physio,” he said. “But that could take years. I’ve got a mortgage to pay.”

Liverpool got in touch, offering financial support, at which point he could have asked them to help subsidise a physiotherapy course, but he still felt it would mean going too long without earning. Instead, he asked if they might help him train as a HGV (heavy goods vehicle) driver, so he could get a job as a drayman, delivering barrels of beer to pubs for Robinson’s, the local brewery.

“He enjoyed the work, driving around everywhere, taking the beer to the pubs, meeting people,” Adele says. “He knew a lot of the lads there and they would all have a laugh. But he always liked working. He worked at a shoe store in the market when he was 13. He bought his first house when he was 19. He was always a grafter and always savvy with his money.”

There were times when Harrison defied medical advice to play football again, making an unlikely comeback for Offerton Green in the Stockport District Sunday League — about as far from the glamour of Anfield as you could imagine.

Local legend has it that, even with his chronic knee problems, he still gave opponents the runaround and scored goals from the halfway line.


Harrison reflects on his career in Shoot! magazine

But it was no good. Sometimes it would leave him in agony for days afterwards, sometimes for weeks. In the end, he had to stop.

Harrison was briefly thrust back into the spotlight in 2002, when Wayne Rooney made his spectacular breakthrough at Everton.

Here was another teenager called Wayne turning heads and being talked about as English football’s next big thing — and there was the cautionary tale of a guy named Wayne who, as an interview with The Times put it, had left “football’s fickle theatre” and become a forgotten man, delivering barrels of beer to a pub “on a cold, drizzly street in Stockport”.

There was a clever reference to his “bitter cargo” but that did not extend to a chip on his shoulder. There was a cheery air of acceptance to that interview.

“Nobody recognises me these days, but I’m not bitter,” he told the newspaper. “But you do think about it all sometimes. Steve McManaman was my friend and look at him — he plays for Real Madrid. But I’ve been at the brewery now for five years and I love it.”


There were times when Adele wondered whether her brother might have been happier away from football: back among his friends in Stockport — not that he had ever really left them behind — and as one of the lads again, rather than someone whose status brought unwanted attention from outsiders.

The quiet “mummy’s boy” had become far more outgoing in adulthood. “He was the life and soul of the party,” she says. “If we went on a night out, everyone would be back to Wayne’s afterwards. He was so funny, always cracking one-liners and using cheesy chat-up lines,” she says. “And oh, the women…”

He seemed happy. Marsh says similar of their occasional meet-ups in later years. “It was just two footballers talking about old times, reminiscing,” he says. “It wasn’t, ‘Show me your scars’. I’m sure he had his moments at home where it was tough for him, but Wayne was always one to keep his spirits up. If he had other things going on, I wasn’t aware of them.”


Wayne Harrison (The Harrison family)

Few people were. But over time, the mask started to slip.

“Sometimes when it was just the two of us chatting, late at night, he would admit to me he was absolutely gutted,” Adele says. “I don’t know whether all the limelight at a young age affected him — I think it did — but then when he didn’t have it, he was heartbroken. It was his whole life, football. It took a grip of him, not being able to play football.”

He had become a father to a daughter, Faith, but he and her mother split up and they moved away. “He hardly saw Faith after that,” Adele says. “That broke his heart too, because he worshipped her.”

Then there was the physical pain in his knee. Moving on is hard enough for any athlete whose dreams have been thwarted by injury. When the pain it leaves you with is almost unbearable, a constant reminder of those shattered dreams and the price you paid for them, it must be harder still.

“He had 20-something operations on his knee, but it was a mess,” Adele says. “It got to the point where he couldn’t drive, so he could no longer do that job (as a drayman). He could hardly walk at times. His hand was a mess, because of an accident. He couldn’t work anymore and really started to struggle. He was in so much pain.”

Thompson recalls an encounter in those later years.

“We talked about the difficult times he had at Liverpool and then he told me about all the operations he had since then,” he says. “I just thought, ‘My goodness, you’ve had a hard time of it’. Not only did the injuries end his playing career, but they caused mobility problems and made it hard for him to have a normal life afterwards.”

“Wayne changed,” Adele says. “He seemed to get old really quickly. He stopped caring for himself as much. He became a shadow of the person he used to be. I think he was depressed.”

As well as his mood, his lifestyle deteriorated, as did his physical health. He drank, he smoked, he didn’t get out much. It became a vicious circle. “He was the type of person who always wanted to be doing something and he found it hard being at home on his own,” Adele says. “I don’t think he could handle that.”

He was diagnosed with pancreatic cancer. He needed to change his lifestyle and to fight it, but, dragged down by a depressing cycle of hospital admissions and examinations, stuck at home, unable to work, faced with what felt like a bleak future, he no longer seemed to have the will to do so.

Even in the final months, there was talk of curative surgery. But the cancer spread and, after he was admitted to Stockport’s Stepping Hill Hospital in late 2013, it became a matter of weeks and then, in the build-up to Christmas, days.

“I think he gave up in the end,” Adele says. “I think he could have fought it, but he just didn’t. He was in so much pain in the end. I think he had had enough.”


Those who knew Harrison well describe that Christmas in 2013 as horribly bleak.

But Adele feels he’d have been happy to know his family and friends celebrated his life in the way Wayne — or “Brian” as his friends knew him, something to do with the Monty Python movie The Life Of Brian — would have enjoyed. The crematorium was packed, with many mourners left outside.

They hired an Amy Winehouse tribute act to perform at the wake — “and she didn’t have much on,” Adele says. “But Wayne loved his music. Motown, Northern Soul, Burt Bacharach… anything.”

At his cremation, they played The Snake by Al Wilson. “That was his favourite,” Adele says. “We used to dance to it. Well, I would dance and he would give it a good go. I cry whenever it comes on now.”

The other song everyone remembers from that day is the Liverpool anthem, You’ll Never Walk Alone. Despite the miseries he endured there, despite ruing the day he signed for the club, his affection for Liverpool persisted. Dalglish, his hero, came to the funeral, as did Thompson and some of his former team-mates.

“I found the leaflet from his memorial service the other day,” Marsh, now a first-team coach at Preston North End in the Championship, says. “I said to my wife, ‘Bloody hell, doesn’t time fly?’.”

It does.

Ten years have passed since Harrison died and Liverpool and Oldham supporters stood together to pay tribute to him at Anfield. His family were there that day as guests of honour, with Adele’s partner Jon left star-struck by meeting Dalglish. A bus-load of Harrison’s friends were there too. “They made a right noise,” Adele says. “They had banners and everything.”


Liverpool and Oldham remember Harrison at Anfield on January 5, 2014 (Clive Mason/Getty Images)

The pre-game rendition of You’ll Never Walk Alone seemed particularly poignant that day. But the uncomfortable truth is that Harrison walked alone almost from the moment he made that record-breaking move, left to carry a burden — of pressure, expectation and hope — that took a heavy toll even before the injuries that crushed his dreams once and for all. Physically as well as mentally, the pain was always there.

For many of us, Christmas is a happy time of year. For others, it is synonymous with loneliness, anguish or loss. “For years after Wayne died, we didn’t celebrate Christmas at all,” Adele says. “We celebrate now and we’ve got a tree up for the grandchildren, but it has never felt the same.”

More recently, Adele has lost her father, Alan, and her stepmother. Alan’s scrapbook is treasured to this day, a precious memento not only of Wayne’s football talent but of his father’s pride in him.

As for his mother, Sheila, she still has Wayne’s ashes in her garden. She wants to keep him close.

Adele is sure her brother would appreciate that.

(Top image: Eamonn Dalton for The Athletic)


Whatever you’re going through, you can call the Samaritans any time, from any phone, on 116 123 (UK) or 1-800-273-TALK (USA).

How to Clear the System and Internet Caches on a Mac

Key Takeaways

  • Clearing your Mac’s system and browser caches can free up storage space. But that comes at a cost, as these temporary files help you navigate your Mac more quickly.
  • You can manually clear caches, or use third-party Mac cleaning apps like CleanMyMac X or OnyX to make the process easier.


Clearing the system and browser caches on your Mac can help you free up a lot of storage space for other important files. But how do you go about clearing the cache on your Mac, and should you? Read on to find out.


What Are Caches, and Why Delete Them?

Caches are temporary files created by the operating system and the applications you use. They include temporary internet files, such as images and HTML documents, created by a web browser like Safari or Chrome.

These cache files help you navigate your Mac faster. Since they store this data, your computer saves time because it doesn’t need to download it all again.

This brings us to an important point: you generally don’t need to delete caches. Unless you’re looking for a quick and easy way to regain some free space, it’s best to leave them be. Many applications run their own cleanup routines to prevent caches from ballooning to unmanageable sizes.

You should back up your Mac before clearing caches to avoid permanently deleting something important by accident!

How to Clear the Browser Cache on a Mac

macOS supports various browsers; the default one is Safari, which most people use. We’ll show you how to clear Safari’s cache files and where you’ll find the option in popular browsers. Follow these steps:

  1. Launch Safari, mouse up to the menu bar, and choose Settings.
  2. Head to the Advanced tab in the settings window.
  3. Check the Show features for web developers option at the bottom.
  4. Now, click Develop in the menu bar and select Empty Caches from the dropdown menu.

Google Chrome, for instance, holds this option in the Privacy & Security section of the browser’s settings. Some browsers, like Microsoft Edge, bundle the cache with cookies and other browsing data. But they have a toggle that lets you pick only cache files from the lot.

How to Clear Your Mac’s System Cache

To clear system cache files specific to your user account, here’s what you need to do:

  1. Launch Finder, then click Go > Go to Folder from the menu bar at the top.
  2. In the search box that appears, type ~/Library/Caches and click the first result.
    Clearing cache files with Finder on macOS

  3. Select all the Mac files and folders you want to delete and drag them to the Trash. Alternatively, you can Control-click and choose Move to Trash.
  4. Now, Control-click the Trash on your Dock and choose Empty Trash.

If you want to delete caches associated with another user account, you’ll need to head to that specific user’s cache directory. You can do this by changing the folder location in the second step to /Users/[username]/Library/Caches. Replace [username] with the user account in question.

To clear system cache files that are shared between user accounts, head to /System/Library/Caches instead.

Use Apps to Clear Your Mac’s Cache

CleanMyMac X scanning for cache files

While you can clear these caches manually, some Mac cleaning apps make the process faster. They are pretty handy for creating free space, so we recommend them if you want to add some automated control over your Mac’s storage.

Our favorite choice is CleanMyMac X because of its minimalistic interface and built-in antivirus. It’s not free, costing $39.95 per year, but you can take advantage of its 7-day free trial to clear your cache quickly.

Onyx app maintenance settings

If you want a free option, consider installing OnyX instead. Go to Maintenance, toggle on the caches you’d like to delete in the Cleaning section, and click Run Tasks. It also has some useful features, like scheduled startup and shutdown (which are missing in macOS Ventura and Sonoma).

No matter what app you use, you must give it storage access first by heading to System Settings > Privacy & Security > Full Disk Access and enabling the toggle for that app. Otherwise, you won’t be able to use it properly.

Download: CleanMyMac X ($39.95 per year, free trial available)

Download: OnyX (Free)

Unless you’re incredibly tight on space or looking to troubleshoot a specific app by deleting its cache, you should probably leave your Mac’s cache files alone. There are plenty of ways to create free space on macOS without ever touching your caches.

You can move your libraries and device backups elsewhere, delete unnecessary large files, or even hook up an external storage drive to your Mac to give you some room to breathe.

One day to go for CGTN's documentary film 'The Call of Glaciers'

Living in Sanjiangyuan, the headwater region of three great rivers, Palyang (aka Bayang) is worried upon finding out that rivers near her home on the pasture are drying up year by year. As a Generation Z conservationist, she tries to find out how to protect water sources against the backdrop of global warming. After a thought-provoking journey to the sacred Amne Machin snow mountain, she discovers that nature has already carved the answers in our traditions.

This Saturday, a 30-minute documentary film, “The Call of Glaciers,” will be released on CGTN’s official website, the CGTN app, the Yangshipin app, Facebook, YouTube and other social media platforms. Stay tuned to watch Palyang’s story!

For more: 

Trailer: CGTN’s documentary film ‘The Call of Glaciers’ coming soon!

(Cover image designed by CGTN’s Huang Ruiqi and Yu Peng; Video edited by CGTN’s Xing Fangyu and Zhao Ying)

(If you want to contribute and have specific expertise, please contact us at [email protected].)

Director Christopher Landon leaves ‘Scream VII’

A tumultuous time for the upcoming “Scream VII” continued Saturday as the film’s director, Christopher Landon, announced he has left the project.

“I guess now is as good a time as any to announce I formally exited Scream 7 weeks ago,” Landon posted to X, formerly known as Twitter. “This will disappoint some and delight others. It was a dream job that turned into a nightmare. And my heart did break for everyone involved. Everyone. But it’s time to move on.”

Landon’s departure follows the news of the film losing its two leads, Melissa Barrera and Jenna Ortega, in the last month. Barrera was dropped from the project by production company Spyglass Media Group after Barrera shared pro-Palestinian comments online.

News of Ortega also leaving the project came shortly after Barrera’s exit, though it was reported that discussion over Ortega’s departure had already been well underway.

Landon came to the franchise as a rising figure in the horror world, having made 2017’s “Happy Death Day,” its 2019 sequel and 2020’s “Freaky.”

The two actors played sisters in “Scream VI.” When that film, directed by Matt Bettinelli-Olpin and Tyler Gillett, was released earlier this year it earned a franchise-best $44.5 million on its way to becoming the highest domestic grossing film in the history of the series with nearly $170 million.

Melissa Barrera, left, and Jenna Ortega in the movie “Scream VI.”

(Philippe Bossé / Paramount Pictures)

The “Scream” series dates back to the 1996 original, directed by Wes Craven and written by Kevin Williamson. With its knowing style that plays on the tropes of horror movies as a self-conscious aspect of its own storytelling, the series has earned a dedicated fan base among horror aficionados.

“I have nothing more to add to the conversation other than I hope Wes’ legacy thrives and lifts above the din of a divided world,” Landon concluded the posts announcing his departure. “What he and Kevin created is something amazing and I was honored to have even the briefest moment basking in their glow.”

A representative for Spyglass Media could not be immediately reached for comment.

Top Electric Cars of 2023: From MG Comet EV to BMW i7, Check Specifications, Features and Price of EVs Launched in India

New Delhi, December 25: Electric cars 2023 launches has been a landmark for the Indian automotive industry. With an increasing focus on sustainability and eco-friendly transportation, the EV market in India has witnessed the launch of several new models that cater to a wide range of consumers. From hatchbacks to SUVs, the lineup of EV cars in 2023 is diverse, offering advanced features, impressive ranges, and competitive pricing.

Automobile manufacturers are pushing towards electrification for a greener future. The Indian roads have seen a significant rise in EV vehicles in 2023, with manufacturers offering the best combination of technology, comfort, and performance. ‘Xiaomi EV Technology Launch’ Event Scheduled on December 28, Company To Hint at Its New EV Technology.

Tata Nexon EV Facelift:

The Tata Nexon EV facelift is priced at Rs 14.74 lakh (ex-showroom); this compact SUV leads the charge with a remarkable 465-kilometre range on a single charge. It accelerates from 0 to 100 kmph in just 8.9 seconds, making it a good choice for those seeking both performance and practicality.

Mahindra XUV400:

Mahindra comes into the electric segment with the XUV400. This compact SUV, starting at Rs 15.99 lakh (ex-showroom), offers two battery options and promises a range of up to 456 km. Available in EC and EL variants, the XUV400 provides a blend of innovation and reliability with the brand.

Hyundai IONIQ 5:

The Hyundai IONIQ 5 marks the brand’s ambitious step into the premium EV market. With a price tag of Rs 44.95 lakh (ex-showroom), it’s powered by a 72.6 kWh battery pack and delivers a range of 631 kilometres. Its fast-charging capability can boost the battery from 10 to 80 % in just 18 minutes, setting a new benchmark for electric cars in India.

MG Comet EV:

The MG Comet EV, introduced at an introductory price of Rs 7.98 lakh (ex-showroom), is an economical option in the electric cars 2023 in India. Despite its compact size, it offers a range of 230 km, making it an ideal urban commuter.

Citroen eC3:

Citroen eC3 entered the EV market in India with a starting price of Rs 11.50 lakh(ex-showroom), offering the highest range in its segment at 320 kilometres. Powered by a 29.2 kWh battery pack, this electric SUV is likely to establish a strong foothold in the Indian EV market. Tesla and Chinese E-Commerce Giant JD.com Announce To Unveil Their Strategic Partnership on December 31: Report.

BMW i7:

While not detailed in the provided context, the BMW i7 is expected to be a luxury addition to the EV lineup. As a flagship sedan, it would likely feature cutting-edge technology, excellent interiors, and a powerful electric drivetrain. It offers a range of 625 km and starts at Rs 2 Crore (ex-showroom).

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 25, 2023 06:39 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Blood, Guns, and Broken Scooters: Inside the Chaotic Rise and Fall of Bird

In a minivan with the rear seats ripped out, John is chasing one of his 250 electric scooters down a California highway. He finds it 10 miles away, hiding in a bush—a run-and-dump tactic that he says thieves use to test whether anyone will come after them before they take a scooter home. John, not his real name, always gives chase, because his livelihood depends on it. “If I come in too soft, then they say, ‘Oh, this guy, he’s a pussy. I could kick his ass.’ So I have to be a little aggressive,” says John, who is well past the age where it’s safe to fist-fight. He spends the next hour hunting down other scooters from his fleet that have been knocked over or need recharging.

John is a contractor for scooter rental company Bird Global and looks after all the scooters in a particular area in return for a cut of rental fees paid by riders. Fleet managers, as they are called, are technically their own bosses, but John spends his days at the beck and call of the company’s app. Bird requires him to maintain several productivity scores that, to John, feel nonnegotiable. Each scooter lit up in red in the fleet manager app knocks his score down. That warning can signal that a scooter has been stolen, fallen over due to sloppy parking or vandalism, or simply sat idle for too long—situations largely outside of John’s control.

For Bird to offer convenient rides at the tap of an app, John and other fleet managers must handle the grinding logistics of scattering scooters around cites. It takes street smarts, plenty of guts, hours of driving, and sometimes strongly implied threats of violence. If more than 10 percent of his fleet turns red, John can get chewed out by a Bird manager, and he has been told he could lose some scooters for breach of contract.

Bird became the largest micromobility company in North America this fall after purchasing competitor Spin. It was once valued at more than $2 billion and seemed to epitomize a shiny future of clean urban transport. But ridership slumped during the pandemic—and so did Bird’s shares after its 2021 stock market debut. In late 2022, after a series of business setbacks, the company warned investors that it could go bankrupt. It was booted from the New York Stock Exchange in September of this year for failing to consistently maintain a market cap of $15 million. As the company scrambled to survive, it has squeezed its fleet managers harder. On December 20, their situation became more uncertain when Bird announced it was filing for bankruptcy.

The years leading up to that moment have been tough for many Bird fleet managers. More than a dozen current or former fleet managers in the US, who like John asked for anonymity, fearing retaliation from Bird, described their unstable and sometimes punishing relationships with the company. They made personal and monetary sacrifices for Bird while, as contractors, having little power over their working conditions. And as Bird’s business struggled, fleet managers were presented with updated contracts that John and others say have cut their income by about half.

The situation for some fleet managers has become desperate. One in the Pacific Northwest said he had only slept eight hours on a recent weekend and that he and his two employees have all been in separate car accidents on the job. Three other fleet managers say they have sometimes carried guns when on the street with Bird scooters, because brandishing a weapon can feel useful when facing off scooter thieves or vandals. Several former West Coast fleet managers carried Tasers while on the job.

WIRED sent a list of questions to Bird based on interviews with fleet managers, but company spokesperson Adam Davis declined to address most of them. He said that Bird was ending the fleet manager program in some cities—apparently cutting the contractors loose and replacing them with staff or new contractors who handle more scooters and are paid less. In a statement sent to WIRED before the bankruptcy announcement, Michael Washinushi, Bird’s interim CEO, said the company got new management and ownership this year that was trying to “reset” how the company does business. “Through the course of the year, management has improved operations while being laser focused on providing a safe and enjoyable experience for our riders and an improved relationship with our partners, including our fleet managers,” Washinushi said.

“Stupid Money”

Bird grew fast. The company was founded in September 2017 with just 10 scooters in Santa Monica, California. Nine months later it had raised more than $300 million in funding at a valuation of about $2 billion. As city dwellers flirted with the fun and novelty of being able to hop on an electric ride, investors embraced the idea that scooters could upend urban transport by replacing cars.

Part of Bird’s model was to outsource the challenging logistics of leaving scooters propped up in public places for anyone to rent, steal, or abuse. In the company’s early days, it invited people to become freelance “chargers” who got paid for finding and recharging scooters low on battery, and it used freelance mechanics for repairs, paying out on a per-scooter basis. The company started hiring salaried mechanics in some cities to repair scooters in early 2019.


Got a Tip?

Are you a current or former employee of Bird? We’d like to hear from you. Using a nonwork phone or computer, contact the author of this article on [email protected]. WIRED protects the confidentiality of its sources.


In March 2020, Bird ridership plummeted as Covid lockdowns shut cities down. Bird fired 406 office-based workers over a two-minute Zoom call. Company filings later showed that rides dropped by more than 50 percent in 2020. It was around this time, during the spring and summer of 2020, when people who had been freelancing as chargers say they started getting surprise messages from Bird. They were pitched an exciting new opportunity that involved getting their own fleet of scooters and a cut of the money from every ride taken.

The new fleet manager gig combined the duties of charging, repairing, and storing scooters—just about every aspect of the scooter operation other than the app that people tapped to find a ride. Some of the job’s responsibilities could be tragic—several fleet managers recall picking up scooters from accident scenes. Participants had to start their own companies to get scooters from Bird, agreeing to make “equipment payments” that were taken out of their ride payouts each week until the scooters were paid off. After that, a fleet manager would be entitled to 81 percent of the net revenue from each ride, though contracts show the title of the scooter would always remain with Bird.

On TikTok, dozens of influencers talked up the Bird fleet manager program as a “side hustle” that anyone, even a teenager, could do with up to $1,500 in projected weekly earnings. Fleet managers who joined the program when it launched by April 2020 describe it as almost addictive. “So much money, that it was actually pretty stupid,” says a former fleet manager in San Diego, who quickly built a thriving business. He recalls seeing gross sales in the high six figures for his fleet’s first year, and earning close to $100,000 out of that in profits, after Bird’s fees and his own expenses such as van purchases and warehouse rentals. “It was a lot of low-income people that the program was employing when a lot of these other businesses didn’t even look at us,” says another former fleet manager in San Diego.

Crypto Price Today: Bitcoin, Ether See Losses as Christmas Ushers 2023 into Finale Week, Altcoins Remain Volatile

The Christmas cheer does not seem to be working out quite so magically for the crypto sector, as many altcoins on Monday, December 25 reflected losses on the price chart. Bitcoin registered a loss of 0.09 percent to trade at the price point of $42,906 (roughly Rs. 35 lakh). Over the weekend, Bitcoin pricing did see a dent owing to market volatility and the ongoing holiday season. Between December 22 and Monday, the value of BTC has reduced by $1,306 (roughly Rs. 1.98 lakh).

Ether followed Bitcoin to see price dips on Monday. The asset is trading at $2,264 (roughly Rs. 1.88 lakh) after incurring a loss of 0.39 percent. ETH price dipped by $11 (roughly Rs. 915) over the weekend.

Alongside BTC and ETH, other cryptocurrencies that are trading in losses on Monday include Ripple, Cardano, Dogecoin, Shiba Inu, Litecoin, and Bitcoin Cash.

Leo, Stellar, and Cronos also registered value slashes in addition to Binance USD and Bitcoin SV

The overall crypto market cap of the crypto sector dipped by 1.30 percent in the last 24 hours. At the time of writing, the crypto sector valuation stood at $1.66 trillion (roughly Rs. 138,06,635 crore), as per CoinMarketCap.

Meanwhile, some cryptocurrencies trading in profits today include Uniswap, Near Protocol, Zcash, Iota, and Augur.

In retrospect, the members of the Indian crypto players have appreciated the overall growth of the crypto sector.

“The crypto market performance in 2023 has been really impressive. The total market capitalisation has increased by around 60 percent year-to-date. This growth was driven by factors like institutional adoption, DeFi’s rise, and NFT popularity. Bitcoin, the world’s largest digital asset by market cap is up by 155 percent at the time of writing, which makes Bitcoin one of the the best performing asset class of 2023,” Shivam Thakral, CEO of BuyUcoin told Gadgets360.

“I think we will see a crypto super cycle in 2024. The mega events like Bitcoin Halving and ETF approval anticipation will play a key role in driving the momentum of crypto assets. US monetary policy and subsequent decisions on the interest rates by the US Fed will have a sign,” he added. 


Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article. 

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Support not being phased out but changes are coming

Google Ads has confirmed that support is not being phased out.

With the introduction of a paid support service in August, concerns arose among advertisers about the potential withdrawal of the free feature. The perceived decline in customer experience further fuelled the belief that the free support might no longer be a priority.

However, Google Ads has now revealed that big changes are on the horizon with AI expected to play a major role moving forward.

Why we care. Advertisers, particularly those with smaller budgets, rely on support from their Google Ads rep to address campaign issues. Losing this service would make it more challenging to resolve problems affecting campaign performance and, consequently, ad revenue.

What Google is saying. During a live PPC Chat Q&A, Google Ads liaison officer Ginny Marvin addressed concerns about support being phased out. She said:

  • “I’m very aware of questions and concerns about this topic.”
  • “Support isn’t being phased out but changes are being made. There have long been challenges on this front, as everyone is likely aware. I’ve talked about this before, but Support was one of the areas I wanted to understand better when I joined.”
  • “With the scope of inquiries, it’s not an easy solve. That said, I know there are real frustrations about the current state, including chat.”
  • “I do think Support is an area where LLMs/Google AI will be able to make big strides in improving experiences. That’s not happening yet, but work is underway. Stay tuned.”

Support issues. SMX Next speaker and PPC expert Julie F Bacchini explained that advertisers suspected support was being phased out for several reasons, telling Search Engine Land:

  • “A lot of people have made comments like this lately, so this seems like an important question to [address]. People think it is being phased out for a few reasons…”
    • “It has gotten worse and harder to get answers lately.”
    • “Everything takes longer to get resolved.”
    • “The pilot program where you can pay for an actual call.”

AI replacing human support? Commenting on Marvin’s explanation as to what support will look like moving forward with AI playing a more significant role, Bacchini added:

  • “I’m not surprised Google Ads is trying to bring AI into support. I think, like many companies, Google would love to find ways to have AI take over functions.”
  • “For some low level tasks, it might be fine – but I can’t see AI every totally replacing human support.”

Paid support pilot. Marvin later confirmed that Google Ad’s paid support pilot is still ongoing, however there is no update on this front. In August, the platform’s enhanced customer service feature, which offers one-on-one support tailored to specific customer needs, was rolled out to small businesses as part of a new paid pilot for the first time. Historically, this level of one-on-one support has historically only been offered to Google Ads’ biggest clients.


Get the daily newsletter search marketers rely on.


Deep dive. Visit the Google Ads Help Center for more information on the support services it offers.

Know the History & Significance

Christmas, a beloved festival celebrated around the world, brings with it a wave of joy, warmth, and goodwill. Every year on December 25th, homes are adorned with twinkling lights, Christmas trees stand tall adorned with ornaments, and the air is filled with the aroma of freshly baked cookies and the melodious tunes of carols. It’s a time for families to gather, exchange gifts, indulge in delicious feasts, and reflect on the year gone by.

The History and Significance of Christmas

The word “Christmas” originates from the Old English phrase “Cristes Mæsse,” meaning “Christ’s Mass.” It commemorates the birth of Jesus Christ, believed to be born in Bethlehem to Mary and Joseph. While the exact date of Jesus’ birth remains unknown, December 25th became widely accepted in the 4th century. Early Christians celebrated the first Christmas in 336 AD during the reign of Constantine the Great, the first Christian Roman emperor.

Different cultures across the globe have unique names for this special holiday. In Spanish, it’s known as “Navidad,” while in Italian, it’s called “Natale.” Germans celebrate “Yuletide,” and the French have “Noel.” Interestingly, some Christian communities, particularly in Armenia and Eastern Europe, celebrate Jesus’ birth on January 6th, marking the day of his baptism.

For Christians, Christmas holds immense religious significance. It’s a day to remember and celebrate the teachings and sacrifices of Jesus Christ, who brought hope, love, and forgiveness to the world. Many attend special church services to offer gratitude and prayers, while others participate in nativity plays or carol singing, reflecting on the essence of the holiday.

Festive Traditions and Celebrations

Christmas wouldn’t be complete without its charming traditions and customs! Decorating Christmas trees is a cherished ritual, with families carefully selecting ornaments and twinkling lights to transform their homes into winter wonderlands. Stockings hung by the fireplace, waiting to be filled with goodies by Santa Claus, add to the excitement, especially for children.

The festive spirit extends to the kitchen as well, with delectable dishes gracing the table. From roast turkey and gingerbread houses to plum cakes and eggnog, the aroma of Christmas feasts fills the air with warmth and comfort. Singing carols, exchanging gifts, and spending quality time with loved ones are all integral parts of the Christmas experience.

Beyond the Religious Aspect

While Christmas holds deep religious significance for Christians, it has evolved into a much broader cultural phenomenon. Even those who don’t observe the religious aspects of the holiday often participate in the festive traditions, cherishing the opportunity to connect with family and friends, spread cheer, and indulge in the spirit of giving.

Christmas markets and festive light displays add to the magic of the season, while Secret Santa exchanges and gift-giving bring joy to both young and old. It’s a time for spreading kindness, volunteering in communities, and expressing gratitude for the blessings in life.

A Time for Reflection and Hope

As the year draws to a close, Christmas serves as a moment for reflection. We look back on the past year, cherish the memories made, and learn from the experiences. It’s also a time to look ahead with hope and optimism, setting intentions for the New Year and embracing the possibilities that lie ahead.

Merry Christmas!

1. What is the true meaning of Christmas?

Ans. While Christmas is widely celebrated with festive traditions, its core meaning lies in the celebration of Jesus Christ’s birth for Christians. It’s a day to commemorate his teachings of love, hope, and forgiveness, and to reflect on his sacrifices for humanity.

2. Why do we celebrate Christmas on December 25th?

Ans.  The exact date of Jesus’ birth is unknown, but December 25th became widely accepted for celebrating Christmas in the 4th century. Early Christians held the first Christmas celebration in 336 AD.

3. How is Christmas celebrated around the world?

Ans.  Christmas traditions vary greatly across cultures. While the core message of love and goodwill remains constant, unique customs and festive practices add to the diversity and richness of the holiday. From Christmas markets in Europe to nativity plays in Latin America, each region brings its own special touch to the celebration.

4. What are some popular Christmas traditions?

  • Decorating Christmas trees: Families choose ornaments and lights to transform their homes into winter wonderlands.
  • Exchanging gifts: Gift-giving is a joyful tradition, symbolizing love and appreciation for loved ones.
  • Singing carols: Spreading festive cheer through carols is a popular tradition, bringing people together and filling the air with music.
  • Sharing Christmas feasts: Delicious meals, often featuring roast turkey, gingerbread houses, and other festive treats, are a highlight of the holiday.
  • Attending church services: Christians participate in special church services to offer prayers and gratitude for Jesus’ teachings and sacrifices.

5. How can I make Christmas more meaningful?

  • Focus on spending quality time with loved ones: Put away distractions and cherish the moments of connection and shared joy.
  • Spread kindness and generosity: Volunteer in your community, donate to a worthy cause, or simply perform acts of kindness to make others feel special.
  • Reflect on the past year and set intentions for the future: Take time to appreciate the good things in your life and set goals for the coming year.
  • Remember the true meaning of Christmas: Reflect on the message of love, hope, and forgiveness brought by Jesus Christ, and let it guide your actions throughout the year.
Remedy’s Greatest Hits: The Music That Made The Games

More than just the way they approach narrative, level design, and gunplay, there is one constant throughout every single one of Remedy’s titles: they will always have the perfect song for the perfect occasion. While Alan Wake 2 is certainly their magnum opus in that regard among several contenders, it’s about time we took a look back at the best needle drops in the studio’s long history.

Max Payne Theme – Kärtsy Hatakka/Kimmo Kajasto (Max Payne)

The original Max Payne’s legacy is very much tied to the time of its release. It was the first video game to fully implement the slo-mo gunplay John Woo and the Wachowski Sisters had been trying to make into a Thing. But all that felt rather passe the more other games came and diluted the formula. The bullet-time may have been what got players in the door. But it was the neo-noir graphic novel vibes that have endured over the years. The constant leitmotif of those vibes is that theme, a grim piano undercurrent that gave even more depth and gravitas to James McCaffrey’s jagged, self-deprecating, hard-boiled detective narration, and would be the constant reminder of Max’s escalating failures as time went on, with the fully string-based rendition of the theme representing absolute rock bottom for our hero in the Rockstar-developed third game.

Late Goodbye – Poets of the Fall (Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne)

Even with all the other ways Max Payne 2 represents a massive jump in ambition above its predecessor, it still goes underappreciated for just how much Remedy managed to execute a big tragic love story in the middle of a third-person shooter crime drama, with hitwoman Mona Sax coming in like a wrecking ball through Max’s life, and reminding him that no, after all the bodies left in his wake, Max doesn’t get a happily-ever-after ending. That’s par for the course for pulpy noir, but was novel for games at the time. When Mona dies in his arms and Max decides to live on with the weight of it on his heart forever, it still hits hard. And then those first gentle guitar strums of Late Goodbye come in and twist the knife further.

The song itself plays throughout the game in several moments, with variouscharacters playing or singing the melody throughout, and yet, the full version underscoring the tragedy at the very end of the game is bittersweet and perfect in a way completely unexpected in 2003. It’s the first successful experiment in the ways Remedy would cinematically use music going forward, the beginning of a beautiful friendship between Poets of the Fall and Remedy’s games, and, even just on its own terms, a beautiful, melancholic rock tune that, if Max Payne 2 didn’t use it, probably would’ve found its way into a movie someday.

Space Oddity – David Bowie (Alan Wake)

The first Alan Wake is chock full of excellent, thematically rich needle drops, especially for its mid-chapter breaks–using Poe’s Haunted is a particularly meta stroke of genius–but the masterstroke was letting Bowie play us off into oblivion as Alan realizes Cauldron Lake isn’t a lake, but an ocean of a sort.

Given the wondrous, awestruck tone of the music, it’s easy to forget the subtle horror of the rest of the song. Space Oddity’s the story of a man being stranded in the pitch black of outer space, losing contact with ground control as his spacecraft drifts away from Earth. It was inspired by the terrifying bit of 2001 after HAL decides to go rogue, disconnect Frank Poole, and kill off the crew in their cryosleep. Alan Wake is maybe the first bit of media to restore the distressing power of Bowie’s song, letting it underline the eerie moment Alan Wake is disconnected from reality as we know it, trapped in unknowable perdition unless he can write his way out, and it’d be 13 years before we found out if he ever did. Major Tom got off light. At least he could still see Earth.

The Happy Song – Poets of the Fall (Alan Wake’s American Nightmare)

American Nightmare’s place in the Alan Wake canon is a bit tenuous post-Alan Wake 2. Aside from doing a better job at characterizing the abominable Mr. Scratch, it’s basically one of Alan’s lesser attempts to write himself out of Cauldron Lake. That’s a pretty important piece of what would come, however. Even though The Happy Song isn’t exactly Poets of the Fall’s most, well, poetic moment, it’s also such a deliberately disruptive, out-of-nowhere presence in the game, only appearing during Scratch’s commercials, in which he’s half Joker, half used car salesman, and all madness. Scratch isn’t the unknowable entity he becomes just yet, but there’s something about his American Nightmare iteration that’s equally unnerving.

Higgs Boson Blues – Nick Cave & the Bad Seeds (Quantum Break)

Remedy’s recent games all have their share of far-reaching cosmically terrifying stakes, but Quantum Break threatening us with breaking time’s ability to even function as a physical force, and thus completely crashing the universe is still maybe the apex of them all. The last third of the game is all breathless, stressful, and absolutely bewildering with its time travel shenanigans. While we still don’t know whether Jack Joyce takes that job with Monarch (though depending who you ask, Alan Wake 2 may have answered that question), at the end of that game, you get to exhale. And the soundtrack to that exhale is Nick Cave’s Higgs Boson Blues, an elegiac, wailing tribute to the entire strange expanse of human history, everything Jack Joyce saved by putting Paul Serene in the dirt. In context, it’s about as chill as you can hope to get from a game that begins with a time loop, and ends with our protagonist no longer seeing time as linear. But also, it’s just awesome that any video game is cool enough to end on a Nick Cave song.

Take Control – Old Gods of Asgard (Control)

The second this song kicks in is the moment Remedy levels up as a studio. Not only do they manage to break up the sterile, alien ambience of the Federal Bureau of Control with an absolute lightning bolt of energy, not only does it give us insight on everybody’s favorite janitor Ahti, but said song is the soundtrack to the Ashtray Maze, one of the most audacious bits of level design in recent memory. It’s just a perfect video game moment, held together with an absolute banger of an Old Gods of Asgard track that would be worthy of a spot on any metalhead’s playlist even without the context of the game.

Herald of Darkness – Old Gods of Asgard (Alan Wake II)

And of course, there’s Remedy’s magnum opus. It’s worth calling out Poe’s This Road, for no other reason than Sam Lake managed to pull her out of semi-retirement just to be a crucial part of this game. But there’s just no touching this one, a full blown 10+ minute interactive rock opera. For starters, it’s a technical marvel, with multiple stages, false finishes, and entrances appearing out of nowhere as the song requires. A full blown rock concert is being projected onto every wall of the studio, reminiscent of that incredible Radiohead Kid A Mnesia game from a few years back. It’s still giving us plenty of narrative and insight along the way, with the sets depicting Alan Wake’s entire life like a museum. It ends with our entire cast getting a full blown live-action dance number by the end. It all comes back to the song, though. There have been attempts to sneak actual musicals into games, from Celes finding her inner opera singer in Final Fantasy VI, up to most of the cast of Critical Role doing a musical RPG in Stray Gods this year. Few have been as successful, or unforgettable as this.

New tool unifies single-cell data

A new methodology that allows for the categorisation and organisation of single-cell data has been launched. It can be used to create a harmonised dataset for the study of human health and disease.

Researchers at the Wellcome Sanger Institute, the University of Cambridge, EMBL’s European Bioinformatics Institute (EMBL-EBI), and collaborators developed the tool, known as CellHint. CellHint uses machine learning to unify data produced across the world, allowing it to be accessed by the wider research community, potentially driving new discoveries.

In a new study, published today (21 December) in Cell, researchers applied CellHint to reveal underexplored connections between healthy and diseased lung cell states. They looked at eight diseases, such as interstitial lung disease and chronic obstructive pulmonary lung disease, and showed the possible benefits of this tool. They also applied CellHint to 12 tissues from 38 datasets, providing a deeply curated cross-tissue database with around 3.7 million cells.

Cellhint is freely available worldwide and was created as part of the Human Cell Atlas initiative1 which aims to map every cell type in the human body to transform understanding of health and disease.

Single-cell genomics enables the understanding of every cell in the context of the human body at high resolution. Currently, a challenge in assembling the diverse datasets produced by single-cell research is that there is no unified system for naming and organising data.

To address this, researchers from the Wellcome Sanger Institute, and collaborators developed CellHint, which can unify cell types produced by independent laboratories. CellHint then places the data into a defined graph that shows the relationships between cell subtypes, giving a full picture of all the cells identified across different datasets.

The team applied CellHint to current data and revealed underexplored relationships between healthy and diseased lung cell states in eight diseases. It also identified cell types in adult human hippocampus that could be of potential interest for future research.

The researchers also applied CellHint to 12 tissues from 38 datasets, providing a deeply curated cross-tissue database with around 3.7 million cells. Each cell was annotated, which is the process of labelling cells with particular information. They also showed how it can create various models for automatic cell annotation across human tissues.

Dr Chuan Xu, first author from the Wellcome Sanger Institute, said: “CellHint stands out from other tools because it makes full use of the often inconsistent but valuable cell annotation information from individual studies, to achieve biologically-driven data integration. We are excited that with CellHint, cells from independent laboratories can be re-annotated and researchers can utilise the resulting information to put each cell into different contexts beyond the original study. We hope that this tool will greatly facilitate the reuse of molecular and cellular data and information across laboratories, potentially driving new discoveries in biology.”

Dr Sarah Teichmann, senior author from the Wellcome Sanger Institute and co-founder of the Human Cell Atlas, said: “The Human Cell Atlas is creating detailed reference maps of all cells in the human body to transform our understanding of biology, health and disease, and single-cell technologies underpin this hugely ambitious project. Global collaboration and open data sharing are vital to achieve the aim of a representative Human Cell Atlas that will benefit humanity worldwide. CellHint enables the unification and sharing of single-cell data, which allows the global research community to contribute to and benefit from the ongoing research that is happening around the world, and help drive advances in health and healthcare.”

Bowled over the great Ramen revolution- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

Stirring up a slurpy storm, the humble wheat noodle is driving the great ramen revolution in India. No longer limited to its traditional Chinese roots—a dish crafted with kansui, an alkaline substance—these noodles, soaked in a simmering broth of vegetables or meat, with an array of toppings, have transcended boundaries. Its widespread availability and adaptability are clear indicators of its popularity. With frequent appearances in K-dramas, food pop-ups, literature, in addition to social media, ramen has evolved into a culinary icon. Home cooks, chefs, bloggers and food enthusiasts alike are also showcasing their ramen creativity, making the dish a cult favourite.

Chefs indigenise cuisines to woo local palates. The result is the desi curry-based ramen, which is served not just in bowls, but also in buns and tacos. Apart from simple staples such as green onions, egg whites and bean sprouts, the dish is also prepared with exotic kelp, sea urchin and matsutake mushrooms.

 Mama’s spicy ramen bow

“Anime has played a big part in making ramen a cultural icon,” says Vidushi Sharma, founder and head chef, Mensho Tokyo, Delhi.

Chinese immigrants brought ramen to Japan after the Meiji Restoration in 1868. 

Often confused with Korean ramyun, which is more fast food than gourmet, ramen’s simple beginnings have been expanded on an innovative global style like many indigenous recipes.

Take, for instance, the inventive Matcha Tori Paitan Ramen at Mensho Tokyo, where the chicken broth is infused with ceremonial grade matcha.

“This unconventional addition introduces a slightly grassy flavour to the broth. It is topped with a soufflé-like egg white,” says Sharma.

Broth is the soul of ramen. Being one of the most dynamic dishes, each component of the ramen bowl is customisable.

Its versatility lies in countless broths; versions that are rich and buttery, light and salty, classic soy sauce avatars, made with fermented miso or spicy Tiananmen.

Slow-simmered concoctions, like the one offered at Go Go Ramen in Chennai is made with slow-cooked pork, kept on the fire for 18 hours to impart a luscious, full-bodied taste.

The ramen toppings are eclectic—truffle oil, foie gras, yuzu zest, pickled plum, lobster, caviar and caramelised leeks. “Nutrition-rich miso, organic greens, bean sprouts and bamboo are popular with diners. There are plenty of ingredient options for vegans as well, such as miso-glazed tofu, shiitake ‘bacon’, charred corn, beetroot ribbons, basil-flavoured artichoke and lime-infused cauliflower.

While avant-garde seasonings such as chilli oil, mirin (a sweet rice wine), and black garlic oil have their fans, the timeless salt and soy seasoning has survived change. Low-sodium versions are easily available, too,” says Chef Saurabh Sharan of Japanese restaurant Guppy in Delhi.

The culinary exploration continues with the myriad noodle varieties—thick, thin, straight, curvy, curly, flat and wide. Artisanal hand-made noodles, the kind made by celebrated chef Yasuhito Kosugi at Harima, his restaurant in Bengaluru, has a growing gourmet clientele.

The ramen’s uneven texture helps hold and absorb the broth better and makes the noodles more chewy. “Then there are alternate noodles made with whole wheat, buckwheat, millet and rice. New, popular varieties are of sweet potato starch or vegetable-based,” says Sharan, who believes that the success of a ramen dish lies in its simplicity, made with natural and fresh ingredients. 

Cold ramen, also known as Hiyashi Chuka, is gaining popularity with experimental desi epicures. Served with chilled noodles and an assortment of raw vegetables such as cucumber, carrots and cabbage, it is a comparative novelty in the Indian culinary scene.

Ram Bahadur Budhathoki, head chef, Chowman chain of restaurants, speaks about another in-demand version—seasonal preparations, which incorporate nutritionally loaded local produce. 

“I would recommend pok choy, enoki mushroom, scallions, snow peas and Chinese cabbage for this time of the year,” he suggests.

Fusion foodies have given Indian-style ramen the thumbs up. Reminiscent of the much-loved chicken soup is the heartwarming spicy chicken ramen bowl at Mamagoto.

“It’s a soul-soothing broth topped with noodles, buttered corn, spinach, nori sheet, minced chicken, marinated eggs and a selection of spices.

Think of it as comfort food,” says Siddharth, brand chef, Mamagoto, who underlines the popularity of Indian ingredients such as turmeric, cumin and coriander. There is nothing like being in a soup sometimes.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Legal Operations Intern at Innovaccer, Noida

Applications are invited for Legal Operations Intern at Innovaccer, Noida for the year 2023.

About the Company

Innovaccer Inc. is the #1 data platform for value-based care. The Innovaccer platform unifies patient data across systems and care settings, and empowers healthcare organizations with scalable, modern applications that improve clinical, financial, operational, and experiential outcomes. 

About the Role

As an Intern in the Legal Department, you will work closely with the General Counsel to develop a modern legal operations program for our esteemed legal team, contributing to its high visibility and impact within the organization.

Eligibility

  • Any recent graduate of batch 2023 or 2024
  • Must be available for full-time 3-months duration internship
  • Analytical Thinking: Ability to analyze large volumes of information, identify relevant facts, and propose viable solutions.
  • Tech Savvy: Proficiency in MS Excel, Word, PowerPoint, etc.
  • Communication Skills: Strong oral and written communication skills.
  • Problem Solving: Demonstrated problem-solving skills.
  • Research Skills: Strong research capabilities.

Roles & Responsibilities

  • Develop meaningful analytic reports for the department that are actionable, effortless to understand, and widely shared.
  • Utilize existing company technology to create template intake forms and streamline contract management processes.
  • Collaborate with the team to build a legal hub in Jira, facilitating self-service, intake forms, and answers to key questions.
  • Manage department systems, ensuring information is current and accurate, and provide daily support to lawyers.
  • Facilitate communication between legal and compliance teams in India and the US to ensure seamless information flow.
  • Organize and maintain legal department document drives, ensuring adherence to information governance standards.
  • Code incoming invoices from law firms to provide clarity and transparency on legal spend, implementing reviews of external law firms.
  • Collaborate with the deal desk and sales team to establish two-way automated reporting of priorities.

Click here to apply.

Lawctopus regularly helps organisations hire interns and employees. Email the JD at [email protected] for free and paid plans.

Snow queen chic: Top winter-inspired makeup trends for Christmas | Fashion Trends

Christmas season is here, filled with cheerful vibes, delicious desserts and special gifts. As the festive season covers the world in a shimmering blanket of snow, it’s time to embrace the enchanting beauty of winter with bright red outfits that exude Christmas spirit and glamorous makeup. The festivities provide an opportunity to take out your heavy makeup, get your hands dirty and give yourself a stunning makeover. Incorporating winter-inspired makeup trends into your festive look will add a touch of holiday magic to your celebrations. Whether you are attending a festive gathering or enjoying a cosy night in, let your make-up reflect the magical beauty of the season. (Also read: Beauty blunders: 11 common makeup mistakes and pro tips and tricks to avoid them )

As Christmas approaches, indulge in these top winter-inspired makeup looks that will have you radiating holiday glamour. (Pinterest)

Makeup Ideas for Christmas

Avleen Bansal, Head Of Training, Make-up Studio shared with HT Lifestyle some stunning winter-inspired makeup looks for Christmas.

Wrap up the year gone by & gear up for 2024 with HT! Click here

1. Icy Blue Eyes

Adorn your eyes with a captivating icy blue eyeshadow for a unique and alluring look.(Pinterest)
Adorn your eyes with a captivating icy blue eyeshadow for a unique and alluring look.(Pinterest)

Channel your inner Snow Queen by adorning your eyelids with cool, icy blue eyeshadows. Opt for frosty shades that mimic the glistening snowflakes outside your window. Blend different tones to create a mesmerizing, multidimensional effect. Complete the look with a touch of silver or white eyeliner to add a frosty finishing touch.

2. Snowy Lashes

Snowy- inspired lashes can instantly elevate your Christmas makeup look.(Pinterest)
Snowy- inspired lashes can instantly elevate your Christmas makeup look.(Pinterest)

Embrace the magic of a winter wonderland by giving your lashes a snowy makeover. Apply a few coats of white or silver mascara to create a delicate snowflake effect. This whimsical touch will make your eyes sparkle and capture the essence of the season.

3. Frosty Cheeks

Frosty cheeks makeup trend adds a touch of icy radiance to your holiday glow.(Pinterest)
Frosty cheeks makeup trend adds a touch of icy radiance to your holiday glow.(Pinterest)

Achieve a rosy winter glow with blushes in shades of cool pinks and mauves. Dab a touch of highlighter on the high points of your cheeks to mimic the glistening frost. The result? Cheeks that radiate a subtle, wintry shimmer.

4. Glimmering Lips

Glimmering lips infuses your pout with a touch of enchanting sparkle and seasonal allure.(Pinterest)
Glimmering lips infuses your pout with a touch of enchanting sparkle and seasonal allure.(Pinterest)

Let your lips steal the spotlight with shades inspired by winter berries and frost-kissed landscapes. Deep reds, plums, and icy metallics will add a touch of sophistication to your look. Consider experimenting with gloss for a luscious, winter-inspired finish.

5. Snowflake Accents

Snowflake accents adds a touch of frosty charm, bringing delicate snow-inspired patterns to enhance your holiday glamour.(Pinterest)
Snowflake accents adds a touch of frosty charm, bringing delicate snow-inspired patterns to enhance your holiday glamour.(Pinterest)

Elevate your Snow Queen Chic look with delicate snowflake accents. Using a fine brush and white or silver eyeshadow, create tiny snowflakes around your eyes or on your temples. This whimsical detail adds a touch of magic to your festive makeup.

6. Crystal Adornments

Crystal adornments brings a touch of opulent sparkle, reflecting the icy beauty of the season in every glamorous detail.(Pinterest)
Crystal adornments brings a touch of opulent sparkle, reflecting the icy beauty of the season in every glamorous detail.(Pinterest)

Take inspiration from the frosty elegance of icicles by incorporating crystal embellishments into your makeup. Strategically place tiny crystals on your eyelids or along your lash line for a dazzling effect. These subtle touches will make you feel like a winter princess.

7. Velvety Nails

Velvety nails coats your fingertips in rich, luxurious hues, capturing the cozy elegance of the season in every stroke.(Pinterest)
Velvety nails coats your fingertips in rich, luxurious hues, capturing the cozy elegance of the season in every stroke.(Pinterest)

Complete your Snow Queen Chic transformation with velvety nails in deep, wintry hues. Dark blues, purples, or even black can add a touch of mystery to your overall look. Consider adding a subtle glitter top coat for a hint of festive sparkle.

Bringing her expertise to the same Naveen Bhalla, Brand Trainer, Anastasia Beverly Hills India shared with HT Lifestyle, “It is that time of the year when you pull out your glitter eyeshadows, high shine lip glosses and highlighters. After all, it is Christmas! Start by prepping your skin for makeup with a good moisturizer and strobe cream. You can choose between full coverage or sheer as per your preference. For the eyes, keep it shimmery with an extended wing liner, with some jewel stones on the outer or inner corners, to add extra drama. Put on a few coats of mascara or add false lashes to accentuate the eyes. Add a flush of pink or peach colour on to the cheeks and a high shine highlighter to achieve a natural effect glow on the high points.”

“As red is the colour of Christmas, swipe on a bold red lipstick of your choice on the lips and top it up with a high-shine gloss. Set the look with a dewy setting spray to keep the face illuminating all day long. Lastly, wave up your hair for an effortless complement to this Snow Queen-inspired Christmas makeup look,” concludes Naveen Bhalla.

J&J bets bigger on MeiraGTx’s eye gene therapy

Dive Brief:

  • Gene therapy developer MeiraGTx is selling its remaining financial interest in an eye-disease treatment partnered with Johnson & Johnson, announcing Thursday it is receiving $65 million up front and potentially another $65 million next year in exchange for foregoing future sales royalties.
  • Per deal terms, MeiraGTx could receive up to $285 million more upon J&J’s first commercial sales in the U.S. and Europe, as well as for transferring its manufacturing capabilities over to the big drugmaker. Those payments would only materialize, though, if the gene therapy succeeds in late-stage testing for a rare form of vision loss.
  • For MeiraGTx, the deal, along with a recent $30 million investment from Sanofi, will help fund the company through the middle of 2026 and develop its other programs. Shares in MeiraGTx rose about 22% in Thursday morning trading.

Dive Insight:

J&J and MeiraGTx have been working together since 2019, when they teamed up to develop a range of eye-related gene therapies. The collaboration has resulted in three projects in clinical development, the most of advanced of which, known as “bota-vec,” is now in late-stage testing for a rare, inherited condition called X-linked retinitis pigmentosa.

For J&J, the deal is emblematic of its focus on gene therapies for genetic eye diseases, an area that’s already yielded an approved product in the form of Roche’s Luxturna. J&J has also partnered with privately-held Hemera Biosciences in a deal that’s led to an experimental treatment for geographic atrophy, a form of age-related vision lost.

It’s not alone in its interest. Several drugmakers, among them Novartis, Roche and Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, have invested in gene therapies for other ocular disorders, as the eye is easier to reach with a genetic medicine than some other areas of the body.

Yet despite some early validation, eye gene therapy research has faced some notable setbacks. Biogen, for example, has shifted its gene therapy strategy after suffering clinical setbacks in the wake of its acquisition of Nightstar Therapeutics. Applied Genetic Technologies Corp. was taken private after years of struggles. And earlier this year, a privately held startup called Vedere Bio II shut down after disappointing early results.

Results from the bota-vec study could come next year, according to a federal database.

The funding for MeiraGTx, meanwhile, comes at a critical time. Biotech companies have struggled to raise cash during the sector’s pullback, leading many to cut costs, lay off staff or shut down. MeiraGTs had only $63 million in cash as of Sept. 30, and had spent $105 million through the first nine months of 2023.

Most Popular Toys of the last 50 Years [INFOGRAPHIC]

Here is a little nostalgia hit for you.

The infographic below shows the most popular toys from 1963 – 2013.

Take a look and see if you recognise a birthday present or two!

Is My Boyfriend Controlling? Quiz

Caring or controlling? It’s easy to mistake one for the other in relationships, but there’s a crucial difference – one makes you feel loved, and the other, scared. Enter the “Is My Boyfriend Controlling? Quiz,” a valuable tool for self-reflection designed to enhance your understanding of your boyfriend’s actions. Crafted by a psychologist with experience as a relationships counselor, this quiz aims to help you identify telltale signs of controlling behavior.

In relationships, control issues can subtly creep in, often going unnoticed. It may start with seemingly harmless small things that, when viewed individually, seem innocent but collectively raise a major red flag.

Consider a common scenario: when your boyfriend asks for your location. If it’s rooted in genuine concern for your safety or planning check-ins, that’s positive. However, if he’s constantly demanding your location, checking up on you excessively, and bombarding you with too many questions, it could be a sign of control.

This example illustrates physical control, but there are other types as well. Emotional and psychological control often accompany physical control, but they can be trickier to identify. For instance, emotional control may manifest as manipulative behaviors that subtly undermine your confidence, leading you to constantly crave his approval.

The quiz consists of eight straightforward questions, each prompting reflection on different aspects of your relationship. So, find a quiet corner, answer honestly, and let the quiz address the questions buzzing around in your mind: “Is my boyfriend manipulative?” “Is he controlling?”

Ask Our Expert

2022 Toyota Tundra TRD Pro Review: Fierce Looks, Gentle Demeanor

If you’re worried about visibility, Toyota’s Solar Orange paint job should help.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Pavement and dirt are two different beasts, so it’s not a stretch to assume that trucks engineered for more extensive off-road use might make some sacrifices to on-road comfort. But the 2022 Toyota Tundra TRD Pro does both with aplomb, shrinking the gap between this oft-overlooked Japanese pickup truck and its egregiously popular American counterparts.

Like


  • Composed, comfortable on the road


  • Good cabin and safety tech

Don’t like


  • Still a lot of hard plastic for $69k


  • Middling economy for a hybrid

From a distance, though, the Tundra TRD Pro doesn’t exactly scream subtlety. In fact, it screams more like a teenager who’s had one too many cans of birthday-cake-flavored Bang. My tester’s $425 shade of Solar Octane paint ensures you can see this truck from across a dense parking lot, or perhaps even from space. Throw a billion chunky design elements into the mix, along with some slick digital camouflage trim and matte-black 18-inch alloy wheels, and the TRD Pro looks ready to start an argument if you look at it the wrong way. There’s a lot of character here.

Two-c thicc design elements make their way inside, as well. The chunky-funky dashboard looks sufficiently truckish, and many of the controls have a nice, bulky tactility to them. Being the second most expensive trim, the TRD Pro does add leather in a few key spots, but by and large, it’s mostly the same interior you’ll get on other Tundras, as well as its platform-mate, the Sequoia SUV. It’s nice, but it’s hard to gel the TRD Pro’s $67,000 starting price with the quantity of hard, scratchy plastic across many touch points, especially the center armrest’s sliding components.

2022 Toyota Tundra TRD Pro Gets All the Attention in Orange

See all photos

It should come as no surprise that something this large would carry a good amount of daily-driving practicality. Clutterbugs will love just how many places you can throw junk in the Tundra TRD Pro’s cabin. The front doors have two tiers of pockets, which is good since the cup holders have trouble holding larger Nalgenes. Ahead of the cup holders, there’s a stand for upright wireless device charging (a nice touch), along with a sizable cubby. The center armrest opens traditionally, but there’s also a sliding tray in the middle for quicker access to the cubby below, which is large enough to hold a small animal. (Don’t do that, though.) In the TRD Pro’s sole CrewMax configuration, the back half of the cabin is spacious as all get-out, with ample space to splay out. Put a small mattress on the floor and bam, now it’s an Airbnb.

The Tundra TRD Pro is only available with Toyota’s top-shelf powertrain, comprising a 3.5-liter twin-turbo V6 and a single electric motor between the engine and its 10-speed automatic transmission. Its output of 437 horsepower and 583 pound-feet of torque makes this Tundra ever so spicier than the Ford F-150 Hybrid. The hybrid system isn’t designed for efficiency so much as it is for creating a diesel-like torque curve, and it feels every bit as strong as you’d think when tooling around town. You can keep it in electric-only operation for small bits of time, but most throttle applications from a stop will get the gas engine to kick in pretty quickly. The fake sound piped through the speakers gives it a more V8-like attitude, even if it’s mostly smoke and mirrors.

This V6 puts in some serious work.

Andrew Krok/CNET

I had an easier time living with the Tundra TRD Pro than I did the Sequoia, arguably the more family-friendly of the two vehicles that share this frame and powertrain. The shudders from activating and deactivating the gas engine are far less pronounced in the Tundra, which is good. Fuel economy, on the other hand, takes a plunge in the TRD Pro. The EPA rates this four-wheel-drive truck at just 18 mpg city and 20 mpg highway, numbers I find a little difficult to achieve. Stick with a two-wheel-drive hybrid if you’re really trying to stretch out those trips to the gas station. Thankfully, my tester’s 32.2-gallon gas tank helps alleviate some range concerns.

The Tundra TRD Pro also gives me a much better ride quality than the Sequoia did. The TRD Pro rides 1.1 inches higher, and its 2.5-inch Fox internal-bypass coilover shocks with rear remote reservoirs do an impressive job of eating up bad roads and returning little perturbation to the cabin. The 285/65R18 Falken Wildpeak all-terrain tires love dirt, but thankfully, they’re also pretty chill on pavement, with a relatively low amount of tire noise and almost no lateral tracking. Those chunky sidewalls likely bolster the ride quality a bit, too.

Toyota’s unique take on digital camouflage looks excellent on the Tundra TRD Pro.

Andrew Krok/CNET

The TRD Pro doesn’t give up much, if any of its truck-stuff capability, either. This Tundra variant can tow 11,175 pounds, the most of any 4×4 CrewMax configuration, and it’s bested only by 4×2 CrewMax models. Its 1,600-pound payload capacity is also near the top of the Tundra lineup, again only bested by two-wheel-drive trucks.

Toyota’s infotainment tech used to be hot garbage until the US team wrestled control of the telematics away from the mothership. What started as Lexus Interface has now made its way to Toyota’s vehicles, and the improvement is dramatic. A standard 14-inch touchscreen rises from the dashboard, and it’s so much easier to use than before, with fresher graphics, better response times and Google-based navigation mapping. Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto are included, and the also-standard 12-speaker JBL sound system provides some damned decent bumpage. A 12.3-inch digital gauge cluster keeps the relevant information at the forefront, even if I think the aesthetics are a little dated.

Getting used to the Tundra’s new infotainment system won’t take long.

Andrew Krok/CNET

Given the giant Toyota badges everywhere, absolutely nobody should be surprised that the Tundra TRD Pro carries some solid safety systems. Every Tundra, not just this version, comes standard with a suite of active and passive driver aids, which includes automatic emergency braking with pedestrian detection, adaptive cruise control, lane-departure warning, lane-keep assist, automatic high beams and traffic-sign recognition. These hands-on systems are nice and smooth in their operation.

Like every other full-size pickup truck in 2022, the Tundra TRD Pro is not cheap. Available in a single 4×4 CrewMax configuration with a 5.5-foot bed, this hybrid pickup rings in at $69,300, including $1,795 in destination charges. Throw in the paint job and that brings the total to $69,725. It’s not the cheapest hybrid Tundra you can get — that honor goes to the $62,885 Platinum 4×2, about the same as a Ford F-150 King Ranch hybrid — but it occupies a unique spot as the only hybrid pickup truck billed as being off-road-friendly.

It’s nice to see the 2022 Toyota Tundra TRD Pro holding its own against the Americans. The truck’s aesthetics and capability are up there, the pricing is relatively competitive and its on-road demeanor is just as good as its Stateside counterparts. Whether or not the hybrid is what brings you in the door, there’s plenty to like that should keep you there.

Kenny Payne returned to save Louisville. Now a school and a city wonder what’s next

LOUISVILLE — Kenny Payne sounded like a man looking for hope in a hard reality. His Louisville basketball team came close, so painstakingly close, to finally doing it — winning one of those games upon which corners are turned. Instead, No. 19 Texas pulled away late, handing Payne his 30th loss in 36 games as coach of the Cardinals. This was four weeks ago, what, in hindsight, feels like four years ago.

Payne settled in for a postgame news conference at Madison Square Garden. There was a certain optimism to him that Sunday afternoon. He nodded and offered a knowing gaze. “It’s only going to get better,” he said. “It’s not going to get worse.”

It was difficult to imagine then how wrong he was.

The Cards lost to Indiana the next day. Then, uncomfortable home wins over New Mexico State and Bellarmine in a near-empty KFC Yum! Center. A loss at Virginia Tech. Another at DePaul, one of the few programs supposedly worse off than Louisville. Then, a home loss to Arkansas State. (Not Arkansas. Arkansas State.) Last weekend, a three-game skid was snapped with a win over Pepperdine.

That’s been the story on the court. Off the court, the place has come to feel like some cruel thought experiment on the long-term effects of fatalism. Fans are apoplectic. Program alumni are mortified. New embarrassments seem to come by the week. Most recently, fans went from talking about why freshman guard Ty-Laur Johnson sat out to start a game because he didn’t have his leggings to wondering what led to junior guard Koron Davis’ dismissal.

Louisville, as one proud former player puts it, is “utterly unrecognizable.”

It wasn’t supposed to be this way. Payne returned to Louisville in March 2022 as a beloved alum. Beowulf, reclaiming his land to slay the dragons of this program’s recent past — the NCAA, the messy end of Chris Mack’s tenure, the cloud of Rick Pitino, the sordid headlines, the vacated wins, the dark days. All that would recede into memory as Louisville returned to glory.

But Payne, who wasn’t made available to The Athletic during a recent visit, went 4-28 in Year 1. Now he’s 5-6 in Year 2. The negativity surrounding the program is unmatched in college basketball. Most of it’s warranted. Some of it’s hyperbolic. Such toxicity turns every missed shot into a manifesto on the program’s future.

What’s most uncomfortable, though, is the seeming universal acceptance that sweeping changes are a foregone conclusion. That Louisville, operating as a bastardized version of a program with 10 Final Fours and three national titles (no matter what the NCAA record book says), is already past a point of no return with Kenny Payne.

At no time might that be clearer than this Thursday. Everyone knows what’s coming. The Yum! is about to turn blue as thousands of Kentucky fans take over the building for the annual rivalry game. It will be a sight no one can ignore, and the ultimate question again will be asked.

Where do the Cards go from here?


Touching down on one of the two runways at Bowman Field, the small airport southeast of downtown Louisville, Kenny Payne stepped out of a private plane and into an American dream. It was March 17, 2022. Denny Crum, his former coach, had lived long enough to see one of his own inherit his program. The 85-year-old waited on the tarmac alongside Wade Houston, another Cardinal legend and Payne mentor, both men smiling. Lowering his head, Payne ducked his 6-foot-8 frame through the plane door, inhaled a familiar air, hugged them both and waved to fans along a perimeter fence line.

This is what so many wanted. Louisville’s post-Pitino world was one of lost identity. Program alum David Padgett admirably navigated the tumult of 2017-18 as interim coach but wasn’t trendy enough to be the school’s long-term option. Chris Mack was the hottest name on the market, so Louisville went and got him. The marriage was hailed nationally as a can’t-miss hire in March 2018. Twenty-one months later, Mack coached the No. 1-ranked Cards to a home win over No. 4 Michigan in front of 21,674 packed shoulder-to-shoulder in December 2019.

This was a new era.

Until it wasn’t.

Mack didn’t make it to the end of Year 4 in his seven-year contract, getting pushed out 14 games into the 2021-22 season amid another NCAA investigation and player discontent. Another ugly ending. Another round of preposterous headlines. (Seriously, what other program has had two head coaches entangled in extortion cases?)

Many around Louisville say that then-interim athletic director Josh Heird had little choice in the 2022 coaching search. Trustees, ex-players, boosters — most wanted Payne. Louisville is a place where the streets go backward, where some loyalists and ex-players are still upset Crum was forced into retirement in 2001, and others still regularly relitigate Pitino’s various cause célèbres. The school needed someone to tie its binds.

Payne, 57, was born and raised in southeast Mississippi but is a son of Louisville. He was a freshman on Crum’s 1986 national championship team. He played with legends Billy Thompson, Milt Wagner and Pervis Ellison. He led the program to the Sweet 16 in 1988 and ’89. He carried all imaginable Card credentials and had a coaching résumé to go with them. Payne honed his recruiting chops for years as an assistant coach at Oregon and Kentucky, then sharpened his coaching prowess with a few seasons in the NBA.

This was the right man at the right time for Louisville. More impactfully, Payne stood as the first Black head coach for a program with a long history of racial barrier-breaking. The size and scale of his hiring wasn’t lost on him.

“It’s bigger than me,” Payne told The Athletic in October 2022. “That’s the best way to say it: It’s bigger than me. It’s a lot.”

That was only 14 months ago.


Today’s version of college basketball, with its transfer portal and its Name, Image and Likeness jockeying, comes with an inherent stress of assembling talent as fast as possible and winning games now, not later. Louisville saw Payne as a tap to a keg of all readily available talent. His 10-year tenure at Kentucky turned him into a near-mythic figure. He was critical in landing and developing Anthony Davis and other five-star future NBA lottery picks. He coached nine big men who were drafted in the lottery, including two No. 1 overall picks. He was best friends with basketball’s ultimate power broker — William “Worldwide” Wesley. NBA All-Star Karl-Anthony Towns once called Payne “the horse beneath the jockey driving Kentucky basketball.”

The math was easy. If Payne did that at Kentucky, imagine what he’d do on his own horse in Louisville.

Immediately after the hiring, several top-rated recruits were suddenly rumored to be heavily interested in Louisville. In May 2022, Payne hired Milt Wagner, his former teammate and U of L luminary, as the program’s director of player development and alumni relations. Wagner’s grandson, D.J., happened to be the No. 1 recruit in the country at the time.

The flood of talent to Louisville felt all but imminent.

But things aren’t so simple.

Payne’s first recruiting class, cobbled together late, ranked a respectable 26th in the 247Sports Composite rankings but lacked a top-50 prospect. He mined the portal for two pieces, notably Tennessee transfer Brandon Huntley-Hatfield. But it wasn’t enough. The Cards’ 2022-23 roster, with a handful of returnees, had 10 scholarship players. They won four games. Losses included an exhibition to Division II Lenoir-Rhyne and regular-season upsets by Bellarmine, Wright State, Appalachian State and Lipscomb. They went 2-18 in the ACC and finished 290th in KenPom’s ratings. The next closest high-major was California at 270.

On top of the losses, things soured through Year 1 as, one by one, all that rumored incoming five-star talent went elsewhere. D.J. Wagner not only declined Louisville’s scholarship but also committed to Kentucky.

What’s gone wrong? Theories abound among those in grassroots basketball. About Payne spending his entire coaching career at Nike schools (Oregon and Kentucky) and now being under the Adidas umbrella. About Payne and assistant coaches Danny Manning, Nolan Smith and Josh Jamieson not pounding the pavement. Whatever the reason, the flood hasn’t come.

Seven scholarship players entered the transfer portal in Payne’s first offseason, including three captains. Then came a more significant loss. Trentyn Flowers, a five-star recruit who reclassified to enroll early at Louisville and headlined the Cards’ five-player 2023 recruiting class, opted out of his commitment. He did so after practicing with the team for weeks last summer. A potential starter, Flowers left the program on Aug. 14 and signed with the Adelaide 36ers of the National Basketball League in Australia.

The 2023-24 Louisville roster would feature nine new players, including key sophomore transfers Skyy Clark (Illinois) and Tre White (USC) and a freshman class that, despite Flowers’ departure, ranked No. 6 by 247Sports. Most agreed the roster was upgraded.

Eight current Louisville players entered college as top-100 players in 247Sports Composite recruiting rankings. Four of them — Huntley-Hatfield, Dennis Evans, Clark and White — ranked in the top 50. The Cards are exceedingly young, though. The roster includes nine freshmen and sophomores. Payne’s team ranks 301st in the country in DI experience, averaging 1.19 years. The only other high-major programs with less experience are UCLA and Notre Dame.

It was a year late, but, even without an influx of five-stars, this is what Louisville theoretically signed up for with Payne. Accumulate young talent, go through some growing pains, rebuild the program and climb back to the top of the ACC in a few years.

Luke Hancock, the hero of Louisville’s 2013 national title and now an analyst for ACC Network, says he sees “some pieces of what could be a good team” and wonders, if this group stayed mostly intact, grew a year older, added a top recruit or two and a couple veteran transfers, what might that look like?

“It’s not that I’m grasping at straws here,” Hancock says. “There are real positives. It ​​could be dramatically better going into Year 3. But are Louisville fans going to give them enough time for all that to really come to fruition? It doesn’t seem like it.”

Therein lies the rub. In only 14 months, things went so bad, so fast, that few are willing to see where this will go. If this were Year 1, maybe some would be willing to ride things out.

But it is not Year 1.

Losing is one thing. Being embarrassed is another.


Koron Davis could be seen right out in the open. Some fans recognized the 6-foot-7 guard from the program’s annual preseason scrimmage. Now he was sitting in the Yum! stands.

Nothing made sense. Davis was recruited to bolster the Louisville backcourt. He played junior college ball at Paris (Texas) Community College and Los Angeles Southwest College, and committed to the Cards in January 2023 after Payne visited him in LA. He was considered a nice pickup and a potential contributor.

But Davis has never suited up for a game. Payne delivered cryptic explanations. He said Davis was not in trouble, and was still part of the team, but was told not to come to games. Rumors swirled that he’d been involved in a practice confrontation with Payne.

Things turned more bizarre on Dec. 13. Louisville issued a statement announcing Davis was transferring, marking an abrupt end to the saga. Except then Davis, who posted a picture of his first-semester report card on social media that same morning, refuted the tweet, saying, “I never asked to transfer.”

Louisville issued a second release, this time saying Davis was dismissed from the program.

So what went wrong? In an interview with The Athletic, Davis says the practice at the root of the matter occurred in mid-November. That day, in a post-practice huddle, Payne told the group Davis bad-mouthed the team. “He told my teammates: ‘Koron said f— all y’all.’” Davis says. “Things escalated from there, but never turned physical.”

In a separate interview with The Athletic, a current Louisville player, granted anonymity so as to corroborate events without facing repercussions from the program, confirmed Davis’ retelling of the event.

Davis’ status with the team was limited after that day, but he was still part of the program. He maintained access to facilities, remained enrolled, and conducted occasional individual workouts with coaches. Program sources push back on the idea of a single incident being at the root of Davis’ quasi-suspension, but what’s clear is no one understood the terms.

Teammates were confused. So were fans and media. And athletic department officials. In an already combustible equation of a coach on the hot seat and a team losing games, now came controversy.

“It was so weird how they handled it,” the current player says.

Davis requested a meeting with Heird and spoke to the Louisville AD on Dec. 6. Heird, who confirms this meeting, asked Davis if he wanted to remain at the school. Davis responded yes. Heird told Davis he would speak to Payne.

Soon after, according to the current Louisville team member, some players met with Payne and the coaching staff. They advocated for Davis to rejoin the team, saying he could be a valuable player. Moreover, they said the drama surrounding the situation was distracting and could be avoided if Davis was allowed to sit on the bench. According to the current player, coaches responded by again claiming that Davis had told them he didn’t care about the team and wanted to transfer.

Nothing was any clearer by the end of Dec. 13. Following the loss to Arkansas State, Payne offered no further explanation. Two Louisville players, Huntley-Hatfield and Clark, said they still speak to Davis and support him.

Associate athletic director Zach Greenwell said in a statement to The Athletic on Wednesday that the university would honor Davis’ scholarship.

“All of our head coaches are empowered to make decisions related to their rosters that they believe are in the best interest of their programs as a whole,” he said. “If Koron Davis wishes to transition from being a student-athlete to a student at the University of Louisville, he is welcome to do so and his scholarship will be honored. Should he choose to continue his basketball career elsewhere, we will support his decision and wish him nothing but the best.”

Davis says he plans to remain enrolled at Louisville next semester, then decide where to play in 2024-25.

The handling of the situation — from Payne’s puzzling news conferences, to the poor messaging, to the confusion of Dec. 13 — was, according to an athletic department source, roundly seen as an unnecessary debacle. While some say Payne felt Davis’ long-term future wasn’t at Louisville and wanted to help him land somewhere as a transfer, they simultaneously acknowledge the ordeal could have been dealt with more deftly.

Some felt it marked the first time Payne’s tenure actually embarrassed the school. That this, in the big picture, was an exemplar of a program with broader issues.


It’s another game on another night in this very uncomfortable time to be a Louisville Cardinal. Attendance is announced at over 10,000, but fewer than 5,000 dour faces dot the 22,090-seat arena. That’s inside. Outside? You know it’s bad when barstools are empty in a city built on bourbon.

“We need a better team,” says the general manager of one neighboring establishment. “We have to get all the (bar) owners on the whole street together to start recruiting some guys.”

The GM doesn’t want his bar named here. Might be bad for business, he says, and business is bad enough. Real estate and operating costs near the downtown arena are priced to include 18 nights of 15,000-plus crowds coming downtown for Louisville men’s basketball. Right now, the numbers are off.

After years spent ranked among the most highly attended teams in college basketball, Louisville slipped to 22nd in average attendance last season. Average ticket sales were announced at 12,497 per game, per NCAA records. In 2019-20, the last time things were cooking around here, Louisville announced an average crowd of 16,658. That ranked seventh nationally.

But the real problem is, the Cards aren’t drawing anywhere near what’s being announced at games. According to university records requested by The Athletic, last year’s actual through-the-gates attendance averaged 6,557 per game. Only three games drew over 9,000. The Cards’ highly successful women’s program, riding a wave of five Elite Eights and two Final Four appearances since 2018, averaged 5,269 per game.

This year is worse for the men. The first three regular-season home dates drew 16,037, total. Or 5,435 per game. Season ticket sales have fallen from 10,501 to 9,099.

These are numbers that put bars out of business and leave hotel rooms empty.

They’re numbers that speak to a city missing part of its identity. Most places, a first-year homegrown football coach (Jeff Brohm) leading a program to its first-ever ACC Championship game appearance would occupy all the oxygen. Here, it’s a nice distraction. Louisville is a basketball town. It’s where this year the mayor displayed a replica 2013 national champion banner on Metro Hall to celebrate its 10th anniversary, since it can’t hang at Yum! Center because the NCAA vacated the title.

All that passion doesn’t disappear. It gets repurposed. A harsh shift has occurred from people supporting Kenny Payne as a person to people being so distraught by losing that it turns personal. Everything Payne says is seemingly subject to interpretation and attack. After this season opened with a 71-68 exhibition game loss to Kentucky Wesleyan, Payne said, “We can’t beat teams with talent. We’re never going to be the most talented team.” Payne meant his young team can’t simply show up and expect to win, but fans and media pounced on the quote.

After the loss to Indiana, when asked if he expected the Hoosiers to shift to a late zone defense, Payne said, “I did not. I knew (Mike Woodson) wouldn’t play zone — or I thought. He tricked me.” Again, the line scorched social media. Yet as of that day, Indiana had played, per Synergy, 27 possessions of zone defense and 5,781 in man-to-man in three years under Woodson. Twelve of those 27 zone possessions came in the final eight minutes against Louisville. Payne was justified to not prep for a zone. But all people heard was a struggling coach say he got tricked.

One program alum living in town, who requested anonymity to speak freely, says he dreads stopping at Starbucks for his daily coffee. He ducks his head, trying to be inconspicuous. But that’s impossible. He’s instantly recognized and the questions come before he can place an order. What do we do about Kenny? How’d it get so bad? Who should we hire?

Publicly, the ex-player voices support for Payne and the program. But truthfully?

“I think it’s too foregone at this point,” the ex-player said. “‘Sad’ is the word that comes to my mind, you know? By now, I would guess like 95 percent of the fan base has given up on this working. It’s hard to argue. The negativity is overwhelming.”

Multiple alums echoed the sentiment. That they don’t bother looking at social media anymore. They cringe seeing Yum! so barren. They worry about the current players trying to navigate something they didn’t sign up for.

As Peyton Siva puts it, playing college ball in a town like Louisville is “a gift and a curse.”

“When it’s going good, it’s so great. They show you love,” Siva says. “When it’s going bad, man, there are some people who make it tough.”


Louisville lost at home to Arkansas State 75-63 on Dec. 13. (Andy Lyons / Getty Images)

Heird, the Louisville athletic director, is sitting in an empty practice gym connected to the Yum! Center. Groans are audible from the arena. Asked how it’s come to this, he admits that he, too, is trying to understand.

“I think that’s the most difficult part of being an athletic director,” he says. “Everything can align to say, ‘This is the one.’ Right? ‘A can’t-miss (hire).’ The example I always use is Scott Frost. Name one person in the country, when he was at UCF, that thought that wasn’t going to work at Nebraska.”

Heird pauses, waiting for an answer that doesn’t come.

“There wasn’t one,” he concludes.

Whatever happens next at Louisville will ultimately be in Heird’s hands. He’s not a native, but he knows the place. He spent 2006 to 2017 in the department, as it expanded and improved wildly under former AD Tom Jurich, before spending three years at Villanova. Heird returned as deputy AD under Vince Tyra in 2019, before ascending to the top seat. Now he oversees a department that is winning in every sport except the one that matters the most.

Heird knows all the rumors. That he’s supposedly going to fire Payne if he loses this game or that game. Heird counters that he would never treat a single result as a line of demarcation.

“That’s unrealistic to put on any coach,” he says.

Instead, Heird says, he looks for progress. Even if it is gradual. Is there progress?

That probably depends on how hard one is willing to look.

It was Heird and Louisville that decided to hire a first-time head coach for one of the most prominent jobs in college basketball. As one ex-player put it: “They hired KP and got KP. Don’t you have to give him a chance to figure this out?”

Asked if Payne has been given any degree of grace as a first-time head coach, Heird draws a long pause.

“No, but I didn’t expect him to, and he didn’t, either,” Heird says. “You’re the head coach of Louisville men’s basketball. Nobody cares that you’re a first-time head coach, you know? Nobody cares.”

Heird says he hasn’t discussed with Payne any assurance that he’ll make it to the end of this season. It’s on Heird to decide whether the program can afford to give Payne a chance at a third season or pay an $8 million buyout to remove him before March 31. The buyout drops to $6 million after that date.

Some see an in-season move as an inevitability. That, though, would come with its own complications. What is there to realistically be saved? Who would be a viable interim coach? What’s the harm in giving Payne a chance to salvage … something?

Louisville fans, meanwhile, who’ve seen 13 losses to sub-150 KenPom opponents over the last 34 games, will continue to wait for what’s next. They’ll talk about Mick Cronin or Bruce Pearl or Andy Enfield; or Randy Bennett, Sean Miller, Dennis Gates, Chris Beard. Some will dream the ultimate dreams — Billy Donovan or Jay Wright. Still, some other Card fans, albeit a few, will hold out hope that the answer is still right in front of them.

As for Payne, he told reporters last week that he doesn’t spend time thinking about his job security. He coaches for the players and the community, he said, not himself.

“I learned at an early age,” Payne said, “that if you’re motivated by the critics, or if you’re motivated by praise, you’ll set yourself up to be heartbroken.”

(Illustration: John Bradford / The Athletic; photo: Andy Lyons / Getty Images)

How to Rip a DVD to Your Mac

Quick Links

Key Takeaways

  • Ripping a DVD to your Mac allows for backup and digital playback without the need for the physical disc, whether it has DRM protection or not.
  • Use macOS’s Disk Utility to create a digital copy of unprotected DVDs by connecting an optical drive to your Mac and following a few simple steps.
  • For copy-protected DVDs, additional steps and apps like HandBrake and libdvdcss are needed to bypass DRM and successfully rip the DVD to your Mac.


Ripping a DVD to your Mac enables you to keep a backup copy. Find out how to convert a DVD to digital content that you can play on the computer without the disc, whether it has DRM protection or not.


How to Rip an Unprotected DVD to Your Mac

While most commercial DVDs have some kind of DRM (digital rights management) protection to prevent piracy, you may have a few self- or custom-created discs that don’t. In this case, you can use macOS’s Disk Utility to make a digital copy on the computer.

You will need an optical drive to read the disc. This could be an official Apple Superdrive or a third-party device. Connect it to your Mac via USB, using a USB-A to USB-C adapter if necessary.

  1. Upon inserting the disc in the attached drive, it should start spinning and will start playing in the DVD Player application on the Mac. Hit the stop button.
  2. To open Disk Utility, navigate to Applications > Utilities > Disk Utility in the Finder.
  3. The title of your DVD should show up under the “External” heading in the left panel. Select it, then go to File > New image > Image from [disc title], or use the Option + Cmd + N keyboard shortcut.

  4. A dialog will appear. Choose the title, where to save it, and leave the other options as is: Format as “read only” and Encryption as “none.” Click Save.
  5. Depending on the size, it will take a few minutes to create a digital copy of the disc, which will be a DMG file.
  6. When it’s done, navigate to the folder where you save it and double-click the DMG file. A new Finder window will open with a folder in it—ours was called “VIDEO_TS”.
  7. Open this folder to find the contents of the copied DVD, including VOB video files which can be played in VLC or another suitable media player.
    Playing a video file ripped from DVD

How to Rip a Copy-Protected DVD to Your Mac

While Disk Utility is fine for backing up unprotected DVDs, you’ll need an alternative method for copy-protected discs (most commercial ones).

Copying DRM-protected DVDs is illegal in many countries, even for backup purposes. For instance, certain uses may be illegal under US law unless they comply with the Fair Use doctrine. So make sure to check the legality of ripping copy-protected DVDs in your country.

Again, you’ll need a suitable optical drive attached to your Mac to read the DVD. You will also need a disc backup application to rip the DVD. Here, we are using the HandBrake video conversion app, which is free to download and use and has a bunch of other useful features.

Download: HandBrake

Given the legal gray area of copying commercial discs (see Warning above), no DVD ripping software can include the functionality natively. For HandBrake, you’ll need to download an extra library called libdvdcss.

Download: libdvdcss (BZIP2 file)

Are You Using an Apple Silicon Mac?

The steps below for installing libdvdcss and ripping a copy-protected DVD assume you are using an Intel-based Mac and not a newer Apple Silicon Mac such as an M1, M2, or M3. If you are using the latter, you will need to do this beforehand:

  1. Rename your HandBrake application as Handbrake-x64.app, then right-click it and Get Info. Tick the box for “Open with Rosetta.” Alternatively, you could download an earlier Intel-based version of HandBrake and use that.
  2. Duplicate your Terminal app (in the Utilities folder) and name the copy Terminal-x64.app, then right-click it and Get Info. Tick the box for “Open with Rosetta.” Use this to install libdvdcss so that it’s built with the correct x64 file architecture and not arm64.

Install the Libdvdcss Library

As mentioned, you will need the libdvdcss library installed on your Mac to bypass copy protection on DVDs. To install the BZIP file you downloaded, follow these steps.

  1. Open a Terminal window by going to Applications > Utilities > Terminal. (If using an M1/M2/M3 Mac, make sure it’s your x64 Terminal duplicate.)
  2. Navigate to the Downloads directory, unzip the file, and change to its directory:
     cd Downloads
    tar -xjf ./libdvdcss-1.4.3.tar.bz2
    cd libdvdcss-1.4.3
  3. Set the target directory and then compile and install the library:
     ././configure --prefix=/usr/local
    make
    sudo make install

The libdvdcss library files should now be installed in the /usr/local/lib folder, which is where they need to be.

Rip the Copy-Protected DVD

You are now ready to start ripping a DRM-protected DVD using HandBrake.

  1. Open the HandBrake app and select Open Source. Browse to your DVD and click Open.
  2. A warning dialog will appear. Click Attempt Scan Anyway.
  3. It will start scanning the disc for titles, chapters, audio, and other details. This may take a little while to complete.
  4. With the disc scanned, you should be able to select individual sections using the Title dropdown. Choose the main video from it, which is usually the longest.
  5. As an optional step, you can select Preview and then Live Preview to create a short preview video of a scene, just to make sure everything’s working fine.
  6. To start ripping the video from the DVD, select the Preset and Format you want.
  7. By default, the files will be saved in the Movies folder, but you can change this by clicking Browse.
  8. When you click the Start button, HandBrake will start scanning and recording the video, as shown by a progress bar along the bottom. This may take a long time. You can check what it’s doing by clicking Activity to open a window with all the details.
    HandBrake scanning DVD

Once it has finished, you should find the MP4 or MKV file in the Movies folder or the one you set. You should be able to play it in the TV app, QuickTime Player, VLC, or any other video player application.

Ripped DVD Video Playing

Note that some DVDs may have structural protection that prevents you from copying them with this method or at least makes it more difficult. For instance, some recent Disney discs have up to 99 fake titles to confuse things. So, you may need to find a workaround to rip these DVDs or use one of the many specialist DVD ripping tools available.

As we’ve explored, it is possible to rip many DVDs to your Mac with standard tools and a little know-how, even if you need to bypass DRM copy protection. You will then have a handy backup that you can play without the disc and even convert to a suitable format for your iPhone or iPad.

Ciba, a delightful dessert from southern China

An undated photo shows ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredient for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredient for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredient for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredients for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredients for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredients for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredients for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredients for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows the ingredients for ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

An undated photo shows ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province, and its ingredients. /CGTN

An undated photo shows ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province, and its ingredients. /CGTN

An undated photo shows ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province, and its ingredients. /CGTN

An undated photo shows ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province, and its ingredients. /CGTN

An undated photo shows ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province, and its ingredients. /CGTN

An undated photo shows ciba, a sweet snack from Shaoguan, Guangdong Province, and its ingredients. /CGTN

Ciba is a delightful dessert from southern China. In Shaoguan, Guangdong Province, this delicacy boasts a sticky glutinous rice exterior, stuffed with a delicious blend of peanuts, sesame, red beans and sugar. Crafted from local ingredients, the vibrant colors of the dish come from the leaves picked straight from a villager’s garden. It’s the perfect pick-me-up for travelers with a sweet tooth and a lust for wholesome creations.

L.A. comedian Neel Nanda dies, just days after 32nd birthday

Just nine days ago, Los Angeles comic Neel Nanda was headlining a Toronto comedy club for the first time, cracking up the crowd and inviting fans to help celebrate his birthday weekend with him downtown after the show.

“He made our audiences smile and so happy,” Jokers Theatre & Comedy Club owner Dave Curran said Sunday, still shocked by the news filtering through the stand-up community: Nanda, who reportedly had just turned 32, was dead.

“At this point all I can do is confirm, yes, unfortunately my client of over 11 years has passed,” manager Greg Weiss told The Times on Sunday. Time and cause of death were not given, and at the request of Nanda’s family and girlfriend, no other details were being released, Weiss said, adding that Nanda was a great comic, friend and “fantastic human being.”

Nanda may not have been a household name, Curran said, but he had achieved notable success, with a strong number of club bookings and more than 100,000 followers on Instagram. The comic had appeared on ABC’s “Jimmy Kimmel Live!” and Comedy Central’s “Adam Devine’s House Party,” and in January he was featured on “Comedy Central Stand-Up Presents.”

Clips promoting Nanda’s appearances at Jokers centered on the comic’s Indian heritage and growing up in Atlanta with immigrant parents.

“I only met him six months ago, but after a day or two he has the ability to make you feel like you’ve known him for years,” said Curran, who booked Nanda because he had an “it factor.” Curran said he and Nanda went from “strangers to feeling like friends over 24 hours. He does that with audiences too.”

As news of Nanda’s death spread through the L.A. comedy community, tributes flowed. “RIP Neel Nanda, a great comic who built a whole comedy scene in Santa Monica nearly single-handedly and always gave his all and was welcoming to everyone,” comic John Roy wrote on X.

Apple’s Tight Grip on iMessage Spurs Fresh Calls for an Antitrust Probe

The US Department of Justice has got mail: A coalition of more than a dozen tech advocacy groups wrote to the agency today calling on it to launch an investigation into allegedly anticompetitive behavior by Apple.

The letter says that Apple’s recent blocking of Beeper, which reverse engineered iMessage to allow compatibility with Android phones, is another example of Apple “abusing its power to stifle competition and protect its famed ‘walled garden.’” It was sent by the Tech Oversight Project, which campaigns for tougher tech regulation.

A second letter was sent to the Senate Judiciary Committee yesterday by Demand Progress, which works on internet-related civil liberties, asking it to launch its own Apple probe. More than a dozen other progressive advocacy groups cosigned the two letters, including the Electronic Frontier Foundation, the American Economic Liberties Project, and Fight for the Future.

The Department of Justice has been reported to be investigating Apple over antitrust concerns since at least 2020. Tech Oversight Project’s letter to the DOJ urged it to accelerate that work and file an antitrust suit against Apple, pointing to what it called a “long, ongoing history of anticompetitive behavior, including favoring its own products on its devices, unfair policies for third-party apps and control of the App Store marketplace, and using its dominance to crush smaller competitors.” Bloomberg reported earlier in December that an EU antitrust investigation could make an enforcement decision against Apple over its control of the app store in early 2024.

The letter to the DOJ also cited the recent shutdown of Beeper Mini and prior complaints by Tile, maker of a tracking device, that its product’s functionality was affected by Apple when the iPhone maker launched its own AirTag trackers.

In its own letter, Demand Progress, which claims more than a million members, appealed to Dick Durbin, chair of the Senate Judiciary Committee, and Amy Klobuchar, chair of that group’s subcommittee on antitrust, to call for a public hearing and investigation into Apple’s practices, including its strategy of keeping iMessage exclusive to its own devices.

“Apple is attempting to squash efforts to streamline messaging between Apple and Android devices,” the letter reads. It cites accusations that by making messages from people without iPhones appear in green bubbles, Apple exploits peer pressure, especially on teenagers, to advance its own interests. The company did not respond to a request for comment.

Pile On

The Apple-Beeper episode has triggered new pressure on Apple to loosen its tight control of its services. On December 17, four US senators wrote to the assistant attorney general of the DOJ’s antitrust division, Jonathan Kanter, calling for the department to investigate whether Apple potentially violated antitrust laws when it cut off some of Beeper’s functionality between Android messages and iMessage.

Beeper, a three-year-old Silicon Valley startup, launched its Beeper Mini app on December 5 to bridge the gap between SMS messaging on Android phones and Apple’s iMessage protocol on iPhones. The app runs on Android phones and initially cost $2 per month but is now offered for free.

Crypto Price Today: Losses Strike Bitcoin, Ether Among Majority Altcoins as Crypto Volatility Hits Peak

All the cryptocurrencies that were trading in profits 24 hours ago, are currently reflecting losses, drenching the price chart in reds. Bitcoin saw a price reduction of 0.66 percent on Wednesday, December 20. At the time of writing, the crypto asset was trading at the price point of $42,064 (roughly Rs. 34.9 lakh). The value of Bitcoin remained almost unchanged over the last day. Despite market oscillations, indicators suggest a state of ‘extreme greed’ hovering over the crypto market as of now.

“Despite momentary price shifts, Bitcoin’s robust year-to-date surge of approximately 150 percent has maintained positive market sentiments. Michael Saylor’s endorsement of the spot BTC ETF as Wall Street’s most significant event since the S&P Index has added to the enthusiasm surrounding Bitcoin. Anticipation of institutional investors entering the scene is considered a crucial factor expected to drive Bitcoin prices higher in the upcoming year,” Rajagopal Menon, Vice President, WazirX told Gadgets360.

Ether price dropped by 1.23 percent on Wednesday. The cryptocurrency was trading at $2,209 (roughly Rs. 1.83 lakh) on Wednesday.

“ETH appears comparatively weaker than BTC. It is following a downtrend sideways channel, characterized by lower lows and lower highs. Additionally, ETH is below the 20 EMA D for the first time in the last two months, potentially signaling a short-term bearish trend if a recovery doesn’t occur,” the CoinDCX research team told Gadgets360.

Most cryptocurrencies recorded losses on Wednesday in the backdrop of market volatility picking pace. Ripple, Solana, Cardano, Avalanche, Dogecoin, Polkadot, Polygon, Chainlink, and Shiba Inu — all are reeling under losses.

“SOL (-0.7 percent) saw a 400 percent growth in user activity in Q4, outpacing Ethereum (ETH, -2.2 percent). A report by Messari explains the reason to be the recent surge in new demand for Solana is due to the series of token airdrops completed by some protocols housed within the SOL network,” the CoinSwitch Markets Desk told Gadgets360.

Price drops also struck Litecoin, Bitcoin Cash, Uniswap, and Stellar.

The overall crypto market cap dunked by 0.62 percent in the last 24 hours. The valuation of the sector currently stands at $1.6 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,33,04,560 crore), as per CoinMarketCap.

Meanwhile Tron, Binance USD, Decentraland, and Iota emerged among a handful of gainers on Wednesday.


Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article. 

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Google Ads team facing major restructure amid automation boom

Google is reportedly planning a major reshuffle of its 30,000-person ad sales unit.

Sean Downey, who is in charge of ad sales to big customers in the Americas, announced plans to restructure the ad sales teams during a department-wide meeting last week, according to The Information.

Downey did not comment on whether the reorganization would include layoffs during the meeting.

Why we care. This news could be perceived as another sign that Google Ads is leaning towards full automation, which may provide disadvantages for some advertisers, particularly those with smaller budgets as they lack the financial resources to monitor and experiment with AI asset and budget variations.

Revenue. In October, Google revealed a 11% year-on-year increase in overall revenue, reaching $76.7 billion in Q3. Notably, ad revenue surged from $54.5 billion to $59.65 billion, marking the highest total in that category in nine quarters. Given the profitable year the company has enjoyed, potential layoffs may come as a surprise.

So why now? The news comes as Google continues to invest in AI and machine learning to facilitate increased ad purchasing, diminishing human involvement. In line with this, Search Engine Land reported earlier today that Google aims to improve support in Google Ads by leveraging AI further.

What Google is saying. A Google spokesperson did not immediately respond to our request for a comment.

First Google mass layoffs. Earlier this year, in January, Google’s CEO Sundar Pichai announced the company would be letting go of 12,000 employees and contractors – approximately 5% of their total workforce – in the company’s first-ever round of mass layoffs. In an email to staff, he said:

  • “I have some difficult news to share. We’ve decided to reduce our workforce by approximately 12,000 roles. We’ve already sent a separate email to employees in the US who are affected. In other countries, this process will take longer due to local laws and practices.”

It’s important to note that Google has not announced layoffs. Currently, the company has reportedly only confirmed a restructure of the ad sales unit.


Get the daily newsletter search marketers rely on.


Deep dive. Read our Automation Layering guide for more information on “how PPC pros retain control when automation takes over.”

A Champion for Women’s Rights Passes Away at 86

Dr. V Mohini Giri, a well-known advocate for women’s rights, passed away at the age of 86 after a brief illness. She made significant contributions to empowering women and was recognized for her efforts.

Life and Achievements

Dr. Giri served as the Chair of the National Commission for Women (NCW) from 1995 to 1998 and led the Central Social Welfare Board. She was also the head of the Guild of Service, an organization in New Delhi that supports women’s and children’s rights, focusing on education, employment, and financial security.

In 1972, Dr. Giri founded the War Widows Association, dedicated to supporting women who lost their spouses in wars. Her commitment to women’s rights earned her the prestigious Padma Bhushan award in 2007.

Legacy of Service

Beyond her role as a women’s rights activist, Dr. Mohini Giri was the daughter-in-law of former President Dr. V V Giri. She leaves behind a son and daughter. Dr. Giri was involved in various organizations, including being the founder and trustee of Women’s Initiative for Peace in South Asia. She also served as a trustee for Navdanya, Justice Sunanda Bhandare Foundation, and Foundation for Academic Excellence and Access (FAEA).

Tributes to a Trailblazer

Dr. V Mohini Giri’s passing has left a void in the realm of women’s empowerment and social service. Her dedication to uplifting women, especially war widows, has left an indelible mark on society. As we bid farewell to this champion for change, let’s remember and celebrate the positive impact she made in the lives of many.

 

 

Dr. V Mohini Giri: A Champion for Women's Rights Passes Away at 86_50.1

The State Of PC Gaming Handhelds Shows A Bright Future

Last year, Valve irreversibly changed PC gaming with the launch of the Steam Deck. The portable PC platform was certainly not the first attempt of its kind, but with the experience of Valve’s engineering and the tight integration with Steam, it quickly became the de facto device to recommend for a powerful and reliable gaming experience on the go. The timing couldn’t have been better, too, with the Nintendo Switch only seeing an OLED upgrade the year prior and its heavily rumored specification bump reduced to another lengthy wait for a successor. As a result, the Steam Deck satiated the desire for more demanding gaming in a portable frame, so much so that we suggested it was an inflection point for the market as a whole. But it probably came as a surprise still at how quickly competitors reacted, with 2023 offering a glimpse into a future laden with compelling PC gaming handhelds, each experimenting in eye-catching ways.

With increasingly expensive components being pushed out the door by both AMD and Nvidia, it’s no surprise that the market share for PC gaming had been waning over the years. The Steam Deck might not have rectified this entirely, but it’s plain to see more positive sentiment around PC gaming since its launch, so much so that most releases nowadays include some nod to Steam Deck-specific settings and verification through Valve’s own certification program. But the simplest way to see its effect on the industry is just how quickly it’s spawned fierce competition. Asus and Lenovo have both launched their own Steam Deck competitors in 2023, competing not only in terms of performance but also, surprisingly, price, giving consumers a lot to ponder when choosing the best form for taking PC games on the go. There are other players in the game, specifically Ayaneo with its various devices, but its prices are high enough to take it mostly out of the conversation when comparing these core three. Either way, it shows a willingness for manufacturers to take a risk on an entirely new device, with the market clearly hungry for even more options to choose from.

Now Playing: Introducing Steam Deck OLED – November 16

The Asus ROG Ally was the first and has certainly cemented itself as the strongest competitor to the Steam Deck, with two variants, the ROG Ally Z1 Extreme and standard ROG Ally Z1, to choose from. Several improvements over Valve’s first effort, coupled with an aggressive price that put it just a hair more expensive, helped give consumers pause when considering which device to pick up, while also offering an option to the many regions Valve still does not service. The ROG Ally’s variable refresh rate 1080p display is an immediate draw card, offering a sharper image with better responsiveness when playing anything from Cyberpunk 2077 to Dave the Diver. Performance is enhanced too, especially on the more powerful Z1 Extreme version of the ROG Ally, although this higher power draw for higher frame rates comes at the expense of battery life in a big way. How Asus managed to produce such a compelling alternative so fast is a wonder, but its slight quality assurance issues suggest it has been a bit of a rush. Aside from a plethora of software-integration snafus that are still being sorted out to this day, the ROG Ally has manifested a hardware issue with its memory-card slot that can cause your microSD card to simply fall out during a gameplay session, which has been infuriating for affected customers. Issues like that would’ve likely killed the appetite for this device in a market without as much interest, but its strong reputation paints a different picture.

The Lenovo Legion Go is the youngest of this trio of devices (sort of–we’ll get to that soon), but shares many similarities with the Asus ROG Ally. They both use the same AMD Ryzen Extreme Z1 processor in their higher-end SKUs, both of which start at $699, while also both running Windows. The Legion Go does manage to squeeze in over 20% more battery capacity but is also the heaviest of the three by some margin. It also boasts a considerably larger display, with a native 1600p resolution and 8.8-inch panel that can feel like a bit much for the hardware it’s paired with. Where the Legion Go differs so drastically is in how you’re able to use it. It features a similar layout to the Steam Deck and ROG Ally in having the face buttons and thumbsticks on the front of the device, but borrows the idea of the left and right sides being detachable from the Nintendo Switch. The Nintendo Switch and its many ways to play have rightly become one of the console’s selling points, and the Lenovo Go seems to be hoping that this trick will be a big enough differentiating factor when it comes to decide which to purchase, especially stacked up against the ROG Ally. But again it shows a level of experimentation that hasn’t been seen in the PC space in some time, where different manufacturers are all using similar components in wildly different ways to hone in on which one might attract this new market that is hungry for the best place to play portable PC games.

While Lenovo thinks this is a battle won on the hardware-front, Valve is instead banking on the software side of things. Both the ROG Ally and Legion Go run Windows, which is great for a few reasons. All of your standard game launchers work without any fuss, you get access to Xbox Game Pass (which isn’t possible on the Steam Deck without installing Windows), and you get a standard Windows experience when hooking it up to a monitor. The downside is that Microsoft hasn’t really invested a lot into making Windows a seamless experience on these devices, even with the inclusion of touchscreens potentially taking the burden off the controller-hardware elements. It’s just much more of a pain to set up and navigate around these devices, even with bespoke software layers from Asus and Lenovo trying to do a lot of translation behind-the-scenes. It’s not impossible, and certainly nothing more challenging if you’re already accustomed to the numerous troubleshooting headaches that accompany PC gaming, but if you’re looking to pick either one up with the expectation of a console-like experience, you’ll be sorely disappointed for now.

That’s where Valve and the Steam Deck are so far ahead. Valve worked hard on integrating a custom SteamOS in an existing Linux distributable, letting the company handcraft the user-experience. Initially this showed promise but lacked support, with numerous games failing to load through Valve software translation layer that most required to run. In the year and a bit since then, things have drastically improved, to the point where it’s less of a concern which games will work and more about the few that still don’t (and in the case of some online titles, likely never will). Better still, Valve hasn’t slowed down on updates, releasing numerous improvements to SteamOS and Steam Deck firmware over the months that has drastically improved stability and even added new features for users to play around with. Last year, we lauded the Steam Deck for providing the perfect intersection between someone looking for a portable PC console and others looking to tinkers, and Valve hasn’t compromised on either approach since.

In fact, just recently, Valve released a surprise update to the Steam Deck, introducing various models (including a new 1TB version) which all sport a much-improved OLED display and thinner bezels. Valve did this while also retaining similar pricing to the original LCD-based release, and instead dropping the price of those models even further. Valve also used this chance to reconfigure some internals, improving battery life and upgrading the Wi-Fi chip inside for better compatibility with newer routers. Performance hasn’t changed much–an aspect that might be disappointing in the wake of the challenge posed by both the ROG Ally and Legion Go–but the aforementioned advantages in terms of usability and integration with Steam still make the Steam Deck a formidable opponent to go up against.

Other manufacturers will have the chance over the next few years, however. Valve has reaffirmed its commitment to the Steam Deck and the format it has popularized, stating that a proper successor is still a few years away in order for the processing power behind the Deck to meaningfully evolve. That doesn’t mean the likes of AMD are going to stop innovating on their mobile chips, inviting renewed competition from Asus, Lenovo, and whomever else decides to get involved to perhaps get ahead of Valve and put out a device so drastically more powerful that it locks out a significant portion of the market before Valve can respond. This also discounts the inevitable Nintendo Switch successor, with the company sticking to Nvidia again presumably for its next console, which is widely suspected to launch sometime in 2024. While the current Switch feels like it’s been left behind by these vastly more powerful portable PCs, its exclusive library and much lower asking price have kept it relevant, which only has space to improve when it can finally go toe-to-toe with the competition in terms of visual fidelity very soon.

Irrespective of whether you’re dedicated to Nintendo’s library or chained to your vast collection on PC (or have the privilege of enjoying both), it’s hard to imagine how the desire for these portable experiences is going to dissipate anytime soon. It’s good then that this is reflected by a willingness from numerous parties to satiate the demand, leading to an exciting hardware race that is not only providing some surprisingly experimentative and compelling gaming devices, but incredibly aggressive prices that only benefit consumers looking to purchase a great new gaming experience. Let’s all enjoy it while it lasts.

Researchers map how measles virus spreads in human brain

Mayo Clinic researchers mapped how the measles virus mutated and spread in the brain of a person who succumbed to a rare, lethal brain disease. New cases of this disease, which is a complication of the measles virus, may occur as measles reemerges among the unvaccinated, say researchers.

Using the latest tools in genetic sequencing, researchers at Mayo Clinic reconstructed how a collective of viral genomes colonized a human brain. The virus acquired distinct mutations that drove the spread of the virus from the frontal cortex outward.

“Our study provides compelling data that shows how viral RNA mutated and spread throughout a human organ — the brain, in this case,” says Roberto Cattaneo, Ph.D., a Mayo Clinic virologist who is a co-lead author on a new PLOS Pathogens study. “Our discoveries will help studying and understanding how other viruses persist and adapt to the human brain, causing disease. This knowledge may facilitate the generation of effective antiviral drugs.”

What is measles?

Measles is one of the most contagious diseases. The measles virus infects the upper respiratory tract where it uses the trachea, or windpipe, as a trampoline to launch and spread through droplets dispersed when an infected person coughs or sneezes.

Dr. Cattaneo pioneered studies on how the measles virus spreads throughout the body.

He first began to study the measles virus about 40 years ago and was fascinated by the rare, lethal brain disease called subacute sclerosing panencephalitis (SSPE), which occurs in about 1 in every 10,000 measles cases. It can take about five to 10 years after the initial infection for the measles virus to mutate and spread throughout the brain. Symptoms of this progressive neurological disease include memory loss, seizures and immobility. Dr. Cattaneo studied SSPE for several years until the lethal disease nearly disappeared as more people were vaccinated against measles.

However, measles is resurging due to vaccine hesitancy and missed vaccinations. During the COVID-19 pandemic, millions of children missed receiving their measles vaccinations, which has resulted in an estimated 18% increase in measles cases and 43% increase in death from measles in 2021 compared to 2022 worldwide, according to a recent Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) report.

“We suspect SSPE cases will rise again as well. This is sad because this horrible disease can be prevented by vaccination. But now we are in the position to study SSPE with modern, genetic sequencing technology and learn more about it,” says Iris Yousaf, co-lead author of the study and a fifth-year Ph.D. candidate at Mayo Clinic Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences.

Dr. Cattaneo and Yousaf had a unique research opportunity through a collaboration with the CDC. They studied the brain of a person who had contracted measles as a child and had succumbed to SSPE years later as an adult. They investigated 15 specimens from different regions of the brain and conducted genetic sequencing on each region to piece together the puzzle of how the measles virus mutated and spread.

The researchers discovered that, after the measles virus entered the brain, its genome — the complete set of genetic material for the virus — began to change in harmful ways. The genome replicated, creating other genomes that were slightly different. Then, these genomes replicated again — resulting in more genomes that were each a little different as well. The virus did this multiple times, creating a population of varied genomes.

“In this population, two specific genomes had a combination of characteristics that worked together to promote virus spread from the initial location of the infection — the frontal cortex of the brain — out to colonize the entire organ,” says Dr. Cattaneo.

The next steps in this research are to understand how specific mutations favor virus spread in the brain. These studies will be done in cultivated brain cells and in clusters of cells resembling the brain called organoids. This knowledge may help in creating effective antiviral drugs to combat virus spread in the brain. However, pharmacological intervention in advanced disease stages is challenging. Preventing SSPE through measles vaccination remains the best method.

A thoughtful journey- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

HYDERABAD: Deciding to embrace a vegan lifestyle is a personal choice driven by various reasons. For some, it’s about a commitment to making mindful choices; for others, it’s a means to achieve specific health goals or to support broader environmental and social objectives. While a vegan diet offers numerous benefits, it’s essential to remember that it’s just one of many ways to achieve these objectives.

A vegan diet primarily comprises plant-based foods, entirely excluding animal products such as dairy, meat, and even honey. “This dietary choice has been associated with several health benefits, including better management of conditions like cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, hypertension, and obesity, along with effective weight management,” said Aswini Sagar, founder, Ahaarveda, ahead of World Vegan Day.

Transitioning to a vegan diet
For individuals accustomed to a traditional diet, transitioning to a vegan lifestyle can be challenging. It’s important to recognise that this transition cannot happen overnight; it requires careful planning and a gradual shift. “The pace of the transition should align with individual energy levels, commitment, and capability,” Sagar said. “Start by making two to three changes at a time rather than attempting a complete transformation all at once. For example, if you’re accustomed to a non-vegetarian diet, you could begin with plant-based options and then progress to full veganism,” she added. 

The duration of the transition can vary widely, lasting anywhere from one week to one or two months, depending on individual comfort levels and adaptability. Sagar mentioned that home-cooked meals play an important role in the transition to a vegan diet as they offer variety and stability. 

Challenges and precautions
Transitioning to a vegan diet may come with a unique set of challenges. Firstly, individuals may grapple with the substantial volume of food while shifting, as plant-based protein sources can be bulkier compared to non-vegetarian alternatives. This adjustment can be perplexing for those accustomed to non-vegetarian diets.

Moreover, the transition demands time and energy, and changes in bowel movements, energy levels, and digestion may occur, which individuals need to adapt to gradually. It’s essential to recognise that these changes are part of the process and not a cause for concern.

While embracing a vegan lifestyle is a commendable choice, it’s crucial to make informed decisions and ensure nutritional adequacy. One should be mindful of dietary balance, as not all vegan options offer the same nutritional value as their non-vegetarian counterparts. Understanding the alternatives and making nutritionally sound choices is vital.

“Certain precautions are necessary for specific groups, such as children and pregnant women. They must ensure that their nutritional needs are met during critical stages of growth and development,” Sagar mentioned. 

Embarking on a vegan journey leads to several positive physical changes, such as improved metabolism, enhanced gut health, better skin, hair, and nail health, and an overall boost in immunity. These changes are a result of the nutritional benefits of a well-balanced vegan diet.

However, it’s essential to note that veganism requires careful planning to avoid potential deficiencies, especially in vitamin D and vitamin B12, which are not readily available in vegan foods. Proper supplementation or fortified foods may be necessary.

Choosing a vegan lifestyle is a personal decision, but it’s not a one-size-fits-all approach, and individuals need to adapt their transition to their own capabilities and preferences. Proper planning, education, and a balanced approach are key to success.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

The Doctrine of Privity of Contract

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction
Privity of Contract: A Historical Perspective
Privity of Contract in Indian Law
Exceptions to the Doctrine of Privity of Contract
Conclusion

Introduction

The doctrine of privity of contract, a longstanding principle in both English and Indian contract law, has faced criticism for its rigid stance on who can enforce a contract. Originally, this doctrine dictated that only parties to a contract had the right to sue each other to enforce its terms, effectively barring third parties from pursuing claims.

However, as the legal landscape has evolved, exceptions to this doctrine have emerged, allowing third parties to enforce contracts under specific circumstances. This post explores the doctrine of privity of contract, its historical development, and the exceptions that have been established to strike a balance between legal rigidity and fairness in contractual relationships.

Privity of Contract: A Historical Perspective

The doctrine of privity of contract, deeply rooted in English common law, established the principle that only the parties directly involved in a contract had the legal standing to enforce its terms. This strict interpretation of privity had far-reaching consequences and often left third parties without recourse, even when they were intended beneficiaries of the contract.

Tweddle v. Atkinson

The doctrine’s rigidity was evident in the case of Tweddle v. Atkinson, where Tweddle’s father-in-law and Atkinson entered into a contract to provide financial support for Tweddle and his wife. After Atkinson’s death without fulfilling his obligations, Tweddle attempted to sue Atkinson’s estate for breach.

However, the court denied his claim, emphasizing the absence of consideration from Tweddle’s father-in-law to Atkinson and the fact that Tweddle was not a party to the contract. This case set a precedent for the strict application of privity of contract, even in cases involving intended beneficiaries.

Dunlop Pneumatic Tyre Co Ltd v. Selfridge & Co (1915)

The doctrine of privity began to evolve in the case of Dunlop Pneumatic Tyre Co Ltd v. Selfridge & Co, a landmark ruling that marked a departure from its rigid application. Dunlop, a tire manufacturer, entered into agreements with its dealers, including Dew & Co., to maintain a resale price for its products.

Dunlop also required dealers to obtain similar undertakings from their retailers, including Selfridge. When Selfridge sold tires below the agreed price, Dunlop sued for breach of contract.

On appeal, Selfridge argued that Dunlop could not enforce the contract’s burden against it because it had not consented to the contract between Dunlop and Dew. The court ruled in favor of Selfridge, emphasizing that Selfridge was neither a principal nor an agent and therefore was not bound by the contract between Dunlop and Dew. This case hinted at exceptions to privity when justice and equity demanded.

Privity of Contract in Indian Law

Indian contract law initially mirrored English law’s strict adherence to the doctrine of privity of contract. It firmly asserted that only parties directly involved in a contract could enforce its terms. The Privy Council’s decision in Jamna Das v. Ram Avtar reaffirmed this principle, exemplifying the strict application of privity.

Jamna Das v. Ram Avtar: A Stricter Application in India

In this case, A borrowed money by mortgaging her property to B and subsequently sold the property to C, with the intent to redeem the mortgage if needed. When B sued C for the recovery of the mortgage money, C’s defense relied on the privity of contract rule. The Privy Council ruled in favor of B, asserting that C, the purchaser, had entered into no contract with B and, therefore, was not personally obligated to pay the mortgage debt. This case exemplified the strict adherence to the privity of contract doctrine in Indian law.

Exceptions to the Doctrine of Privity of Contract

Recognizing the injustices that could result from the strict application of the doctrine, exceptions have evolved in both English and Indian contract law. These exceptions ensure that third parties are not left without legal recourse when fairness and justice demand their involvement.

Beneficiary Under a Contract

One of the most significant exceptions to privity of contract is the recognition of beneficiaries under a contract. When a contract explicitly intends to benefit a third party who is not a signatory to the contract, that third party may enforce the contract’s provisions. This exception aligns with the intentions of the contracting parties and ensures that beneficiaries are not left without legal recourse.

For example, if Party A and Party B enter into a contract explicitly stating it benefits Party C, who is not a party to the contract, Party C has the legal standing to initiate legal proceedings to enforce the contract if either Party A or Party B fails to fulfill their contractual obligations. This exception promotes fairness and upholds the underlying purposes of the contract.

Conduct, Acknowledgment, or Admission

Another exception arises when one of the parties, through their actions, representations, or acknowledgments, recognizes the rights of a third party. In such cases, the third party may have a legal basis for bringing a claim based on the principles of promissory estoppel.

This exception emphasizes the importance of honoring promises and assurances made by the parties, even if a third party is not a direct party to the contract. It prevents parties from reneging on their commitments when a third party has reasonably relied on those commitments to their detriment.

For instance, if Party A enters into a contract with Party B and subsequently represents to Party C that Party C will also benefit from the contract, Party C may have a valid legal claim against Party A for breach of promise if Party A fails to fulfill the representation.

Provision for Maintenance or Marriage

Contracts that include provisions related to maintenance or marriage represent an exception to the doctrine of privity of contract. Under these circumstances, third parties who are not directly involved in the contract but have a vested interest in its performance may enforce the contract.

For example, if Party A promises to provide financial support to Party B for their lifetime, with the condition that Party C, a third party, also receives a specified amount, Party C can initiate legal proceedings against Party A if Party A breaches the agreement. This exception recognizes that certain contracts have far-reaching consequences beyond the immediate parties involved and seeks to protect the interests of those indirectly affected by the contract.

Family Settlement

Contracts created as part of a family settlement may permit third parties to enforce the contract if they are intended beneficiaries. Family settlements often involve complex arrangements designed to benefit various family members, and enforcing such contracts aligns with the family’s intentions and equitable considerations.

For instance, if a family agreement stipulates that three sons will each contribute a specific amount to a daughter’s financial security, and one son fails to fulfill his obligation, the daughter may have a valid legal claim against the defaulting son. This exception upholds the principles of fairness and family intentions within the context of contractual relationships.

Estoppel

Promissory estoppel principles provide another basis for third parties to seek relief against a promisor. To establish a claim based on promissory estoppel, the third party must demonstrate elements such as a clear promise, reasonable reliance on that promise, and detriment suffered due to the reliance.

This exception underscores the significance of maintaining the integrity of promises and ensuring that parties are held accountable for their commitments, even when third parties are involved.

For example, if Party A makes a clear promise to Party B that Party C will receive a specific sum of money, and Party B reasonably relies on this promise to their detriment, Party C may have a valid legal claim against Party A for promissory estoppel.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the doctrine of privity of contract has undergone significant transformation over the years, moving from a rigid, exclusionary principle to one that accommodates exceptions when justice, equity, and fairness demand. These exceptions reflect the adaptability and responsiveness of legal systems to the complexities of contemporary transactions and societal expectations.

The exceptions discussed in this post highlight the increasing emphasis on achieving fairness and justice in contractual relationships. By allowing beneficiaries, third parties with equitable claims, and those who have reasonably relied on promises to enforce contracts, the law strives to strike a balance between legal rigidity and fairness.

The doctrine of privity of contract remains a fundamental principle in contract law, but its strict application has been tempered by exceptions that accommodate the evolving needs of modern society. These exceptions provide legal avenues for third parties to enforce contracts when justice and fairness demand it, aligning contract law with the dynamic realities of business and society.

In summary, the doctrine of privity of contract reflects the adaptability of legal systems in addressing the complexities of contractual relationships while upholding the principles of trust, reliance, and accountability. As such, it continues to evolve, ensuring that fairness and justice prevail in the ever-changing landscape of contract law.

Alia Bhatt’s floral outfit for a ‘Meowy Christmas’ with her pet cat Edward serves the perfect festive vibes. See pics

Published on Dec 24, 2023 05:24 PM IST

  • Alia Bhatt slipped into a floral pantsuit and shared the photoshoot with the caption, “Meowy Christmas.” One of the clicks shows her with her pet cat Edward.

/

expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 24, 2023 05:24 PM IST

Alia Bhatt arrived at the Mumbai Police’s annual cultural extravaganza, Umang, dressed in a gorgeous floral ensemble. Many celebrities attended the red carpet event, dressed in ethnic fits. However, Alia chose to serve a boss lady moment at the event in a pantsuit. She even shared an adorable picture of herself holding her pet cat, Edward, with the caption, “Meowy Christmas’. Scroll through to check out her fit. (Instagram)

/

Alia's makeup artist, Priyanka Borkar, dropped pictures of her floral look on Instagram with the caption, "Been a minute @aliaabhatt. Bringing in the Christmas vibe with this one." Celebrity stylist Ami Patel styled Alia in the ensemble. The photos show Alia showing off the printed ensemble. You can steal tips from her for your Christmas or New Year's outfit.&nbsp;(Instagram)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 24, 2023 05:24 PM IST

Alia’s makeup artist, Priyanka Borkar, dropped pictures of her floral look on Instagram with the caption, “Been a minute @aliaabhatt. Bringing in the Christmas vibe with this one.” Celebrity stylist Ami Patel styled Alia in the ensemble. The photos show Alia showing off the printed ensemble. You can steal tips from her for your Christmas or New Year’s outfit. (Instagram)

/

Alia's pantsuit features a blazer with full-length sleeves, padded shoulders, a V-neckline, notch lapel collars, front button closures, and a tailored fitting. She styled the jacket with matching pants featuring a high-rise waist and a flared fitting. The off-white outfit features sequin embellishments and a floral pattern in red, green, and mustard hues.&nbsp;(Instagram)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 24, 2023 05:24 PM IST

Alia’s pantsuit features a blazer with full-length sleeves, padded shoulders, a V-neckline, notch lapel collars, front button closures, and a tailored fitting. She styled the jacket with matching pants featuring a high-rise waist and a flared fitting. The off-white outfit features sequin embellishments and a floral pattern in red, green, and mustard hues. (Instagram)

/

Alia accessorised the outfit with rings, hoop earrings, and peep-toe white pumps. Lastly, she chose feathered brows, nude lip shade, shimmery eye shadow, mascara on the lashes, highlighter on the contours, and side-parted open locks styled with soft waves for the glam picks.&nbsp;(Instagram)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 24, 2023 05:24 PM IST

Alia accessorised the outfit with rings, hoop earrings, and peep-toe white pumps. Lastly, she chose feathered brows, nude lip shade, shimmery eye shadow, mascara on the lashes, highlighter on the contours, and side-parted open locks styled with soft waves for the glam picks. (Instagram)

/

Earlier, Alia had shared pictures of herself dressed in a yellow saree and a backless blouse. The actor wore the ensemble to attend a friend's wedding. She shared the photos with the caption, "Laddoo Pila szn." For the uninitiated, the Laddoo Pila term comes from a viral video.&nbsp;(Instagram)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 24, 2023 05:24 PM IST

Earlier, Alia had shared pictures of herself dressed in a yellow saree and a backless blouse. The actor wore the ensemble to attend a friend’s wedding. She shared the photos with the caption, “Laddoo Pila szn.” For the uninitiated, the Laddoo Pila term comes from a viral video. (Instagram)

/

Alia's saree is from the label Anavila's Aamod collection. It comes in a pleasant summer yellow shade and is decked with applique embroidery of house sparrows, banana leaves and blooming flowers in multiple shades like green, red, white, brown and gold.&nbsp;(Instagram)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 24, 2023 05:24 PM IST

Alia’s saree is from the label Anavila’s Aamod collection. It comes in a pleasant summer yellow shade and is decked with applique embroidery of house sparrows, banana leaves and blooming flowers in multiple shades like green, red, white, brown and gold. (Instagram)

/

Lastly, Alia chose on-fleek darkened brows, subtle shimmery smoky eyes, mascara on the lashes, glossy nude pink lip shade, a rosy pink dewy base, and a centre-parted braided hairdo adorned with a hair tie matching her saree for the glam picks.&nbsp;(Instagram)
expand-icon
View Photos in a new improved layout

Published on Dec 24, 2023 05:24 PM IST

Lastly, Alia chose on-fleek darkened brows, subtle shimmery smoky eyes, mascara on the lashes, glossy nude pink lip shade, a rosy pink dewy base, and a centre-parted braided hairdo adorned with a hair tie matching her saree for the glam picks. (Instagram)

Ionis, Astrazeneca win FDA approval of competitor to Alnylam drug

Dive Brief:

  • The Food and Drug Administration on Thursday approved a new medicine for a form of the rare disease transthyretin amyloidosis, clearing AstraZeneca and Ionis Pharmaceuticals’ Wainua for adults with the condition. 
  • The drug, formerly known as eplontersen, has been approved for use in transthyretin amyloidosis polyneuropathy, the variety of the disease that affects nerves. Its price hasn’t yet been disclosed, though RBC Capital Markets’ Luca Issi predicted something “generally on par” with a rival Alnylam Pharmaceuticals’ drug after discussions with Ionis executives.
  • Wainua’s clearance begins the first of what could be several near-term drug launches for Ionis, which has historically favored licensing out its products but has changed its strategy under CEO Brett Monia. The company splits rights to Wainua with AstraZeneca, but has multiple wholly owned drugs in advanced testing. 

Dive Insight:

The approval of Wainua opens up a new front in a long-running battle between Ionis and Alnylam. 

The two companies are pioneers in different forms of RNA drug making, and each of them has used their respective approaches to bring several rare disease drugs to market. 

Yet their ambitions have overlapped in transthyretin amyloidosis, an inherited or acquired condition in which a misfolded protein accumulates in the body, damaging the nerves, heart or both.

For years, Alnylam has had the upper hand. Its first drug for people with transthyretin amyloidosis polyneuropathy, Onpattro, had a dominant market position compared to Ionis’ rival Tegsedi. Alnylam also beat Ionis to market with a newer, more convenient version now sold as Amvuttra. Those two drugs generated about $650 million for Alnylam in 2022 and currently comprise a roughly $900 million franchise, wrote RBC’s Issi. Tegsedi, meanwhile, is now largely sold by the Swedish firm Sobi following a series of strategic and restructuring moves by Ionis. 

Wall Street analysts believe Ionis may have a better chance to compete with Wainua. It was developed with a newer type of technology called LICA, and appears to be both more potent and safer than Tegsedi. Unlike Tegsedi, for instance, Wainua showed the potential in testing to halt disease progression. The FDA also hasn’t required patients to be monitored for low platelet counts or potential kidney problems. 

In dual press releases, Ionis and AstraZeneca touted Wainua as the first medicine for the rare disease that can be self-administered with an auto-injector. By comparison, a healthcare professional must administer Amvuttra by subcutaneous injection either at home or in a doctor’s office. 

Amvuttra requires less frequent dosing than Wainua — four injections a year, versus once-monthly — and its effects kick in quicker, noted RBC’s Issi. Still, “we think eplontersen can narrow the gap” and eventually capture about a third of the market, Stifel analyst Paul Matteis wrote to clients on Friday.

A bigger battle lies ahead. Amvuttra and Wainua are being tested in late-stage studies in a more common form of transthyretin amyloidosis that affects the heart. Alnylam is expecting results in early 2024, while Ionis and AstraZeneca could follow a year later. The financial implications are significant, as the only available medication for that form of the disease, Pfizer’s Vyndamax, is a blockbuster medicine. 

Drugs like Amvuttra and Wainua are thought to be more potent because of how they work. 

Property Market Forecast 2023 — House Prices Predictions from Expert

Key takeaways

Australia’s housing market continues to defy expectations!

Despite 13 interest rate increases from the Reserve Bank of Australia, which have seen official rates rise by 4.25 per cent over the 18 months, property prices have not only stopped falling, but they have now been on the rise since early 2023.

It is clear that our property markets bottomed out in early 2023 and we have moved into the next phase – the recovery phase of the property cycle.

Lower listing volumes (fewer properties for sale) are helping protect the market from further downward pressure.

Inflation has now peaked and it’s likely so have interest rates, and in due course consumer confidence will return and the markets will continue their upward trajectory.

But don’t expect a rapid recovery, and as I explain below our markets will be fragmented.

And there is no end in sight for our rental crisis and rents will continue skyrocketing this year.

  • What’s the outlook for the Australian property markets for 2024? 
  • Have our property markets really bottomed out or will the “fixed interest rate cliff” and affordability issues cause a round of distressed sales and prices to fall? 
  • Have interest rates really peaked now or will the RBA raise rates again in 2024 and when will they start coming down?

These are common questions people are asking now that the housing markets have had ten months of rising values.

Well…it is now clear that our housing market has defied the many doomsday forecasts made a year ago and has moved through the bottom of the cyclical downturn early in 2023 experiencing a V-shaped recovery making the 2022 downturn one of the sharpest but shortest ones in history.

001

The price upturn is now firmly entrenched with home prices hitting fresh record highs in many markets during the final months of 2023.

002

Meanwhile, auction clearance rates are delivering consistent results showing the depth of our major capital city housing markets and the year is finishing off with increasing buyer sentiment – in fact some FOMO (fear of missing out) is creeping in as house prices reach new peaks.

Of course, each state is at its own stage of the property cycle and within each capital city there are multiple markets.

While some regional areas outperformed the capital cities in 2022, capital city property markets have led the price upturn in 2023 and regional areas had slower growth.

003

And after underperforming throughout the pandemic period, unit prices recorded stronger growth for much of 2023.

004

The latest housing market stats

Dwelling values have remained robust throughout the year, with November marking a 7% annual increase with some major cities rising stronger than others.

Here are the latest stats provided by CoreLogic for property price changes around Australia:

Corelogic Stats

Source: CoreLogic 1st December 2023

In fact, all the research houses reported higher dwelling prices in November 2023,

  • CoreLogic’s national Home Value Index rose 0.6% in November, the smallest monthly gain since the growth cycle commenced in February. Despite the slowdown, the national HVI reached a new record high in November.
  • PropTrack reported that Australian home prices continued their ascent in November jumping 0.22% month-on-month to set another fresh record.
  • Dr Andrew Wilson’s My Housing Market reported that national house prices have continued to record strong results over November although growth rates in most capitals have eased marginally compared to the previous month’s robust results. According to Dr Wilson, the national capital city median house price again increased sharply by 0.7% over the November quarter compared to the October quarter – rising to $1,085,389.

We also keep track of “Asking Prices” as these are a good leading indicator for the property market because they reflect the sentiment of sellers and their expectations for the future value of their homes.

SQM Research provides a weekly Housing Asking Prices Index:

Next update: 26 Dec 2023

The fundamentals of what drives Australian property prices

Property prices are driven by a combination of factors, and as we move through property cycles, they all come together to influence whether property values rise or fall.

In the medium term, property values will be linked to a range of factors that tend to boil down to two basic economic concepts: consumer confidence and supply and demand.

Understanding how these concepts work together to affect real estate is crucial to one’s understanding of what’s ahead for our housing markets.

On the other hand, if you look at what’s ahead for housing markets over the next decade or two, and take a telescopic view, rather than a microscopic view, the two big factors driving our housing markets will be demographics (how many of us there are, have we want to live and where we want to live) and the wealth of the nation.

But first, let’s dig a bit deeper into the key underlying factors that will be influencing our property markets in the medium term.

Interest Rate2

1. Interest rates/affordability

While many people believe interest rates are a key driver of property values, and that’s why there were so many pessimistic property forecasts as interest rates rose through 2022-23, our housing markets showed considerable resilience and kept rising in value despite the 13 interest rate rises the RBA threw at us.

Of course, falling interest rates and the subsequent increased affordability are strong drivers of property price growth, but the reverse isn’t true.

Clearly, house prices are driven by many other factors, not just interest rates.

2. Supply and demand

Housing supply clearly has a significant influence over house prices in the short term: an undersupply puts pressure on prices to rise while an oversupply does the opposite.

Despite very strong population growth through 2023, we’re just not building enough new dwellings, and this has put pressure on housing supply reflected in low rental vacancy rates and higher house prices.

At the same time, the strong absorption of new listings for sale has kept total listings in the market suppressed, intensifying competition between buyers.

These factors have created a sharp shortage of housing, outweighing the negative impact of rates on prices.

Population Growth Vs Building Completions

And there is no end in sight as building approvals (which are a good indication of future supply) are running at very low levels.

And just because a new apartment complex has been approved, it doesn’t mean it will get built.

At the moment very few new complexes are coming out of the ground because it’s not financially viable to build them at today’s market prices.

Of course, this means future new developments will have to sell at prices considerably higher than today’s market value and this will, in turn, pull up the value of established apartments.

Building Approvals Vs Population Growth

3. Consumer confidence

Consumer confidence is a critical factor affecting the direction of property prices.

We won’t make big financial decisions like moving home or buying an investment property unless we feel confident about our economic future and our financial stability.

2023 was a year where consumer confidence was at historic lows because of all the economic and socio-political issues that confronted us.

Consumer Sentiment

I believe that during 2024 consumer confidence will rise as we realise interest rates have peaked and are going to eventually fall, and as inflation slowly comes under control.

At the same time, the “wealth effect” a very improving economy and rising property values will lead to further consumer confidence and bring home buyers and sellers back into the market.

4. Economic climate

Another key factor that affects the value of the property market is the overall health of the economy.

This is generally measured by economic indicators such as the gross domestic product (GDP), employment data, manufacturing activity, the prices of goods, etc.

Broadly speaking, the economy is strong and the RBA is trying to slow it down to bring inflation under control, but currently, everybody who wants a job can get a job and this will underpin our housing markets even if the economy falters a little moving forward.

5. Population growth

Australia has experienced a record-breaking rate of net overseas migration, estimated to have reached around 500,000 people in the 12 months to September 2023.

While population growth would ordinarily be a key driver supporting our property markets, the influx has pushed our supply/demand balance off-kilter and is key to the increase in housing prices and the shortage of rental properties.

6. Availability of credit

When the credit (the ability to borrow from the banks) is readily accessible, with lower interest rates and less stringent lending criteria, it tends to stimulate the housing market since more people find themselves able to borrow money to buy homes, leading to increased demand for housing.

On the flip side, when credit is tightened through higher interest rates or stricter lending criteria (as happened when APRA made the banks tighten the purse strings in 2016-7), the effect can be a cooling of the housing market.

Such measures are usually a deliberate policy response to an overheated market, aiming to reduce the risk of a “property bubble” and subsequent crash.

Investor4

7. Investor Sentiment

This sentiment, essentially the collective attitude and outlook of investors towards property markets, can significantly influence both the demand for and the value of real estate.

Investors generally account for around one-third of all property transactions so positive investor sentiment can drive up property prices, especially in sought-after areas.

Conversely, negative investor sentiment, as occurred during the market downturn of 2022, can lead to a decrease in property values.

If investors believe that property prices will stagnate or fall, they may be less inclined to invest, or they might choose to sell off their properties, increasing supply in the market.

8. Government incentives

Government incentives can have both direct and indirect impacts on the real estate sector.

One of the most direct ways government incentives affect property values is through policies aimed at stimulating demand.

For instance, initiatives like the First Home Owner Grant (FHOG) or stamp duty concessions for first-time buyers directly increase buying capacity, leading to greater demand for property.

Another aspect is the development incentives provided by the government to promote specific types of property development, such as high-density housing or urban renewal projects.

These incentives can increase property values in targeted areas by improving infrastructure, accessibility, and community facilities, making them more desirable places to live.

Tax policies and regulations also play a crucial role.

Negative gearing can increase demand for investment properties, pushing up prices.

And every time there is talk about removing negative gearing or amending taxes including land tax, investors shy away from our housing markets.

Property Market

Australian housing market predictions for 2024

The last few years have shown us how hard it is to forecast property trends, and as always there will be headwinds and tailwinds buffeting our property markets.

Drivers of property price growth in 2024 will include:

  • Continued strong population growth at a time when we are not producing enough supply of new dwellings. This extreme shortfall will exert upward pressure on house prices and rents throughout 2024.
  • I anticipate that interest rates will fall in the second half of 2024 and at some stage next year it is likely APRA will relax its mortgage serviceability buffer. This is currently at 3% and the combination of these factors will increase borrowing capacity.
  • FOMO (fear of missing out) will creep in as buyers realise all the price falls of 2022 have now been made up and the media will keep mentioning new record prices being achieved.

Headwinds:

  • Stretched affordability will remain an issue in 2024, however, buyers will want to get on with their lives and therefore choose townhouses or apartments over homes or move to more affordable suburbs.
  • The RBA wants to lift unemployment to help slow inflation. Financial uncertainty and worries about job security will stop some buyers from making important decisions like buying a home or an investment property.
  • Poor consumer sentiment was a feature of 2023, holding back property buying decisions, and until there is more certainty about our economy and confidence that interest rates have peaked and inflation is under control, it’s likely that consumer confidence will remain low in the first half of 2024.

The following chart from ANZ Bank shows they expect housing prices to rise around 10% in 2023, 6% in 2024 and then around 5% in 2025.

Anz Research

The strongest performers are likely to be Brisbane and Perth, where population growth is expected to outpace supply more than in other cities.

ANZ believes that real wage growth from early 2024 and modest interest rate easing from late 2024 will also support borrowing capacity and prices.

With the increase in value of houses strongly outpacing the apartment market recently, now with the differential in price between units and houses at the highest level on record, and with houses becoming more unaffordable for many, I can see strong capital growth ahead for family-friendly apartments in great neighbourhoods.

Here are Dr Andrew Wilson’s forecasts for 2024, and he has an enviable track record of getting it right.

Dr. Andrew Wilson Housing Forecast

8 economic and property trends to watch out for in 2024

1. The recovery phase of the market will continue in 2024

Property price growth will continue in 2024 albeit at a much lower rate and our housing markets will be fragmented as affordability will affect many homebuyers.

2. Inflation will peak

Interest rates will peak in early 2024, if they haven’t already done so, but are likely to remain higher for longer than many would like as inflation will remain stubbornly higher than the RBA hopes for a little longer.

When interest rates eventually fall this is likely to encourage greater housing investment and more homebuyers.

3. Our property market will be even more fragmented

Of course, there was really never one Sydney property market or one Melbourne property market.

There are markets within markets – there are houses, apartments, townhouses and villa units located in the outer suburbs, middle ring suburbs, inner suburbs and the CBD, and they’re all behaving differently.

But our markets will be much more fragmented moving forward as some demographics struggle with cost-of-living, rent and mortgage cost increases (at a time of low wage growth) more than others.

It will either stop them from getting into the property markets or severely restrict their borrowing capacity which will negatively impact the lower end of the property markets.

Meanwhile, many first-home buyers who borrowed to their full capacity will have difficulty keeping up with their mortgage payments at the time of rising interest rates or when their fixed-rate loans convert to variable rates.

In other words, there will be little impetus for capital growth at the lower end of the property market.

That’s why I would only invest in areas where the locals’ income is growing faster than the national average – such as gentrifying suburbs – as locals will have higher disposable incomes and be able to and are likely to be prepared to pay a premium to live in these locations.

Many of these locations are the inner and middle-ring suburbs of our capital cities which are gentrifying as these wealthier cohorts move in.

Migration2

4. Migration

Net overseas migration to Australia will remain strong in 2024, however, the Federal government will lower the rate of temporary migrants coming to Australia.

This will keep driving rental growth as migrants tend to rent.

Only 38% of migrants own a home after being in Australia for five years, yet 71% of migrants own their home after 10 years.

5. Rents will keep rising

There is no end in sight for our rental crisis and rent prices will continue skyrocketing into 2024.

In fact, increased rental demand at a time of very low vacancy rates will see rentals continue to rise throughout the next few years.

This table by SQM Research shows how strongly weekly rent asking prices have risen, a trend which, worryingly, we would likely continue to see while our government tries to work out a way to boost supply to match unprecedented demand.

Next update: 28 Dec 2023

6. Strategic investors will keep entering the property market

And they’ll squeeze out first-home buyers.

As rents continue to rise and the share of first-home buyers continues dropping, strategic investors with a realistic long-term focus will return to the market.

Neighbourhood

7. Neighbourhood will be more important than ever

In our new “Covid Normal” world, people will pay a premium for the ability to work, live and play within a 20-minute drive, bike ride or walk from home.

Many inner suburbs of Australia’s capital cities and parts of their middle suburbs already meet the 20-minute neighbourhood tests, but very few outer suburbs do because there is a lower developmental density, less diversity in its community, and less access to public transport.

And ‘neighbourhood’ is important for property investors too, and here’s why.

In short, it’s all to do with capital growth, and we all know capital growth is critical for investment success, or just to create more stored wealth in the value of your home.

This is key because we know that 80% of a property’s performance is dependent on the location and its neighbourhood – in fact, some locations have even outperformed others by 50-100% over the past decade.

And it’s likely that moving forward, thanks to the current environment, people will place an even greater emphasis on neighbourhood and inner and middle-ring suburbs where more affluent occupants and tenants will be living.

These ‘liveable’ neighbourhoods with close amenities are where capital growth will outperform.

What sets these neighbourhoods apart is the demographics – these locations are generally gentrifying or are lifestyle locations and destination locations that aspirational and affluent people want to live in.

So lifestyle and destination suburbs where there is a wide range of amenities within a 20-minute walk or drive are likely to outperform in the future, fetching premium prices in 2024.

8. Our economy and employment will remain robust

Sure the RBA continues in its efforts to slow down our spending a little in order to bring down inflation.

But despite this our economy will keep growing (albeit a little slower) and the unemployment rate will remain low thanks to the many new jobs created as our economy grows.

Capital Cities

Local Capital Cities Market Predictions for 2024

As we know, there is not one Australian housing market, but markets within those markets, and again within those.

To give a better view of market predictions for the next 12 months in your area, here’s a breakdown of each local capital city’s market predictions for 2024.

Melbourne housing values rocketed 15.8% through 2020 and 2021 before falling 7.9% from their peak in March 2022 through to the recent trough in January 2023.

But it is now clear that the Melbourne housing market has turned the corner with all research showing prices have clearly passed the bottom of a market downturn, following 10 month-on-month increases in median property prices.

At Metropole, we’re finding that on-the-ground sentiment has changed and strategic investors and homebuyers are accepting that inflation has probably peaked and that interest rates are likely to peak in the next few months, so they are getting on with property decisions.

While more buyers are active in the market, there is currently a shortage of good quality stock on the market – while house prices have been resilient, Melbourne rental rates are experiencing weaker conditions due to a higher supply of rental properties, and less demand.

Sydney’s housing values also boomed through 2020 and 2021 with prices rising by 27.2% before falling 12.4% from their peak in January 2022 to the recent trough in January 2023.

But now the Sydney housing market has also clearly turned the corner with prices rising consistently for the last 10 months – now up 11.6% since January 2023.

Over the last few months, the sentiment of both Sydney property buyers and sellers has changed and buyers are pushing up the price of well-located A-grade homes and “family-friendly” apartments which are still in short supply, but B-grade properties are taking longer to sell and informed buyers are avoiding C-grade properties.

This flight to quality means that moving forward the various sectors of the Sydney real estate market will be segmented, which is a more “normal” property market.

Sydney’s strong auction clearance trends are also a great “in time” indicator of market sentiment and a leading indicator of future property prices.

Brisbane

Brisbane’s housing market paints an even stronger picture – after prices rose a huge 45.3% in 2020-21, they fell 8.9% from their peak in May 2022 to the January 2023 trough before turning and rising 10.5% over 10 month-on-month increases.

And there are many signs that Brisbane will still be one of the strongest housing markets in 2024.

Home prices have surpassed previous peaks, and if prices continue to grow at the same pace as over the past 3 months, home prices in Brisbane would be set to end the year up 8.0%, which would be close to double the average annual growth since 2010 – with that growth expected to continue as we move into 2024.

Our on-the-ground experience at Metropole Brisbane shows that there is emerging strong demand from both home buyers and property investors for A-grade homes and investment-grade properties.

Perth’s housing values also continue to enjoy an accelerated increase, with October’s 1.6% rise in values the highest monthly gain since March 2021.

Since finding a trough in January, the National Home Value Index has increased by 7.6%, leaving the index only 0.5% below its historic high recorded in April of last year.

Perth’s listings are almost 45% below the five-year average, while sales activity is almost 25% above average and prices are rising at the fastest pace since March 2021 so it’s logical to expect prices to continue increasing into 2024 as the city continues to grapple with its supply and demand imbalance.

Adelaide’s housing values reached a new record midway through November, recovering from its 7.5% drop in values recorded through the trough from May 2022 to January 2023.

The trend in advertised stock levels remains a critical feature of the housing market.

Advertised stock levels have hardly budged through spring, holding almost 40% below the 5-year average for this time of the year, despite a 20% rise in the flow of new listings coming onto the market.

With vendor activity gathering some momentum, while buyer activity slows, it’s likely selling conditions may continue to rebalance back towards buyers in 2024.

Canberra’s property prices rose a robust 6.2% in November which is promising news for the city’s property market.

But new listings in the city have also surged 24.4% over the past year, the strongest uptick of any Australian city.

With vendor activity gathering some momentum, while buyer activity slows, it’s likely selling conditions will continue to rebalance back towards buyers, especially in those cities where advertised supply levels are high.

In markets where demand and advertised supply levels are more evenly balanced, it’s logical to expect price growth to slow down in 2024.

Hobart’s housing values remained flat for November – while prices were rising in other capital cities around the country, Hobart’s new listings and distressed listings remain high.

Like Canberra, Hobart’s vendor activity has gained momentum which has taken the pressure of undersupply out of the market and cooled property price growth – a trend which is likely to continue into 2024.

Forecast 2

Long-term forecasts for Australian property markets (2025-2030)

As I said before, if nothing else, the pandemic years have shown us that no matter how many times you forecast property prices, it will always be difficult to predict exactly where property markets and prices will be in three months’ time, let alone 6-7 years into the future.

After all, history shows us that some properties will outperform others by 50-100% in terms of capital growth, so strategic property investors who buy investment-grade properties could expect to see the value of their properties more than double within the next seven to 10 years.

So we always have to take forecasts for Australian property markets with a big pinch of salt.

But what I am confident we’ll see for our future property markets comes off the back of our strong projected population increase.

23 Huge Signs A Woman Is Attracted To You

I’ve often yelled at a friend fondly, “HOW are you unable to read the signs a woman is attracted to you? Look at her, she’s clearly throwing hints your way!” My friend’s dating life is filled with attempts at gauging interest from women. Watching him do that is a fascinating and irritating endeavor. But science shows some support to my friend, even though I want to shake him hard.

The above research on gender differences in emotion recognition has shown that women tend to be more perceptive to subtle, i.e. low intense or ambiguous, emotion cues. So, if you’re a guy, you do stand at a disadvantage and may not be able to easily spot the physical signs a woman is interested in you. I know how confusing it is; I’ve seen my friend spend hours on this romantic investigation. But today, you’re not alone. I’m here to help you all out.

How To Tell If A Woman Is Attracted To You

A user on Quora said, “It’s no surprise that girls are harder to read than guys. Especially when it comes to figuring out if they are interested in you. From body language cues, to what she does during conversations. Girls might be trying to drop hints about their feelings!”

For more expert-backed insights, please subscribe to our YouTube Channel.

A woman’s attraction might manifest through an inclination to spend quality time with you or an eagerness to laugh at your jokes. Additionally, genuine interest in your life, opinions, and emotions can reveal a deeper level of attraction. It’s essential to approach these signs with sensitivity and context, as individual personalities and cultural differences can shape how attraction is expressed.

In a broader context, while verbal cues play a role, nonverbal communication often holds significant weight, like eye contact attraction, frequent smiling, or open body language, or touch. Though everyone expresses romantic or sexual interest differently, here’s an extensive list of 23 signs a woman is attracted to you:

1. Prolonged eye contact is a great indicator of a woman’s attraction to you

Most women make frequent eye contact to suggest interest and a desire for intimacy. The eyes are windows to one’s emotions, and lingering gazes convey a sense of vulnerability and openness.

Related Reading: Flirting With Your Eyes: 11 Moves That Almost Always Work

In the realm of attraction, prolonged or repeated eye contact goes beyond casual glances, communicating a silent invitation for emotional exploration. It’s a powerful yet subtle sign that can set the stage for a meaningful and potentially romantic relationship. This is why prolonged eye contact serves as one of the most obvious signs she wants you.

2. You seem to make her smile and laugh easily

A study states, “Laughter, particularly shared laughter, is an important indicator of romantic attraction between potential mates and is associated with relational quality, closeness, and support in established relationships.” Her frequent smiles and genuine laughter in your presence can be compelling indicators that a woman likes you.

  • Smiling is a universal expression of happiness, and when directed toward someone specific, it signifies a positive emotional response
  • Laughter, especially at your jokes, not only demonstrates a shared sense of humor but also reveals a desire to connect on a deeper, more personal level
  • The joy expressed through these nonverbal cues suggests comfort and enjoyment in your company
  • A woman’s laughter can be a genuine and involuntary response to feeling attracted, creating a bridge to camaraderie and an atmosphere of warmth and mutual understanding

3. There are plenty of body language signs of attraction

When a woman stands close to you, when a woman flips her hair to expose her neck, she might be trying to create sexual tension. The female body language speaks volumes about her attraction. Leaning in during conversation shows a desire to be closer, while maintained eye contact unveils a connection beyond words.

Mirroring your movements signals subconscious alignment, a yearning for rapport. Open and engaged body language reveals comfort, affirming potential romantic interest.

Related Reading: Expert-Backed Signs Of Male Body Language Attraction

4. She has changed something about her appearance

If she suddenly starts to wear heels, or wear the color you casually told her you liked, she is trying to impress you. When a woman makes a conscious effort to enhance her appearance before meeting you, it signifies a heightened level of interest. This deliberate gesture goes beyond routine grooming; it’s a subtle hint of attraction.

Whether it’s styling her hair, choosing a special outfit, or adding a touch of makeup, these adjustments convey an attempt to heighten her sex appeal and a desire to be noticed and appreciated by you. She is using her feminine attributes and she’s sending you signals that she’s sexually attracted to you.

5. She’s been making future plans with you in mind

How to know if a woman is attracted to you? See if she actively discusses future plans with you. This forward-looking stance transcends casual interactions, implying a shared vision for ongoing experiences. Her inclination to make joint plans communicates an earnest interest in a lasting connection.

Does she suggest weekend plans with you or to hang out after office hours? It could be an indicator that she likes you at work and envisions you as a meaningful part of her life.

6. If she’s flirting with you, it’s the clearest sign she wants to be with you

Flirting serves as one of the most obvious physical signs a woman is interested in you. The nuances of flirting become a vibrant language, signaling her openness to a romantic involvement or to tell you that she’s sexually interested.

  • The playful banter, suggestive remarks, and subtle actions go beyond friendly exchanges, expressing a desire for a more profound connection

Related Reading: 21 Flirting Signs From A Woman You Never Knew About

  • Through these flirtatious behaviors, she subtly communicates her sexual attraction or her pursuit of a romantic connection
  • It’s a dynamic interplay that elevates the relationship from mere friendship to a realm charged with the anticipation of something more intimate
Flirting is one of the strongest and most obvious signs she wants you.

7. She’s comfortable being vulnerable with you

Brené Brown says in her book, Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead, “I define vulnerability as uncertainty, risk, and emotional exposure. With that definition in mind, let’s think about love. Waking up every day and loving someone who may or may not love us back, whose safety we can’t ensure, who may stay in our lives or may leave without a moment’s notice – that’s vulnerability. Love is uncertain. It’s incredibly risky. And loving someone leaves us emotionally exposed”.

What we can deduce from this is:

  • A woman’s willingness to express vulnerability signals a profound connection and potential attraction, because in most cases, being vulnerable with a man can be quite difficult for a woman
  • Opening up emotionally indicates trust and comfort with you
  • It’s a courageous act that hints at her growing feelings and the possibility of a meaningful romantic connection
  • If she tells you personal stuff, lets you into her personal zone, doesn’t make you feel awkward about sharing your vulnerabilities with her either, she’s into you

8. She compliments you in the most meaningful ways

When a woman who’s been flirting with you genuinely compliments you too, it serves as a pretty clear sign of her attraction. Compliments extend beyond mere courtesy; they are a deliberate admiration for your attributes, whether they be physical, intellectual, or personal.

This authentic acknowledgment becomes her way of conveying positive emotions and genuine appreciation. After all, compliments act as a bridge between friendship and romantic interest, demonstrating her desire to make you feel noticed and valued.

Related Reading: 50 Compliments For Men That Make Them Happy

9. When a girl is curious about you, she loves listening to you actively

Most women’s attentive and engaged listening skills reveal more than interest; it hints at attraction. Here’s what showcases her desire for a profound understanding:

  • Genuine focus
  • Thoughtful replies
  • Openness to your words

This heightened attentiveness speaks to a growing emotional connection, underscoring the importance she places on your exchanges. How to know if a girl likes you over text? Even if you connected through dating apps, her active listening, initiating conversation, and long replies are some of the signs a woman likes you through texts.

10. Playful teasing and touching? Yeah, she’s interested

These are potent signs she finds you attractive; these acts could even be a form of sexual conversation for many. Many women engage in light-hearted banter or teasing, signaling comfort and a shared sense of humor, often serving as a playful way to express affection.

how to know if a woman is attracted to you
Playful teasing and subtle touches might indicate that she’s feeling frisky… *wink wink*

Physical touches, even subtle ones like a gentle brush of the hand or a lingering hug, transcend mere friendliness, suggesting an unspoken desire for closeness. Playful interactions and tactile gestures establish a unique language of attraction, and sometimes make up for words that she might lack.

Related Reading: What Holding Hands Means To A Guy – 16 Interpretations

11. She has introduced you to friends and family

A woman introducing you to her friends and family signifies a desire to integrate you into her personal space and share the people she values most. It reflects a great level of commitment, indicating that she sees a potential future with you. By bringing you into her inner circle, she’s emphasizing the importance of your presence in her life.

12. Has she been jealous yet? If yes, she likes you

A woman expressing jealousy might be one of the many subconscious signs of attraction. If she shows signs of unease or envy when you engage with others, it could stem from a fear of romantic competition and a yearning for your attention.

While handling jealousy or dealing with a jealous partner delicately is crucial, acknowledging it as a sign suggests that she places significance on your relationship and may harbor deeper, unspoken feelings for you. Her emotional response hints at a desire for exclusivity between you two.

13. Things girls do when they like you: They ask personal questions and notice details about you

Women love to ask personal questions about your life when they’re attracted to you. They are curious about you, so it goes beyond casual conversation, indicating a desire to understand you on a more profound level. In a study, it was found that question-asking increased liking in a 15-minute conversation between two people, especially if these questions allow the recipient to talk about themselves.

  • By seeking information about your life, she invests emotionally and also shows concern for your well-being
  • Noticing and remembering intricate details, whether it’s a favorite book or a significant date, reflects attentiveness and an eagerness to make a connection meaningful
  • Delving into your experiences, opinions, and aspirations serve as a pathway to building emotional intimacy with you

Thus, in the dance of attraction, the art of asking personal questions and paying attention to details become subtle signs of genuine interest and a potential romance.

14. Her consistent availability is a good sign that she’s into you

A woman’s consistent availability, whether in person or just emotionally, speaks volumes about her attraction. Making time for you and remaining easily reachable are a couple of signs of female attraction. Thus, by being consistently available, she is reflecting her desire for connection, highlighting the significance she attributes to your relationship and the depth of her feelings for you. She wants you to be able to trust her.

15. She’s there to give you support and encouragement

A woman consistently providing support and encouragement is a telling sign she’s attracted to you.

Related Reading: 55 Motivating Words Of Encouragement For A Man You Love During Hard Times

  • She cheers you on and cheers you up
  • She believes in your abilities and tells you about them when you lose faith in self
  • She tries to enable a morally and verbally supportive environment where you can achieve growth in terms of career, individuality, family, finances, etc.
  • She helps out in concrete ways too, and offers solutions

Her genuine interest in your aspirations and overall well-being reflects a deep emotional investment. She desires your fulfillment and success, underscoring a meaningful connection and romantic feelings.

signs she finds you attractive
A woman who wants you will try her best to encourage you and be supportive.

16. If she’s mirroring you, she’s interested in you

According to Science of People, mirroring is a nonverbal technique where a person copies the body language, vocal qualities, or attitude of another person. In the context of a woman’s attraction, mirroring is a nonverbal synchronization that indicates a subconscious desire to establish rapport.

If she unconsciously mimics your movements, it signifies:

  • A deepening bond and romantic interest
  • A silent language of affinity and an unspoken connection
  • An attempt to bridge emotional distances for a more unified experience

17. Her communication with you is deep, layered, and personal

Her enthusiasm and openness in communication are important signs she finds you attractive. She actively engages in conversations, shares her thoughts, and respects your opinions.

  • She chooses to engage in long, meaningful conversations beyond casual chit-chat
  • She shares personal stories and opinions so you get to know her as she is
  • She not only actively listens but remembers and references details from your conversations

18. She’s nervous around you

Her nervous demeanor is a revealing dance of emotions. These are silent admissions of a heightened state of awareness when you’re near. It’s not discomfort, but the manifestation of a desire to leave a good impression. This vulnerability adds authenticity to her language of attraction.

Other signs that she’s drawn to you:

  • Fidgeting, blushing, or lip biting
  • She might suddenly start talking more with you even though she’s shy around you
  • She makes some kind of physical contact
  • However nervously, she might want to sit close to you

Related Reading: Want To Make Someone Blush? Here Are 12 Adorable Ways!

19. When it comes to you, initiating contact comes naturally to her

A woman’s initiation of contact is an active pursuit, a clear sign of her attraction. Each message or call becomes a deliberate step toward establishing an emotional connection. This proactive engagement transcends mere communication; it’s an expression of her desire to be close, and to know more about your routine and life.

20. She respects your opinions openly as a mark of her affections

When a woman genuinely respects your opinions, it’s a significant sign of attraction. Her respect for your opinions transcends mere courtesy; it’s a genuine acknowledgment of your individuality. The attentive consideration she gives to your thoughts creates an atmosphere of mutual understanding, shared respect, and compatibility.

More on Attraction

21. You can count on her to remember all the special dates

One of the things women do when they like you is remembering dates that are important to you (and to her). It’s not just about remembering; it’s a deliberate effort to acknowledge and celebrate significant milestones in your life. This thoughtful attention to detail validates you and reflects a desire for shared joy. Some examples of such behavior are:

Related Reading: 15 Relationship Milestones That Call For A Celebration

  • Remembering your birthday and giving you a heartfelt wish or maybe even a small gift
  • Remembering you have an important meeting or exam and wishing you luck
  • Recalling the day you guys spent together doing something, even if it was something seemingly mundane

22. Genuine signs of female attraction: She creates shared rituals and inside jokes

Creating shared rituals and inside jokes is a subtle but powerful sign of attraction. Dr. John Gottman suggests couples commit to six hours a week together, which includes rituals for saying goodbye in the morning and reuniting at the end of the day. These rituals help couples reconnect when life gets in the way.

These personal experiences and exclusive moments, whether a personalized tradition or the same dumb jokes she likes to crack with you, cultivate a unique bond. This way, you also find common interests. They serve as a language that transcends words, signaling romantic feelings that bind two individuals in a shared world of fond affection.

23. Creating opportunities for alone time means that she wants you

A woman creating opportunities for alone time is an intentional journey into deeper connection. It’s a subtle invitation to explore the intimacy that blossoms when two people are together. Also, during this alone time with her, you might notice a few good signs of magnetic attraction between you:

  • When a girl moves closer to you, she’s into you
  • She is blushing when you flirt or touch her
  • She’s shy when you’re together

Key Pointers

  • Deciphering a woman’s attraction can be a challenging feat. While verbal cues play a role, nonverbal signals often hold significant weight when you’re just starting to discover her feelings
  • Her prolonged eye contact, genuine laughter, and intentional touches are some of the signs a woman is attracted to you
  • The powerful yet subtle signs of her paying attention to details, initiating contact, and creating opportunities for alone time underscore a deep romantic or sexual attraction toward you

According to a user on Reddit, “If a girl is interested in you, it’ll be obvious and she’ll make things very easy.” You just have to keep paying attention as prolonged eye contact, genuine smiles, and playful touches become the brushstrokes of a burgeoning connection. From an open body language to the creation of shared rituals, all these collective gestures listed above paint a portrait of attraction, where emotional depth and potential romance intertwine in the hues of shared experiences.

21 Signs He Finds You Irresistible & Is Attracted To You

12 Definite Signs She Wants To Be Your Girlfriend

10 Things That Count As Emotional Attraction And Tips To Recognize It

Ask Our Expert

2023 BMW i4 M50 Review: Treat Yo’ Self

You don’t need the extra power, but it sure is nice.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

The full-electric
BMW
i4 is essentially a 4 Series Gran Coupe four-door liftback sedan without a tailpipe. From the curbside, it is indistinguishable from its combustion-powered siblings. Unlike the iX, which screams “weird electric SUV!” with its avant garde design, the i4 flies under the radar. The 2023 BMW i4 M50 builds on this formula with a more powerful dual-motor electric powertrain and M Sport handling. The M50 may not quite be an electric M car, but with better whisper-silent performance, it’s possibly the best Q car in BMW’s lineup.

Like


  • Great power and acceleration


  • Nicely balanced chassis


  • Liftback utility and generous cargo space


  • Flexible iDrive 8.0 tech

Don’t like


  • iDrive’s learning curve is a steep one


  • Much more expensive than competition

Up front, the i4 features a unique grille with the same self-healing tech found on the iX SUV. Small rock chips and scratches disappear from the glossy surface after a few warm days or a few minutes exposed to a hair dryer. Break out the measuring tape and you’ll note that the i4 M50 is 0.2-inch taller than the M440i with a 0.1-inch wider front track — barely any difference at all. That sounds simple enough, but is actually quite remarkable considering BMW has crammed an 83.9-kWh battery into the low-slung, coupe-like silhouette.

The battery lives under the i4’s floor, which costs it a bit of cabin space but, again, not too much. The biggest changes are 0.4-inch less headroom (36.6 inches) and 0.7-inch less legroom (34.2 inches) on the second row and a cut to 10 cubic feet of trunk capacity (down from 16.6 cubes) due a loss of space under the load floor. Space above the floor is nearly identical and the i4 M50 retains its 40/20/40 split-folding rear seat, so most owners probably wouldn’t notice when loading items into the power liftback.

Range and charging

The i4 even uses the same fuel door as the combustion-powered 4 Series — look closely and you can even see the spot where the gas cap goes when filling — but instead of a filler neck, there’s a combined charging system port. Connected to an 11-kilowatt AC charger (Level 2), the 80.7-kWh of usable capacity (the rest is reserved) is restored in around 8.25 hours. At a 200-kW DC fast charger, the battery can be rapidly charged from 10 to 80% full optimally in around 31 minutes.  That charge time syncs nicely with the two years of complimentary 30-min charging sessions with Electrify America that BMW includes for new i4 owners. Of course, there are faster-charging EVs around, but until 200-kW-plus stations are much more common, the BMW’s quick enough.

If you’re really in a rush, the i4 M50 can add 97 miles of range in just 10 minutes at a 200-kW charger.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

Sadly, the i4 has no front trunk — usually a nice bonus feature on purpose-built electric vehicles — so you’ll have to store the portable charging cable in the trunk. However, unlike BMW’s iX SUV, the Gran Coupe’s hood can be opened by the owner. Though, there’s not much under there to see besides a gigantic plastic cover hiding the electric hardware and two filler caps for wiper fluid and coolant.

The M50 performance variant of the i4 comes standard with 19-inch double-spoke M wheels, but my example upgrades to 20-inch wheels with staggered high-performance Pirelli P Zero tires — 255/35 R20 in the front with 285/30 R20 rears. This change affects the look of the sedan, its handling and, more importantly, the range. On the standard 19s, owners can expect up to 270 miles of range per charge. With the stickier, heavier 20-inch wheels and tires, that estimate drops to 227 miles. That’s still a comfortable amount of range for commuting and a bit of B-road fun, but frequent road-trippers looking to roam further should consider the less powerful, 282- to 301-mile i4 eDrive40 configuration.

During my week of testing the i4 M50 on the 20-inch wheels, I never charged past 80%, recharged once well before empty to test charging speed, and spent most of my time in Sport mode. After around 175 miles traveled in total, the trip computer reported an average of 2.6 miles per kWh used, slightly better than the EPA’s converted estimate of 2.4 miles per kWh.

xDrive electric all-wheel drive

The i4 M50 upgrades to a dual-motor xDrive electric all-wheel drive setup. Powering the front axle is a 190-kilowatt motor; the rear wheels share a 230-kW unit. Total output climbs to 536 hp, which is a fair bit more than the eDrive40’s 335 hp. The four-door coupe will scramble from 0 to 60 mph in just 3.7 seconds with its Sport Boost mode taking full advantage of the 586 pound-feet of instantaneous torque.

Going from 0 to 60 in 3.7 seconds looks good on paper, but the way the i4 M50 effortlessly surges forward as you roll onto the accelerator has to be experienced to truly be appreciated. It’s a totally different sort of thrill ride than even the M4 Competition xDrive Coupe’s 3.4-second sprint. There’s no drama, no wheelspin or even much sound at all, save for the whoosh of the wind and rumble of the tires — only pure, eye-popping acceleration as the i4 M50 rockets forward like a bullet train.

Silent by default, the M50 features M-specific versions of BMW’s Iconic Sounds — generated sound played through the cabin speakers in concert with acceleration or deceleration. I’m usually not a fan of fake engine noise, but I found the M50’s Sport sound theme to be a pleasant, surprisingly engaging rendition of a futuristic combustion engine. Designed by film composer Hans Zimmer and BMW Creative Sound Director Renzo Vitale, the system makes use of overlapping Shepard tones to create a sense of constantly rising urgency as the i4 builds speed.

In addition to customizing the sound, I was also able to tweak the performance of the i4 M50 via drive and regeneration modes. The EV features Eco Pro, Sport Boost, Comfort and Individual drive modes, which are toggled directly via a dedicated physical buttons. There are also multiple regeneration modes starting with the default Adaptive setting that uses the distance to the car ahead, navigation data and the battery’s state of charge to determine how much regen to apply every time the throttle is lifted. This should net you the most efficient energy recapture, but I found it inconsistent and, at worst,  difficult to predict, not to mention jerky. I prefer to choose one of the static regen modes: low, medium or high. Disable low-speed creep in a menu to enable one-pedal driving where the i4 can slow to a stop without touching the brake pedal — my favorite EV braking method overall.

The M50 comes standard with dark Shadowline trim and aerodynamic bits. Carbon-fiber trim is optional.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

The i4 M50 also features standard M Sport physical brakes that work well in tandem with the regeneration system during dynamic driving and hard stops. The rest of the handling department is manned by the standard Adaptive M Suspension with electronically controlled dampers and variable sport steering. BMW’s engineers have nailed the M50’s driving dynamics. The EV is about 850 pounds heavier than the M440i xDrive, and that weight makes itself apparent on switchbacks and serpentine mountain roads. Still, the chassis still feels well-balanced; the new 48:52 front-to-rear weight distribution is actually reversed relative to the slightly nose-heavy M440i, which makes the steering feel lighter and more playful, while retaining a nice fingertip feel. (At least, it does in Sport mode; the Comfort steering setting feels a bit numb and overly light for my taste.)

BMW iDrive 8.0

The i4 uses, essentially, the same iDrive 8.0 software and hardware as the iX but tucks that tech into the 4 Series’ more conventional cockpit. That seemingly small difference makes the i4 M50 much easier to live with than its more highly designed, minimalist sibling. For starters, the i4 features many more physical buttons and knobs on its dashboard and center console. The console itself sits closer to the dash and steering wheel for an easier reach when it’s time to, say, pop into Sport mode, and there’s less overall reliance on the touchscreen for simple tasks.

The i4 slots iDrive 8.0 tech into a more conventional dashboard and console.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

There are still big, bright screens to enjoy. The i4 features the same 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster and curved 14.9-inch central touch display powered by its user-customizable iDrive software. As with the iX, I’m not a fan of the icon-heavy main menu with its grid of well over 30 little icons that can be difficult to navigate, scroll and precisely poke while driving. Thankfully, the icons can be reorganized for faster navigation and there’s also a shortcut menu that can be populated with your eight most commonly used functions, accessible at any time via a swipe from the top of the screen. Alternative control methods — including BMW’s physical iDrive control wheel on the center console, “Hey BMW” hot-word voice input and search and air gestures — give the driver even more flexibility and freedom from reaching over to the screen. Take the time to set it up to your needs and iDrive 8.0 becomes fairly easy to navigate, but that first week’s learning curve is a steep one.

One of iDrive 8.0’s biggest advantages is its always-on
BMW Connected
services and telematics data connection. This enables features like using your phone as a key, remotely monitoring the EV while charging or sending destinations to the car before hitting the road, but these advanced remote features — as well as a number of in-vehicle features like intelligent voice assistant commands — require a BMW User account and an active data subscription. 

Alternatively, users can take advantage of standard Android Auto and Apple CarPlay connectivity to power their maps and media with their phone. Both technologies support wired and wireless connectivity and feature the latest generations of their respective fast pairing tech for more seamless setup. Around the cabin, passengers will find three USB Type-C charging ports (two on the second row and one in the center console), a single USB Type-A data port for media playback or phone connections and an optional wireless phone charger at the base of the dashboard.

You can pop the i4’s hood, but there’s not much to see or service.

Antuan Goodwin/CNET Cars

Driver-aid tech

BMW’s standard suite of driver aid technologies persists here, inherited from the gasoline 4 Series. There’s standard adaptive cruise control, lane-departure warning, blind-spot monitoring and forward collision warning with automatic city speed braking. Also standard are a rear-view camera and automatic high beams. The electric i4 also adds low-speed pedestrian protection external sound generation to the 4 Series’ bag of tricks.

My example upgrades with a $700 Parking Assistance Package that adds a surround view camera, front and rear parking distance sensors and Parking Assistant Plus hands-free parallel and perpendicular parking assistance. Additionally, the box was checked for the $1,700 Driving Assistance Professional Package, which upgrades to lane-keeping steering assistance, adds a number of evasive and cross-traffic steering aid technologies and includes Traffic Jam Steering Assistant. This feature enables hands-free steering in low-speed (below 40 mph) traffic. It’s a neat party trick, but considering the restrictive speed limitation — which leads to almost constantly handing control back and forth in all but the most gridlocked jams — I don’t think it’s worth the cost of entry.

Pricing and competition

The 2023 BMW i4 M50 starts at $68,295 including the $995 destination charge. That’s $11,400 more than the i4 eDrive40 which many of CNET Cars’ staff think is the sweeter spot in the lineup, with better value, excellent performance and better range, but it’s hard to argue with more power and speed — i4 M50 is a hoot and a half, so go ahead and treat yourself. That said, the BMW is also one of the priciest models in a class that includes the Tesla Model 3 Performance starting around $64,190 and the $58,800 Polestar 2 with Performance Pack, but the slightly larger i4 somewhat justifies its higher price with a higher level of luxury, fit and finish. With options and close to fully loaded, my example arrived wearing an $84,370 price tag.

Unlike the iX, the BMW i4 is not a purpose-built EV, so I expected the i4 to be full of compromises that come with cramming a big battery into an ICE platform. On the road, I was pleasantly surprised by how seamlessly and naturally the 4 Series Gran Coupe has handled the transition to full-electric. The i4 M50 is now my favorite version of this 4 Series chassis and one of the most fun
electric cars
I’ve driven this year.

Dunking hurts: Why players hate — and love — the NBA’s greatest feat

The dunk is basketball’s most lionized play. The most iconic ones are canonized, referenced fondly and often, debated for their merits and significance. The sport’s language has created so many names for it: jam, yam, slam, poster, stuff, hammer. It’s a unique club that only few on this world can join. It’s marvelous.

And it hurts like hell.

“Can you think of any other concept where your hand swings at something metal?” 11-year NBA veteran Austin Rivers asks. “It’ll probably hurt, yeah?”

When asked, players catalog the pain dunking has caused: broken nails; bent fingers; recent bruises; lasting scars; midair collisions; twisted necks; dangerous landings. Injuries that cost them games or even seasons.

Derrick Jones Jr., a former NBA All-Star Weekend dunk contest winner now with the Dallas Mavericks, points out two specific marks on his left wrist. Larry Nance Jr., another high flier in his ninth NBA season and third with the New Orleans Pelicans, recalls childhood memories of his father’s scarred arms from a 14-year NBA career that included winning the first-ever dunk contest in 1984. Dallas’ Josh Green remembers one pregame dunk that set his nerves afire.

“I remember thinking, ‘Why would I do this before a game,’” the 23-year-old Green says.

And yet still they dunk.

In the modern NBA, the dunk’s frequency has been increasing, going from 8,254 in the 2002-03 regular season to 11,664 last year. The rise is mostly due to the 3-point revolution and the increased spacing and cleaner driving lanes that come with it. But the league also has taller, more explosive athletes entering every year. With them come even more spectacular aerial feats, ones that enrapture fans and wow even the players who witness them.

What players think of the dunk, and the agony that can come with it, is ever changing. This isn’t some new trend. It’s just that the dunk, for all its allure and mystique, is the most visceral mark of a player’s maturation.

Basketball’s most exclusive club, one only entered 10 feet in the air, isn’t one that players can — or always want to — live in forever.


Dennis Smith Jr., now a member of the Brooklyn Nets, had a 48-inch vertical as a prospect, but says now his struggles with landing affected his shooting form. (Nathaniel S. Butler / NBAE via Getty Images)

When young basketball players first start dunking, they never want to stop.

“It makes you the guy,” Dennis Smith Jr. says.

Smith’s first in-game dunk was an off-the-backboard slam in a state title game when he was 13. His team was up big and his teammates were showing off. “Now it’s my turn,” the 26-year-old Brooklyn Nets guard recalls thinking. “I got one.” An in-game dunk is a status symbol he has never forgotten.

Willie Green, now the head coach of the New Orleans Pelicans after a 12-year NBA career, was told as a teenager that toe raises would help him reach above the rim. Every morning in the shower, he counted to 300 — rising onto the balls of his feet with each number until this club finally let him in.

“If you could dunk, people looked up to you, they glorified you,” Green says. “You felt like you got over a big hurdle in basketball. It was a huge step in basketball when I was able to dunk.”

Every player asked remembers how old they were when they first started. “You’re young, you’re bouncy,” Markieff Morris, 34, says. “You dunked so you could talk your s—.” It was the first thing youngsters like him did stepping into the gym, the last before they left.

“When you’re first dunking, your fingers are full of blood because of the (contact),” Philadelphia 76ers forward Nicolas Batum recalls. “But you get used to it. You have so much joy of dunking. You’re one of the few people in the world that can.”

Once players start dunking in games, it becomes even more addicting. “When you try to dunk on someone, you’re hyped up, you’re amped up,” the New York Knicks’ Donte DiVincenzo says. “You don’t feel any of that s—.” It’s the same as any adrenaline high. “It feels like energy,” 21-year-old Mavericks guard Jaden Hardy says. As the crowds grow bigger and the reactions reverberate louder, it’s even better.

Marques Johnson, a five-time NBA All-Star who retired in 1990, remembers one slam he had at age 15 in a summer league over a player who had just been drafted to the NBA. To dunk on him, to knock him to the ground, proved something.

“As a young player, if you can hang with guys on the next level,” he says, “it becomes that validation that you belong.”

Johnson, currently the Milwaukee Bucks’ television analyst, played collegiately for UCLA, where he was named the Naismith College Player of the Year in 1977, the first season the dunk was re-legalized in college basketball. “I really believe it’s a big reason why I won,” he says. “People ain’t seen a dunk in college basketball in 10 years.” Johnson, a hyperathletic 6-foot-7 forward, took up residence above the rim.

Once, he missed two weeks with a knee sprain after dunking on a teammate in practice and landing hard. As he lay on the ground in pain, he still remembers what his first question was.

“Did the dunk go in?”

“Yeah,” he was told. “You dunked on him.”


Marques Johnson, shown here with the Bucks, believes dunking was a big reason he was the Naismith Player of the Year in 1977. (Heinz Kluetmeier / Sports Illustrated via Getty Images)

Last season, Christian Wood rebounded his own miss and found an empty path to the rim. He dribbled once, planted both feet, hurled the ball through the rim — and then clutched his left hand as he ran back down the court.

Wood, who signed with the Los Angeles Lakers this summer after his one season with the Mavericks, finished the game but missed the next eight with a broken thumb. “I went for a tomahawk (dunk), trying to look flashy for some reason, and hit my thumb again,” he says. He had already injured it, he says, but that’s the moment when he knew he “had really hurt it.”

As teenagers age into veterans, their relationships toward dunking often change. “To really dunk consistently in the NBA, you gotta be a freak athlete.” Rivers says. For those who aren’t, dunking becomes more akin to a tool than a feat.

“S—, those things are really adding up,” the 26-year-old DiVincenzo says. “A lot of the younger guys want to dunk every single time. I am not like that anymore.”

DiVincenzo still dunks — he had nine last year with the Golden State Warriors — but prefers layups when possible. It isn’t always possible, though. “Sometimes, (a dunk) is the only way to draw fouls,” he says.

When Willie Green neared the end of his career, he recalls hating when defenders forced him into it.

“They’re chasing you down hard on a fast break, and you want to lay it up, but you know if you lay it up, they’re going to block it,” he says. “I’m like, ‘Man. You made me dunk that.’”

Green was a two-foot dunker, which meant accelerating into the air was hard on his knees, especially the left one, which was surgically repaired in 2005. “That force, that gravity, compounded with coming down,” he says. “It takes a toll on you.”

Smith, the ninth pick in the 2017 draft, entered the league with a record-tying 48-inch vertical — and with a dangerous habit of coming down on one leg. While recovering from knee surgery, he learned to land on both of them. “I don’t even think about it now,” he says. But he still does thoracic therapy to treat scar tissues in his wrist from his childhood dunks, which he believes has had an effect on his shooting form.

The league’s freak athletes, the ones Rivers referenced, do have different experiences. Nance Jr., who remembers his father’s forearm scars, has none of his own. His hands are large enough to engulf the ball rather than pinning it against his wrist. “I never really learned how to cup it like everybody else,” Nance says. “I genuinely don’t believe I could do it if I tried.” He drops the ball through the rim rather than relying on inertia.

“Not really,” he says when asked whether it hurts. “Unless I miss.”

Players like him still experience pain from the midair collisions and the misses: when the basketball hits the cylinder’s rear and sends shock waves through their arms; when an opponent’s desperate swipes hit flesh and nerve; when the crash of bodies sends theirs sprawling to the floor.

Anthony Edwards, another alien athlete, doesn’t even refer to what he does as dunking. “I don’t really dunk the ball,” he says. “I just put it in there the majority of the time.” Earlier this month, though, Edwards elevated over the Oklahoma City Thunder’s Jaylin Williams, nicked him on the shoulder and came crashing back down.

Though Edwards only missed two games with a hip injury, the Timberwolves’ rising star admitted he was “scared” and “nervous” in his first game upon returning. And even if missed dunks don’t injure him, there’s still pride.

As Edwards said of them last season: “Those hurt my soul.”


Anthony Edwards, shown here after a dunk in last season’s Play-In Tournament, was recently injured on a dunk attempt against Oklahoma City. (Adam Pantozzi / NBAE via Getty Images)

Kyrie Irving had stolen the ball and was alone at the basket in a December game when he rose up to dunk in front of his own bench. His Dallas teammates had already risen up to celebrate — until they couldn’t.

“I mistimed it,” he says. “My momentum wasn’t there.” The ball grazed the front of the rim and fell out.

The 31-year-old Irving is known for every sort of highlight except dunking, of which he has only 25 in his 11-year career. But a flubbed dunk is embarrassing even for a player like him.

“You just feel bad!” he says. “We’re the best athletes in the world. I should be able to get up there once in a while.”

Later that quarter, the 6-foot-2 Irving had another chance at a wide-open fast break, at redemption. This time, he made sure to prove he could still do it.

“I had to double pump,” he says, laughing now. “I had to get up there, bro. I couldn’t come in the locker room to my teammates, coaching staff, upper management. They would’ve been on my head.”

Still, as players grow closer to retirement, they often hang up their dunking careers first.

Rivers, who remains a free agent after spending his 11th season with the Minnesota Timberwolves in 2022-23, recently retired from dunking. “I just prefer laying the ball up,” he said last year. “A dunk takes a lot out of me.” It was the hard landings that ultimately got him to stop, but he believes he became a better finisher once he made the decision.

It’s easier for veterans who never needed to play above the rim. Like, say, Stephen Curry, who seems amused he was asked about something he hasn’t done in a game since 2018.

“I had no problem letting that part of myself go,” the 6-foot-3 Curry says. “I very easily moved on to the next chapter of my career.”

Batum, a 35-year-old with 367 career dunks, also swore off contested dunks before last season. “My body told me,” he said. “It said, ‘No more, bro.’” Now he only dunks, gently with two hands, when he knows he’s alone at the rim.

“When you hit 32, the game isn’t about dunking anymore,” says Morris, now in his 13th NBA season. “It’s about longevity and still being able to play at a high level.”

Caron Butler wishes he had realized that sooner. When he was younger, Butler, who had two All-Star appearances before retiring to become a Miami Heat assistant coach, practiced as hard as he played.

“I overemphasized the two points I was getting to prove a point or show off my God-given ability,” he says. “It would have given me more longevity.”

Butler doesn’t have any regrets. But he thinks about the dunk differently now.

“It’s just two points.”


Caron Butler, shown here leaping between two Cavaliers during the 2008 NBA playoffs, said his attitude toward dunking changed as he got older. “It’s just two points,” he says. (Ned Dishman / NBAE via Getty Images)

It’s just two points.

“I’m listening to an old man talk,” Butler says. “That’s what 13-year-old Caron Butler would say. He would say, ‘I’m listening to a very old man talk about dunking.’”

He’s not the only retired player who sees the irony. Green thinks his younger self, the one who counted his toe raises in the shower, would feel similarly

“Thirteen-year-old me would really be disgusted right now,” he says.

But Green did dunk again earlier in 2023, a windmill slam in a January practice that had his players hollering in amazement. “They always tell me I can’t dunk,” he says. “I wanted to show them I had a little juice.” Green, the league’s fifth-youngest head coach, says that one of his coaching qualities is his relatability.

“When you’re asking high level professional athletes to do something, it helps for them to know that you’ve done it,” he says. “And it helps to know when they look at you that it looks like you still can do it.”

For others, it’s something that hearkens back to the past: to the adrenaline rush they first felt, to the validation it gave when their NBA careers were still dreams. Klay Thompson, perhaps this sport’s second-best shooter ever behind Curry, his Warriors teammate, says one of the best moments of his career was a dunk. After missing two consecutive seasons with major surgeries, in his first game back, he drove to the rim and slammed one. Thompson knew in that moment, he says, that the Warriors could still win another championship — and later that season, they did.


The end result of Klay Thompson’s dunk through multiple Cavaliers in his first game back from ACL and Achilles injuries. (Jed Jacobsohn / Getty Images)

Thompson used to stroll onto the court and dunk as soon as his shoes were on. “Now, I need a good hour to get the gears greased and the motor working,” he says. As his body has changed, so too has his appreciation for what dunking means.

“It’s always an amazing feeling hanging on the rim that you can (forget) most people can’t do it,” he says. “I no longer take it for granted.”

It’s just two points for these club members, yes, but it’s more than that. For Johnson, the former Naismith College Player of the Year, dunking still means something special. Johnson turns 68 in February, and he plans to continue his personal tradition that began when he was 55: dunking on his birthday.

It’s motivation, Johnson explains, to stay in shape, which was inspired by his son, Josiah, who films it every year. It started becoming harder when Marques turned 60. “The first two attempts, I’m barely getting above the rim,” he says. It’s harder to palm the ball as his hands lose strength, and it usually takes until the fifth or sixth try before he succeeds.

Johnson, who had hip surgery this summer, doesn’t know if he will succeed next year. After all, he only attempts to dunk on his birthday, never in-between. “I know, eventually, I’m not going to be able to do it,” he says. But his recovery has gone well, and he feels good he’ll dunk once more next February.

He still remembers it, misses it.

“I remember them vividly: the excitement, the adrenaline rushing through your body,” he says. “So the dunk, as you can tell, has meant a whole lot to me.”

When asked what his younger self would think about hearing him talk about dunking now — this exclusive club he first joined as a 14-year-old wearing slacks and dress shoes, one that has represented pain and joy, aging and authenticity — Johnson instead chooses to turn the question around.

“I’d tell 16-year old me,” he says, “do it until the wheels come off.”

(Illustration by Rachel Orr / The Athletic. Photos of Derrick Jones Jr. (left) and Anthony Edwards (right): Amanda Loman and David Berding / Getty Images)

How to Remove the Background of an Image Using Paint or Paint 3D

Key Takeaways

  • Microsoft Paint and Paint 3D on Windows 11 have a built-in feature to remove the background of an image with a single click.
  • To use the background removal feature, update to the latest version of Windows 11 and Microsoft Paint or Paint 3D from the Microsoft Store.
  • While the AI-powered background removal may not be perfect, it is a convenient tool for quick edits, and saves you from needing to use more complex image editing tools.


You don’t have to use a third-party background-removing tool anymore, as the Microsoft Paint app on Windows can remove a background with just a single click. Similarly, in Paint 3D, you can use the Magic select feature to remove the background of an image.

In this article, we show you how to use Microsoft Paint or Paint 3D to remove a background from an image.


Update Microsoft Paint or Paint 3D App From the Microsoft Store

The Remove background feature in MS Paint was part of the Windows 11 Moment 4 update. To get started, make sure you have the latest Windows 11 updates installed. To do this, go to Settings > Windows Update and choose Check for updates. You should also update Microsoft Paint and Paint 3D from the Microsoft Store to receive new features.

After the update is installed, launch any of the apps, and you’ll see the Remove background or the Magic select option in the respective apps’ toolbar. Using them is straightforward, as you can see below.

How to Remove the Background of an Image Using Microsoft Paint

The background removal tool in the standard Paint app is powered by AI. You can import any images onto your Paint canvas and click the Remove background feature to clean up the background with a single click.

To remove an image background using the Paint app:

  1. Launch Paint and import the image you want to edit.
    Microsoft Paint App With a Bird Image and Remove Background Option Selected in Windows 11

  2. In the Command bar, click the Remove background option. Microsoft Paint uses AI to process and detect the image elements and remove the background.
    Microsoft Paint App Showing an Image Without Background

  3. You can also use the selection tool to specify only part of the image to remove and then click the Remove background option.
  4. To save the image, go to File > Save as, then choose the PNG or JPEG format. Enter a name for the file and click Save. The Paint app will save the file with a transparent background.

As with most AI tools, the remove background feature is not perfect, but more often than not, it does a decent enough job.

How to Remove the Background of an Image Using Paint 3D

You can use the Magic select feature in Paint 3D to remove the background of an image. While the process is not as straightforward as the Paint app, it offers greater control and multiple creative options.

To remove the background of an image using Paint 3D:

  1. Launch the Paint 3D app and import the image you want to edit.
    Paint 3D App With the Magic Select Option Selected In Windows 11

  2. Click the Magic select option in the toolbar.
    Paint 3D App With the Magic Select Cutout Selection In Windows 11

  3. Adjust the focus area to fit around the area of the image you want to retain. Even if you want to keep a large part of the image, a slight adjustment is necessary for the app to determine the background.
  4. Click Next.
    Paint 3D App Main Object Cutout Selection In Windows 11

  5. Preview the cutout to see if the image isolation is accurate. If not, use the Add or Remove option in the top-right corner to refine your selection further.
  6. Click Done.
    Paint 3D App Delete Background Canvas In Windows 11

  7. Now, select the cutout and drag it to the side of the canvas.
  8. Using the selection tool, click and drag over the canvas and press Delete to remove the background.
  9. Now select the Canvas option in the toolbar.
    Paint 3D App Showing a Deleted Bird Background Canvas In Windows 11

  10. In the right pane, toggle the Transparent canvas option.
  11. Now drag the cutout back to the canvas and adjust it to fit the image.
  12. To save the image, press Ctrl + S, click Image, and then Save. Give a name to the file and select Save.

The AI-powered Paint and Paint 3D app in Windows 11 may not produce perfect results. Especially if the image has a busy background. However, both do a nice job and produce consistent backgrounds. They also save you from the hassle of owning and using a more sophisticated image editing tool for quick edits.

Snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City unfolds in Shanxi

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

A photo taken on December 11, 2023, shows the snowy scenery of Pingyao Ancient City in Shanxi Province. /CFP

The Ancient City of Pingyao in Shanxi Province was draped in silver following heavy snowfall there on December 11. 

Pingyao boasts a well-preserved urban landscape from the Ming (1368-1644) and Qing (1644-1911) dynasties. The ancient city is home to more than 300 cultural relics and nearly 4,000 traditional architectures. Of special interest are some of the imposing buildings associated with banking, evidence that Pingyao was once a major financial center in north China in the 19th and early 20th centuries.

Laura Lynch, a founding member of the Chicks, dead at 65

Laura Lynch, a founding member of the music group who would find fame as the Dixie Chicks, has died in a car crash in West Texas. She was 65.

Lynch was involved in a head-on collision in El Paso on Friday, according to the Texas Department of Public Safety.

Now known as the Chicks, the group posted news of Lynch’s death to their Instagram.

“We are shocked and saddened to learn of the passing of Laura Lynch, a founding member of The Chicks,” the band said in its statement. “We hold a special place in our hearts for the time we spent playing music, laughing and traveling together. Laura was a bright light…her infectious energy and humor gave a spark to the early days of our band. Laura had a gift for design, a love of all things Texas and was instrumental in the early success of the band. Her undeniable talents helped propel us beyond busking on street corners to stages all across Texas and the mid-West.”

Lynch played upright bass and sang lead vocals in an early iteration of the group, formed in 1989 with Robin Lynn Macy, Martie Erwin and Emily Erwin.

The group’s traditional bluegrass sound gave way to the pop country style that would make them international stars after Lynch left and was replaced by Natalie Maines.

Lynch recorded three albums with the Dixie Chicks, 1990’s “Thank Heavens for Dale Evans,” 1992’s “Little Ol’ Cowgirl” and 1993’s “Shouldn’t a Told You That.” It was with the release of 1998’s “Wide Open Spaces,” once Maines was in the band, that they achieved success, winning two Grammy Awards. (The group has won 13 Grammys.)

In 2003, the group attracted controversy for comments made by Maines during a concert about then-President George W. Bush, which led to a boycott by country radio.

In 2020 the band changed the name from the Dixie Chicks to the Chicks.

Triumph Daytona 660 Teased? Check Triumph Motorcycle’s New Bike Images Ahead of Launch on January 9

Today, on December 20, Triumph India Official (@IndiaTriumph) announced the launch date of its upcoming motorcycle on X. In the post, the company said, “ALL-NEW motorcycle launching 9th January 2024 @ 12:00 GMT”. The UK-based motorcycle company has not confirmed the model name and other details. However, according to a post from Team-BHP, the new model is the Triumph Daytona 660. The report said that the bike will be a new addition to Triumph’s 660cc series, having a 3-cylinder liquid-cooled engine with the capacity to produce 80bhp and 64Nm torque. It is expected to have a 6-speed gearbox. The bike is rumoured to arrive in India in the second half of 2024. Yamaha YZF-R3, Yamaha MT-03 Launched in India: From Specifications, Features To Price, Here’s Everything To Know About New Yamaha Bikes.

Triumph India Official Teased New Bike Images With Launch Date:

(SocialLY brings you all the latest breaking news, viral trends and information from social media world, including Twitter, Instagram and Youtube. The above post is embeded directly from the user’s social media account and LatestLY Staff may not have modified or edited the content body. The views and facts appearing in the social media post do not reflect the opinions of LatestLY, also LatestLY does not assume any responsibility or liability for the same.)

The Holy Grail of Quantum Computing Is Finally Here. Or Is It?

Andersen and Lensky of Google disagree. They do not think the experiment demonstrates a topological qubit, because the object cannot reliably manipulate information to achieve practical quantum computing. “It is repeatedly stated explicitly in the manuscript that error correction must be included to achieve topological protection and that this would need to be done in future work,” they write to WIRED.

When WIRED spoke with Tony Uttley, the president and COO of Quantinuum, after the company’s own announcement in May, he was steadfast. “We created a topological qubit,” he said. (Uttley said last month that he was leaving the company.) The company’s experiments made non-Abelian anyons out of 27 ions of the metal ytterbium, suspended in electromagnetic fields. The team manipulated the ions to form non-Abelian anyons in a racetrack-shaped trap, and similar to the Google experiment, they demonstrated that the anyons could “remember” how they had moved. Quantinuum published its results in a preprint study on arXiv without peer review two days before Nature published Kim’s paper.

Room for Improvement

Ultimately, no one agrees whether the two demonstrations have created topological qubits because they haven’t agreed on what a topological qubit is—even if there is widespread agreement that such a thing is highly desirable. Consequently, Google and Quantinuum can perform similar experiments with similar results but end up with two very different stories to tell.

Regardless, Frolov at the University of Pittsburgh says that neither demonstration appears to have brought the field closer to the true technological purpose of a topological qubit. While Google and Quantinuum appear to have created and manipulated non-Abelian anyons, the underlying systems and materials used were too fragile for practical use.

David Pekker, another physicist at Pittsburgh, who previously used an IBM quantum computer to simulate the manipulation of non-Abelian anyons, says that the Google and Quantinuum projects don’t showcase any quantum advantage in computational power. The experiments don’t shift the field of quantum computing from where it has been for a while: Working on systems that are too small-scale to yet compete with existing computers. “My iPhone can simulate 27 qubits with higher fidelity than the Google machine can do with actual qubits,” Pekker says.

Still, technological breakthroughs sometimes grow from incremental progress. Delivering a practical topological qubit will require all kinds of studies—large and small—of non-Abelian anyons and the math underpinning their quirky behavior. Along the way, the quantum computing industry’s interest is helping further some fundamental questions in physics.

Metaverse Platform ‘The Sandbox’ Said to Double Down on India-Related Initiatives: Details

The Sandbox, a metaverse platform based in Hong Kong, has put its India expansion plan at the top of its priorities. In the next two years, The Sandbox is looking to make India its largest market. Despite having crypto and NFTs as elements of its operational ecosystem, the metaverse platform has shown confidence that it would see growth in India. Currently, the Web3 industry is largely unregulated in the country and the government has maintained a strict stance against letting Indians engage deeply with the volatile sector.

The Sandbox is an entity of venture capital giant Animoca Brands. It first entered India this year and established its Indian entity called the BharatBox. The Sandbox teamed up with global venture accelerator Brinc to create BharatBox, that envelops cultural elements of the country such as Bollywood.

“We are ready to engage with and help regulators to discuss the space,” media reports quoted The Sandbox co-founder Sebastien Borget as saying. A complete list of laws for Web3 firms to ab ide by in India are expected to arrive by mid-2025.

In the last few months, BharatBox has forged partnerships with three media mammoths in India — Eros Entertainment, Hungama, and Shemaroo. As per CoinDesk, BharatBox has struck a total of 25 deals this year.

To process crypto trading and transactions within its ecosystem in India, The Sandbox has already stepped into a partnership with the Okto Web3 wallet.

The metaverse market is expected to reportedly reach $800 billion (roughly Rs. 59,58,700 crore) by 2024.

“We want to build a diverse and inclusive world with no borders, bringing different regions of the world together, and with that vision in mind, a year ago, we started out in India to establish a joint venture,” Borget noted.


Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Google’s shifting approach to AI content: An in-depth look

The prevalence of mass-produced, AI-generated content is making it harder for Google to detect spam. 

AI-generated content has also made judging what is quality content difficult for Google.

However, indications are that Google is improving its ability to identify low-quality AI content algorithmically. 

Spammy AI content all over the web

You don’t need to be in SEO to know generative AI content has been finding its way into Google search results over the last 12 months.

During that time, Google’s attitude toward AI-created content evolved. The official position moved from “it’s spam and breaks our guidelines” to “our focus is on the quality of content, rather than how content is produced.”

I’m certain Google’s focus-on-quality statement made it into many internal SEO decks pitching an AI-generated content strategy. Undoubtedly, Google’s stance provided just enough breathing room to squeak out management approval at many organizations.

The result: Lots of AI-created, low-quality content flooding the web. And some of it initially made it into the company’s search results.

Invisible junk

The “visible web” is the sliver of the web that search engines choose to index and show in search results. 

We know from How Google Search and ranking works, according to Google’s Pandu Nayak, based on Google antitrust trial testimony, that Google “only” maintains an index of ~400 billion documents. Google finds trillions of documents during crawling. 

That means Google indexes only 4% of the documents it encounters when crawling the web (400 billion/10 trillion).

Google claims to protect searchers from spam in 99% of query clicks. If that’s even remotely accurate, it’s already eliminating most of the content not worth seeing.  

Content is king – and the algorithm is the Emperor’s new clothes

Google claims it’s good at determining the quality of content. But many SEOs and experienced website managers disagree. Most have examples demonstrating inferior content outranking superior content.

Any reputable company investing in content is likely to rank in the top few percent of “good” content on the web. Its competitors are likely to be there, too. Google has already eliminated a ton of lesser candidates for inclusion.

From Google’s point of view, it’s done a fantastic job. 96% of documents didn’t make the index. Some issues are obvious to humans but difficult for a machine to spot.

I’ve seen examples that lead to the conclusion Google is proficient at understanding which pages are “good” and are “bad” from a technical perspective, but relatively ineffective at decerning good content from great content.

Google admitted as much in DOJ anti-trust exhibits. In a 2016 presentation says: “We do not understand documents. We fake it.”

A slide from a Search all-hands presentation prepared by Eric Lehman

Google relies on user interactions on SERPs to judge content quality

Google has relied on user interactions with SERPs to understand how “good” the contents of a document is. Google explains later the presentation:  “Each searcher benefits from the responses of past users… and contributes responses that benefit future users.”

Each searcher benefits from the responses of past users
A slide from a Search All Hands presentation prepared by Lehman

The interaction data Google uses to judge quality has always been a hotly debated topic. I believe Google uses interactions almost entirely from their SERPs, not from websites, to make decisions about content quality. Doing so rules out site-measured metrics like bounce rate. 

If you’ve been listening closely to the people who know, Google has been fairly transparent that it uses click data to rank content.

Google engineer Paul Haahr presented “How Google Works: A Google Ranking Engineer’s Story,” at SMX West in 2016. Haahr spoke about Google’s SERPs and how the search engine “looks for changes in click patterns.” He added that this user data is “harder to understand than you might expect.”

Haahr’s comment is further reinforced in the “Ranking for Research” presentation slide, which is part of the DOJ exhibits:

A slide from “Ranking for Research” DOJ exhibit
A slide from “Ranking for Research” DOJ exhibit

Google’s ability to interpret user data and turn it into something actionable relies on understanding the cause-and-effect relationship between changing variables and their associated outcomes.

The SERPs are the only place Google can use to understand which variables are present. Interactions on websites introduce a vast number of variables beyond Google’s view.

Even if Google could identify and quantify interactions with websites (which would arguably be more difficult than assessing the quality of content), there would be a knock-on effect with the exponential growth of different sets of variables, each requiring minimum traffic thresholds to be met before meaningful conclusions could be made.

Google acknowledges in its documents that “growing UX complexity makes feedback progressively hard to convert into accurate value judgments” when referring to the SERPs.


Get the daily newsletter search marketers rely on.


Brands and the cesspool

Google says the “dialogue” between SERPs and users is the “source of magic” in how it manages to “fake” the understanding of documents.

The dialogue is the source of magic
A slide from “Logging & Ranking” DOJ exhibit

Outside of what we’ve seen in the DOJ exhibits, clues to how Google uses user interaction in rankings are included in its patents.

One that is particularly interesting to me is the “Site quality score,” which (to grossly oversimplify) looks at relationships such as:

  • When searchers include brand/navigational terms in their query or when websites include them in their anchors. For instance, a search query or link anchor for “seo news searchengineland” rather than “seo news.”
  • When users appear to be selecting a specific result within the SERP.

These signals may indicate a site is an exceptionally relevant response to the query. This method of judging quality aligns with Google’s Eric Schmidt saying, “brands are the solution.”

This makes sense in light of studies that show users have a strong bias toward brands.

For instance, when asked to perform a research task such as shopping for a party dress or searching for a cruise holiday, 82% of participants selected a brand they were already familiar with, regardless of where it ranked on the SERP, according to a Red C survey.

Brands and the recall they cause are expensive to create. It makes sense that Google would rely on them in ranking search results.  

What does Google consider AI spam?

Google published guidance on AI-created content this year, which refers to its Spam Policies the define define content that is “intended to manipulate search results.”

Spammy automatically-generated content
Google spam policies

Spam is “Text generated through automated processes without regard for quality or user experience,” according to Google’s definition.  I interpret this as anyone using AI systems to produce content without a human QA process. 

Arguably, there could be cases where a generative-AI system is trained on proprietary or private data. It could be configured to have more deterministic output to reduce hallucinations and errors. You could argue this is QA before the fact. It’s likely to be a rarely-used tactic.

Everything else I’ll call “spam.”

Generating this kind of spam used to be reserved for those with the technical ability to scrape data, build databases for madLibbing or use PHP to generate text with Markov chains.  

ChatGPT has made spam accessible to the masses with a few prompts and an easy API and OpenAI’s ill-enforced Publication Policy, which states: 

“The role of AI in formulating the content is clearly disclosed in a way that no reader could possibly miss, and that a typical reader would find sufficiently easy to understand.”

Content co-author with OpenAI API
OpenAI’s Publication Policy

The volume of AI-generated content being published on the web is enormous. A Google Search for “regenerate response -chatgpt -results” displays tens of thousands of pages with AI content generated “manually” (i.e., without using an API).

In many cases QA has been so poor “authors” left in the “regenerate response” from the older versions of ChatGPT during their copy and paste.

Patterns of AI content spam

When GPT-3 hit, I wanted to see how Google would react to unedited AI-generated content, so I set up my first test website.

This is what I did:

  • Bought a brand new domain and set up a basic WordPress install.
  • Scraped the top 10,000 games that were selling on Steam.
  • Fed these games into the AlsoAsked API to get the questions being asked by them.
  • Used GPT-3 to generate answers to these questions.
  • Generate FAQPage schema for each question and answer.
  • Scraped the URL for a YouTube video about the game to embed on the page.
  • Use the WordPress API to create a page for each game.

There were no ads or other monetization features on the site.

The whole process took a few hours, and I had a new 10,000-page website with some Q&A content about popular video games.

Both Bing and Google ate up the content and, over a period of three months, indexed most pages. At its peak, Google delivered over 100 clicks per day, and Bing even more.

Google Search Console Performance data from this site presented by Lily Ray at PubCon
Google Search Console Performance data from this site presented by Lily Ray at PubCon

Results of the test:

  • After about 4 months, Google decided not to rank some content, resulting in a 25% hit in traffic.
  • A month later, Google stopped sending traffic.
  • Bing kept sending traffic for the entire period.

The most interesting thing? Google did not appear to have taken manual action. There was no message in Google Search Console, and the two-step reduction in traffic made me skeptical that there had been any manual intervention.

I’ve seen this pattern repeatedly with pure AI content: 

  • Google indexes the site.
  • Traffic is delivered quickly with steady gains week on week.
  • Traffic then peaks, which is followed by a rapid decline.

Another example is the case of Casual.ai. In this “SEO heist,” a competitor’s sitemap was scraped and 1,800+ articles were generated with AI. Traffic followed the same pattern, climbing several months before stalling, then a dip of around 25% followed by a crash that eliminated nearly all traffic.

SISTRIX visibility data for Causal.app
SISTRIX visibility data for Causal.app

There is some discussion in the SEO community about whether this drop was a manual intervention because of all the press coverage it got. I believe the algorithm was at work.

A similar and perhaps more interesting case study involved LinkedIn’s “collaborative” AI articles. These AI-generated articles created by LinkedIn invited users to “collaborate” with fact-checking, corrections and additions. It rewarded “top contributors” with a LinkedIn badge for their efforts.

As with the other cases, traffic rose and then dropped. However, LinkedIn maintained some traffic.

SISTRIX visibility for LinkedIn /advice/ pages
SISTRIX visibility for LinkedIn /advice/ pages

This data indicates that traffic fluctuations result from an algorithm rather than a manual action. 

Once edited by a human, some LinkedIn collaborative articles apparently met the definition of useful content. Others were not, in Google’s estimation.

Maybe Google’s got it right in this instance.

If it’s spam, why does it rank at all?

From everything I have seen, ranking is a multi-stage process for Google. Time, expense, and limits on data access prevent the implementation of more complex systems. 

While the assessment of documents never stops, I believe there is a lag before Google’s systems detect low-quality content. That’s why you see the pattern repeat: content passes an initial “sniff test,” only to be identified later.

Let’s take a look at some of the evidence for this claim. Earlier in this article, we skimmed over Google’s “Site Quality” patent and how they leverage user interaction data to generate this score for ranking. 

When a site is brand new, users haven’t interacted with the content on the SERP. Google can’t access the quality of the content.

Well, another patent for Predicting Site Quality covers this situation. 

Again, to grossly oversimplify, a quality score for new sites is predicted by first obtaining a relative frequency measure for each of a variety of phrases found on the new site. 

These measures are then mapped using a previously generated phrase model built from quality scores established from previously scored sites.

Predicting Site Quality patent
Predicting Site Quality patent

If Google were still using this (which I believe they are, at least in a small way), it would mean that many new websites are ranked on a “first guess” basis with a quality metric included in the algorithm. Later, the ranking is refined based on user interaction data.

I have observed, and many colleagues agree, that Google sometimes elevates sites in ranking for what appears to be a “test period.” 

Our theory at the time was there was a measurement going on to see if user interaction matched Google’s predictions. If not, traffic fell as quickly as it rose. If it performed well, it continued to enjoy a healthy position on the SERP.

Many of Google’s patents have references to “implicit user feedback,” including this very candid statement: 

“A ranking sub-system can include a rank modifier engine that uses implicit user feedback to cause re-ranking of search results in order to improve the final ranking presented to a user.”

AJ Kohn wrote about this kind of data in detail back in 2015.

It is worth noting that this is an old patent and one of many. Since this patent was published, Google has developed many new solutions, such as: 

  • RankBrain, which has specifically been cited to handle “new” queries for Google.
  • SpamBrain, one of Google’s main tools for combatting webspam.

Google: Mind the gap

I don’t think anyone outside of those with first-hand engineering knowledge at Google knows exactly how much user/SERP interaction data would be applied to individual sites rather than the overall SERP. 

Still, we know that modern systems such as RankBrain are at least partly trained on user click data. 

One thing also piqued my interest in AJ Kohn’s analysis of the DOJ testimony on these new systems. He writes: 

“There are a number of references to moving a set of documents from the ‘green ring to the ‘blue ring.’ These all refer to a document that I have not yet been able to locate. However, based on the testimony it seems to visualize the way Google culls results from a large set to a smaller set where they can then apply further ranking factors.”

This supports my sniff-test theory. If a website passes, it gets moved to a different “ring” for more computationally or time-intensive processing to improve accuracy.

I believe this to be the current situation:  

  • Google’s current ranking systems can’t keep pace with AI-generated content creation and publication.
  • As gen-AI systems produce grammatically correct and mostly “sensible” content, they pass Google’s “sniff tests” and will rank until further analysis is complete. 

Herein lies the problem: the speed at which this content is being created with generative AI means there is an unending queue of sites waiting for Google’s initial evaluation.

An HCU hop to UGC to beat the GPT?

I believe Google knows this is one major challenge they face. If I can indulge in some wild speculation, it’s possible that recent Google updates, such as the helpful content update (HCU), have been applied to compensate for this weakness.

It’s no secret the HCU and “hidden gems” systems benefited user-generated content (UGC) sites such as Reddit

Reddit was already one of the most visited websites. Recent Google changes yielded more than double its search visibility, at the expense of other websites. 

My conspiracy theory is that UGC sites, with a few notable exceptions, are some of the least likely places to find mass-produced AI content, because much of the content published on UGC sites is moderated. 

While they may not be “perfect” search results, the overall satisfaction of trawling through some raw UGC may be higher than Google consistently ranking whatever ChatGPT last vomited onto the web.

The focus on UGC may be a temporary fix to boost quality; Google can’t tackle AI spam fast enough.

What does Google’s long-term plan look like for AI spam?

Much of the testimony about Google in the DOJ trial came from Eric Lehman, a former 17-year employee who worked there as a software engineer on search quality and ranking.

One recurring theme was Lehman’s claims that Google’s machine learning systems, BERT and MUM, are becoming more important than user data. They are so powerful that it is likely Google will rely more on them than user data in the future.

With slices of user interaction data, search engines have an excellent proxy for which they can make decisions. The limitation is collecting enough data fast enough to keep up with changes, which is why some systems employ other methods.

Suppose Google can build their models using breakthroughs such as BERT to massively improve the accuracy of their first content parsing. In that case, they may be able to close the gap and drastically reduce the time it takes to identify and de-rank spam.

This problem exists and is exploitable. The pressure on Google to address its shortcomings increases as more people search for low-effort, high-results opportunities.  

Ironically, when a system becomes effective in combatting a specific type of spam at scale, the system can make itself almost redundant as the opportunity and motivation to take part is diminished.

Fingers crossed.

Opinions expressed in this article are those of the guest author and not necessarily Search Engine Land. Staff authors are listed here.

BPSC TRE 2.0 Result 2023 Out (Live) Download PDF For All Subjects

The Bihar TRE 2.0 Result 2023 has been announced on its official website. The Bihar Public Service Commission (BPSC) officially announced the results for the TRE 2 Exam 2023 on December 22, which are now accessible on the official website bpsc.bih.nic.in. The results pertain to Classes 6 to 8 in subjects such as Mathematics & Science, Sangeet/Kala, as well as for the Headmaster Posts. To obtain the Bihar Teacher Headmaster Selection List in PDF format, you can visit the provided direct link.

BPSC TRE 2.0 Result 2023

The documents submitted online during the application process must be downloaded and presented to the competent authority or administrative department during the verification process. All documents downloaded by candidates will bear a watermark indicating automatic registration.

Candidates who did not upload specific educational or qualification-related certificates during the online application must submit these documents from a Gazetted Authority. Such candidates need to validate and cross-verify the required certificates according to the specifications outlined by the Education Department, Bihar, Patna.

BPSC TRE 2 Result PDF Download Link

The Bihar Public Service Commission (BPSC) has announced the results for Middle Teachers in the Music/Arts category for OBC & BC Department, Class 9-10, on December 22, 2023. Individuals who participated in the Bihar TRE 2.0 Exam 2023 for Secondary Teachers in Music/Arts for OBC & BC Department, Class 9-10, held on December 7, 2023, can now access their Bihar TRE 2 results 2023 and the Department Allocation List. This information is available through the provided link and on the official website of BPSC.

How to Download BPSC TRE 2 Result 2023?

Below we have provided an easy and simple way to download the BSPC Teacher result and scorecard pdf.

Visit the Official Website: Navigate to the authorized website of the Bihar Public Service Commission (BPSC) to ensure you are on the correct and official platform.

Locate the Result Section: Search for a dedicated section on the website’s homepage specifically designated for BPSC TRE 2.0 Result 2023. This section is typically situated in the navigation menu or prominently displayed on the main page.

Choose the Teacher Recruitment Exam: Within the BPSC Shikshak Result 2023 segment, you will find a list of recently conducted exams. Identify the specific Teacher Recruitment Exam (Primary Teacher, TGT, PGT) for which you wish to verify the result.

Provide Necessary Details: Click on the relevant link corresponding to the BPSC Teacher Recruitment Exam. You may be prompted to input specific details like your roll number, registration number, date of birth, etc. Ensure accurate entry of the required information.

View or Download Result: After entering the necessary details, click on the “Submit” or “View Result” option. Subsequently, the BPSC Teacher Result 2023 will be presented on the screen.

Download and Print: Download the result in the form of a BPSC Teacher Result PDF or obtain a printout for record-keeping purposes. It is advisable to retain a copy for future reference.

Check Cut Off Marks (If Available): Explore the same section to access information on cut-off marks or the merit list for the examination. This will offer insights into the qualifying criteria.

Contact Support (if needed): If any challenges arise or if you have inquiries about the result, consider reaching out to BPSC’s support or helpline for assistance.

Bold Changes Are in Store for Medi-Cal in 2024, but Will Patients Benefit?

California’s safety-net health program, Medi-Cal, is on the cusp of major changes that could rectify long-standing problems and improve health care for the state’s low-income population.

Starting Jan. 1, Medi-Cal, California’s Medicaid program, will implement new standardized contracts with its 22 managed care health plans, which collectively cover 99% of enrollees. The new contracts tighten enforcement of quality measures, especially for women and children; require the health plans to report publicly on the performance of medical providers ― and in some cases other insurers ― to whom they delegate care; and mandate that plans reveal the number of enrollees who don’t have access to primary care and invest more to plug the gap. They also commit plans to better integration of physical and mental health care and greater responsiveness to the cultural and linguistic needs, sexual orientation, and gender identity of members.

To realize these promises, state regulators will have to be tougher than they have been in the past.

But that might be difficult, because the changes are happening at the same time as a number of other initiatives that could compete for staff attention and confuse some enrollees.

Beginning next year, over 700,000 immigrants without permanent legal residency will become eligible for full Medi-Cal coverage. In addition, an estimated 1.2 million beneficiaries in 21 counties will need to change health plans after the state last year rejiggered the constellation of insurers and multiple counties switched the way they deliver Medi-Cal. Some counties will have only one plan left. Where there is more than one, enrollees who are losing their plan will have to choose a new one.

Kaiser Permanente, the Oakland-based managed care giant, will start a new direct contract with the state in 32 counties, largely an administrative shift that should not disrupt care for most enrollees. And thousands of Medi-Cal enrollees in residential care will be switched into managed care plans for the first time, as the state accelerates its move away from traditional, direct-pay Medi-Cal.

All of this is happening amid the so-called unwinding, in which over 900,000 people have been shed from Medi-Cal thus far, and disenrollments are expected to continue until next summer. The unwinding follows the termination of pandemic-era protections.

“My head is spinning thinking about all of that going on at the same time,” says John Baackes, CEO of L.A. Care Health Plan, the state’s largest Medi-Cal plan, with nearly 2.6 million members. “Our call center is stacked to the gills.”

Tony Cava, spokesperson for the Department of Health Care Services, which oversees Medi-Cal, says the new contracts, signed by all the Medi-Cal managed care plans, will provide for “quality, equitable, and comprehensive coverage,” emphasizing prevention and “offering services that address long-term care needs throughout a member’s life.”

And in a groundbreaking move, the new contracts also require health plans for the first time to reinvest a portion of their profits ― between 5% and 7.5% ― in the communities where they operate.

They also provide a number of carrots and sticks, which include withholding a small percentage of payments to health plans with a chance for them to earn it back by reaching quality and health equity benchmarks. And profitable health plans that don’t meet expectations will have to reinvest an additional 7.5% of their profits in the community. This is all on top of increased fines that regulators can levy on poorly performing health plans.

The new Medi-Cal contracts also enshrine key elements of CalAIM, a $12 billion, five-year experiment, already underway, in which health plans aim to provide a range of social services for the neediest Medi-Cal members, including housing assistance and medically tailored meals, on the grounds that poverty and related social inequities are often the root of health problems. So far, however, the rollout has been slow.

Abbi Coursolle, senior attorney in the Los Angeles office of the National Health Law Program, says the requirement for health plans to report publicly on the care provided by their subcontracted medical providers should increase accountability, helping enrollees better navigate Medi-Cal.

“This is a step forward that advocates have been paying attention to for over a decade,” Coursolle says. “There’s so much ping-ponging people back and forth between the health plan and the provider group. That dilutes accountability so much.”

Another big change for Medi-Cal is the elimination of the so-called asset limit test for a certain subset of enrollees, including people who are aged, blind, disabled, in long-term care, or on Medicare. In addition to meeting income requirements, people have had to keep the total value of their personal assets below certain thresholds to qualify for Medi-Cal. The assets that are counted include savings, certain investments, second homes, and even second cars.

Until last year, those limits were so low ― $2,000 for an individual ― that people had virtually no ability to accumulate savings if they wanted to be on Medi-Cal. In mid-2022, however, the limit was raised to $130,000, which meant that for the majority of people subject to the test, assets were no longer a barrier to eligibility. In 2024, the asset test will be eliminated altogether.

But given last year’s change, the total elimination will likely generate only a few thousand new Medi-Cal enrollees. Still, it should save people the bureaucratic headache of having to prove they’re below a certain asset threshold.

If you want to learn more about the asset limit test, the DHCS has an FAQ on the subject on its website (dhcs.ca.gov).

If you wonder whether you are among the 1.2 million Medi-Cal members who need to change health plans, and you haven’t already received communication on the subject, the department has an online tool to tell you the plans that will be available in your county as of Jan. 1.

Nearly half the people who need to switch plans are Health Net members in Los Angeles County who are being transferred to Molina Healthcare as part of a compromise agreement the state struck last year to avoid becoming mired in lawsuits by angry health plans that lost out in a bidding competition.

If you need to change plans and you’re lucky, your doctors may be in the new plan. Make sure to check. If they are not, you may be able keep them for up to a year or long enough to finish a course of treatment that is already underway. The DHCS provides a fact sheet outlining your rights to continuity. You can also contact your current health plan for additional information or ask your county Medi-Cal office. The Health Consumer Alliance (1-888‑804‑3536, or healthconsumer.org) is another source of information and assistance, as is Medi-Cal’s managed care ombudsman (1-888-452-8609, or [email protected])

Despite the state’s best intentions, an acute shortage of medical professionals could be a big obstacle. “As these coverage expansions are happening, and as this innovation is happening, it is being built on a health workforce that is already strained,” says Berenice Nuñez Constant, senior vice president for government relations at AltaMed Health Services, one of the state’s largest community clinic groups.

Labor shortage or not, the health plans must deliver on their contractual obligations. Anthony Wright, executive director of the advocacy group Health Access California, says, “On some level, this is about holding the plans accountable for what they are promising and getting tens of billions of dollars for.”

This article was produced by KFF Health News, which publishes California Healthline, an editorially independent service of the California Health Care Foundation. 

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Best Of 2023: A Constant Feeling Of Discovery Made Remnant 2 My Favorite Game Of The Year

There were a lot of moments that made me stop and say, “Wow, that was awesome,” in Remnant 2, but the one that shoved it to the top of my list of favorites for the year came during one of its many excellent boss fights.

I’d worked through one of the three strange locations that make up Remnant 2’s campaign. This one was a wrecked derelict spaceship the size of a moon that had once been inhabited by an advanced race on a quest to find, more or less, god. That plan didn’t really pan out, and their ship’s interior had changed over eons from a contained facsimile of their planet into a desolate, post-apocalyptic waste. Through the course of exploring, I’d cleared one of Remnant 2’s dungeons and found what was essentially a weird alien USB drive. Now I was carrying it around, waiting to figure out what to do with it.

Now Playing: Remnant 2 – Introduction to the World of Remnant Trailer

We eventually reached the final boss of the area, a huge blue alien named Sha’Hala with a ton of eyes and enormous hands. We’d dealt with this guy before in a friend’s playthrough, fighting through by the skin of our teeth to defeat him. But when I reached the console to activate the fight with Sha’Hala, I noticed another interactable spot on the bottom we hadn’t seen before: a second control point, out of the way and easy to miss. I hit the interact button and was offered the opportunity to use a quest item from my inventory.

Intrigued, I stuck the USB thing in, which kicked off the boss fight. And much to my surprise, we were thrown into a very different battle than the one we’d previously fought against this very same huge alien monster. Sha’Hala had all-new attacks this time around, and the tenor of the battle was wholly different. Instead of a mess of laser beams forcing us to dodge constantly, we were dealing with more small targets that had to be cleared out before we could attack the boss. The entire boss fight had a new feel, and at the end, we received a new, ludicrous gun made out of severed alien hands as a reward.

After the fight, we discovered that our actions hadn’t just completed the world, but had completely walled it off. Unlike other locations, we couldn’t return to this version of N’Erud to explore it further or try to complete its story quests. It was gone, inaccessible, destroyed or condemned by the effects of introducing the alien device into the boss’s console.

This sort of thing, stumbling on a secret that can totally change your experience, happens all the time in Remnant 2, thanks to its brilliant combination of bespoke and procedural design. Remnant 2 teleports you to distant worlds to explore, and every time you arrive at one, the game cobbles together that world from a number of parts–but all of those parts have their own distinct, fleshed-out, deliberately designed pieces. The world map will have a number of dungeons on it, but those dungeons are randomly chosen. The dungeons themselves are all distinct, often with one-off mechanics and secrets of their own, but which secrets are found within is also chosen procedurally.

That weird little alien USB thing gives you an alternate fight with Sha’Hala and lets you turn the boss into this neat, creepy rifle.

What you end up with are worlds and locations and dungeons that all have the strong aspects of bespoke content, like interesting boss fights and hidden rewards, but with the feeling of unexpected discovery that comes from procedural generation. It creates experiences that are constantly surprising and delightful.

To get that alternate boss fight we didn’t know existed, my version of N’Erud–the alien ship world–had to have the right combination of elements. I had to have the correct dungeon, which was an underground transit system overtaken by a rogue AI that tries to kill you with a train derailment. I had to finish that dungeon and find the USB drive at the end of it, and I had to carry it along with me to the end of that world’s story campaign.

Oh, and I also needed to get the correct story campaign to begin with–because each of the three worlds you explore in Remnant 2 has two completely different main stories to play through, which also affect the pieces you’ll get when that world is created. And that means that there are whole other versions of N’Erud with their own locations and mysteries, and maybe even alternate boss fights, to unlock.

At another point, my team and I were exploring another world–the fantasy-ish Losomn, which is actually a Bloodborne-esque industrial revolution planet slowly merging with a high elf Rivendell-type dimension–and spotted a blind child running through the streets of the burning city. We’d already been through this world before and we’d never seen anything like this; mostly, the denizens of the town were like those of Yarnham, attacking you on sight with rifles and pitchforks.

Discovering the quilt opens up a large quest that requires you to re-roll the Losomn world a few times to complete it, giving a sense of all the things that are hidden in just one of Remnant 2's locales.
Discovering the quilt opens up a large quest that requires you to re-roll the Losomn world a few times to complete it, giving a sense of all the things that are hidden in just one of Remnant 2’s locales.

We eventually managed to follow the kid through the town and discovered a house where a number of children were living, along with a strange woman knitting a massive quilt. After a second, we realized the quilt was an enormous depiction of our exploits. This was a giant puzzle that would need to be solved; to complete the quilt, we’d have to discover more dungeons, and even revisit alternate versions of Losomn in order to complete the quest. The new location also carried with it a whole new side of the story in Losomn, adding new context to a world we thought we had a handle on.

The feeling that came with this revelation was phenomenal–we’d been through Losomn two or three times by this point in one another’s games, but here was something not only wholly new, but which unlocked a huge, expansive new puzzle to solve. Remnant 2 delivered this feeling for us again and again.

There are a lot of reasons to like Remnant 2, from its mix-and-match character-class system to its excellent boss fights, but what I liked most of all was uncovering its secrets. Every time I ventured into territory I thought I knew, I found something different. I’ve never played a game that uses procedural generation so effectively–not to create a bunch of generic content to keep you busy, but to hide new, brilliant moments in your path. Remnant 2 is a lot of things, but what it’s best at is a delivery system for discovery, coaxing you back again and again to see what other fascinating, brilliant, and fun secrets it’s hiding. That’s why, of all the games that came out in 2023, it’s the one I’m still playing.

Light color is less important for the internal clock than originally thought

Light in the evening is thought to be bad for sleep. However, does the color of the light play a role? Researchers from the University of Basel and the Technical University of Munich (TUM) compared the influence of different light colors on the human body. The researchers’ findings contradict the results of a previous study in mice.

Vision is a complex process. The visual perception of the environment is created by a combination of different wavelengths of light, which are decoded as colours and brightness in the brain. Photoreceptors in the retina first convert the light into electrical impulses: with sufficient light, the cones enable sharp, detailed, and coloured vision. Rods only contribute to vision in low light conditions allowing for different shades of grey to be distinguished but leaving vision much less precise. The electrical nerve impulses are finally transmitted to ganglion cells in the retina and then via the optic nerve to the visual cortex in the brain. This region of the brain processes the neural activity into a coloured image.

What influences the internal clock?

Ambient light however does not only allow us to see, it also influences our sleep-wake rhythm. Specialised ganglion cells are significantly involved in this process, which — like the cones and rods — are sensitive to light and react particularly strongly to short-wavelength light at a wavelength of around 490 nanometres. If light consists solely of short wavelengths of 440 to 490 nanometres, we perceive it as blue. If short-wavelength light activates the ganglion cells, they signal to the internal clock that it is daytime. The decisive factor here is how intense the light is per wavelength; the perceived colour is not relevant.

“However, the light-sensitive ganglion cells also receive information from the cones. This raises the question of whether the cones, and thereby the light colour, also influence the internal clock. After all, the most striking changes in brightness and light colour occur at sunrise and sunset, marking the beginning and end of a day,” says Dr. Christine Blume. At the Centre for Chronobiology of the University of Basel, she investigates the effects of light on humans and is the first author of a study investigating the effects of different light colours on the internal clock and sleep. The team of researchers from the University of Basel and the TUM has now published its findings in the scientific journal “Nature Human Behaviour.”

Light colours in comparison

“A study in mice in 2019 suggested that yellowish light has a stronger influence on the internal clock than blueish light,” says Christine Blume. In humans, the main effect of light on the internal clock and sleep is probably mediated via the light-sensitive ganglion cells. “However, there is reason to believe that the colour of light, which is encoded by the cones, could also be relevant for the internal clock.”

To get to the bottom of this, the researchers exposed 16 healthy volunteers to a blueish or yellowish light stimulus for one hour in the late evening, as well as a white light stimulus as a control condition. The light stimuli were designed in such a way that they differentially activated the colour-sensitive cones in the retina in a very controlled manner. However, the stimulation of the light-sensitive ganglion cells was the same in all three conditions. Differences in the effect of the light were therefore directly attributable to the respective stimulation of the cones and ultimately the colour of the light.

“This method of light stimulation allows us to separate the light properties that may play a role in how light effects humans in a clean experimental way,” says Manuel Spitschan, Professor of Chronobiology and Health at the Technical University of Munich, who was also involved in the study.

In order to understand the effects of the different light stimuli on the body, in the sleep laboratory the researchers determined whether the internal clock of the participants had changed depending on the colour of the light. Additionally, they assessed how long it took the volunteers to fall asleep and how deep their sleep was at the beginning of the night. The researchers also enquired about their tiredness and tested their ability to react, which decreases with increasing sleepiness.

Ganglion cells are crucial

The conclusion: “We found no evidence that the variation of light colour along a blue-yellow dimension plays a relevant role for the human internal clock or sleep,” says Christine Blume. This contradicts the results of the mouse study mentioned above. “Rather, our results support the findings of many other studies that the light-sensitive ganglion cells are most important for the human internal clock,” says the scientist.

Manuel Spitschan sees the study as an important step towards putting basic research into practice: “Our findings show that it is probably most important to take into account the effect of light on the light-sensitive ganglion cells when planning and designing lighting. The cones and therefore the colour play a very subordinate role.”

It remains to be seen whether the colour of the light also has no effect on sleep if the parameters change and, for example, the duration of the light exposure is extended or takes place at a different time. Follow-up studies should answer questions like these.

Night mode on screens — useful or not?

We often hear that the short-wavelength component of light from smartphone and tablet screens affects biological rhythms and sleep. The recommendation is therefore to put your mobile phone away early in the evening or at least use the night shift mode, which reduces the short-wavelength light proportions and looks slightly yellowish. Christine Blume confirms this. However, the yellowish colour adjustment is a by-product that could be avoided. “Technologically, it is possible to reduce the short-wavelength proportions even without colour adjustment of the display, however this has not yet been implemented in commercial mobile phone displays,” says the sleep researcher.

Putting waste to use- The New Indian Express

Express News Service

Did you know that pea pods, which we so often discard, make for excellent soups and crispy fritters? Or, that the roots and stalks of coriander also work wonders in a herb-y pesto, with roasted leftover bread fashioned as chips? This is also the perfect season to use fruit peels to jazz up a cocktail or a robust cup of tea. Welcome to an epoch-making era, where mixologists, bakers and chefs across the country are championing a dual cause of zero waste and sustainability.

Zero Warriors

One such flag-bearer is Vanshika Bhatia, chef-partner at OMO Cafe, an all-vegetarian community restaurant in Gurugram. “From using peels and offcuts for vegetable stock, chutneys and dehydrated powders, scraps play a big role in many dishes at OMO,” says Bhatia. One of the most successful examples of this philosophy is a dish made with millets and pineapple ceviche. While the other chefs work with the pulp, the peel is used to make house ferments by Athan Zimik, the restaurant’s culture chief.

A classic case of how sustainability has slowly been making inroads across the Indian F&B scene and even entering into bars is KhiKhi in Vasant Vihar, Delhi. At this bar and kitchen, before the juice of a lemon is squeezed out, the skin is peeled to make their own homemade lemon chiller. The same skin, once its job is done, is made into a paste, which is used as a marinade for fish. “Sustainability doesn’t only mean using the maximum out of a given ingredient, but also about the understanding of what produce to use,” says chef-partner Tarun Sibal. “Take, for instance, our Paloma cocktail uses local citrus. Be it the malta, kinnow, or the humble mosambi, we use seasonal produce to give a tang to the drink,” he adds.

Pumpkin chutney

Past Perfect

What’s interesting to note is that zero waste has always existed in India. Bengaluru’s New Krishna Bhavan has been a pioneer since 1954. This vegetarian restaurant located on Sampige Road has made the 3Rs its credo: Reduce, Reuse, Recycle. This means that all plastic is replaced by stainless steel, wet waste (mostly comprising fruit and vegetable peels) is given to a local piggery, and the high volume of coconut husk is sent back to the vendor, who in turn gives it to rope and choir manufacturers.

Goa’s Edible Archives is another restaurant in the town of Anjuna that does everything, from using local sticky rice in lieu of imported sushi variety to liaising with farmers for fresh vegetables and other produce, and composting the wet waste on site. “As chefs, we are accountable for safeguarding the environment and adopting practices that reduce the impact of waste. For example, if you take one kilogram of onions, the yield is 80-85 percent, and the rest is skin, roots and stalks. That waste impact is enormous,” says Avin Thaliath, chef, and also director of Lavonne Academy of Baking Science and Pastry Arts in Bengaluru. He makes it a point to source local produce that is available within 50-100 km vicinity. “We minimise food waste by converting leftovers into a creative menu,” says Thaliath, speaking of a yet-to-be-named sandwich that he created combining ingredients like coriander root and watermelon skin and flesh as part of the mock meat. The bread is made from raw banana flour and millet, with crushed watermelon seeds used as a coating.

Booked In

Segueing perfectly into this zero waste zeitgeist is the recently published book, The No-Waste Kitchen Cookbook. Written by Arina Suchde, a chef and mixologist based in Mumbai, it serves as a guide to cooking with scraps, reviving wilted greens and creatively utilising leftovers. “We live in times where there is so much disparity.

On one hand, there are people who have the luxury of buying whatever they want with just the click of a button, and on the other hand, there are people who don’t know where their next meal is coming from.The responsibility of making sure precious food doesn’t end up in landfills falls on the former,” believes Suchde.

To that end, the IBNII resort in Coorg has a policy that places the burden of mindful consumption on the consumer. After every meal, the food waste generated by each table at all of their restaurants is weighed. The cost of the waste is then charged to the diner (around Rs 100 per 100 grams) and this amount goes into a kitty that is later donated in aid of hunger.A truly weighty attempt at a solution to a major problem.

Follow The New Indian Express channel on WhatsApp

Seminar on Cyber Security & Emerging Threats in Cyberspace at GNLU

GNLU and TRAI jointly organizing a Seminar on Cyber Security and Emerging Threats in Cyberspace on January 10, 2024.

About GNLU

Gujarat National Law University (GNLU), Gandhinagar, (www.gnlu.ac.in), is a statutory University established by the Government of Gujarat through Gujarat National Law University Act, 2003. GNLU is recognised by the Bar Council of India (BCI) and the University Grants Commission (UGC).

About the Seminar

In an era where technology is integral to every aspect of our lives, from communication to commerce, the increasing connectivity also exposes individuals, organizations, and nations to a myriad of cyber threats.

To foster awareness, collaboration, and regulatory frameworks that contribute to a safer and more secure digital environment in the face of emerging cyber threats, TRAI, Regional Office, Jaipur, having its jurisdiction over Rajasthan, Gujarat, Haryana and Punjab States, is organizing a full-day seminar on “Cyber Security and Emerging Threats in Cyberspace” at Gujarat National Law University, Gandhinagar.

The one-day seminar serves as a platform to discuss and strategize against emerging cyber threats, emphasizing the need for collaboration, awareness, and robust cybersecurity measures to safeguard digital infrastructure and ensure a secure cyberspace for all stakeholders.

Event Details

  • Date: 10th January 2024
  • Day: Wednesday
  • Time: 09.00 AM to 06.00 PM
  • Mode: Offline
  • Venue: Gujarat National Law University, PDPU Road, Gandhinagar, Gujarat

Topics

  • Session on “Cyber Security and Emerging Trends in Digital Forensic
  • Session on “Policy Aspects & Regulations for Cyber Security and Data Protection Act, 2023
  • Session on “Handling and Admissibility of Electronic Evidence
  • Session on “Emerging Cyber Crimes & Challenges for LEA’s during investigation
  • Panel Discussion on “Leveraging Emerging Technology for Cyber Security and Threats Prevention”

How to Register?

Interested candidates can register via the link given at the end of the post.

Fee

Registration for the Seminar is Free, but Mandatory.

Deadline

Last date to register: 5th of January, 2024 (05.00 PM)

Certification

Certificate of Participation will only be given to the participants who attend the seminar physically on 10th of January 2024 at GNLU, Gandhinagar.

Contact

Shri Jai Prakash Garg Joint Advisor TRAI Regional Office, Jaipur Email id: [email protected] Contact no: +91-9628666635.

Click here to register.

Weekly Tarot Card Readings: Tarot prediction for December 24 to 30, 2023 | Astrology

ARIES (Mar 21-Apr 20)

Love: King of Coins

Read on to find out your Tarot reading for the coming week. (Pixabay)

Mood: The Star

Wrap up the year gone by & gear up for 2024 with HT! Click here

Career: The Hermit

Some can welcome a thrilling and unique week of possibilities. In order to succeed in the workplace, it will be necessary to adopt novel methods and implement cutting-edge systems. You may remain under constant pressure from relatives due to your child’s actions. You should carefully consider the benefits and drawbacks of each new financial plan before committing to one. When it comes to your romantic relationship, it could be beneficial to live in the present and forgive past follies. Clarity of thought can be improved through breathing exercises and meditation. You can plan a road trip to your dream destination very soon. It’s possible that dealing with property issues will bring you down financially. This week, friends under stress will need your sympathy and tolerance more than ever. Your performance in school may begin to rise.

Lucky Number: 22

Lucky Colour: Green

TAURUS (Apr 21-May 20)

Love: The Hanged Man

Mood: The Fool

Career: Knight of Wands

You can count on having a successful and enjoyable time this week. You may get along famously with your parents and grandparents. An increase in your ability to earn money is expected, which should put you in a secure financial position. Refusing your significant other’s unreasonable requests will strengthen your romantic relationship. It can be challenging to find a comfortable working relationship with a co-worker on the professional front. Stay away from destructive behaviours so you can take pleasure in life and peace of mind. Planning a trip with your family could be very challenging for you, so pay attention to details. This week, you should take care of any pressing property maintenance issues. Keep an eye out for shady characters who may try to sabotage your plans. Your career prospects are very bright.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: White

GEMINI (May 21-Jun 21)

Love: Strength

Mood: The Emperor

Career: Two of Swords

You can look forward to a wonderful and blissful week. If you show up to a social event with close relatives, you will be the centre of attention. Putting your money into tried-and-tested plans might pay off handsomely on the financial front. Your romantic relationship may flourish if you surprise your significant other with a trip. A fresh take on health care might help those who suffer from chronic conditions on the health front. There’s little chance of recognition or rewards at work this week, but you should keep pushing forward regardless. You may experience the beauty of an eco-tourism trip. A property appraisal report that meets your needs is possible for some. Focusing too much on your own problems will hinder your ability to make an impact. You should be successful in all of your academic endeavours.

Lucky Number: 2

Lucky Colour: Purple

CANCER (Jun 22-Jul 22)

Love: Strength

Mood: Temperance

Career: Six of Coins

Get ready for a prosperous and lively week. If you want to get ahead in your career, you should use your formidable communication abilities. It’s time to give up on pessimism and traditional approaches to having fun with your loved ones at home.

Holding grudges against one another can cause tension in your romantic relationship. Positive self-talk can be an effective weapon in the fight against disease on the health front. Plan a trip if you need to get away from your busy schedule. You should think twice about putting money into a property where there is a legal dispute. Oddly fascinating things have a magnetic pull. It’s possible that the ability to think critically will be a highly sought-after trait in students.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Red

LEO (Jul 23-Aug 23)

Love: The Empress

Mood: Three of Swords

Career: Two of Wands

Anticipate a wholesome and productive week ahead. You may create happy memories with your children in a family get-together. Your merger and acquisition strategy may not be very successful. A new romantic crush may be exciting but may require caution. Exercising self-discipline and self-control will keep you hale and hearty on the health front. A slight deviation from professional goals or carelessness will hamper your interests and reputation. You may experience the peace of a spiritual journey. Some of you may receive an excellent property appraisal report. Make sure your car is in good condition before starting your journey. Students’ writing skills will be exceptional.

Lucky Number: 5

Lucky Colour: Light Yellow

VIRGO (Aug 24-Sept 23)

Love: Seven of Swords

Mood: Ten of Cups

Career: Hierophant

Expect next week to be exciting and different. Taking on new responsibilities can be beneficial to your career development. Stress and anxiety can be reduced by playing with children and talking to elders at home. It’s possible that your dealings in foreign exchange may remain modest, so proceed with caution. If your romantic relationship feels stagnant, try coming up with creative ways to reawaken it. You should do some sports and other physical activities to give your life a new lease on life. Moving to a new location could cause issues with your commute. There are promising signs that an older property you own will bring in a healthy profit. It seems like nothing is too much trouble for you to solve. It’s possible that students feel neglected if their educators are constantly occupied.

Lucky Number: 8

Lucky Colour: Pink

LIBRA (Sept 24-Oct 23)

Love: Justice

Mood: The Sun

Career: Five of Coins

Stay positive and experience a quiet and successful week. An ability to work calmly under pressure is likely to open the doors to professional success. You may need to work on being more patient with family, especially the young ones. You may experience exponential growth in your business with some new ideas. Life without the company of a romantic friend is likely to appear dull and drab this week. You should probably take it easy on the health front because your body has a low resistance and could use a break. You may discover your love for hiking and trekking during a chance trip. You have to be very cautious while investing in a plot which is highly expensive. This week, even unusual & challenging situations would not deter you from the path. Your self-acceptance may bring inner peace and contentment.

Lucky Number: 4

Lucky Colour: Light Blue

SCORPIO (Oct 24-Nov 22)

Love: The Tower

Mood: Two of Coins

Career: The Lovers

Plan your week so that it is pleasant and productive. If you want to keep your professional edge, you will need to give important matters or projects the attention they deserve. A dispute with a neighbor could lead to discord in the household, so remain tactful. Financial collaborations that benefit both parties may result from your expertise and actions. Your feelings for your significant other may deepen quickly on the romantic front. A speedy recovery from an illness should put your health concerns to rest. Friends may invite you to an exciting backpacking trip. You could make regular money from property sales and purchase deals. You can’t be tempted by anything that’s put in front of you. Professors and classmates alike hold you in the highest esteem.

Lucky Number: 11

Lucky Colour: Cream

SAGITTARIUS (Nov 23-Dec 21)

Love: The Lovers

Mood: The Star

Career: Ten of Cups

Embrace a fulfilling and agreeable start to the week. Working professionals are more likely to achieve success if they are able to manage their workload effectively. Members of the family would put pressure on you to be more responsible and hardworking. Your wealth is likely to grow rapidly in the near future. You and your sweetheart are likely to enjoy a romantic dinner date somewhere peaceful later this week. If given the right care and attention, a speedy recovery from ailment is possible for some. Travelling to see a distant relative in a new city could lead to some tension. Tenants’ background checks could be obligatory. Success can be seen as enemies are won over. Positive findings from research may boost students’ confidence.

Lucky Number: 6

Lucky Colour: Dark Green

CAPRICORN (Dec 22-Jan 21)

Love: Six of Cups

Mood: The Tower

Career: The Magician

You can welcome a fantastic and fruitful week ahead. If you want to work on a high-profile project, you should practice diplomacy in the workplace. You might share a very close relationship with your grandparents. You could receive a sizeable cash gift from a close relative. Sweet, intimate moments may be part of your relationship with your significant other. You might be motivated by the thought of finally reaching your ideal body weight and shape. Don’t let your trip to a tropical island be ruined by a lack of funds; plan wisely. Renting a home or flat in a new city can be a great option for people who are starting over. You can’t expect other people to plan out your entire week for you. Your diligent pursuit of academic goals will be motivating.

Lucky Number: 5

Lucky Colour: Orange

AQUARIUS (Jan 22-Feb 19)

Love: World

Mood: Knight of Coins

Career: Judgment

A happy and fruitful week could be in store for you this coming week. You can expect to be offered a position in a progressive organisation. Your trip to see the family may turn out to be more enjoyable than you had anticipated. You may have a healthy income, but the cost of living may increase, making it difficult to put money away. Your captivated heart may come to the realization that it can love again. It’s possible that perfect health can be maintained through a combination of a healthy diet and regular exercise. On a trip to a distant city, you could see the majestic mountains and other natural wonders. The little piece of land you are after has investment potential, so go ahead with the deal. You will be disappointed if you try to tackle challenging tasks without adequate preparation. Your application for the scholarship will most likely be approved.

Lucky Number: 1

Lucky Colour: Brown

PISCES (Feb 20-Mar 20)

Love: Judgment

Mood: Devil

Career: The Fool

Have a positive and upbeat attitude to begin the week. Adopting a constructive and optimistic mindset at work can pay dividends. This week, make decisions about the family only after carefully weighing all the benefits and drawbacks. You have a knack for anticipating people’s wants and needs; however, try not to go overboard with your spending. It’s possible that a crush can develop into something serious on the romantic front. Zumba promises to be a lively and productive workout. It’s possible to arrange a quick trip to a famous landmark with your family or a group of friends. Property dispute resolution could take longer than expected, so remain patient. Communication with others is going to play a big role in your life. You’ll have superb time management skills on the academic front.

Lucky Number: 8

Lucky Colour: Saffron

Bristol Myers to acquire brain drug developer Karuna for $14B

Bristol Myers Squibb has agreed to acquire Karuna Therapeutics for $14 billion, betting that the biotechnology company’s experimental schizophrenia drug will become a top-selling medicine.

Per deal terms announced Friday, Bristol Myers will pay $330 a share for Karuna, a roughly 53% premium to its closing price on Dec. 21. Net of the cash that Karuna has on hand, the deal is worth about $12. 7 billion.

The acquisition hands Bristol Myers a closely watched medicine known as “KarXT” that’s currently being reviewed by the Food and Drug Administration as a potential treatment for schizophrenia. The drug is a newer type of medication that doesn’t work like available schizophrenia treatments. It’s already succeeded in three mid- to late-stage trials and, if approved by regulators, could be launched by the end of 2024.

KarXT is also in advanced testing as an adjunctive therapy to existing schizophrenia drugs and as a potential treatment for psychosis in patients with Alzheimer’s disease.

The FDA is expected to make a decision on its use in schizophrenia by Sept. 26 of next year.

“This transaction fits squarely within our business development priorities of pursuing assets that are strategically aligned, scientifically sound, financially attractive, and have the potential to address areas of significant unmet medical need,” said Bristol Myers CEO Christopher Boerner, in a statement.

Like many pharmas, Bristol Myers had pulled away from the neuroscience research field over the past decade or so, devoting more resources to oncology as its cancer immunotherapy business boomed.

But the company recently re-established neuroscience as a therapeutic area of focus, a commitment that’s part of a mission to “put the CNS back in BMS,” Ken Rhodes, Bristol Myers’ head of neuroscience research told BioPharma Dive in October.

Bristol Myers has medicines for Alzheimer’s disease and ALS in clinical testing, and sees its work in multiple sclerosis as complementary to further brain drug research.

The deal also closely follows an $8.7 billion deal by AbbVie to acquire Cerevel Therapeutics, which has a similar, rival drug to Karuna’s in advanced testing.

Both medicines target what’s known as “muscarinic receptors,” which help control the release of a neurotransmitter known as acetylcholine. Existing schizophrenia treatments are mostly aimed at the mood-regulating chemicals dopamine and serotonin.

Cerevel’s drug targets the “M4” member of the muscarinic receptor protein family, while Karuna’s goes after both M4 and “M1.” Cerevel is also some ways behind Karuna in clinical testing, having faced clinical delays.

For Karuna, the acquisition is validation for a decade-plus-long journey that began in 2009, when PureTech Health formed Karuna around a drug called xanomeline that had been discarded by Eli Lilly.

Steven Paul, a Lilly executive who worked on xanomeline there in the 1990s, paired xanomeline with another drug, trospium, that works in an opposite fashion. The thinking was trospium could alleviate unwanted side effects of xanomeline but, because it doesn’t cross into the brain, leave xanomeline’s antipsychotic effect intact.

Clinical testing has borne that hypothesis out. Mid- and late-stage testing has shown treatment with the drugs, combined together as KarXT, can reduce the severity of schizophrenia symptoms.

According to Bristol Myers, there are 1.6 million people treated for schizophrenia in the U.S., many of whom don’t respond well or at all to current therapies. The causes of the disease aren’t entirely understood and its symptoms can vary from “positive” ones like hallucinations, to “negative” ones like withdrawal and diminished motivation.

Editor’s note: This story has been updated with additional details throughout. 

Recognizing the Effects of Poor Air Quality on Pets

As a pet parent, you have a lot of oversight about what your furry friends eat, drink and play with throughout the day. However, some things are less in your control. For example, the air quality in your area could be subpar or detrimental to human and pet health. What can you do in this situation? How does poor air quality affect your pets? Here’s a guide on air quality and what you can do in your home.

How Does Air Quality Affect Pets?

Poor air quality can stem from numerous reasons, including wildfires, smog and poor environmental practices. How does it affect your pets? These three effects demonstrate why you should be aware of pollutants in your area.

Increasing the Risk for Illnesses

The first liability for pets is increasing their risk of illnesses. Like humans, your pets are susceptible to pulmonary issues if compromised air enters their bodies. Inhaling bad air can cause devastating long-term effects if you’re not careful.

A 2020 Veterinary Medicine and Science article examined the association between indoor air pollution (IAP) and bronchial and lung diseases in dogs and cats. While there’s no correlation between IAP and severe clinical signs, the researchers found a positive association between hypercellular response and poor indoor air quality (IAQ).

Altering Gut Composition

While pollutants directly affect pulmonary health in animals, there are other parts of the body you should be vigilant of. For example, watch your pets’ gut health if your area experiences pollution and bad air quality.

A 2020 Environment International study finds air pollution leads to less microbial diversity in an animal’s microbiome. Your pet’s microbiome is essential for fighting diseases and digesting the food you give them. The study particularly notes zone (O3) negatively affects air quality and animal health.

Intensifying Illnesses

While it’s clear poor air negatively affects your pet’s long-term health, it can also impact their quality of life in the short term. If your pet has illnesses like asthma, the poor air quality will only intensify them and make matters worse.

For example, pets with asthma will have a more challenging time when the air quality decreases because the disease makes it harder for them to breathe due to tightened airways. The poor air quality can also lead to asthma and bronchial issues, even if your pet didn’t previously have them.

Walkin’ Wheels Wheelchair
Dog uses rear support harness for weak back legs
Walkin’ Lift Rear Harness
German Shepherd DM harness
Buddy Up Harness

How Can You Ensure Your Pets’ Safety Outdoors?

Protecting your animals living outside is critical because they’re directly susceptible to pollution when air quality declines. Use these three tips to ensure your pet’s safety outdoors.

1. Timing It Right

Many owners let their pets outside to use the bathroom, get fresh air and play around. Experts recommend about an hour of daily exercise for your pets to ensure they get their necessary physical activity.

However, it’s important to time it right. If your area experiences poor air quality, aim to take your pets outside when it’s safest. The air quality will most likely be at its best in the morning, but you should check local reports to inspect current levels. Experts say acceptable air quality is under 35 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m3). However, 50µg/m3 and up means you should keep your pets inside.

2. Walking, Not Running

If you must take your pets outside, keeping them on a leash is critical to ensure they walk, not run. Running around the yard at high speeds may be tempting for your furry friends, but it could come at the detriment of their health. Your pet’s lung capacity isn’t as pronounced as humans’, so they need to take it easy. Intense activity leads to your pets breathing harder, which isn’t conducive when the air quality is poor.

3. Changing Their Food and Water

Fresh food and water are essential for your pets’ healthy living. In fact, they may let you know when these resources aren’t up to par. When the air quality has deteriorated, changing the food and water bowls becomes even more critical.

Ensure your pets always have fresh water if they must stay outside for a while because pollutants can compromise it. Some pets may have illnesses requiring increased water consumption, so having readily available water is vital.

How Can You Ensure Your Pets’ Safety Indoors?

Some pets are thrilled to live an indoor life. Staying inside increases protection from dirty air, but they can remain vulnerable if you don’t take the proper precautions. Follow these three tips for pets predominantly staying indoors.

1. Sealing Windows and Doors

Being inside protects you from poor air quality, but your home could compromise your pets if it has cracks and holes around the structure. These crevices allow circulated air to escape and poor air to enter your home, so tending to these issues is critical. Inspect your windows and doors for air leaks and use caulk to seal leaks wherever possible.

2. Using Air Purifiers

Your pets deserve the best, so consider using air purifiers to enhance the air quality of your home. These devices filter the air in whatever room they’re in and send purified air back each hour. Check the air purifiers you’re considering for O3 because of its harmful effects on pets. High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters are a solid choice for your home.

3. Reducing Chemical Exposure

Poor air quality can come from places you might not expect. Some household items and fixtures increase chemical exposure even though you’re trying to tidy up. Many cleaners on the market contain volatile organic compounds (VOCs) harming human and pet health. All-purpose cleaners, air fresheners and other substances can cause cancer in animals and irritate noses and eyes.

Instead, opt for low-VOC or all-natural cleaning products. You can get these products from stores or make them yourself at home. Regardless, they’re a better option for you and your pets.

Proudly Protecting Your Pets

As a pet owner, you’re proud to give your furry friends the best home possible. Factors like outdoor air quality may be out of your control, but you can protect your pets indoors and outdoors with these strategies.

If local air quality deteriorates, watch your pets extra carefully to ensure they don’t exhibit symptoms. Some warning signs you should watch for include wheezing, sneezing and breathing difficulties. If they seem out of the ordinary, consider contacting a veterinarian to diagnose the issue. When in doubt, keep your pets indoors and away from areas with poor air quality.

The 3 Biggest Obstacles to Becoming Financially Free

What has been the single greatest obstacle stopping you from becoming financially free?

Why do I ask?

Well… a few weeks ago at a private client function I was conducting I had the good fortune to have conversations with a number of our Wealth Retreat graduates.

I was talking with them about their experiences since attending our 5-day workshop, what they had learned, what they were doing differently, and how they were leveraging the relationships they had built at Wealth Retreat.

Some interesting comments came out which I’ll share with you in a moment, but first I want to ask you that question again:

What has been the single greatest obstacle stopping you from becoming financially free?

Speaking to these Wealth Retreat graduates, here were the three main hurdles I’ve seen them face.

As you read on, see which of these three gets in your way.

Maybe you’re facing more than one of them!

Obstacle #1: Isolation: It’s hard to build wealth on your own

Without question one of the biggest things I consistently hear from the Wealth Retreat graduates is that before they joined us at our 5-day retreat they were isolated in their wealth building.

They didn’t have a Mastermind group of like-minded investors, entrepreneurs or business people with whom they could share their challenges, brainstorm ideas, leverage contacts, or celebrate their successes.

Many said they were looking for a group of ambitious, positive, like-minded, supportive doers to help them succeed.

You see…alone you are vulnerable.

You will never reach your fullest potential.

But when you connect with the right people, a whole new set of options you never dreamed possible opens up to you.

In fact, one of the main reasons people attend Wealth Retreat is to have an instant peer group of movers and shakers.

In today’s changing financial environment it’s even more important than ever to have a supportive mastermind group around you.

Can you imagine how much faster you’d reach your goals and how much more fun you would have along the way if you were a part of a community of elite wealth builders who could support you?

Obstacle #2: Fear

One of the greatest obstacles to building financial freedom is fear.

And with all the mixed messages in the press at the moment with concerns about the economy, interest rates overseas geopolitical problems, a resurgence of the coronavirus, mortgage defaults, growing social unrest in Australia – not just overseas, the challenges with obtaining finance and talk of a properties dipping in value in 2024, many of us are more fearful than ever.

This fear can take many forms, but the big 4 fears I come across are:

  1. Fear of failure – this is especially prevalent.
  2. Fear of debt – most of us have been taught that debt is bad and not to take on more debt. Strategic investors recognise that debt in itself is not necessarily bad, rather it’s not being able to repay your debts that’s a problem.
  3. Fear of success – Interestingly, some beginning investors put off their investment decisions because they are haunted by a fear of success. While this may initially seem strange, this fear generally stems from a feeling of unworthiness, where people convince themselves that they are undeserving of wealth or wanting to accumulate wealth makes them a bad person.
  4. Fear of the unknown – Who wants to go into a dark room? Who wants to go to a party where you don’t know anyone? Who is not nervous about buying their first investment property? Whenever the outcome is uncertain, fear rears its ugly head.

Fear

Another fear I have commonly seen is the fear of following your passion.

Many people I see spend 40 or more hours a week doing a job they don’t enjoy and can only dream of following their passions.

Interestingly around 30% of the attendees who attended Wealth Retreat in the past moved up and left their jobs.

You can find out more about Wealth Retreat 2024 by clicking here and if you’d like to join us please leave me you details and I’ll speak with you personally.

I remember a number of years ago when Stuart, a plumber, sold and cut back his hours working in the business to concentrate on property.

The next year he bought a huge multi-million dollar development site with some joint venture partners to undertake a very substantial development – something he would never have dreamed of when he came to Wealth Retreat a few years ago.

Justin gave up his job in hospitality to run an Internet business.

Julie gave up the security of her IT job to work for a property developer.

The shift in their mindset that they (and all the other attendees at Wealth Retreat) achieved allowed them to give up the security of their day jobs and instead focus on the financial freedom they really wanted.

So what’s the fear that’s stopping you?

In today’s economic climate where debt is a dirty word, many people are scared of borrowing more.

Maybe you’re like Philip, a three-time Wealth Retreat grad…

Before Philip joined us at Wealth Retreat one of his biggest fears was that he wouldn’t be able to borrow the money required to fund his property portfolio and allow him to keep doing deals.

He had given up his job and had no income in the traditional sense.

Well, since attending Wealth Retreat, Philip has bought several more properties and when I spoke with him a few weeks ago (he and his partner have become very good friends of Pam and me) he explained to me how he has sufficient financial buffers to see him through for over 3 years.

I know Philip could not imagine he would have given up his job, let alone build and live off his property empire when he first came to Wealth Retreat.

Here is the key that has made all the difference for Philip… and every other Wealth Retreat graduate:

When you have a peer group of high achievers and big thinkers pushing and stretching you, anything becomes possible.

How about you…

What are you doing to take advantage of the new property cycle?

This is a time when fortunes will be made by those who know how to cut through the clutter.

This is a time when the rich will become richer.

This stage of the cycle is when lifetime wealth is created.

So what are you going to do?

Are you going to acknowledge your fears, and then step up and take action anyway?

What would you do if you were not afraid?

What one dream would you dare to dream and go after if you knew you could not fail?

When you play at a different level you get a different result.

You will get no better chance at life than at this moment!

Fear Business

Obstacle #3: Uncertainty

The third major obstacle I’ve observed our Wealth Retreat graduates had to overcome was confusion.

They had heard so much conflicting financial advice over the years that they quite simply didn’t know which direction to move in.

Can you relate to this feeling of being overwhelmed?

One of the most valuable benefits of Wealth Retreat for attendees was that it simplified the complex world of wealth building and business planning so that they had a crystal clear, specifically defined plan of action to pursue their personal wealth building.

For five full days and nights, they had access to top accountants, financial planners, share traders, business coaches, finance strategists, and property advisors.

People like :

  • Michael Yardney (me)
  • Ken Raiss  – director of Metropole Wealth Advisory, who’ll speak on tax, structuring, risk, and asset protection for serious investors
  • Dr. Andrew Wilson – Australia’s leading independent housing economist.
  • Simon Kuestenmacher one of Australia’s leading demographers will give us detailed insights into what’s ahead in our future
  • Tom Corley, a CPA and bestselling author and speaker spent 5 years studying why the rich keep getting richer. This year he can’t fly out to join us from the USA but will be appearing virtually at the last event Tom was one of the highlights and the attendees gave Tom a standing ovation.
  • Mark Creedon – business coach to some of Australia’s most successful entrepreneurs –including me and the team at Metropole. Last year he delivered one of the most highly prized presentations, so we’re extending his sessions and there will be special breakout sessions for business people.
  • Brett Warren – national director at Metropole will give attendees a peak behind the curtain of what research the team at Metropole undertake to ensure our investments outperform.
  • Kate Forbes – will explain how she uses her decades of investment experience to help Metropole’s high-net-worth clients structure their property portfolios to outperform the markets and safely grow, protect and pass on their wealth to future generations.
  • Pete Wargent, an economic commentator and a chartered accountant who achieved financial freedom at the age of 33.
  • And there will be a large group of property experts.

What would it be worth to you to be able to sit down with us one-on-one and pick our brains?

Well, that’s what happens at Wealth Retreat – click here now, find out more and express your interest in joining us.

Take the example of Laurie, a two-time Wealth Retreat graduate:

He had been a builder and property developer for many years, but he was still on a treadmill, working longer hours than ever.

I clearly remember how on day 4 he had an “ah-hah” moment when it all fell into place and he said in that 10 minutes, he learned something that would make him half a million dollars.

What Is The Role Of A Husband In A Modern Relationship?

In the earlier days, the role of a husband was solely of a provider, while the wife’s role was solely of a nurturer. However, family structures underwent a phenomenal transformation changing millennials’ perceptions of families. In many modern households, there aren’t any defined roles for husbands and wives; they take up responsibilities according to requirements and convenience.

Jacqueline Olds, associate professor of psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, says here, “There is too much pressure, from my point of view, on what a romantic partner should be. They should be your best friend, they should be your lover, they should be your closest relative, they should be your work partner, they should be the co-parent, your athletic partner. There’s just so much pressure on the role of spouse that of course everybody isn’t able to quite live up to it.”

In this article, we explore the roles that a husband plays in a relationship in recent times, even though the age-old expectations from both spouses haven’t shown considerable change.

What Is The Role Of A Husband In A Marriage?

Ideally, a husband shouldn’t be the sole breadwinner for the family and should share responsibilities with his wife equally. Though society believes that there are things a husband should do on his own, or not do at all, there are still some changes that gender equality and awakening of men have brought about.

Marriage is both the partners’ responsibility, after all. Over the years, ‘who should do what’ list has changed. Let’s discuss the duties of a husband toward a wife, whether brought about by societal changes or dictated by societal norms.

Related Reading: Are You A Good House Husband?

1. The role of financial support in a marriage is still largely fulfilled by a man

Earning for the family is considered a husband’s primary responsibility; he has been a provider for the longest time. However, that isn’t just a husband’s role in many marriages now because women share the burden too — Equally or partially, or in rare cases, they are the prime breadwinners.

As women share their financial responsibility toward the family, men can explore their hobbies, focus on their well-being, and appreciate their partner for allowing them the space. Such a shared role plays an important role in ensuring an understanding relationship and happier marriages.

  • There are households where a husband provides for the daily needs while the wife pays for the vacations and other recreations
  • With more women joining the workforce, husbands can relax and pursue their chosen professions instead of adopting them as obligations.
  • Earning for the ‘entire’ family is not a compulsion for the husbands in new-age marriages. As the couple shares financial responsibilities, both get to explore their individualities and can balance their marriage and mental health well

2. A man should do his part of the household chores

Household chores were typically identified as a woman’s job. This gender stereotyping of household chores is (very) slowly being overcome by the millennials. Associating any task with a specific gender gravely undermines an individual; in the long-term, it can even create unwanted exchanges between couples. Hence the changed role of a husband:

  • Many husbands happily work with their wives in the kitchen and prepare meals regularly
  • In some households, the husband and wife take turns to cook meals so that both can find enough time and energy for their work and themselves
  • A husband may do the laundry or clean the entire household while the wife takes care of the meals and vice-versa
  • Men can get the children ready for school or pick and drop them off every day
Taking part in household chores is the key to a happy wife

The word ‘husband’ should no longer be associated with someone who doesn’t know how to take care of basic domestic tasks. He should be treated like a grown adult, not someone who’s dependent on his wife.

Since time unknown, male members take on the authoritative roles while ladies of the house attend to the nurturing responsibilities. It has been a traditional practice even before ‘civilized’ society came into being. Here are three predominant traditional responsibilities of a husband.

3. Emotional well-being of his wife is a man’s duty

Ensuring the wife’s emotional health is one of the primary responsibilities of a husband. Many men love to make sure that their spouse is doing well in the marriage and like to make behavioral improvements on the way too. Of course, the same is expected of the wife as well. Here’s how a man can support his wife in a marriage emotionally:

  • A husband should check in on his wife’s overall health and mood, how her day has been, if she ate well today, etc.
  • Ask about her job and if she needs to vent about her boss
  • Tell her she’s doing enough and remind her of her achievements at work and in personal life
  • Make sure she gets enough me-time with herself or her friends
  • When she’s upset, she might avoid talking. Give her space when she needs it. But make sure she knows you’re a ‘hey’ away
  • Being a loving husband might require you to go the extra mile and love unconditionally, but your relationship is worth it. Ensuring the emotional well-being of the wife is a wholesome role of a husband and a wife loves being taken care of like that.

Related Reading: 15 Critical Boundaries In Marriage Experts Swear By

4. A husband’s role is to ensure the continuation of pleasure and intimacy

Carnal pleasure is a crucial factor for a marriage to last longer. Marriage is an equal partnership, but since we are discussing the husband’s role in a marriage, here’s how he can ensure enough spark between him and his partner.

  • Physical intimacy in a marriage may take a backseat with time. So, allocate time to work on your marriage, and try unique ideas to reignite the passion
  • Appreciate how she looks whenever you can
  • Set out for an unplanned vacation, a surprise meal, unexpected dirty talks during working hours, sex games, and sensuous presents
  • If you’re a long-distance couple, talk about your own bodies on video calls, initiate a fun, sexy time, or anything that appeals to your and your spouse’s wild hearts!

5. Parenting is one of the biggest role of a man after marriage

Contemporary marriages don’t have any defined roles because the couples share their responsibilities. Parenting is not an exception. A study says that when it comes to what’s best for kids, 77% of Americans think both parents should be equally focused on work and home. Great news, isn’t it? Going through different stages of parenting is a joint venture; and that must be on the husband duties list too.

  • Take turns to wake up at night to feed the baby or change their diapers and clothes
  • You can tutor kids while their mom is away or attend their friends’ birthday parties, accompany them to their extracurricular classes, etc.
  • Be a doting father and let them you know love them every day without fail

Making his children feel loved, and not leaving this beautiful duty to the wife, is the role of a husband too. Doing these things might not make you the best father, but it shows that you are putting in your best efforts, will get you closer to your child, make you a loving father, and create a happy family! What wife doesn’t want that?

Related Reading: Love After Marriage – 9 Ways It Is Different From Love Before Marriage

Traditional Responsibilities Of A Husband

Since time unknown, male members take on the authoritative roles while ladies of the house attend to the nurturing responsibilities. It has been a traditional practice even before ‘civilized’ society came into being. Here are three predominant traditional responsibilities of a husband.  

1. Being the breadwinner is the most traditional role of a husband

Cavemen hunted for food to feed their families. Some people haven’t escaped that mindset yet. They want men to earn for their family, take full financial responsibilities till death, and ensure their physical well-being. That has been the role of a husband traditionally, and even up till a few years ago.

Infographic on role of a husband in modern reltionships
Evolving roles of men in the family

2. Leadership is enforced upon a man traditionally

Almas Sabir, a researcher, stated that a leader is someone who “knows the way, goes the way, and shows the way.” The role of a husband is to guide his wife and rest of the family using his knowledge, experience, and expertise.

  • To be a better husband, a man must play the crucial role of a good leader in his community and family. The woman must be able to look up to him
  • He teaches valuable life lessons to his wife and children, educates them, builds their foundation, and makes his children learn the best practices for becoming better individuals
  • In traditional marriages, he is the religious head as well. He imparts knowledge to his children and others about God’s word for the human race; and about what Jesus Christ loved and did for us. He keeps his wife and children steadfast in their path to love God

3. The Bible says that a husband’s role is of a protector

A husband protects from danger, possible threats, evil influences, and all other subtle elements that may interfere with the peace and stability of a husband-wife relationship.

  • Leman, in his study, mentions that husbands protect their wives and families from “evil/worldly influences in the home”
  • Danger refers to physical threats, external brain-washing of the family members, draining of the family resources, and other similar threats
  • These can also be provocations by external elements, misguiding forces, people trying to allure the wife, children, or other family members for some vested agenda
  • A husband also protects his wife’s private matters. He guards his wife’s dignity and her privacy

Related Reading: 8 Arranged Marriage Facts That You Didn’t Know About

How To Be A Good Husband In Modern Relationships?

Good husbands know their wives inside out. They know how their wife feels about an unfolding incident before they even talk about it. He loves to know her likes and dislikes. Such a man wants his wife to have an equal say in all matters. Though it is easy to get distracted by other women, a good husband chooses loyalty over everything else. Two things to remember:

  • The way a man talks about his wife speaks volumes about his sense of honor
  • A good husband is aware of his own needs and his wife’s, so remember to take care of yourself too

Let’s talk about what you can do to be a good husband in a healthy marriage.

1. Listen to her actively

It is one of the most underrated ingredients of a happy marriage. All a husband needs to do is listen to his wife. Shae, a dentist from Florida, shares with us jokingly, “The difference between God and wife is that you want God to listen to you, whereas your wife wants you to listen to her.” Your wife might not always need a solution, so listen to her compassionately and without judgment. It’s simply a matter of giving her attention and making her feel special.

  • Sit with her if you find her upset
  • Give her a nice hug. Touch can do wonders – Heal, break a long silence, express love, compassion, and concern
  • Hold her hand while she speaks
  • Get her a cup of coffee or tea
Married Romance

2. To be a good husband, respond to your woman empathetically

How you treat her speaks a lot about her importance in your life. Not that she expects you to treat her like a queen every time, but responding to her worries and endlessly cute conversations creates a sense of closeness and improves communication in the relationship.

  • If something is bothering her, then expressing concern may bring much-needed comfort to her
  • Responding to her with curiosity means you are with her through it all. She wouldn’t feel alone and her feelings are validated too
  • When you take an interest in what she says, whether it’s gossip or observations on a TV series, it implies that you respect her feelings, views, and opinions

Related Reading: What Is A Codependent Marriage? Signs, Causes, And Ways To Fix

3. Be your passionate best and keep the fire burning

You might be a husband, but never let the boyfriend in you die. The secret to a happy and successful marriage lies in being playful and your passionate best. Let your actions speak louder than your words.

  • To make your wife happy, surprise her with your moves, in bed or on the dance floor
  • Take her out on sudden dates and unplanned outings
  • Create an ambiance for exclusive intimacy
  • Make her wildest dreams come true!

4. Things a husband should do: Deal with conflicts respectfully

You know you are the person whom she looks up to; don’t forget this even during arguments. Conflicts are a part of the relationship, but you can prevent them from turning ugly.

  • Think and act rationally when such marital conflicts occur. Respond, don’t react
  • Keep your calm and practice self-control no matter how the situation turns out
  • Remember the good times when you are going through a rough phase
  • Check before you speak in anger; you cannot take back words

Your partner will eventually respect you more for keeping calm even when you could have reacted badly. These basic gestures sustain a marriage. More importantly, when you love your wife unconditionally, this stuff will come naturally to you.

Related Reading: 7 Expert Tips To Resolve Conflict In A Marriage

5. Look forward to spending quality time with her

The role of a husband in marriage is often to ensure that his wife is happy and feels connected to you. Here’s how:

  • She wants your time because as you spend more time with each other, you get to know one another well
  • Revisit memories that you created with each other, talk, and open your hearts out
  • Learn something together

You mean the world to your spouse. So when you spend quality time with her, that means a lot to her. Whether it’s visiting the Church on Sundays or attending an online atheist group with her, experience life with your woman.

duties of husband towards wife
Spend quality time with your family for a happy marriage

6. Avoid holding things back

Often, we resist opening up to our partners and hold onto our ego. However, that’s not a very healthy practice. Whether you are a biblical husband or an atheist, respect your commitment to this marriage and your wife.

Not being vulnerable with her is denying her access to your inner self. As you discuss your thoughts with your wife and other family members, your kids will also learn the same from you. They will respect you for being brave and for being yourself. So, open up about the tiny things, whether sad or happy.

7. Support your wife’s independence

As per Harvard Business Review, a survey found that “more than half the men expected their careers to take precedence over their wives’ careers, while most women expected egalitarian marriages. (Almost no women expected their own careers to come first.) Millennial men are often portrayed as more enlightened, but data complicates this picture: Surveys have shown that younger men may be even less committed to equality than their elders.”

This is in contrast to the study that says that “71% of American respondents say that having a job or career they enjoy is extremely or very important for people to live a fulfilling life.” It’s almost like we know how fulfilling a career is but we just don’t want a woman to have one.

  • A modern husband cuts through the conventional ideas of career-building and supports his wife’s dreams as an independent woman
  • He also loves it when she goes out to meet her friends and encourages her me-time
  • He trusts her completely and is able to speak up when he feels jealous or insecure about her earnings or her social circle, without making it her problem

Related Reading: 13 Wonderful Benefits Of Marriage For A Man

8. What should a man do as a husband? Embrace your feminine side

At times, manhood overpowers the human side, but that might not be what your wife wants. Explore your softer side and let your wife experience that too. Here’s a quick tip: Try to be her bestie with whom she can discuss the latest fashion trends, gossip, mood swings, period cramps, and the latest feminist book she’s reading. Make her comfortable enough to talk about her own body, what her heart desires, and pamper her with home-cooked delicious meals. It will only make her respect you more.
Marriage with mutual respect, love for each other, loyalty, peace, and an adorable family; what more could you want?

Key Pointers

  • A traditional husband is expected to be a leader, a breadwinner, and a protector
  • Modern husbands have more flexibility and less pressure to be the provider, and can choose their professions out of interest and not obligation
  • The roles of new-age married men are to be caring and vulnerable with their wives, do their part of the household chores, be an equal parent, and be supportive to their wife in every way

We ask our reader who’s a pastor in Pasadena: What should a man do as a husband? Father Ralph says, “Christ might have created the world, but you are responsible for creating your happy family. Only a weaker vessel fears challenges; certainly, you aren’t one. A good husband is a wife’s home; she comes to her safest den and thanks the Lord or the Holy Spirit for his kindness in getting you both married to each other. Know that Christ loves you and you play an important role in your family, a crucial one. The Lord has blessed you with a spouse; how you treat her and play your role of a husband often decides how the marriage turns out to be.”

First Year Marriage Problems: 5 Things Newly-Wed Couples Fight About

Financial Planning Tips: Best Investment Ideas for Married Couples

The Stigma Surrounding Being A Stay At Home Dad And Husband

Ask Our Expert

Blink Mini Review: A Low-Cost Camera With Pan-Tilt Mount Now Available

At $35, the Blink Mini cam is one of the most affordable home security cameras to date. In addition to its reasonable price, this power adapter-tethered indoor cam has decent features and performance, but it’s missing free cloud storage aside from a free 30-day Blink Subscription Plan. 

Like


  • Good price


  • Solid performance

Don’t like

That makes the Blink Mini a fine choice if you don’t mind paying a few bucks per month for cloud storage. Another initial drawback to the camera was the fixed position view, but full 360 pan and tilt is now available with the addition of a $30 Pan-Tilt Mount. The camera and mount accessory are currently available for $60, a $5 savings versus purchasing them separately.

The Blink Mini has a reliable 1080p HD live video feed, responsive motion alerts and two-way talk that was perfectly clear when my husband and I tested it out on day 3,982 of our home quarantine due to the coronavirus pandemic

It also has motion-detection zones that successfully blocked out motion activity in the areas I designated and an extensive settings section in the Blink app with lots of customizability. Some of your options include adjusting the length of the recorded clips, customizing the intensity of the infrared LEDs for night vision — and adjusting the sensitivity of the motion sensor. 

Smart device compatibility, Blink app and video storage

You can adjust a number of settings in the Blink app to suit your home setup. 

Screenshot by CNET

This camera is supposed to work with Alexa-enabled smart speakers and displays, but I didn’t test the display because we don’t have any smart displays. In theory, you should be able to use a smart display to view a Blink Mini’s live feed or saved clips — but we confirmed you can use a smart speaker to arm and disarm the camera for motion detection. The Blink Mini doesn’t support Google Assistant or Siri via Apple HomeKit

As you can see in the screen shot, the Blink app allows you to set Activity Zones to monitor, adjust the alert sensitivity and set to automatically switch between day and night views. The app is available on Apple and Android devices.

If you want cloud video storage on your Blink camera, you can opt in for a free, 30-day Blink Subscription. After that, you’ll have to chose between no cloud service and paying for the subscription plan, starting at $3 a month (or $30 a year).

Pan-Tilt Mount accessory now available

Amazon Blink Mini Pan Tilt security camera

Screenshot/CNET

The Blink Mini comes with a little stand for placing it atop a shelf or counter, plus a couple screws if you want to mount it a wall or ceiling. Once it’s set in place, you’ll have a fixed view of the direction is facing. You can zoom and set Activity Zones to pay closer attention to specific spots, but there is no pan or tilt functionality. 

If you want to be able to pan or tilt the view on your Blink Mini, the Blink Mini Pan-Tilt Mount will help with that. The new accessory, now on sale for $30, upgrades you camera with full 360 view capabilities. 

It also complements the Blink Mini’s design and — what I consider best of all after testing a series of indoor cameras — there’s no swiping (and swiping and swiping) to move the view. The app features an up/down/left/right pad so you can press the direction you want the camera to move without swiping.

Overall, the Blink Mini is a fine camera that delivers on expectations, especially for its low price. It’d be nice if the camera came with ongoing free cloud storage and pan or tilt functionality, but those drawbacks can be overcome with a Blink Subscription and the new Pan-Tilt Mount. 

securitycameraspic

Watch this: How to choose the right outdoor security camera for you

Golf with a purpose: How The Park dared to be different

WEST PALM BEACH, Fla. — It’s lunchtime on a mid-November Saturday afternoon and the word of the day is eclectic. I’ve just finished my morning round at The Park with a three-putt for par on the forgiving 18th hole, and I saddle up at the cabana, the bar/small bites stand strategically located at the front of the property.

A foursome that was a few holes ahead of me is heading off to their vehicles — while allowing for their anonymity, let’s just say they can be members anywhere they want to be in the golf-rich West Palm Beach/Jupiter area. Making the turn to the back nine are the bros wanting to chase down their transfusions with High Noons. Though they represent very different ends of the Saturday golfer spectrum, you recognize both groups as what a golfer “looks” like.

But the cabana occupies a prime spot on the property, and not just for its distance to No. 10 on the main course. Over at the start of the par-3 course (a collection of wedge-and-putt holes lit up at night) are three 20-somethings with a handful of clubs to share. And at the walk-on putting course, a few children share the green complex with another group of 20-somethings — three guys, three women and two putters.

Oh, and that building behind the putting course? That’s The Path, where students from local schools — one of which is just on the other end of the driving range — come in the afternoon for free tutoring, academic enrichment and golf lessons. Everything here is ultimately to the benefit of the more than 60 kids from five local schools who come here at least a couple of days a week.

When a group of local leaders took over a failed municipal course and raised $50 million for it — and recruited Gil Hanse, one of the leading working architects in the world, to build a new course in its place — they had designs well beyond a top-100 golf course.

They wanted change, to use golf to help and to be a vehicle that would support the community surrounding the course, which is far from as affluent as the larger area.

“We define success as saving two to three families,” Dave Andrews, director of The Path, says. “If we can just take three or four families and give them the world. We’ve had families that have come to us that are homeless and are battling things that we can never solve. But we’re helping.”


If it’s easy to imagine a future when someone can say they came to The Park to putt and sip a cocktail with their friends, graduated to The Lit 9 and eventually made a tee time to play the big course, that’s because that’s the dream of many a golf industry professional. Recreational golf’s post-COVID-19 moment continues unabated, and the more pathways that exist to make that first 18-hole, par-72 round not so intimidating, the better. But it will not be everyone’s journey, and that’s just fine.

“The par 3 gives you the enjoyment and intangibles of the game. That’s perfectly fine,” The Park general manager Brian Conley says. “Too many times setting those finish lines are the barriers.”

But for those who do — and for those who are on the hunt for the next cool new course — The Park is a tremendous option. It stands out especially in this area, where so much golf is played with a housing development to the left and water to the right. There’s no water at all on the course designed by Hanse and partner Jim Wagner, who were attracted to the project by the community aspect of it. (The two waived their fee, The Fried Egg reported.)


The Park’s wide fairways are forgiving, but if you miss left on No. 1, it’s trouble.

Instead, what they created is a big ballpark, with generous fairways and enough waste management areas to keep your attention. The rolling topography is also distinctly un-Florida-like, and it’s used to great effect. The par-3 seventh plays slightly uphill to a reverse redan green. The dogleg par-4 12th features a blind shot into the green. The three-hole stretch from 15 to 17 is very scoreable with a par 5 the average player has a chance to reach in two, a driveable par 4 and a par 3 that features the kind of striking greenside bunkers fans of Hanse’s other work (including Streamsong Black, another Florida property) will recognize. But it remains challenging enough — a playing partner and I watched on-line tee shots on the 17th pushed 10 yards right of the green by a gust of wind.

The Park is just a great golf course, and when you consider that it’s municipal — with a variable pricing model that makes it very reasonable for locals — the value is sensational.

“If you play well, you’ll score well,” Conley says. “If you play bad, you’ll know you play bad but not be embarrassed.”

You know they have something in that those who belong to the area’s many private clubs are still making the journey over, as well as the chance The Park will host a future iteration of “The Match,” the popular made-for-TV golf special.

All from a piece of land a golf course closed in 2018 because it was losing too much money for the city.

West Palm Beach was approached multiple times with different opportunities for what to do with the shuttered West Palm Beach Golf Course, all centered on the idea of a private company coming in, revitalizing the land and running it for the city.


The Park has captured attention since its opening earlier this year.

Seth Waugh, now the CEO of the PGA of America, and a group of residents had the vision — “Create a first-class facility with world-class resources and give the community of West Palm access to it while still being operated at a very high level,” Conley says — and then were able to secure the $50 million-plus in donations to make it a reality.

The city bought in — it’s a 50-year, $1-a-year lease — and while Hanse and his team were going to work, so was Andrews. The Path, which is being supported by an endowment and any profits from the course, was a blank slate when he arrived, and Andrews spent months in the community, trying to figure out where the need was. Over time, it became clear.

“The Path was created to be the most authentic, inviting and welcoming program to identify the next generation of leaders,” Andrews says. “We not only grow the game and introduce these kids to golf but also are pouring into them as a mentor and educationally tutoring them and helping them with homework.”

There are 63 students from 50 families across five local schools who come into the center, which is staffed with paid teachers who provide academic help and enrichment with art and STEM classes. Being above the readiness tests is a priority for elementary school-aged kids, and high schoolers are looking at internship opportunities in the golf industry.

There’s also golf — half of their time on the property each day is spent with a club in their hands. The aim is to introduce the sport as a fun activity and let any passion develop organically. Kids asking for a new glove or a club for Christmas count as wins.

What’s next? They don’t know. Everything is still so new that it all seems possible, as long as they continue to get the foundation right. That’s a good place to be, and it’s because The Park was daring in its origin story.

(Photos courtesy of The Park)

How to Connect and Use PostgreSQL in Python

Key Takeaways

  • Download and install PostgreSQL for your OS, then use psycopg2 to connect to a PostgreSQL database from Python.
  • Use pgAdmin4 to fetch server credentials for connecting to a Postgres server from Python.
  • Use SQL commands in Python to create, check, or drop a PostgreSQL database.


If you’re writing a Python program that needs to access data from a Postgres database, you’ll need to know how to connect the two. Once you’ve established a connection, you can use it to run queries and fetch or save data.


Download and Install PostgreSQL

PostgreSQL is an excellent choice for your programming projects. You can download and install the required version of PostgreSQL according to your OS. Postgres is available for download on standard operating systems like Windows, macOS, and Ubuntu Linux.

The installation process will differ from OS to OS, so you should follow the installation steps to ensure a smooth setup experience.

Install the Required Library

You can use the psycopg2 library to connect to a PostgreSQL database from Python. Run this command in the Python interpreter to check if the library is installed:

 import psycopg2 

If you get an error message (for example, “No module named ‘psycopg2′”), install the library with this command:

 pip install psycopg2 

PIP is a Python package manager that you can install on Windows, Mac, or Linux. It eases the complexity of installing Python packages.

Fetch Credentials Using pgAdmin4

You can use the pgAdmin4 app to manage your Postgres databases in a GUI environment. You may have installed it at the same time as you installed Postgres, but you can download pgAdmin4 and install it separately if necessary.

Here’s how you can use pgAdmin4 to obtain your server credentials:

  1. From the application menu, open pgAdmin4.
  2. Click on the Servers menu on the left side of your application screen.
  3. Enter the Postgres password you entered during setup.

  4. Once you connect to the server, right-click on the PostgreSQL 16 item, then choose Properties.
    Postgres server drop down menu showing properties option

  5. Within the Properties dialog box, click on Connection.
  6. Make a note of the Host name, Port number, and Username.
    Connection details window within Postgres server

Connect to the Postgres Server

With your credentials in hand, you can use the psycopg2 library to establish a connection to your Postgres server. To do so, you need to use the connect function as follows:

 conn = psycopg2.connect(host='localhost', port= '5432', user='postgres', password='your password here') 

Next, you must use the cursor function to execute Postgres commands in a Python environment:

 cur = conn.cursor() 

Finally, you can set the auto-commit flag to ensure Python executes and commits each code statement. This way, you don’t need to pass separate commit statements after every line of code.

 conn.set_session(autocommit = True) 

You can run these statements in one go to connect to a local instance of your Postgres server.

How to Create a Postgres Database

A Postgres database plays a pivotal role in storing a collection of related tables. Create a new one with the CREATE DATABASE SQL command which you can pass to the cursor object’s execute method:

 try:
    cur.execute('''CREATE DATABASE DB_NAME''')
except psycopg2.Error as e:
    print(e)

You should always take care to handle any exceptions that may arise. This example simply prints any error that occurs but, in production code, you’ll want to take appropriate action.

Python code within Jupyter Notebook

Checking the Database in pgAdmin4

When you run the above query, you can check that it successfully created a database using pgAdmin4. Head over to the interface, refresh the existing list of databases, and look for the new database.

For example, if you create a sample database called music using the above query, it should show up in the list of databases below the Postgres16 > Databases category.

pgAdmin4 list of databases in application interface

How to Drop a Postgres Database

If you don’t want to keep a specific database, you can use the following command to delete (or “drop”) it:

 try:
    cur.execute('''DROP DATABASE MUSIC''')
except psycopg2.Error as e:
    print(e)
Python codes to drop a database in Postgres

Instead of the create command, you need to use the drop command. Post execution, you won’t see the database in question.

South China’s great outdoors – CGTN

A glamping experience in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

A glamping experience in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

The Danxia Mountain cable car in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

The Danxia Mountain cable car in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

The Danxia Mountain cable car in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

Fresh barbecue ingredients in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

Fresh barbecue ingredients in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

Fresh barbecue ingredients in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

Fresh barbecue ingredients in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

Fresh barbecue ingredients in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

Fresh barbecue ingredients in Shaoguan, Guangdong Province. /CGTN

Glamping in Shaoguan, nestled in south China’s Guangdong Province, promises a perfect blend of tranquility and adventure. Set against the breathtaking backdrop of Danxia Mountain, surrounded by lush trees and flowing rivers, this glamping experience is a nature lover’s dream come true. Soar to new heights on a cable car for a bird’s eye view of the mesmerizing Danxia landform, then savor the moment with a riverside barbecue featuring fresh fish caught right from the source.

Nirvana lawsuit over ‘Nevermind’ naked baby cover revived

A federal appeals court on Thursday revived a child sexual-exploitation lawsuit filed by the man who was pictured naked at 4 months old on the cover of Nirvana’s 1991 album “Nevermind.”

The lawsuit by Spencer Elden, now a 32-year-old artist, against the grunge rock hitmakers alleges that he has suffered “permanent harm” as the band and others profited from the album cover. The photograph shows him naked underwater in a swimming pool, appearing to reach for a dollar bill on a fish hook.

The suit alleges that the image violated federal laws on child pornography, although no criminal charges were ever sought.

A federal judge in California threw out the lawsuit last year but allowed Elden to file a revised version; that revision was later dismissed on grounds that it was filed outside of the 10-year statute of limitations on one of the laws that was used as a cause of action. Thursday’s decision by a three-judge panel of the Ninth U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals in California reversed that ruling and revived the case, sending it back to the lower court.

The appellate panel found that each republication of an image “may constitute a new personal injury” with a new deadline and cited the image’s appearance on a 30th anniversary reissue of “Nevermind” in 2021.

“Spencer Elden alleges that he was the victim of a child pornography offense when (as a four-month-old baby) he was photographed naked in a pool for the cover of Nirvana’s iconic album ‘Nevermind,’” reads the lawsuit obtained by The Times. “Now an adult, Elden argues that the continued use of this photo causes ongoing personal injuries. We hold that, because each republication of child pornography may constitute a new personal injury, Elden’s complaint alleging republication of the album cover within the ten years preceding his action is not barred by the statute of limitations set forth.”

Nirvana attorney Bert Deixler called the ruling a “procedural setback” in an email to The Times. “We will defend this meritless case with vigor and expect to prevail.”

The case, originally filed in U.S. District Court in California in August 2021, was dismissed last year after Elden missed a deadline. It was reopened and amended in January 2022 when the California resident filed a second amended complaint that alleged the photo had been taken and used without his consent.

“[D]uring the ten years preceding the filing of this action, each Defendant knowingly possessed, transported, reproduced, advertised, promoted, presented, distributed, provided, and/or obtained child pornography depicting Spencer, who had not attained the age of 18 years when this image was printed on the cover of Nirvana’s ‘Nevermind’ album,” said the complaint, obtained by The Times.

Elden is seeking an injunction on future sales, marketing and distribution, a jury trial and $150,000 from each defendant in actual damages as well as punitive damages.

The defendants named in the lawsuit include the surviving members of Nirvana, Dave Grohl and Krist Novoselic, as well as the late Kurt Cobain’s widow, Courtney Love, who is the executor of his estate, plus photographer Kirk Weddle, drummer Chad Channing and a number of record companies connected to the album.

The revised and updated pleadings include new information about the creation of the album cover, including images and materials that allegedly illustrate the various ways the “Nevermind” creators have profited since the album’s release. The album hit No. 1 on the Billboard 200 chart three months after its release and ultimately went platinum.

“Appellees have sold well over 30 million copies of Nevermind and they continue to the present day to sell and profit handsomely from the album featuring Spencer’s image,” the lawsuit says. “Appellees have also commercially exploited the Nevermind album cover separately from the album itself, licensing the cover for Snapchat filters, T–shirts, posters, and other merchandise.”

Attorneys for the defendants did not immediately respond to The Times’ request for comment on Friday.

The Associated Press and Nardine Saad contributed to this report.

Honda Recalls Over 4.5 Million Vehicles Worldwide Over Defect in Fuel Pump, Dealers To Replace Pump Module: Reports

New Delhi, December 22: Honda, the renowned Japanese automaker, has issued a global recall of approximately 4.5 million vehicles due to a potentially hazardous fuel pump issue. This sweeping action includes approximately 2.5 million vehicles in the United States alone, as per reports. The recall is a precautionary measure to address risks associated with fuel pump failures that could lead to vehicle stalling, posing a significant safety concern for drivers and passengers.

As per multiple reports, the recall spans various models manufactured between 2018 and 2020, including the popular Honda Accord, CR-V, Civic, HR-V, Insight, Ridgeline, Odyssey, and Passport vehicles. Additionally, several Acura models are affected, such as the ILX, MDX, RDX, RLX, TLX, and the NSX. Kia Clavis: Hyundai Exter-Based Micro SUV From Kia Likely To Launch in 2024 With Boxy Design and Rugged Looks, Say Reports.

According to a report of NPR, NHTSA said the defect involves a fuel pump impeller that was improperly moulded, resulting in low-density impellers that may deform and interfere with the fuel pump body over time. This can lead to an inoperative fuel pump, which might prevent the engine from starting or cause it to stall during driving, increasing the risk of a crash and potential injuries.

Honda has assured its customers that it will replace the faulty fuel pumps at no cost. The company plans to conduct the recall in separate phases due to the limited availability of replacement parts at the time of the announcement. The first batch of owner notification letters was scheduled to be sent out in February, with dealer notifications commencing earlier in the week of the announcement. Volkswagen Group Announces To Adopt Tesla’s North American Charging Standard: Report.

Earlier this week, Honda also had announced a recall for more than 106,000 CR-V hybrid vehicles from the 2020-2022 model years. This recall addressed a missing fuse on the power circuit of exterior 12-Volt battery cables, which could potentially short circuit or overheat during a crash.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Dec 22, 2023 12:06 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).